A307 5880 1253 Enq Rev0

Click on the Document Title to go to that section of the document
Table of Contents
Document Number Rev. Document Title Page
Number
A307-0IY-MD-MR- A ENQUIRY DOCUMENT 4
5880-1253-RFQ
A307-0IY-MD-MR- B DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR (DG) SET 172
5880
A307-0IY-16-45-LL- B LIST OF JOB SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, 177
5880 DATA SHEETS, DRAWINGS, ENGINEERING STANDARDS
A307-0IY-16-45-OD- A ANY OTHER DOCUMENT 182
5885
A307-0IY-16-45-SI- B SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS (WITH MR / PR) 183
5880
A307-0IY-16-45-DF- A MISCELLANEOUS 186
5880
A307-0IY-16-45-SU- A SITE & UTILITY DATA SPECIFICATIONS 188
5880
5882
5883
A307-0IC-16-45-OD- A SAP DATA FORMAT 201
0002
A307-0IY-16-45-ER- A EXPERIENCE RECORD PROFORMA 236
5880
A307-0IY-16-45-ER- A EXPERIENCE RECORD PROFORMA 239
5881
A307-0IY-16-45-SS- A SCOPE OF SUPPLY / WORK 242
5880
A307-0IY-16-45-SS- A SCOPE OF SUPPLY / WORK 246
5881
A307-0IY-16-45-SP- B JOB SPECIFICATIONS 249
5880
A307-0IY-16-45-SP- B JOB SPECIFICATIONS 259
5881
5886
A307-0IY-16-45-DS- A EQUIPMENT DATA SHEETS 273
5880
A307-0IY-16-45-DS- A EQUIPMENT DATA SHEETS 279
5881
5880
5881
A307-0IY-16-45-VR- A VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS 287
5880
6-43-0040 1 Standard specification for diesel engines. 293
A307-0IY-16-50-SP- B SCOPE OF WORK & JOB SPECIFICATION (ELECTRICAL) FOR 310
5880 EMERGENCY GENERATOR PACKAGE
A307-0IY-16-50-DS- A 415V Emergency Generator package Data Sheet 318
5881
A307-0IY-16-50-SK- A Block Diagram ¿ 6.6 kV Emergency Generator 322
5880
A307-0IY-16-50-SK- A Block Diagram ¿ 415 V Emergency Generator 323
5881
A307-0IY-16-50-DS- A DATA SHEET for Numerical relay (DG) 324
0259
A307-0IY-16-50-DS- A 415V DG Breaker Panel 328
5882
A307-000-16-50-DS- A ENGINE STARTING BATTERY AND CHARGER 330
0602
Page 1 of 827
Table of Contents
Number
A307-0IY-16-50-DS- A Datasheet for HV Synchronous generator 331
0902
A307-0IY-16-50-SL- A MANDATORY SPARE PARTS-DG PACKAGE (ELECTRICAL) 336
5880
A307-0IY-16-50-DS- A NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTOR 338
0353
A307-0IY-16-50-VR- A VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY 340
5880 GENERATOR PACKAGE
A307-0IY-16-50-LL- A TECHNICAL CHECKLIST (ELECTRICAL) 343
5880
A307-0IY-16-50-DS- A Datasheet for HV Generator circuit Breaker panel 345
0061
A307-0IY-16-50-DS- A Hardware datasheet for Generator control panel (6.6kV) 350
0062
A307-000-16-50-DS- A DATA SHEET for fixed type PDB/MCC 351
0282
A307-000-16-50-DS- C DATA SHEET FOR MV SWITCH BOARD COMPONENT RATING 354
0104
A307-0IY-16-50-DS- A Hardware data sheet for 415V Emergency generator control panel 355
5883
A307-000-16-50-DS- A Hardware DATA SHEET for PDB/MCC incomer 356
0283
A307-000-16-50-DS- A Hardware DATA SHEET for contactor controlled motor feeder upto 357
0284 55kW
A307-000-16-50-DS- A Hardware DATA SHEET for MCC Feeder 358
0285
A307-000-16-50-DS- A Hardware DATA SHEET for MCCB Feeder with contactor 359
0286
A307-000-16-50-DS- B DATASHEET - MV CABLE 360
0411
A307-000-16-50-DS- B M.V. MOTOR 361
0501
A307-000-16-50-DS- A ELECTRICAL LOAD DATA 362
1002
A307-0IY-16-50-DS- A EXPERIENCE PERFORMA For HV Synchronous Generator 365
1028
6-51-0001 6 Specification for HV switchboards. 367
6-51-0004 4 Specification for relay & control panels. 383
6-51-0012 3 Specification for MV switchboards fixed type for package 398
equipment
6-51-0014 4 Specification for industrial type control stations. 407
6-51-0030 3 Specification for engine starting battery and charger. 413
6-51-0035 3 Specification for HV synchronous generators. 422
6-51-0040 5 Specification for emergency generator. 437
6-51-0043 6 Specification for neutral grounding resistor. 451
6-51-0051 B Specification for medium and high voltage cables & accessories. 458
6-51-0052 5 Specification for communication and fire alarm cables. 468
6-51-0055 1 Specification for numerical relays 478
6-51-0064 0 Specification for energy efficient medium voltage induction motors 493
6-81-1001 3 ITP for HV switchboards 507
6-81-1004 3 ITP for relay & control panel / desks 514
6-81-1012 2 ITP for MV fixed type switch board for package equipment 519
6-81-1014 2 ITP for industrial type control stations 525
6-81-1032 3 ITP for MV motors 530
6-81-1035 2 ITP for HV synchronous generator 536
6-81-1040 2 ITP for emergency generator 542
6-81-1043 2 ITP for neutral grounding resistor 548
6-81-1051 2 ITP for MV & HV cables & accessories 553
6-81-1052 2 ITP for communication & fire alarm cables 559
Page 2 of 827
Table of Contents
Number
6-81-1055 2 ITP for numerical relays 566
A307-000-16-50-DS- 0 EQUIPMENT EARTHING SCHEDULE 573
1013
A307-6-44-0005- 0 PMS OF DG SHED 574
5880
A307-0IY-16-43-SK- A1 SKETCH FOR DG SHED 591
0044
A307-0IY-16-45-OD- A1 ANY OTHER DOCUMENT 592
5884
A307-0IY-16-50-OD- A VENDOR LIST (ELECTRICAL) 603
5880
A307-00-0IY-19-41- 0 CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION AND MANAGEMENT 607
0006
7-51-0332 2 Safety measures for electrical installations during construction 805
6-78-0001 0 Specification for Quality Mgt. System Requirements from Bidders 807
6-78-0003 0 Specification for Documentation Requirement from Suppliers 816
Page 3 of 827
EI Bhawan Annexe, Bhikaiji Cama Place, RK Puram, New Delhi – 110 066, INDIA
Phone No : 0091-11-26762121 ; Fax No : 0091-11-26191714, 26167664
REQUEST FOR QUOTATION (RFQ)
RFQ No. : SM/A307-IY-MD-MR-5880/1253 Date: 02–APR-2014
Client : BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPN. LIMITED

Project: INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT
AT KOCHI REFINERY
MR No.: A307-IY-MD-MR-5880 REV.B
Item : DIESEL GENERATOR SET
Due Date & Time: 29-APR-2014 & Up to 1200 Hrs. (IST)
A Pre-bid conference will be held on 11-APR-2014 at 1030 hrs

PRE-BID MEETING : (IST) at Engineers India Limited, Bhikaiji Cama Place, R.K.
Puram, New Delhi – 110066, India.
At 1400 Hrs. (IST) on 29-APR-2014 (at EIB - 5th Floor,
Engineers India Limited, Bhikaiji Cama Place, R.K. Puram,
UNPRICED BID OPENING: New Delhi – 110066, India) (In case the bid due date happens to
fall on Holiday, the next working day shall be deemed to be due
date)
PRICED BID OPENING: TIME & VENUE SHALL BE INTIMATED LATER.
Gentlemen,
Bids are requested on behalf of our Client M/s Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited on e-procurement
system for the subject item in total compliance to technical specifications, scope, terms & conditions of enquiry
documents / attachments.
1. Bidder should submit their bids strictly as per the requirements outlined hereunder and as specified in
the material requisition.
2. NIC Portal mandates that the bidders are to be registered on the portal. The enquiry is being issued
through EIL Tender Portal http://tenders.eil.co.in and Bidders can download the complete RFQ
documents from the EIL Tender Portal only. And bidders shall submit their bids through NIC Portal
(https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app) only.
3. All those vendors who have still not registered on the NIC Portal are required to register on the same
(immediately after issue of enquiry on EIL Tender portal but not later than ten days before the bid due
date) for facilitating uploading of their bids on the NIC Portal failing which it will not be possible for them
to upload their bids. Pursuant to registration, the vendors are required to inform regarding NIC
registration details.
4. Only NIC registered vendors can upload their bids on the NIC portal. Therefore, all those bidders who
have not complied with the above registration requirements will not be eligible to bid. NIC registered
bidders will be able to upload their bids from about one week before the bid due date up to Bid Due
Date. However, an EIL enlisted vendor for the subject Limited RFQ who completes their NIC
Registration (including Digital Signature Certificate Registration) on NIC Portal atleast 2 (two) working
days prior to the Final Bid Due Date shall be allowed to upload their bids through a Corrigendum issued
by EIL in the NIC Portal, provided such request from the concerned Vendor is received in EIL through E-
mail by concerned Dealing Officer/RFQ Issuing Authority atleast 2 (two) working days prior to Bid Due
Date. Request for extension in due date of submission of bids due to non registration or delayed
registration in NIC portal shall not be entertained.
Page 1 of 7
Page 4 of 827
5. The bid has to be necessarily submitted on the NIC Portal only. Inability of the bidders to upload their
bids on account of not completing the registration with NIC portal as mentioned above will not be a
reason for seeking BDD extension.
6. Enlisted vendors of EIL who have completed the registration on NIC shall only be allowed to submit the
bids through NIC Portal. Therefore, it is in the interest of the bidders that they register on the NIC Portal
at the earliest.
7. The vendor registration on NIC Portal is a very user friendly process. However, in case of any doubt, the
vendor may contact the 24 X 7 CPP Portal helpdesk at Contact No. 1800 233 7315 or Mr. Amrit Chaswal
at Ph. No. +91-7532022483 and E-mail: support.nic@eil.co.in .
8. The bidders are required to submit soft copies of their bids electronically on the CPP Portal only (URL:
https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app), on or before the bid submission date and time. Bidders are
required to register themselves at https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app).
9. Bidders to refer attached E-TENDERING METHODOLOGY (ANNEXURE-I) for detailed instructions

on registration and online bid submission.
10. Bidders in their own interest are requested to register on CPP Portal and upload/submit their bid well in
time. Bidder will be responsible for any delay due to other issues.
11. Bidders are required to upload the complete bid comprising of Part-I: - Un-priced Bid along with all
supporting documents & Part-II:- Priced Bid on the CPP Portal (https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app)
only.- Refer E-Tendering Methodology (ANNEXURE-I) enclosed with RFQ documents.
12. Upon the successful and timely submission of bids, the portal will give a successful bid submission
message & a bid summary will be displayed with the bid no. and the date & time of submission of the bid
with all other relevant details. The bid summary has to be printed and kept as an acknowledgment of the
submission of bid. This acknowledgment may be used as an entry pass for attending the un-priced bid
opening, if bidders so desire.
13. Technical specification should be strictly as per the Material Requisition attached. It may be noted that
the Bid shal be evaluated as received and technical queries may not be issued.
14. Commercial requirements are specified in the Special Instructions to Bidders, General Purchase
Conditions, Agreed Terms & Conditions (ATC) questionnaire and all other RFQ documents. The pre-
filled Agreed Terms & Conditions Questionnaire should be returned duly signed and stamped along with
copy of your un-priced bid.
15. The order, if placed, will be issued by our above-mentioned client.
16. If not bidding, please inform vide E-mail with attached regret letter within the due date & time, with
reasons(s) of not participating in the RFQ. In case there is no response, names of such bidder may not
be considered for issuance of future enquiries.
17. Direct bids only, without the intermediary of an Indian Agent will be considered from Foreign Bidder.
18. Completion Period / Delivery Period:-
For Supply:
For Indian Bidder: Delivery period shall be 13 (Thirteen) Months on FOT Dispatch Point Basis from the
Date of Fax of Acceptance (FOA). The date of Lorry Receipt (LR) shall be considered as date of
delivery.
For Foreign Bidder: Delivery period shall be 12 (Twelve) Months on FOB Port of Exit Basis from the
Date of Fax of Acceptance (FOA). The date of clean Bill of Lading shall be considered as date of
delivery.
Page 2 of 7
Page 5 of 827
For Site Work:
For Indian & Foreign Bidder: 3 (Three) months from the date of site readiness. However 4 (Four)
weeks advance intimation shall be given to vendor for site readiness.
19. Payment Terms shall be as per following clauses of Section - A of Special Instruction to Bidders (SIB):
For Indian Bidder – For supply & Site Work in accordance with clause no. 1.3, for transportation 1.7, for
training as per clause no. 2.3 & for AMC as per clause no. 2.4 and
For foreign Bidders – For supply & site Work in accordance with clause no. 2.2, for training as per
clause no. 2.3 & for AMC as per clause no. 2.4.
20. The offer should be valid for 04 (FOUR) months from final bid due date.
21. Only E-Bids uploaded in the e-tendering portal (https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app) shall be
acceptable. Physical bids and Bids/ Offer through Email or fax/ Telex/Telegraphic or Bids received in
open condition or Bids in any other mode shall not be accepted.
22. The bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its bid, and the
Purchaser/Consultant shall in no case be responsible or liable for these costs regardless of the
conduct or outcome of the bidding process.
23 . Canvassing in any form by the Bidder or by any other agency on their behalf may lead to
disqualification of their bid.
24 . The E-bids received online shall be opened at EIL office on due date and time as specified above.
Bidder can view online the name of the other bidders who have submitted their e-bids after opening is
performed by EIL.
25 . All technically and commercially acceptable bidders will be advised of venue, date and time of priced
bid opening. Bids shall be opened online; hence bidders may review opening status at their places.
Interested bidder may sent their representatives (duly authorised by a competent person and having
the Letter of Authority as per proforma enclosed), of such technically and commercially acceptable
bidders. Time and Date of opening of Price Bids shall be notified to the qualified and acceptable
bidders at a later date.
26 . As Purchaser intends to contract directly with suppliers of the goods for which bids are invited, the
bids should be prepared by the suppliers and submitted directly. Purchaser reserves the right to reject
offers made by intermediaries.
27 . Addendum / corrigendum to the RFQ documents if issued must be signed and submitted along with
the bid.
28 Bidders to note that price changes against Technical / commercial clarifications, in line with terms &
conditions of enquiry documents are not allowed. In case any bidder gives revised prices / price
implications against such clarifications, their bid shall be liable for rejection.
29 Bidders to note that prices submitted in Priced Part only shall be considered for evaluation. Any priced
in opened condition submitted along with Techno-commercial Offer (Un-priced Bid) shall not be
considered for evaluation.
30 If any bidder has not submitted prices in Priced Part, their offer shall be treated as non –responsive
offer. Prices mentioned in anywhere shall also not acceptable.
31 . Bidders to note that price changes against Technical / commercial clarifications, in line with terms &
conditions of enquiry documents are not allowed. In case any bidder gives revised prices / price
implications against such clarifications, their bid shall be liable for rejection.
32 EIL reserves the right to use in-house information for assessment of bidder’s capability for
consideration of bid.
33 In case any bidder is found to be involved in cartel formation, his bid will not be considered for
evaluation / placement of order. Such bidder will also be debarred from bidding in future.
34 The bidder who is providing the technology from the company which is recently acquired / taken over
Page 3 of 7
Page 6 of 827
by them or purchasing the technology by other companies, shall be provide proper documentary
evidence. In the absence of the same their offer shall be liable for rejection.
35 Bidders are requested to quote as per their capability as registered in EIL, as on the date of issue of
RFQ.
36 Owner reserves its right to allow Public Sector Enterprises (Central/State), Micro & Small Enterprises
(MSEs) and MSEs owned by Scheduled Caste (SC)/ Scheduled tribe (ST) entrepreneurs, purchase
preference as admissible/applicable from time to time under the existing Govt. policy. Bidder to
submit documentary evidence for the same duly certified by Statutory Auditor of the bidder or a
practicing Charted Account (not being an employee or a Director or not having any interest in the
Bidder’s company / firm) where audited accounts are not mandatory as per law.). In this regard, item
wise quantity may be splitted and the quoted price shall remain valid.
37 The Net Worth of the bidder should be positive as per the immediate preceding year's audited
financial results. However, Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs) are exempted from this
requirement. If the bidder is not meeting the above criteria their bid shall not be evaluated further.
Bidders are therefore requested to furnish the Audited Financial Statement for the immediate
preceding year including Profit & Loss Account.
Bidders are required to submit the complete audited financial report for the preceding
financial year including balance sheet, profit and loss statements along with all relevant
annexures required to assess the positive net worth of the bidder in that financial year. Failure
to submit the same may render your bid liable for rejection.
In case of Foreign Bidders, if duly audited Balance Sheet, Annual Report, etc. are not in English
Language, then the English translation copy of the same shall be submitted duly certified by statutory
auditor or Local Chamber of Commerce in original and in case of photo copy of published statement;
the same shall be duly authenticated by Notary Public in original.
In case Bidder is a subsidiary or part of any Group Company and they have no right to publish their
own Balance Sheet as a Company policy, bidder to submit Balance Sheet in Original of their Group
Company to ensure Net worth of the Group & one Declaration letter mentioning Bidder’s Turnover &
Net worth status on the letterhead of statutory Auditor of Group Company & submit one declaration
letter issued by group company that in case of any financial problem, they will take care the same on
behalf of bidder.
38 Purchaser reserve the right to make any changes in the terms and conditions of purchase and to
reject any or all the bids.
39 Proforma of Agreement & Memorandum of Agreement attached in Section – X of GCC shall not be applicable
for this case.
40 Repeat Order is not applicable for this RFQ.
41 Pre-Bid Meeting:
41.1 The bidder(s) or his official representative are invited to attend a pre-bid meeting which will take place
at EIL Business Centre, Engineers India Limited, EI Bhawan, Bhikaiji Cama Place, New Delhi –
110066 (India) on above mentioned date and time.
41.2 The bidder is requested to submit any questions by courier/fax/e-mail to reach EIL at least three
working days before pre bid meeting. These questions shall be replied during the pre bid meeting.
41.3 Record Notes including the test of the questions raised (without identifying the sources of the query)
and the responses given will be transmitted to all bidders.
41.4 Non-attendance of the pre-bid meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of bidder.
Contact Persons for this RFQ are:
Mr Subhendu Mondal, AGM (C&P),
Phone No. +91-(0)11-2676-3883 & email: subhendu.mondal@eil.co.in
Mr. Pradeep Kumar Dwivedi, Sr. Engineer (C&P),
Page 4 of 7
Page 7 of 827
Phone No. +91-(0)11-2676-3877 & email: pk.dwivedi@eil.co.in
* Please specify RFQ. No. SM/A307-IY-MD-MR-5880/1253 in all Correspondence.

THIS IS NOT AN ORDER
Very truly yours,
For & on behalf of
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited
(SUBHENDU MONDAL)
ASST. GEN. MANAGER(C&P)
ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED
Enclosure: As per List Attached
Page 5 of 7
Page 8 of 827
LIST OF ENCLOSURES
DOCUMENT
A) Request For Quotation (RFQ)
B) Proforma of Letter of Authority for Attending Un-priced / Priced Bid Opening
C) Price Schedule Format (For Global Bidders)
D) Commercial document:
i) Agreed Terms & Conditions (For Indian Bidders)
ii) Agreed Terms & Conditions (For Foreign Bidders)
iii) Agreed Terms & Conditions (For Indian Sourced Components)
iv) Special Instruction to Bidders (SIB)
v) General Purchase Conditions (Indian)
vi) General Purchase Conditions (Imported)
vii) Terms & conditions of Site Work
viii) General Condition of Contract (GCC)
ix) Special Packaging Requirements ( For Foreign Bidders)
x) Tax Residency Certificate
xi) Proforma of Bank Guarantee (Performance)
xii) Integrity Pact
xiii) E-tendering Methodology.
xiv) Instructions for Foreign bidders for DSC
E) Technical document MR No. A307-IY-MD-MR-5880 Rev. B
Page 6 of 7
Page 9 of 827
Proforma of Letter of Authority
for Attending Unpriced / Priced Bid Opening
No. Date:
The Asst.General Manager (C&P)

Engineers India Limited
Engineers India Bhawan EIB-5th Floor
1-Bhikaiji Cama Place
New Delhi – 110 066
India
Attn. : Mr. S.MONDAL
Dear Sir,
We ………………………………………..hereby authorise following representative(s) to attend the

Unpriced / Priced Bid Opening against your RFQ No……………..……… .……………..………… for
……………..….……………………… (Item Name)
1. Name & Designation …………………………. Signature ……………………….
2. Name & Designation …………………………. Signature ……………………….
We confirm that we shall be bound by all and whatsoever our representative(s) shall commit.
Yours faithfully,
Signature _________________________
Name & Designation ________________
For & on behalf of __________________
Note:
This Letter of Authority should be on the letterhead of the bidder and should be signed by a
person competent and having the Power of Attorney to bind the bidder.
Page 7 of 7
Page 10 of 827
PRICE SCHEDULE
RFQ NO. SM/A307-IY-MD-MR-5880/1253
ITEM : DIESEL GENERATOR SET
PREAMBLE TO PRICE SCHEDULE (INDIAN)
1 Scope of supply including testing, inspection, documentation etc., shall be strictly as per Material Requisition and other documents which are part of RFQ.
2 Indian Bidders must quote Freight charges inclusive of service tax in the space provided in the price schedule.
3 Indian Bidder shall furnish built-in CIF value if any, against each quoted item, giving details of description of goods, qty. rate of Custom Duty etc. in attached Format-
"CIF/CD".
4 Bidder to clearly indicate 'Quoted' / 'Not Quoted' against each Sr. No. in the price column in the unpriced Price Schedule. Bidders to submit Price Part of above Price
Schedule in their Priced Bid and Unpriced Part with the Unpriced Bid.
5 Bidder shall furnish firm prices/details as above, in accordance with Instructions To Bidders/ Request for Quotation.
6 All the Columns of quoted items in the Price Schedule must be filled with required information, as applicable.
7 Bidder must quote the price in enclosed Price Schedule formats only. The formats shall not be changed and/or retyped.
8 Quoted prices are firm and fixed till complete execution of the entire order and no variation on any account is allowed. Bidder to furnish itemised list of such
commissioing spares & special tools & tackles included in the lumpsum price for main equipment.
9 TPI shall be done by EIL/BPCL & chrages for the same shall be borne by them. However for Imported components charges for TPI shall be done by the agencies
mentioned in SIB & should be included in quoted supply price.
10 AMC charges shall also be considered for evaluation. Hence quote accordingly.
11 All charges releted taxes & duties registeration & other charges releted to clearance applicable to bidder for doing site work should be included in quoted Site Work
prices.
12 Evaluatiuon shall be done on itemwise basis considering supply + Freight + site work + AMC Charges + Training charges and other loadings as per RFQ Document.
Hence Bidder shall quote for all the requirements of MR / RFQ, failing which bid shall be liable for rejection on account of incomplete scope.
13 Bidder to confirm that he has noted the contents of the Preamble to the Price Schedule, Price Schedule, RFQ, Material Requisition etc and quoted his prices
accordingly without any deviation.
NOTE 1.1. Bidders are mandatorily required to enter their name in the each page of excel file / pdf file of Price Schedule provided in the e-tender portal for
S: submission of Unpriced & price bid.
2.Price Schedule contains total 8 pages .
COMPANY'S NAME:
Page 1 of 8
Page 11 of 827
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR SUPPLY (INDIAN BIDDERS)
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S
Item Sl. Items Code Qty UOM Total FOT Despatch Point Price including Total Freight Charges upto Project Site
No. as P&F (INR) (Including service Tax) (INR)
per MR.
1 2 3 4 5 6
01.00 SUPPLY OF FOLLOWING ITEMS AS PER COMPLETE SCOPE MENTIONED IN MR. NO. A307-IY-MD-MR-5880 COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS
01.01 A307-DG-001 (3.4 MW Emergency 1 No.
Diesel Generator Package)
01.02 A307-DG-002 (1250 KVA 1 No.
Emergency Diesel Generator
Package)
03.00 Supply of Mandatory spares as per the Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-50-SL-5880.
03.01 {03} A307-DG-001 for S. No. 01.01 1 LOT
03.02 {03} A307-DG-002 for S. No. 01.02 1 LOT
04.00 Supply of two years opeartion and LOT ITETMISED PRICE LIST TO BE FURNISHED SEPARATELY IN THE RELEVANT PRICE
maintenance spares (as recommended by SCHEDULE FORMAT ENCLOSED HEREWITH. (FORMAT - I)
equipment vendor & shall include all items
as per MR requirement)
07.00 Training of Owner's Engineers IN THE RELEVANT PRICE SCHEDULE FORMAT ENCLOSED HEREWITH. (FORMAT - II)
08.00 Annual Mainteance Contract (AMC) Charges for Five IN THE RELEVANT PRICE SCHEDULE FORMAT ENCLOSED HEREWITH. (FORMAT - III)
Years seperatly after completion of Warranty Period as
per the Doc no. A307-0IY-16-45-AM-5880.
Page 2 of 8
Page 12 of 827
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR SITE WORK (INDIAN BIDDERS)
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S -------------------------------------------------------
Item Sl. Description of Items Qty UOM Total Site Work Price inclusive of VAT on Work Contract
No. as but Exclusive of applicable Service Tax & Edu.-Cess
per MR. (INR)
Rate in Fig.
1 2 3 4 5
02.00 SITE WORK OF FOLLOWING ITEMS AS PER COMPLETE SCOPE MENTIONED IN MR. NO. A307-IY-MD-MR-5880 COMPLETE IN
ALL RESPECTS
02.01 {02} A307-DG-001 For S. No. 01.01 1 LS
02.02 {02} A307-DG-002 For S. No. 01.02 1 LS
Page 3 of 8
Page 13 of 827
ENCLOSURE TO PRICE SCHEDULE FOR SUPPLY (INDIAN BIDDERS)
FORMAT - "CIF/CD"
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S __________________________
DETAILS OF BUILT-IN-CIF VALUE OF IMPORT CONTENT CONSIDERED AND INCLUDED IN QUOTED FOT DESPATCH POINT PRICES UNDER PRICE SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION CIF value of Import Content included RATE OF IMPORT DUTY INCLUDED IN QUOTED SUPPLY PRICES
For Item Description Qty. in quoted supply prices for column CUSTOM BASIC CVD + EDU. EDU. CESS SAD (%) TOTAL
Sl . No. of Imported (Unit____) (2) Qty. TARRIF CUSTOMS CESS ON ON CUSTOM
as per Items *(1) (In Rs) NO. DUTY (%) CVD (%) CUSTOM DUTY (%)
MR DUTY (%)
Rate in Rate in Words

Figures
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9
7
i)_____
ii)_____
For Item
iii)______
SL. No
01.01 TO iv)_____
01.02
v)_____
vi)______
TOTAL CIF VALUE

NOTE: *(1) Unit to be specified by the Bidder.
2) Bidder to furnish the above details separatly for each item S. No. of MR.
Page 4 of 8
Page 14 of 827
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR 2 YEARS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE SPARES (FOR INDIGENOUS BIDDER)
(FORMAT-I)
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S __________________________
--------------------------------------------------------
S. NO. Item Tag Nos. Description of spare Qty Unit FOT Despatch Point Total FOT Despatch Transportation Charges up
parts (Unit_____)* Price including P&F Point Price including to Site inclusive of Service
(INR) P&F Tax in percentage of price
(INR) mentioned in column 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
*UNIT TO BE SPECIFIED BY BIDDER

Page 5 of 8
Page 15 of 827
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR UNIT RATES (INDIAN BIDDERS) (FORMAT- II)
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S __________________________
S. No. Description
Lump Sum Exclusive
of Service Tax + Edu.
07.00 Training for Owner Personnel as per as per Instruction to Vendor
Cess. Price (Rs.)
07.01 For A307-DG-001 (3.4 MW Emergency Diesel Generator Package)

a Training at Manufacturer's work (3 Maintenance & operation Engineer for Three Days)
b Training at Project Site (6 Engineers for Seven Days)
07.02 For A307-DG-002 (1250 KVA Emergency Diesel Generator Package)
a Training at Project Site (6 Engineers for Seven Days)
Page 6 of 8
Page 16 of 827
RATES FOR ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CONTRACT (AMC) RATES (INDIGENOUS) (FORMAT-III)
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S
Item Sl. No. as Description of Items PWMC CHARGES EXCLUSIVE OF SERVICE TAX PLUS EDU.
per MR. 08.00 CESS. (INR)
In Figure
1 2 5
1) PWMC Charges for 1ST Year

2) PWMC Charges for 2ND Year
3) PWMC Charges for 3RD Year
4) PWMC Charges for 4TH Year

Page 7 of 8
Page 17 of 827
Details of Taxes & Duties
BIDDER NAME: -----------------------------------------------
Cenvatable / Vatable
Ceiling Amount on which Taxes & Present Rate of Taxes & Amount of Taxes & Portion of the amount
S. No. Description of Taxes & duties
Duties Shall Be Applicable Duties in Percentage Duties (INR) indicated in column (5)
(INR)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
A For TAG No. A307-DG-001
1 Excise Duty + Edu. Cess
2 Kerala VAT without Form 'D'
3 CST Againat Form 'C'
Components of Service Tax + Edu. Cess
4 included in Freight charges as per Special
Instruction To Bidder
5 Service Tax + Edu. Cess on Site work
6 Service tax + Edu. Cess on AMC
7 Service tax + Edu. Cess on Training
B For TAG No. A307-DG-002
6 Service tax + Edu. Cess on AMC
7 Service tax + Edu. Cess on Training
Note:1 - In case of any exemption / relaxation on taxes & duties is applicable to bidder, copy of relevant notification is to be furnished along with bid with
confirmation that such exemption will be applicable upto delivery (as per present notification)
Note:2 - Cenvetable ED and Input credit on VAT shall be considered only for finished goods sold & supplied to BPCL-KR.
Page 8 of 8
Page 18 of 827
PRICE SCHEDULE
PREAMBLE TO PRICE SCHEDULE (FOREIGN)
1 Scope of supply including testing, inspection, documentation etc., shall be strictly as per Material Requisition and other documents which are part of RFQ.
Bidder to clearly indicate 'Quoted' against each Sr. No. in the price column in the unpriced Price Schedule. Bidders to upload Price part of Price schedule in the Priced Folder and Unpriced part in
2 the Unpriced Folder in E-Tendering.
3 Bidder to submit firm ocean freight charges in line with RFQ requirement in provided space. This price is optional. However same is consider for evaluation. Ordering of the same shall be as per
RFQ documents.
4 Bidder shall furnish prices/details as above, in accordance with Instructions To Bidders / Request for Quotation.
5 Bidder must quote the price in enclosed Price Schedule formats only. The formats shall not be changed and/or retyped.
6 Third Party Inspoection (TPI) Charges shall be included in lumpsum quoted price for main equipment. However for Indian Components TPI shall be done by EIL/BPCL & chrages for the same shall
be borne by them.
7 Quoted prices are firm and fixed till complete execution of the entire order and no variation on any account is allowed. Bidder to furnish itemised list of such commissioing spares, Mandatory
Spares & special tools & tackles included in the lumpsum price for main equipment.
8 Bidder to include all inspection & tests charges including TPI charges with agencies mentioned in SIB as required for equipment as per specifications,data sheets and codes referred to in
specification and data sheets enclosed in Material Requisition.
9 AMC charges shall also be considered for evaluation. Hence quote accordingly.
10 Evaluatiuon shall be done on itemwise basis considering supply + Ocean Freight + site work + AMC Charges + Training charges and other loadings as per RFQ Document. Hence Bidder shall
quote for all the requirements of MR / RFQ, failing which bid shall be liable for rejection on account of incomplete scope.
11 All charges releted taxes & duties registeration & other charges releted to clearance applicable to bidder for doing site work should be included in quoted Site Work prices.
12 Bidder to confirm that he has noted the contents of the preamble to the price schedule, price schedule, RFQ , material requisition etc. and quoted his prices accordingly without any deviation.
NOTE:
a Bidders are mandatorily required to enter their name in the each page of excel file / pdf file of Price Schedule provided in the e-tender portal for submission of Unpriced & price bid.
b Price Schedule contains total 7 pages .
COMPANY'S NAME:
Page 1 of 7
Page 19 of 827
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR SUPPLY (FOREIGN BIDDER )
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S ---------------------------------------------
FOR ITEMS SOURCED FROM
FOR ITEM SUPPLIED FROM FOREIGN
INDIA
Item Sl. Description of Items Qty UOM Total Price on FOB Total Ocean Freight Charges from Total FOT SITE Basis
No. as International seaport of exit FOB International seaport of exit including P&F &
per MR. (As Per INCOTERM-2010) to Kochi sea port(India) transportation charges and all
including P &F charges (Currency_______) Taxes & Duties as per
(Currency______) Annexure-A attached with
SIB. (INR)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
01.00 SUPPLY OF FOLLOWING ITEMS AS PER COMPLETE SCOPE MENTIONED IN MR. NO.A307-IY-MD-MR-5880 COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS
01.01 A307-DG-001 (3.4 MW Emergency 1 No.
01.02 A307-DG-002 (1250 KVA Emergency 1 No.
03.00 Supply of Mandatory Spares as per the Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-50-SL-5880

03.01 {03} A307-DG-001 for S. no. 01.01 1 Lot
03.02 {03} A307-DG-002 for S. no. 01.02
04.00 Supply of two years opeartion and LOT ITETMISED PRICE LIST TO BE FURNISHED SEPARATELY IN THE RELEVANT PRICE
maintenance spares (as recommended by SCHEDULE FORMAT ENCLOSED HEREWITH. (FORMAT - I)
equipment vendor & shall include all items as
per MR requirement)
07.00 Training of Owner's Engineers IN THE RELEVANT PRICE SCHEDULE FORMAT ENCLOSED HEREWITH. (FORMAT - II)
08.00 Post Warranty Annual Mainteance Contract (PWAMC) IN THE RELEVANT PRICE SCHEDULE FORMAT ENCLOSED HEREWITH. (FORMAT - III)
Charges for Five Years seperatly after completion of
Warranty Period as per the Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-
AM-5880
Page 2 of 7
Page 20 of 827
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR SUPPLY (FOREIGN BIDDERS)
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S -------------------------------------------------------
Item Sl. Description of Items Qty UOM Total Site Work Price inclusive of VAT on Work Contract but
No. as Exclusive of applicable Service Tax & Edu.-Cess
per MR. (CURRENCY…………………...)
Rate in Fig.
1 2 3 4 5
02.00 SITE WORK OF FOLLOWING ITEMS AS PER COMPLETE SCOPE MENTIONED IN MR. NO. A307-IY-MD-MR-5880
COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS
02.01 {02} A307-DG-001 for S. no. 1 Lot
01.01
02.02 {02} A307-DG-002 for S. no. 1 Lot
01.02
Page 3 of 7
Page 21 of 827
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR 2 YEARS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE SPARES (FOR FOREIGN BIDDER) (FORMAT-I)
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S
S. NO. Item Tag Nos. Description of Qty Unit FOB International Port of Total FOB International Port of Exit Ocean Freight Charges from International Port
spare parts (Unit_____)* Exit Prices including P&F Prices including P&F of Exit to Kochi Port (India) in % (percentage) -
(Currency………...) Col (4 x 5 ) applicable extra on Column No.6
(Currency……...)
Rate in Figures Rate in Figures Rate in Figures
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
*UNIT TO BE SPECIFIED BY BIDDER

Page 4 of 7
Page 22 of 827
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR UNIT RATES (FOREIGN BIDDERS) (FORMAT-II)
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S __________________________
07.00 Training for Owner Personnel as per as per Instruction to Vendor Lump Sum Price exclusive
of Service Tax + Edu.
Cess.
(Currency------------)
a Training at Manufacturer's work (3 Maintenance & operation Engineer for Three Days)
b Training at Project Site (6 Engineers for Seven Days)
a Training at Project Site (6 Engineers for Seven Days)
Page 5 of 7
Page 23 of 827
UNIT RATES FOR PWMC RATES (FOREIGN) (FORMAT-III)
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S
Item Sl. No. Description of Items PWMC CHARGES EXCLUSIVE OF SERVICE TAX PLUS EDU.
as per MR. CESS. (CURRENCY---------------)
1
06.03 2 3
08.01 For A307-DG-001 (3.4 MW Emergency Diesel Generator
Package)
08.02 For A307-DG-002 (1250 KVA Emergency Diesel Generator

Package)
Page 6 of 7
Page 24 of 827
Details of Taxes & Duties - Indigenous Sourced Supplies / Services
BIDDER NAME: -----------------------------------------------
Cenvatable / Vatable Portion of
Ceiling Amount on which Taxes & Present Rate of Taxes & Amount of Taxes &
S. No. Description of Taxes & duties the amount indicated in
Duties Shall Be Applicable Duties in Percentage Duties (INR)
column (5) (INR)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
A For TAG No. A307-DG-001
6 Service tax + Edu. Cess on PWMC
7 Service tax + Edu. Cess on Traning
B For TAG No. A307-DG-002
6 Service tax + Edu. Cess on PWMC
7 Service tax + Edu. Cess on Traning
Note:1 - In case of any exemption / relaxation on taxes & duties is applicable to bidder, copy of relevant notification is to be furnished along with bid with
confirmation that such exemption will be applicable upto delivery (as per present notification)
Note:2 - Cenvetable ED and Input credit on VAT shall be considered only for finished goods sold & supplied to BPCL-KR.
Page 7of 7
Page 25 of 827
A307_ATC (I) Page 1 of 7
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD

IREP-Kochi Refinery
(Job No. A307)
AGREED TERMS & CONDITIONS (ATC)
(FOR INDIAN BIDDERS)
Supplier Name: M/s ______________________________________________________________
RFQ No.: __________________________________________________________________
Supplier’s Offer Ref No. & Date: ______________________________________________________
Tel. No. ___________________Mob. No. ______________________ Fax No. ________________
Contact Person: ___________________________ E-mail _________________________________
1. ALL CORRESPONDENCE MUST BE IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE ONLY.
2. DULY SIGNED & STAMPED COPIES OF THIS “QUESTIONNAIRE”, WITH ALL THE
CLAUSES DULY CONFIRMED/ PRECISELY REPLIED TO BY THE SUPPLIER, SHALL BE
ENCLOSED.
3. ALL COMMERCIAL TERMS ARE GIVEN/CONFIRMED IN THE QUESTIONNAIRE ITSELF

AND NOT ELSEWHERE IN THE QUOTATION. IN CASE OF CONTRADICTION, THE SAME
GIVEN HEREIN SHALL PREVAIL.
4. FAILURE ON PART OF THE SUPPLIER IN SUBMITTING THIS DULY FILLED-IN

“QUESTIONNAIRE” WITH UN-PRICED BID AND/ OR SUBMITTING INCOMPLETE
REPLIES MAY LEAD TO REJECTION OF SUPPLIER’S BID.
5. YOUR OFFER SHALL BE IN TOTAL COMPLIANCE WITH RFQ DOCUMENTS

CONTAINING COMMERCIAL AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING GENERAL/
TECHNICAL NOTES AND SCOPE OF SUPPLY/SERVICES/ SITE WORK, AS APPLICABLE
INCLUDING DOCUMENTATION AS PER MATERIAL REQUISITION (MR) AND
SUBSEQUENT TECHNICAL/ COMMERCIAL AMENDMENT AND TECHNICAL/
COMMERCIAL CORRIGENDUM, IF ANY.
SL.
DESCRIPTION SUPPLIER’S CONFIRMATION
NO.
1. Price Basis:
i) Quoted supply prices are on FOT - Despatch Point basis Confirmed
inclusive of Packing & Forwarding.
ii) Specify Despatch Point
-----------------------
iii) Freight Charges:
a) Confirmed , Quoted in Price
a) Confirm firm transportation charges inclusive of Service Tax Schedule
and Ed Cess, upto project site, has been quoted separately
by you in Price Schedule.
b) Confirmed
b) No Variation on any account (including Statutory Variation) on
Service Tax on Transportation Charges shall be paid by the
owner.
iv) Insurance:
a) For Supply Only

Transit/Marine Insurance of Equipment/ Item has been taken
care by the Owner & charges of the same have not been Confirmed
included in the quoted prices.
SUPPLIER’S SIGNATURE WITH STAMP/SEAL
Page 26 of 827
SL.
NO.
b) For Site Work

Comprehensive Insurance (Storage-cum-erection till handing Confirmed
over of equipment) has been taken care by the Seller &
charges of the same have been included in the quoted prices.
2. Excise Duty applicable extra on Finished Goods:
a. Specify Excise Tariff Sub-Heading No. _________________
b. Present Rate of Excise Duty & Edu. Cess payable extra on ………..%
finished goods (including Spares)
c. Any variations in Excise Duty & Edu. Cess at the time of Confirmed
supplies for any reasons including variation due to Turnover
shall be borne by the Seller. Only Statutory Variations within
the Contractual Delivery / completion period shall be borne by
Purchaser.
d. If Excise Duty & Edu. Cess is not applicable at present due to Confirmed
any reason, the same shall be borne by Seller if it becomes
applicable later.
e. Confirm Excise Duty & Edu. Cess will not be applicable on Confirmed
transportation charges.
f. If Excise Duty & Edu. Cess is not applicable on transportation Confirmed

charges presently, and if it becomes applicable at the time of
delivery due to any reasons other than statutory, the same will
be borne by the Supplier. Confirm acceptance.
g. Non Cenvatable Excise Duty, if any is included in quoted Confirmed

prices & no variation on any account (including statutory
variation) shall be paid by Owner.
h. Only Statutory Variations, if any, in the present rate of Excise Confirmed

Duty, upto the Contractual Delivery Date / Completion Period
shall be to Owner’s account subject to documentary evidence
to be furnished by Seller.
3. Sales Tax applicable extra on finished goods:
a. Central Sales Tax against Concessional Form “C” payable (Applicable / Not Applicable)
extra on finished goods (including spares) is applicable & the (Please tick whichever is applicable)
present rate (in %age) is indicated
…………%
b. Kerala VAT payable extra on finished goods (including (Applicable / Not Applicable)
spares) without concessional form is applicable & the present (Please tick whichever is applicable)
rate (in %age) is indicated
………….%
c. If CST / Kerala VAT is not applicable at present due to any
reason, the same shall be borne by Supplier if it becomes Confirmed
applicable later.
d. Confirm CST/ Kerala VAT will not be applicable on Confirmed

e. If CST / Kerala VAT is not applicable on transportation Confirmed

Page 27 of 827
SL.
NO.
h. Only Statutory Variations, if any, in the present rate of CST / Confirmed

Kerala VAT, upto the Contractual Delivery Date / Completion
Period shall be to Owner’s account subject to documentary
evidence to be furnished by Seller.
4. Octroi / Entry Tax:
Octroi / Entry Tax, if applicable on finished goods (including Confirmed
spares) shall be borne and paid directly by Owner. Confirm
that Octroi / Entry Tax has not been included in the quoted
prices.
5. Any new or additional taxes/ duties and any increase in the
Confirmed
existing Cenvatable taxes/duties imposed after contractual
completion period shall be to Supplier’s account whereas any
corresponding decrease in the existing Cenvatable taxes/
duties shall be passed on to the Owner.
6. Spares Parts:
a. Confirm item wise unit price (FOT Despatch Point) of Confirmed
following spare parts as required in Material Requisition (MR)
have been included indicating itemised quantity.
i) Mandatory Spares are quoted as per MR. Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
ii) Commissioning spares as specified in MR are included in Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
the quoted Price.
iii) Special Tools & Tackles as specified in the MR are Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
iv) Confirm spares wherever required have been included in Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
the quoted price and list of spares is also furnished.
v) Recommended Spares for Two Years Operation & Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
Maintenance, as specified in MR have been quoted
separately with Price validity of One (1) year from Contractual
Delivery Date for Main Items/Equipment & List of such spares
has been furnished in the Unpriced Bid.
7. Site Work:
For Site Work, if in the scope of the Bidder as per MR, please
confirm the following:
Confirm that quoted site work prices are exclusive of Service
a. Tax & Edu. Cess but inclusive of VAT on Works Contract and Confirmed
all other applicable taxes & duties.
b. Percentage of Service Tax & Edu. Cess as applicable extra -------------------%
on Site Work.
c. Supplier shall submit the Assessment/ Liability
Certificate from Sales Tax authorities indicating the VAT
on Works Contract payable for enabling Owner to
deduct the same from Supplier Invoices & make Confirmed
payment to the tax authorities. TDS Certificate towards
VAT on Works Contract shall be provided by Owner.
Statutory variation on VAT on Works Contract shall not
be payable by Owner.
d. Statutory Variation on Service Tax & Edu. Cess on Site work
shall be paid by the Owner against documentary evidence
Confirmed
within Contractual completion period.
Page 28 of 827
SL.
NO.
e. Confirm that Entry Tax / Octroi applicable on Construction

Machinery/Equipment brought by the supplier to site to Confirmed
execute / complete the site work shall be borne by the
Supplier and same is included in the quoted prices. No
variation (including statutory) on such entry tax shall be paid
by the Owner.
8. Supervision / Training Charges:
a. Charges for Supervision / Training, if in the scope of the Confirmed, Quoted in Price
Bidder as per MR have been indicated by bidder separately in Schedule
the Price Schedule.
b. Percentage of Service Tax & Edu. Cess as applicable extra ----------------%

on Supervision / Training
c. Per-diem rate for supervision has been quoted in accordance Confirmed

with the Terms & Conditions for Supervision enclosed with the
RFQ Documents.
d. Where erection/ testing/ commissioning supervision, Noted & Confirmed

commissioning assistance is required as per RFQ Documents
/ Material requisition, penalty for non mobilization/delay in
mobilization as per order shall be applicable. The penalty
shall generally be 1.5 times the per diem rate for each day of
delay of reporting to site and shall be in addition to price
reduction for delayed delivery.
e. Bidders shall also provide additional BG of an amount equal Noted & Confirmed
to the per diem charges for the number of days considered for
evaluation, over and above 10% PBG to cover compensation
for delay in mobilizing the erection/ commissioning personnel.
This BG will be released to the bidder upon the erection/
commissioning personnel reporting at site. This BG shall be
furnished along with payment milestone for submission of
final documentation as per MR and shall be initially valid up to
six months which shall be extended based on the request by
Owner.
9. Confirm documentation charges as per MR are included in Confirmed

quoted prices.
10. Price Reduction for delay in delivery/ completion:
a) Confirm acceptance of price reduction schedule for delay in Confirmed

deliveries / completion as specified in GPC & Special
Instructions to Bidders (SIB) enclosed in RFQ Document.
Liquidated damages or penalty are not acceptable.
b) In case of delay, vendor will reduce the invoice amount by Confirmed

applicable reduction.
11. Delivery / Completion Period:

Please confirm delivery / completion period as specified in the Confirmed
RFQ Covering Letter.
12. Payment Terms:
Confirm acceptance of “Terms and Mode of Payment” as per Confirmed
respective clause(s) given in SIB and RFQ covering letter.
Page 29 of 827
SL.
NO.
13. Part Order:
a. Confirm acceptance of Part Order clause as per GPC Confirmed (If Applicable as per MR)
(Indigenous).
b. The quantities against a particular item will not be split. Any Confirmed
charges quoted extra as lumpsum shall be applicable prorata
on value basis in the event of part order.
14. Repeat Order:
Confirm Acceptance of Repeat Order clause as per RFQ Confirmed
Covering Letter / SIB / GPC.
15. Performance Bank Guarantee:

a) In the event of award of order, submission of Performance Confirmed
Bank Guarantee for 10% of total order value along with
Final supply payment valid till full guarantee period plus 3
(Three) months.
b) The Performance Bank Guarantee shall be strictly as per Confirmed

enclosed proforma and shall be from any Indian
Scheduled Bank or branch of an International Bank
situated in India and registered with Reserve Bank of
India as scheduled foreign Bank.
16. Guarantee / Warranty: Confirmed

Confirm acceptance to Guarantee / Warranty clause as
mentioned in the GPC/SIB.
17. Firmness of prices:

Confirm quoted prices shall remain firm and fixed till complete Confirmed
execution of order. Price Variation shall not be considered on
any account.
18. Testing and Inspection charges:

a. Goods supplied are subject to stage wise and final inspection
as specified in MR by EIL and no extra charges shall be Confirmed
payable by Owner towards the same. Travel, Living and
Personnel expenses of EIL’s Representative shall be borne
by Owner.
b. Quoted prices are:

i) Inclusive of all testing and inspection charges (if applicable)
as per MR. Confirmed
ii) Inclusive of all IBR/IGC/NACE charges (if applicable) as
required in the Material Requisition. Confirmed
iii) Inclusive of all statutory certification charges PESO/CCOE
etc. (if applicable) as required in the Material Requisition Confirmed
c. Is your shop approved by IBR/CCE authority, if yes, indicate
validity. IBR Approved
i. IBR
ii. CCE
It is the responsibility of supplier to get the entire imported Confirmed
materials and the built in imported contents inspected by TPIA
(i.e. Lloyds/BV/DNV/TUV/CEIL) in the country of origin and
the quoted prices are inclusive of charges towards the same.
19. Import Content:
If your offer is based on certain imported raw materials (Applicable / Not Applicable)
required for equipments/ materials offered, please specify the (Please tick whichever is applicable)
following :
Page 30 of 827
SL.
NO.
a. Confirm that quoted prices are based on Merit rate of Confirmed

Customs duty, CVD, Educational Cess and SAD as
applicable.
b. Indicate rate of Import Duties considered and included in the Refer Annexure to Price Schedule
quoted prices.
c. Indicate brief description/ specification with itemised CIF Refer Annexure to Price Schedule
value and country of origin of imported material.
d. Indicate classification with tariff no. under which Vendor Refer Annexure to Price Schedule
intends to import.
e. Confirm prices shall be firm on account of variation in foreign Confirmed

exchange rate.
f. Owner shall not provide any import licence. Noted
g. Quoted prices are after considering the benefit of CENVAT on Confirmed

CVD including Edu. Cess. In case material is shipped directly
to Port/Project Site, quoted prices are excluding CENVAT
benefit.
h. In case material is directly dispatched from port, CVD amount Confirmed

shall be reimbursed subject to submission of bill of entry
documents along with CVD invoice.
i. Any upward variation due to change in Customs Duty Confirmed

classifications shall be absorbed by the vendor. However, any
reduction in customs duty due to change in classification shall
be passed on to Owner.
j. Statutory variations, if any, in the rate of Import Duties upto Confirmed
rd
2/3 contractual delivery period shall be to Owner’s account.
k. Any increase in price due to increase in the rate of Import

Duties, due to any reasons, whatsoever, beyond the 2/3 rd Confirmed
contractual delivery period, shall be to vendor's account.
However, any decrease in Import Duties rate at the time of
actual clearance of imported materials shall be passed on to
Owner.
l. The CIF Value(s) indicated by the vendor shall be deemed to Confirmed
be the maximum value(s) for the purpose of payment of
variation in custom duty and/or other statutory variations, if
any, thereon.
m. Variation in price due to Customs duty rate will be dealt Confirmed

separately after receipt of material at site, against
documentary evidence.
20. Validity of Bid:
a. Confirm Bid validity as stipulated in RFQ covering letter from Confirmed

the final due date of bid submission.
Page 31 of 827
SL.
NO.
21. Compliance to RFQ documents:

a) Confirm your offer is in total compliance with RFQ Document Confirmed
containing technical specifications including General /
Technical notes, scope of supply/services/site work (as
applicable) including documentation as per Material
Requisition (MR) and subsequent amendment and
corrigendum, if any.
b) Confirm your offer is in total compliance with RFQ

documentation containing commercial terms and conditions
as per the following documents, without any deviation:
i) Request for Quotation (RFQ) Confirmed

ii) Special Instructions to Bidders (SIB) Confirmed
iii) General Purchase Conditions (GPC) Confirmed
iv) Terms & Conditions of Site work / GCC / HSE / Integrity Confirmed(if applicable)
Pact.
v) Terms & Conditions for Supervision services Confirmed(if applicable)
22. Whether any of the Directors of Bidder is a relative of any Confirmed No relation
Director of Owner/EIL or the Bidder is a firm in which any
Director of Owner/EIL or his relative is a Partner or the Bidder
is a private company in which any director of Owner/EIL is a
member or Director.
23. Please confirm you have not been banned or delisted by any Not Banned
Government or Quasi Government agencies or PSUs. If you
have been banned, then this fact must be clearly stated. This
does not necessarily mean cause for disqualification.
However if this declaration is not furnished the bid shall be
rejected as non-responsive.
24. Please confirm your offer contains the following:
24.1 UNPRICED OFFER- without any Deviations Confirmed

24.2 PRICED OFFER
a. Duly filled Price Schedule with relevant annexures Confirmed
25. Please confirm that you have quoted strictly for items based Confirmed
on your registration/approval with EIL as on date of issue of
RFQ.
26. Any claim arising out of order shall be sent to Owner in writing Confirmed
with a copy to EIL within 3 months from the date of last
despatch. In case the claim is received after 3 months, the
same shall not be entertained by Consultant/ Owner.
27. Printed terms and conditions, if any, appearing in quotation, Confirmed
shall not be applicable in the event of order. In case of
contradiction between the confirmations given above and
terms & conditions mentioned elsewhere in the offer, the
confirmation given/confirmed herein above shall prevail.
28. Confirm that Net worth of the Bidder’s company is Confirmed & Submitted
positive as per the immediate preceding year’s audited
financial results & Immediate preceding year’s audited
annual financial results has been submitted along with un-
priced bid.
Page 32 of 827
A307_ATC (F) Page 1 of 7
M/s BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED

IREP-Kochi Refinery
(Job No. A307)
(FOR FOREIGN BIDDERS)
Supplier Name: M/s ______________________________________________________________
RFQ No.: __________________________________________________________________
2. DULY SIGNED & STAMPED COPIES OF THIS “QUESTIONNAIRE”, WITH ALL THE CLAUSES
DULY CONFIRMED/ PRECISELY REPLIED TO BY THE SUPPLIER, SHALL BE ENCLOSED.
3. ALL COMMERCIAL TERMS ARE GIVEN/CONFIRMED IN THE QUESTIONNAIRE ITSELF AND

NOT ELSEWHERE IN THE QUOTATION. IN CASE OF CONTRADICTION, THE SAME GIVEN
HEREIN SHALL PREVAIL.

“QUESTIONNAIRE” WITH UN-PRICED BID AND / OR SUBMITTING INCOMPLETE REPLIES
MAY LEAD TO REJECTION OF SUPPLIER’S BID.
5. YOUR OFFER SHALL BE IN TOTAL COMPLIANCE WITH RFQ DOCUMENTS CONTAINING

COMMERCIAL AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING GENERAL / TECHNICAL
NOTES AND SCOPE OF SUPPLY/SERVICES/SITE WORK, AS APPLICABLE INCLUDING
DOCUMENTATION AS PER MATERIAL REQUISITION (MR) AND SUBSEQUENT
TECHNICAL/COMMERCIAL AMENDMENT AND TECHNICAL/ COMMERCIAL
CORRIGENDUM, IF ANY.
SL.
NO.
1. a) Confirm that the offer contains firm prices on Confirmed
F.O.B. International Seaport of Exit Basis
b) Indicate International Seaport of Exit -----------------------------
c) Indicate the HSN Code of the Items __________________
d) Details of any Free Trade Agreement (FTA) /
Comprehensive Economic Partnership
Agreement (CEPA) / Treaty between Bidders
country Govt. & Indian Government for availing
custom duty exemption / concession. If bidder will
not specifically mention the same, it is to be
considered that there is no specific Agreement /
Treaty between Govt. of Bidders & Purchasers Applicable / Not Applicable
County.
e) Confirm that ocean freight charges upto port of
entry- Kochi, (India) has been quoted separately Confirmed , Quoted in Price Schedule
by you in the price schedule.
f) In case you have not indicated the ocean freight

charges separately in the price schedule please ------------ %
quote the same in terms of Percentage of the
Page 33 of 827
SL.
NO.
quoted FOB Price.
Confirmed
g) In case ocean freight charges are repeated
anywhere in the bid/Price Schedule/ATC, then
higher shall be considered for evaluation & lower
for ordering. (In case of CFR)
2. Insurance:
a) For Supply Only
Price quoted must exclude Marine insurance
charges from FOB International Port of Exit, as
same shall be arranged by the Owner. However
all marine insurance charges for inland transit
upto FOB International Port of Exit must be
Confirmed
included by you in your prices.
b) For Site Work
Comprehensive Insurance (Storage-cum-erection
till handing over of equipment) has been taken
care by the Seller & charges of the same have Confirmed
been included in the quoted prices.
3. Owner reserves the option to place order either on
FOB or CFR basis (applicable only as per
Confirmed
requirement mentioned in RFQ documents).

a) Delivery / Completion period shall be as
Confirmed
mentioned in the RFQ covering letter.
b) Confirm delivery period shall be reckoned from
the date of Fax of Acceptance. Confirmed
c) Confirm date of clean Bill of Lading shall be
considered as date of delivery. (In case order is Confirmed
placed on FOB port of Exit basis or on CFR
basis)
5. Taxes & Duties:
a. All taxes, duties and levies of any kind payable upto
FOB International Port of Exit shall be borne by Confirmed
Bidder.
b. Export permit/ licence if required shall be vendor’s Confirmed
responsibility & any expenditure towards same will
be borne by Bidder.
a. Charges for Supervision / Training, if in the scope of Confirmed, Quoted in Price Schedule
the Bidder as per MR have been indicated by bidder
separately in the Price Schedule.
b. Per-diem rate for supervision has been quoted in Confirmed
accordance with the Terms & Conditions for
Supervision enclosed with the RFQ Documents.
c. Bidder to indicate Permanent Account Number (PAN) ---------------------------

to avoid any additional Tax deduction at source as
per the prevailing Indian Income Tax Acts / Rules.
d. Where erection/testing/commissioning supervision, Noted & Confirmed

commissioning assistance is required as per RFQ
Documents / Material requisition, penalty for non
mobilization/delay in mobilization as per order shall
be applicable. The penalty shall generally be 1.5
Page 34 of 827
SL.
NO.
times the per diem rate for each day of delay of
reporting to site and shall be in addition to price
e. Bidders shall also provide additional BG of an Noted & Confirmed

amount equal to the per diem charges for the number
of days considered for evaluation, over and above
10% PBG to cover compensation for delay in
mobilizing the erection/ commissioning personnel.
This BG will be released to the bidder upon the
erection/ commissioning personnel reporting at site.
This BG shall be furnished along with shipping
documents and shall be initially valid up to six
months which shall be extended based on the
request by BPCL.
7. Site Work:
For Site Work, if in the scope of the Bidder as per
MR, please confirm the following:
a. Confirm that quoted site work prices are exclusive of

Service Tax & Edu. Cess but inclusive of VAT on Confirmed
Works Contract and all other applicable taxes &
duties.
-------------------%
b. Percentage of Service Tax & Edu. Cess as
applicable extra on Site Work.
c. Supplier shall submit the Assessment/ Liability Confirmed

Certificate from Sales Tax authorities indicating the
VAT on Works Contract payable for enabling Owner
to deduct the same from Supplier Invoices & make
payment to the tax authorities. TDS Certificate
towards VAT on Works Contract shall be provided by
Owner. Statutory variation on VAT on Works
Contract shall not be payable by Owner.
Confirmed
d. Statutory Variation on Service Tax & Edu. Cess on
Site work shall be paid by the Owner against
documentary evidence within Contractual completion
period.
Confirmed
e. Confirm that Entry Tax / Octroi applicable on
Construction Machinery/Equipment brought by the
supplier to site to execute / complete the site work
shall be borne by the Supplier and same is included
in the quoted prices. No variation (including statutory)
on such entry tax shall be paid by the Owner.
8. Validity:
a. Confirm Bid validity as stipulated in RFQ covering Confirmed
letter from the final due date of bid submission.
9. Manufacturer’s Name and Address
10. Inspection Charges:

a. Goods supplied are subject to stage wise and final
inspection as specified in MR by TPI agency i.e. Confirmed
Lloyds/BV/DNV/TUV/CEIL in the country of origin
Page 35 of 827
SL.
NO.
and charges of the same shall be included in quoted
prices and it is supplier’s responsibility to arrange for
the same. No additional charges shall be paid by
owner towards the same.
i) Inclusive of all testing and inspection charges (if
Confirmed
applicable) as per MR.
ii) Inclusive of all IBR/IGC/NACE charges (if
Confirmed
applicable) as required in the Material
Requisition.
iii) Inclusive of all statutory certification charges
PESO/CCOE etc. (if applicable) as required in Confirmed
the Material Requisition.
11. Country of Origin:

Country of origin from where the goods have been --------------------------
offered.
12. Currency of Quote:
Furnish the currency of quote. Change in currency
once quoted will not be allowed. Bidder shall quote -----------------------------
either in USD / Euro / INR only.
13. Spares Parts:
a) Confirm item wise unit price (FOB Port of Exit bais)of Confirmed
following spare parts as required in Material
Requisition (MR) have been quoted indicating
itemised quantity.
ii) Commissioning spares as specified in MR are Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
included in the quoted Price.
iii) Special Tools & Tackles as specified in the MR Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
are included in the quoted prices.
iv) Confirm spares wherever required have been Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
included in the quoted price and list of spares is
also furnished.
b) Recommended Spares for Two Years Operation & Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
separately with Price validity of One (1) year from
Contractual Delivery Date for Main Items/Equipment
& List of such spares has been furnished in the
Unpriced Bid. Also itemwsie Ocean freight charges
upto port of entry, Kochi (India) for the spares has
been quoted.
14. Confirm documentation charges as per MR are
inclusive in your quoted prices. Confirmed
15. Confirm customer references list for the item/model Confirmed

quoted by you, is given in offer.
16. Indicate shipping weight (net and gross) and volume

of the consignment.
---------------------------
Page 36 of 827
SL.
NO.
a. Confirm goods to be supplied by you shall be
guaranteed for performance as per the General Confirmed
Purchase Conditions (Imports) & Special Instructions
to Bidders (SIB) and the Bank Guarantee towards
Performance of 15% of Order Value shall be valid till
full guarantee period plus 3 (Three) Months.
b. i) The Performance Bank Guarantee shall be Confirmed

strictly as per proforma enclosed with the GPC
document and shall be from any Indian
Scheduled Bank or any reputed International
Bank and shall be submitted within 15 days from
date of FOA.
ii) However, if Performance Bank Guarantee are Confirmed
furnished other than the Nationalised Indian
Bank, the banks where BGs are furnished, must
be Commercial Bank having net worth in excess
of Rs. 100 crore or USD 22 Millions and any
declaration to this effect will be furnished by such
Commercial Bank either in the bank guarantee
itself or separately on a letter head.
18. Guarantee / Warranty
Confirm acceptance to Guarantee / Warranty clause Confirmed
as mentioned in the General Purchase Conditions &
Special Instructions to Bidders.

Confirm quoted prices shall remain firm and fixed till
complete execution of order. Price Variation shall not Confirmed
be considered on any account.
20. Part Order:

a) Confirm acceptance of Part Order clause as per Confirmed if applicable as per MR()
GPC (Imports).
b) The Quantities against a particular item will not be Confirmed

split. However, in case of part order confirm all
lumpsum charges quoted extra if any viz.
Documentation, testing, packing, crating, handling,
FOB, IBR etc., can be considered prorate on value
basis.
21. Repeat Order:
Confirm Acceptance to Repeat Order as per RFQ Confirmed
Covering Letter/SIB/GPC/Material Requisition.
22. Price Reduction on delay in delivery/completion:
a) Confirm acceptance of price reduction schedule Confirmed
for delay in deliveries/completion of work/services
specified in General Purchase Conditions (GPC)
enclosed with the RFQ Document. Liquidated
damages or penalty are not acceptable.
b) In case of delay, vendor will reduce the invoice

amount by applicable reduction. Confirmed
Page 37 of 827
SL.
NO.
23. Payment Terms:
Confirm acceptance of payment terms as per
“Payment Terms and Mode of Payment” specified in Confirmed
Special Instructions to Bidders and RFQ covering
letter.
24.
a) Letter of Credit shall be opened after receipt of
Confirmed
unconditional order acknowledgement along with
15% performance bank guarantee valid till expiry
of Material/Equipment Guarantee period as per
General Purchase Conditions and Special
Instructions to Bidders plus 3 (Three) months
claim period.
b) Letter of Credit shall be opened through a Govt.
of India Nationalised/ Scheduled Bank and hence Confirmed L/C not required
need not be confirmed.
OR
c) However, if you still insist for confirmed L/C,
confirmation charges shall be borne by you. Noted
Please confirm.
25. All Bank charges and stamp duties payable outside
India in connection with payments to be made under
Purchase Order for the item, if placed, shall be borne Confirmed
by you. All bank charges and stamp duties payable in
India shall be borne by the Purchaser.
26. Please indicate name and address of your Bankers
for L/C opening, telephone/E-mail address.
27.
a) Confirm your offer is in total compliance with RFQ Confirmed
Document containing technical specifications
including General / Technical notes, scope of
supply/services/site work (as applicable) including
documentation as per Material Requisition (MR) and
subsequent amendment and corrigendum, if any,
without any deviation.
Confirm your offer is in total compliance with RFQ Confirmed

b) documents containing commercial terms and
conditions as per the following documents, without
any deviation:
Confirmed
i) Request for Quotation (RFQ)
Confirmed
ii) Special Instructions to Bidders(SIB)
Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
v) Terms & Conditions for Supervision
vi)Terms & Conditions for Site work, GCC & HSE
Confirmed (if Site Work is Applicable as
per MR)
vii) Integrity Pact Confirmed
viii) Commercial / Technical Amendments, if any Confirmed
Page 38 of 827
SL.
NO.
28. Direct offer without the intermediary of an Indian
Agent will only be considered. Noted & Confirmed.
29. Please confirm you have not been banned or delisted
by any Government or Quasi Government agencies
or PSUs. If you have been banned, then this fact
must be clearly stated. This does not necessarily be
cause for disqualification. However if this declaration Not Banned
is not furnished the bid shall be rejected as non-
responsive.
30.1 Unpriced offer- without any deviations Confirmed
30.2 Priced Offer

Price Schedule with annexures only. Confirmed
31. Any claim arising out of order shall be sent to Owner

in writing with a copy to EIL within 3 months from the
date of last despatch. In case the claim is received Confirmed
after 3 months, the same shall not be entertained by
consultant / Owner.
32. Printed terms and conditions, if any, appearing in

quotation, shall not be applicable in the event of
order. In case of contradiction between the
confirmations given above and terms & conditions Confirmed
mentioned elsewhere in the offer, the confirmation
given/confirmed herein above shall prevail.
33. Confirm that Net worth of the Bidder’s company is

positive as per the immediate preceding year’s
audited financial results & Immediate preceding Confirmed & Submitted
year’s audited annual financial results has been
submitted along with unpriced bid.
VENDOR’S NAME:
SIGNATURE & SEAL:
Page 39 of 827
A307_ATC (IS) Page 1 of 6
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD

IREP-Kochi Refinery
(Job No. A307)
(FOR INDIAN SOURCED COMPONENTS / SERVICES BY FOREIGN BIDDER)
Supplier Name: M/s ______________________________________________________________
RFQ No.: __________________________________________________________________
2. DULY SIGNED & STAMPED COPIES OF THIS “QUESTIONNAIRE”, WITH ALL THE
CLAUSES DULY CONFIRMED/ PRECISELY REPLIED TO BY THE SUPPLIER, SHALL BE
ENCLOSED.
3. ALL COMMERCIAL TERMS ARE GIVEN/CONFIRMED IN THE QUESTIONNAIRE ITSELF

AND NOT ELSEWHERE IN THE QUOTATION. IN CASE OF CONTRADICTION, THE SAME
GIVEN HEREIN SHALL PREVAIL.

“QUESTIONNAIRE” WITH UN-PRICED BID AND/ OR SUBMITTING INCOMPLETE
REPLIES MAY LEAD TO REJECTION OF SUPPLIER’S BID.
5. YOUR OFFER SHALL BE IN TOTAL COMPLIANCE WITH RFQ DOCUMENTS

CONTAINING COMMERCIAL AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING GENERAL/
TECHNICAL NOTES AND SCOPE OF SUPPLY/SERVICES/ SITE WORK, AS APPLICABLE
INCLUDING DOCUMENTATION AS PER MATERIAL REQUISITION (MR) AND
SUBSEQUENT TECHNICAL/ COMMERCIAL AMENDMENT AND TECHNICAL/
COMMERCIAL CORRIGENDUM, IF ANY.
SL.
NO.
1. Price Basis:
i) Quoted supply prices are on FOT - Site basis inclusive of Confirmed
Packing & Forwarding, Taxes & Duties and Freight Charges
ii) Specify Despatch Point
-----------------------
iii) Freight Charges:
a) Confirmed , Quoted in Price
a) Confirm firm transportation charges inclusive of Service Tax Schedule
and Ed Cess, upto project site, has already been included in
supply price in Price Schedule.
b) Confirmed
b) No Variation on any account (including Statutory Variation) on
Service Tax on Transportation Charges shall be paid by the
owner.
iv) Insurance:
a) For Supply Only

Transit/Marine Insurance of Equipment/ Item has been taken
care sby the Owner & charges of the same have not been Confirmed
Page 40 of 827
SL.
NO.
b) For Site Work

Comprehensive Insurance (Storage-cum-erection till handing Confirmed
over of equipment) has been taken care by the Seller &
charges of the same have been included in the quoted prices.
2. Excise Duty applicable & included in Finished Goods

price:
a. Specify Excise Tariff Sub-Heading No. _________________
b. Present Rate of Excise Duty & Edu. Cess applicable on ………..%

finished goods (including Spares)
c. Any variations in Excise Duty & Edu. Cess at the time of Confirmed
supplies for any reasons including variation due to Turnover
shall be borne by the Seller. Only Statutory Variations within
the Contractual Delivery / completion period shall be borne by
Purchaser.
d. If Excise Duty & Edu. Cess is not applicable at present due to Confirmed
any reason, the same shall be borne by Seller if it becomes
applicable later.
e. Confirm Excise Duty & Edu. Cess will not be applicable on Confirmed
f. If Excise Duty & Edu. Cess is not applicable on transportation Confirmed

g. Non Cenvatable Excise Duty, if any is included in quoted Confirmed

prices & no variation on any account (including statutory
variation) shall be paid by Owner.
h. Only Statutory Variations, if any, in the present rate of Excise Confirmed

Duty, upto the Contractual Delivery Date / Completion Period
shall be to Owner’s account subject to documentary evidence
to be furnished by Seller.
3. Sales Tax applicable included in finished goods price:
a. Central Sales Tax against Concessional Form “C” applicable (Applicable / Not Applicable)
on finished goods (including spares) is applicable & the (Please tick whichever is applicable)
present rate (in %age) is indicated
…………%
b. Kerala VAT applicable on finished goods (including spares)
(Applicable / Not Applicable)
without concessional form & the present rate (in %age) is (Please tick whichever is applicable)
indicated
………….%
c. If CST / Kerala VAT is not applicable at present due to any
reason, the same shall be borne by Supplier if it becomes Confirmed
applicable later.
d. Confirm CST/ Kerala VAT will not be applicable on
transportation charges. Confirmed
e. If CST / Kerala VAT is not applicable on transportation

charges presently, and if it becomes applicable at the time of Confirmed
Page 41 of 827
SL.
NO.
h. Only Statutory Variations, if any, in the present rate of CST / Confirmed

Kerala VAT, upto the Contractual Delivery Date / Completion
Period shall be to Owner’s account subject to documentary
evidence to be furnished by Seller.
4. Octroi / Entry Tax:
Octroi / Entry Tax, if applicable on finished goods (including Confirmed
spares) shall be borne and paid directly by Owner. Confirm
that Octroi / Entry Tax has not been included in the quoted
prices.
5. Any new or additional taxes/ duties and any increase in the
Confirmed
existing Cenvatable taxes/duties imposed after contractual
completion period shall be to Supplier’s account whereas any
corresponding decrease in the existing Cenvatable taxes/
duties shall be passed on to the Owner.
6. Spares Parts:
a. Confirm item wise unit price (FOT Site Basis) of following Confirmed
spare parts as required in Material Requisition (MR) have
been included indicating itemised quantity.
ii) Commissioning spares as specified in MR are included in Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
the quoted Price.
iii) Special Tools & Tackles as specified in the MR are Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
iv) Confirm spares wherever required have been included in Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
the quoted price and list of spares is also furnished.
v) Recommended Spares for Two Years Operation & Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
separately with Price validity of One (1) year from Contractual
Delivery Date for Main Items/Equipment & List of such spares
has been furnished in the Unpriced Bid.
7. Site Work:
For Site Work, if in the scope of the Bidder as per MR, please
confirm the following:
Confirm that quoted site work prices are exclusive of Service
a. Tax & Edu. Cess but inclusive of VAT on Works Contract and Confirmed
all other applicable taxes & duties.
b. Percentage of Service Tax & Edu. Cess as applicable extra -------------------%
on Site Work.
c. Supplier shall submit the Assessment/ Liability
Certificate from Sales Tax authorities indicating the VAT
on Works Contract payable for enabling Owner to
deduct the same from Supplier Invoices & make Confirmed
payment to the tax authorities. TDS Certificate towards
VAT on Works Contract shall be provided by Owner.
Statutory variation on VAT on Works Contract shall not
be payable by Owner.
d. Statutory Variation on Service Tax & Edu. Cess on Site work
shall be paid by the Owner against documentary evidence
Confirmed
within Contractual completion period.
Page 42 of 827
SL.
NO.
e. Confirm that Entry Tax / Octroi applicable on Construction

Machinery/Equipment brought by the supplier to site to Confirmed
execute / complete the site work shall be borne by the
Supplier and same is included in the quoted prices. No
variation (including statutory) on such entry tax shall be paid
by the Owner.
a. Charges for Supervision / Training, if in the scope of the Confirmed, Quoted in Price
Bidder as per MR have been indicated by bidder separately in Schedule
the Price Schedule.
b. Percentage of Service Tax & Edu. Cess as applicable extra ----------------%

on Supervision / Training
c. Per-diem rate for supervision has been quoted in accordance Confirmed

with the Terms & Conditions for Supervision enclosed with the
RFQ Documents.
d. Where erection/ testing/ commissioning supervision, Noted & Confirmed

commissioning assistance is required as per RFQ Documents
/ Material requisition, penalty for non mobilization/delay in
mobilization as per order shall be applicable. The penalty
shall generally be 1.5 times the per diem rate for each day of
delay of reporting to site and shall be in addition to price
e. Bidders shall also provide additional BG of an amount equal Noted & Confirmed
to the per diem charges for the number of days considered for
evaluation, over and above 10% PBG to cover compensation
for delay in mobilizing the erection/ commissioning personnel.
This BG will be released to the bidder upon the erection/
commissioning personnel reporting at site. This BG shall be
furnished along with payment milestone for submission of
final documentation as per MR and shall be initially valid up to
six months which shall be extended based on the request by
Owner.
f. Principal Foreign Bidder will takecare BG / penalty Noted & Confirmed

supervision services for complete package including
Indigenous supervision services if applicable.
9. Confirm documentation charges as per MR are included in Confirmed

quoted prices.
10. Price Reduction for delay in delivery/ completion:
a) Confirm acceptance of price reduction schedule for delay in Confirmed

deliveries / completion as specified in GPC & Special
Instructions to Bidders (SIB) enclosed in RFQ Document.
Liquidated damages or penalty are not acceptable.
c) In case of delay, vendor will reduce the invoice amount by Confirmed

applicable reduction.
d) Principal Foreign Bidder will be responsible for all Confirmed
obligation & liability of PRS applicable on Indian
Source Items / services.
Page 43 of 827
SL.
NO.

Please confirm delivery / completion period shall be as Confirmed
specified in the RFQ Covering Letter for foreign bidder on
FOT Site Basis. Date of Good Receipt (GR) shall be
considered as the date of delivery.
12. Payment Terms:
Confirm acceptance of “Terms and Mode of Payment” as per Confirmed
respective clause(s) given in SIB (Annexure-A)
14. Repeat Order:
Confirm Acceptance of Repeat Order clause as per RFQ Confirmed
Covering Letter / SIB / GPC.
a) In the event of award of order, submission of Performance Confirmed
Bank Guarantee for 10% of total order value along with
Final supply payment valid till full guarantee period plus 3
(Three) months.
b) The Performance Bank Guarantee shall be strictly as per
Confirmed
enclosed proforma and shall be from any Indian
Scheduled Bank or branch of an International Bank
situated in India and registered with Reserve Bank of
India as scheduled foreign Bank.
c) Principal Foreign Bidder will submit PBG for complete Confirmed
package including Indian Source Items / services.
16. Guarantee / Warranty: Confirmed
Confirm acceptance to Guarantee / Warranty clause as
mentioned in the GPC/SIB.
Principal Foreign Bidder will be responsible for all Confirmed
obligation & liability of Guarantee / Warranty of Indian
Source Items / services.
Confirm quoted prices shall remain firm and fixed till complete Confirmed
execution of order. Price Variation shall not be considered on
any account.
18. Testing and Inspection charges:
a. Goods supplied are subject to stage wise and final inspection
as specified in MR by EIL and no extra charges shall be Confirmed
payable by Owner towards the same. Travel, Living and
Personnel expenses of EIL’s Representative shall be borne
by Owner.
i) Inclusive of all testing and inspection charges (if applicable) Confirmed
as per MR.
ii) Inclusive of all IBR/IGC/NACE charges (if applicable) as Confirmed

required in the Material Requisition.
iii) Inclusive of all statutory certification charges PESO/CCOE Confirmed

etc. (if applicable) as required in the Material Requisition
c. Is your shop approved by IBR/CCE authority, if yes, indicate IBR Approved
validity.
i. IBR
ii. CCE
It is the responsibility of supplier to get the entire imported Confirmed
materials and the built in imported contents inspected by TPIA
(i.e. Lloyds/BV/DNV/TUV/CEIL) in the country of origin and
the quoted prices are inclusive of charges towards the same.
Page 44 of 827
SL.
NO.
d. Considering EIL Inspection charges, during evaluation prices Confirmed
of Indigenous source item shall be loaded by @1.25% of FOT
Despatch Point price.
19. Validity of Bid:
a. Confirm Bid validity as stipulated in RFQ covering letter from Confirmed
the final due date of bid submission.
20. Compliance to RFQ documents:
a) Confirm your offer is in total compliance with RFQ Document Confirmed
containing technical specifications including General /
Technical notes, scope of supply/services/site work (as
applicable) including documentation as per Material
Requisition (MR) and subsequent amendment and
corrigendum, if any.
b) Confirm your offer is in total compliance with RFQ
documentation containing commercial terms and conditions
as per the following documents, without any deviation:
i) Request for Quotation (RFQ) Confirmed
ii) Special Instructions to Bidders (SIB) Confirmed
iv) Terms & Conditions of Site work / GCC / HSE / Integrity Confirmed(if applicable)
Pact.
v) Terms & Conditions for Supervision services Confirmed(if applicable)
21. Whether any of the Directors of Bidder is a relative of any Confirmed No relation
Director of Owner/EIL or the Bidder is a firm in which any
Director of Owner/EIL or his relative is a Partner or the Bidder
is a private company in which any director of Owner/EIL is a
member or Director.
22. Please confirm you have not been banned or delisted by any Not Banned
Government or Quasi Government agencies or PSUs. If you
have been banned, then this fact must be clearly stated. This
does not necessarily mean cause for disqualification.
However if this declaration is not furnished the bid shall be
rejected as non-responsive.
23.1 UNPRICED OFFER- without any Deviations Confirmed
23.2 PRICED OFFER
a. Duly filled Price Schedule with relevant annexures Confirmed
24. Please confirm that you have quoted strictly for items based Confirmed
on your registration/approval with EIL as on date of issue of
RFQ.
25. Any claim arising out of order shall be sent to Owner in writing Confirmed
with a copy to EIL within 3 months from the date of last
despatch. In case the claim is received after 3 months, the
same shall not be entertained by Consultant/ Owner.
26. Printed terms and conditions, if any, appearing in quotation, Confirmed
shall not be applicable in the event of order. In case of
contradiction between the confirmations given above and
terms & conditions mentioned elsewhere in the offer, the
confirmation given/confirmed herein above shall prevail.
Page 45 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT

OF
M/s BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD,
KOCHI REFINERY, KOCHI, KERALA
SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDER

(SIB)
A307_SIB Rev.4 dtd: 02.04.2014 Page 1 of 21
Page 46 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
INDEX
SECTION – A (TERMS OF PAYMENT)
1.0 Payment Terms For Indian Bidders
2.0 Payment Terms For Foreign Bidders
3.0 Ocean Freight
SECTION – B: EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR COMPARISION OF BIDS
4.0 Where only Indian Bids are under comparison
5.0 Where only Foreign Bids are under comparison
6.0 Where Indian as well as Foreign Bids are under comparison
7.0 General Notes
8.0 Special Notes on Taxes/Duties and CENVAT benefits
9.0 Price Reduction Schedule Towards Delay In Delivery
10.0 Guarantee / Warranty Period
SECTION-C: (COMMERCIAL LOADING OF OFFERS IN CASE OF DEVIATIONS)
11.0 Basis of Loading
12.0 Payment Terms
13.0 Performance Bank Guarantee (PBG)
14.0 Delayed Deliveries
15.0 Price Variation
16.0 Freight charges
17.0 Indian taxes/ duties
18.0 Utilities
19.0 Delivery/Completion Period
20.0 Foreign Exchange Rate Variation/Custom Duty Variation For Indian Bidders (On
Built-In Import Content)
21.0 VAT on Works Contracts/ Service Tax/ Splitting Of Orders
22.0 Entry Tax
23.0 Rejection Criteria
24.0 Suo-Moto Changes In Prices
25.0 Price Implication Not Permitted
26.0 Integrity Pact
SECTION-D: SPECIAL CONDITIONS.
27.0 Delivery Schedule/ Completion Period
28.0 Despatch Instructions for Indigenous Supplies
29.0 Additional Taxes & Duties (Applicable For Indian Bidder)
30.0 Recovery Of Custom Duty, Excise Duty And Sales Tax
31.0 Governing Law
32.0 Purchaser’s Rights And Remedies
33.0 Deduction At Source
34.0 Statutory Approval
35.0 Lien
36.0 Limitation Of Liability
SECTION-E: GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
37.0 General
38.0 Fraudulent Practices
39.0 One Bid Per Bidder
40.0 Language Of Bid
41.0 Earnest Money Deposit:
42.0 Modification And Withdrawal Of Bids
43.0 Examination Of Bids And Determination Of Responsiveness
44.0 Owner’s Right To Accept Any Bid And To Reject Any Bid
45.0 Notification Of Award
46.0 Waiver Or Transfer Of The Agreement
47.0 Tax Residency Certificate (TRC) Format For Foreign Bidder
48.0 Requirement of Employment Visa For Foreign Nationals
49.0 Order of Precedence of Commercial Documents
SECTION-F: ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO GPC

50.0 Settlement of dispute between CPSEs or CPSEs & Government Departments
Annexure-A ( Terms & Conditions For Indian Sourced Components / Services By

Foreign Bidder)
Page 47 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED, KOCHI REFINERY
SECTION-A: TERMS OF PAYMENT

In partial modification of the Payment Terms as mentioned in the General Purchase Conditions, the following
payment terms shall be applicable.
1.0 PAYMENT TERMS FOR INDIAN BIDDERS:
1.1 Where the Material Requisition is only for supply of materials and there is no Supplier Data
Requirement specified in MR e.g. Bulk Piping Items, etc.
1.1.1 100% Payment within 30 days after receipt and acceptance of materials at site and on submission of
Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% of Total Order Value, valid till the full guarantee period plus
Three months claim period.
1.2 Where the Material Requisition calls for Supplier Drawings/Technical Documentation.
1.2.1 90% Payment within 30 days of receipt and acceptance of materials at Site and on submission of
dispatch documents.
1.2.2 10% Payment after receipt of final technical documentation as per PR against EIL’s certification and
on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% of Total Order Value, valid till full guarantee
period plus Three months claim period.
1.3 Where Supply of materials and Erection or Site Work are in the scope of Supplier and
Package Items.
1.3.1 Supply
1.3.1.1 5% Payment on approval of all drawings atleast in CODE-2 by EIL against submission of Bank
Guarantee of equivalent amount valid till complete execution of Order plus Three months claim
period.
1.3.1.2 15% Payment after receipt of identified raw materials at Supplier’s Works and against certification by
EIL and submission of Bank Guarantee of equivalent amount valid till complete execution of Order
plus Three months claim period.
1.3.1.3 60% Payment after receipt of equipment after successful FAT as per MR/PR requirement at BPCL’s
Site. Billing Schedule to be furnished by the Supplier in case pro-rata payments are required.
1.3.1.4 10% payment after completion of erection work as per MR/PR requirement and submission of final
Technical documents as specified in the Purchase Requisition against EIL’s Certification and
submission of Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% of Total Order Value (Supply plus Site Work),
valid till full guarantee period plus three months claim period.
In case of delay in start of the site work beyond 6 months, the above 10% Payment shall be released
against submission of Bank Guarantee of equivalent amount valid initially for 1 year and subject to
extension up to completion of the site work. However, in the event of delay in the site work, the
Supplier is not relieved of his responsibility to carry out the same.
1.3.1.5 10% payment within 30 days of handing over the successfully commissioned equipment after
successful site testing.
1.3.2 Erection/ Site work

1.3.2.1 90% Payment against monthly running bills (based on agreed Billing Schedule), duly certified by
EIL.
1.3.2.2 10% Payment within 30 days after final handing over of equipment package to BPCL at site.
1.4 Fabricated Items (Vessels, Columns, Heat Exchangers, etc.)

1.4.1 5% Payment on approval of all drawings atleast in CODE-2 by EIL against submission of Bank
period.
Page 48 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
1.4.2 15% after receipt of identified raw materials at Supplier’s Works and against certification by EIL and
submission of Bank Guarantee of equivalent amount valid till complete execution of Order plus
Three months claim period.
1.4.3 60% Payment through NEFT against receipt of materials at BPCL’s Site. Billing Schedule to be
furnished by the Supplier in case pro-rata payments are required.
1.4.4 10% Payment after receipt of final documents as required in Purchase Requisition against EIL’s
certification and on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% of Total Order Value, valid
till full guarantee period plus Three months claim period.
1.4.5 Balance 10% Payment within 30 days of receipt of equipment at Site.
1.5 Other Items (Pumps, Compressors, Switchgears, etc.)

1.5.1 5% Payment on approval of all drawings atleast in CODE-2 by EIL against submission of Bank
period.
1.5.2 75% Payment against receipt of materials at BPCL’s Site. Billing Schedule to be furnished by the
Supplier in case pro-rata payments are required.
1.5.3 10% Payment after receipt of final documents as required in Purchase Requisition against EIL’s
certification and on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% of Total Order Value, valid
till full guarantee period plus three months claim period
1.5.4 Balance 10% Payment against Commissioning/Demonstration of Performance Guarantee (if
applicable) or 6 months from receipt of material at Site (against Bank Guarantee of equivalent
amount valid for 1 year), whichever is earlier. However, in the event of delay in conducting the
Performance Guarantee Run, the Supplier is not relieved of his responsibility to carry out the same.
No additional payment shall be made for visit of Supplier to Site for demonstrating the performance,
if the same is included in the scope of Supplier.
For items where supervision during erection, testing and commissioning is not required, the last 10%
Payment shall be released within 30 days of receipt of material at Site.
1.6 Payment for PGTR / Per Diem Charges for Supervision of Erection, Testing &
Commissioning
1.6.1 100% Payment of Invoice Amount shall be paid on completion of supervision services / PGTR
against submission of Invoice along with Time Sheet duly certified by EIL/BPCL Site-In-Charge.
Payment shall be made after deducting Income Tax at applicable rate. Service Tax, if any, shall be
paid on submission of Service Tax Invoice.
1.6.2 Where erection/commissioning supervision, commissioning assistance is required from the vendor,
penalty for non mobilization/delay in mobilization as per order shall also be specified in the
specifications. The penalty shall generally be 1.5 times the per diem rate for each day of delay of
reporting to site and shall be in addition to price reduction for delayed delivery.
1.6.3 Wherever supervision is in the scope of MR, bidders shall provide additional BG of an amount equal
to the per diem charges for the number of days considered for evaluation over and above 10%
PBG to cover compensation for delay in mobilising the erection/ commissioning personnel. This BG
will be released to the bidder upon the erection/ commissioning personnel reporting at site. This BG
shall be furnished along with payment milestone for submission of final documentation as per PR
and shall be valid up to six months which shall be extended based on the request by BPCL. (In case
where commissioning, Performance Guarantee Test, etc. are required and the 10% is under hold,
this condition shall not be applicable).
1.7 Transportation charges
1.7.1 100% Payment within 4 weeks after receipt of materials at site.
1.8 General
1.8.1 Excise Duty, Service Tax & VAT on Supplies shall be released only on receipt of Cenvatable/
Vatable copy of corresponding Invoice enabling availing of Input Credit by BPCL.
1.8.2 No initial advance payment along with Order shall be made by the Owner against Supplies as well
as Services (i.e. Transportation, Erection, Site Work, etc.). If a Supplier insists on the same, their
Offer shall be rejected.
1.8.3 Bank Guarantee(s) shall be issued through Scheduled Commercial Bank in India/ Indian Branch of
Foreign Bank, directly to BPCL as per the Pro-forma enclosed with RFQ documents and Supplier
shall also enclose copy of the same along with Invoice.
Page 49 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
1.8.4 All payments shall be released either through Electronic Clearing System (ECS) / Electronic Fund
Transfer (EFT)/ Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS) or through internet, within 30 days of receipt of
Invoice and all requisite documents, complete in all respects.
1.8.5 Billing schedule shall be submitted to EIL & BPCL by the Supplier for approval within 30 days from
the date of Purchase Order wherever specified therein. No payment against pro-rata dispatch shall
be made without approval of Billing Schedule.
1.8.6 Major Raw Material: Shall be as specified below:
i. Columns and Vessels: Plates and Forgings
ii. Heat Exchangers: Plates, Forgings and Tubes
iii. Pumps/Compressors: Castings and Drivers
iv. Any other item(s) as may be defined in MR/PR.
2.0 PAYMENT TERMS FOR FOREIGN BIDDERS:

2.1 Where the Material Requisition is only for Supply of materials
2.1.1 100% of FOB Order Value shall be paid through an Irrevocable Letter of Credit against submission
of Shipping Documents. The Letter of Credit shall be established only on receipt of acceptance of
Fax of Acceptance/Purchase Order along with submission of Bank Guarantee of 15% of Order Value
(10% towards Performance Bank Guarantee valid till full Guarantee period plus Three months claim
period & separate 5% Bank Guarantee towards Price Reduction Schedule due to delay in delivery
valid till contractual delivery date (CDD) + Five and half Months).
For PGTR cases only
In case of PGTR 90% supply amount shall be released through Letter of Credit and last 10% supply
amount shall be released against successful demonstration of Performance Guarantee Test Run &
submission of Invoices duly certified by Site-In-charge or 6 months from receipt of material at site
(against BG of equivalent amount valid for 1 year), whichever is earlier. However in the event of
delay in conducting the PGTR, the bidder is not relieved of his responsibility to carry out the same.
No additional payment shall be made for visit of supplier to site for demonstrating the PGTR, if the
same is included in the scope of supplier.
2.2 Where the Material Requisition calls for Supply of material and Erection or Site Work in the
scope of Supplier and Package Items
For Supply Portion
2.2.1 90% Payment of FOB Supply (duly FAT) value through an Irrevocable Letter of Credit against
submission of Shipping Documents. The Letter of Credit shall be established only on receipt of
acceptance of Fax of Acceptance/Purchase Order along with submission of Bank Guarantee of 15%
of Order Value (10% towards Performance Bank Guarantee valid till full Guarantee period plus
Three months claim period & separate 5% Bank Guarantee towards Price Reduction Schedule due
to delay in delivery valid till contractual delivery date (CDD) + Five and half Months).
2.2.2 10% Payment of FOB Supply value through direct wire transfer through banking channels on
completion of Site Work including successful Commissioning & SAT at site, as applicable as per
Purchase Order/Purchase Requisition (PR) against submission of final documents or Certificate of
Completion of Work by BPCL Site.
For Site Work Portion (Erection/Commissioning)

2.2.3 100% Payment of Amount for Site Work including successful Commissioning & SAT at site, shall be
paid through direct wire transfer through banking channels on completion of successful SAT at site
as per Purchase Order against submission of Certificate for Completion of Work by EIL.
The Letter of Credit shall be established only on receipt of acceptance of Fax of
Acceptance/Purchase Order along with submission of Performance Bank Guarantee of 15% of Total
Order Value [Supply + Site Work] (10% towards Performance Bank Guarantee valid till full
Guarantee period plus Three months claim period & separate 5% Bank Guarantee towards Price
Reduction Schedule due to delay in delivery valid till contractual delivery date (CDD) + Five and half
Months).
2.3 For Training

2.3.1 At Site: 100% payment against final bill to be submitted by seller after completion of training duly
certified by site-in-charge.
Page 50 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
2.3.2 At Supplier’s Works: 100% payment against final bill to be submitted by seller after completion of
training.
2.4 Annual Maintenance Contract

100% payment shall be paid at the end of each quarter of the contractual year against quarterly
progressive bills to be submitted by Seller duly certified by Site-in-Charge.
2.5 Payment for PGTR / Per Diem Charges for Supervision of Erection, Testing &
Commissioning
2.5.1 100% Payment of Invoice amount through direct wire transfer as per normal banking channels on
completion of supervision activity / PGTR upon submission of Invoice, Time Sheet duly certified by
Site In-Charge at BPCL Site, legible copy of visa (showing date of entry and date of exit from India)
and passport (showing Name and Nationality of the personnel). Payment shall be made after
deducting Income Tax at applicable rate.
2.5.2 Where erection/commissioning supervision, commissioning assistance is required from the vendor,
penalty for non mobilization/delay in mobilization as per order shall also be specified in the
specifications. The penalty shall generally be 1.5 times the per diem rate for each day of delay of
reporting to site and shall be in addition to price reduction for delayed delivery.
2.5.3 Wherever supervision is in the scope of MR, bidders shall provide additional BG of an amount equal
to the per diem charges for the number of days considered for evaluation over and above 10%
PBG to cover compensation for delay in mobilising the erection/ commissioning personnel. This BG
will be released to the bidder upon the erection/ commissioning personnel reporting at site. This BG
shall be furnish along with dispatch documents which shall be initially valid up to six months whixh
shall be extended based on the request by BPCL.
2.6 General
2.6.1 No initial advance payment along with Order shall be made by the Owner against Supplies as well
as Services (i.e. Transportation, Erection, Site Work, etc.). If a Supplier insists on the same, their
Offer shall be rejected.
2.6.2 All Bank Guarantee(s) shall be issued through Scheduled Commercial Bank in India or Indian
Branch of Foreign Bank as per Pro-forma provided in RFQ documents. All Bank Guarantees will be
directly to BPCL by the Bank.
2.6.3 All bank charges and stamp duties payable outside India in connection with payments shall be borne
by the Supplier. All bank charges and stamp duties payable in India shall be borne by BPCL except
L/C Amendment charges for delays in delivery. Confirmation charges for Confirmed L/C shall be
borne by Supplier.
2.6.4 Billing schedule shall be submitted to EIL & BPCL by the Supplier for approval within 30 days from
the date of Purchase Order wherever specified therein. No part shipment shall be made without
approval of billing schedule.
2.6.5 Subject to Technical Acceptability, For supplies sourced within India (if any) by Foreign
Bidder & directly dispatched to Site shall have following provisions: (Refer Annexure-A)
3.0 OCEAN FREIGHT:

3.1 Ocean freight from FOB Port of Exit to designated Indian Port shall be arranged by BPCL through
their nominated Freight Forwarder. Supplier shall arrange handing over the material to BPCL Freight
Forwarder at the designated Port of Exit.
3.2 In cases where the RFQ requires the Supplier to quote Ocean Freight, BPCL reserves the right to
ask the Supplier to arrange shipment through their own Freight Forwarder at the quoted freight
rates.
3.3 Owner/EIL reserves the right to place the order for foreign bidder either on FOB basis or CFR basis.
In case of award, initially the order shall be placed on FOB basis and Owner reserves the right to
convert the same to CFR basis within 4 months, from placement of order. Therefore, the Ocean
Freight Charges/ CFR prices should be valid for additional 4 months from the date of Order. The
bidder is required to furnish the shipping details within 45 days from the date of order. In case the
bidder is not able to prove the shipping details within 45 days then 4 months shall be considered
from the date of receipt of shipping details of consignment for converting FOB to CFR.
3.4 Above clause no. 3.1 to 3.3 is not applicable for Turn-Key jobs where ocean freight along with
Page 51 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
Marine cum transit cum erection insurance in bidders scope.
SECTION – B: EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR COMPARISION OF BIDS
4.0 WHERE ONLY INDIAN BIDS ARE UNDER COMPARISON:

Bids shall be evaluated on the basis of Net Effective Price i.e. landed cost at Site including
Third Party Inspection charges (if applicable) by Third Party Inspection Agency as nominated by
BPCL minus CENVAT/ Set Off benefit available to BPCL.
Commercial loading shall be done on FOT Dispatch Point price.
If a Bidder does not quote freight charges, his offer shall be loaded with maximum freight
charges as quoted by the other bidders.
Taxes/Duties:
Taxes and Duties will be loaded as applicable. However, if a Bidder states that the Sales
Tax/ Excise Duty is not applicable at present or quotes lesser percentage stating the same will be
charged as applicable at the time of delivery, then such Bidder’s price will be loaded by the highest
rate as indicated by the remaining bidders.
5.0 WHERE ONLY FOREIGN BIDS ARE UNDER COMPARISON:
Bids shall be evaluated on the CIF basis including Custom Clearance (as mentioned below),
considering firm ocean freight up to Port of Entry (Kochi, India) as quoted by bidders.
Sl. No. Head Basis
1 F.O.B. Price As quoted by the Bidder (including stowage charges in case of
pipes*) and Third Party Inspection charges.
* Stowage charges, if not included in the quoted FOB Price, the
same shall be loaded @ 10% of freight quoted by the Bidder.
2 Add – Ocean Freight Firm Freight charges as quoted by Bidders or provision mentioned
in the bid documents
3 Add – Marine Insurance @ 1% of FOB Price
4 Add – Customs Duty Prevailing Rate on (CIF value plus Landing Charges @ 1% of CIF
Value)
5 Commercial Loading, if any On FOB Value
6 Less – Cenvatable Duties
7 FOT SITE PRICE Sum Total (Sl. Nos. 1 ~ 5) – (Sl. No. 6)
If a Bidder does not quote Ocean freight charges, his offer shall be loaded with maximum freight
charges as quoted by the other bidders.
Comparison shall be done on equivalent Indian Rupees considering RBI Reference rate of Foreign
Exchange published on the day of Opening of Priced Bids.
Normally, deviations in Payment terms, Firm prices & Performance Bank Guarantee are not
acceptable. However, wherever Bidder insists, the loading shall be done as applicable to Indigenous
cases on FOB price.
6.0 WHERE INDIAN AS WELL AS FOREIGN BIDS ARE UNDER COMPARISON:

Domestic Bidders:
Bids shall be evaluated on the basis of Landed Cost at Site (considering EIL Inspection
charges @ 1.25% of FOT Dispatch Point price) including all duties, taxes and transportation charges
less Cenvatable Excise Duty, Cenvatable Service Tax, VAT on Supplies, VAT on Works Contract,
whichever is applicable.
Commercial loading shall be done on FOT Dispatch Point price.
Foreign Bidders:
Bids shall be evaluated on the basis of landed cost at Site including the charges of inspection by
Third Party Inspection Agency, all duties, taxes and ocean freight charges as under less Cenvatable
Page 52 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
CVD/SAD, Cenvatable Service Tax, VAT on Supplies, VAT on Works Contract, whichever is
applicable.
Sl. No. Head Basis

1 F.O.B. Price As quoted by the Bidder (including stowage charges in case of
pipes*) and Third Party Inspection charges.
* Stowage charges, if not included in the quoted FOB Price, the
same shall be loaded @ 10% of freight quoted by the Bidder.
2 Add – Ocean Freight Firm Freight charges as quoted by Bidders
3 Add – Marine Insurance @ 1% of FOB Price
4 Add – Customs Duty Prevailing Rate on (CIF value plus Landing Charges @ 1% of CIF
Value)
5 Add – Port Handling Charges @ 2% of CIF Value
Sl. No. Head Basis

6 Add – Inland Freight Charges 1% of Landed Cost i.e. Sl. Nos. 1 to 5
from Port of Entry in India to
Project Site
7 Add – L/C charges @ 1% of FOB Price
8 Commercial Loading, if any On FOB Value
9 Less – Cenvatable Duties
10 FOT SITE PRICE Sum Total (Sl. Nos. 1 ~ 8) – (Sl. No. 9)
7.0 GENERAL NOTES:

i. Cost of Mandatory (Insurance) Spares, if identified in the Material Requisition, Commissioning
spares and Special Tools & Tackles will be included for price evaluation of bids, but costs of Spares
for Two Years Normal Operation & Maintenance shall be excluded.
ii. Cost of loading towards Technical Parameters (Utilities, etc.) wherever applicable shall be carried
out.
iii. BPCL shall claim CENVAT benefits on Excise Duty, CVD/SAD, Service Tax as well as the Cess
applicable and accordingly Excise Duty/ CVD/ SAD/ Cess/ Service Tax shall be considered and
necessary credit shall be given for evaluation and comparison of bids.
Wherever Site Work, AMC, Training, Supervision, etc. are required as per MR/RFQ, the same shall
be considered for evaluation.
iv. Bidders shall indicate the Customs Duty at Merit Rate in their Offer.
v. The Bidder must ascertain and confirm along with supporting documents in the bid, if any Custom
duty exemption / waiver is applicable to the products being supplied by bidder under any multi-lateral
/ bi-lateral trade agreement between India and Bidder’s country.
The bidder shall liable to provide all documentation to ensure availment of the exemption / waiver. In
case the bidder defaults on this due to any reason whatsoever, they shall be liable to bear the
incremental Custom Duty applicable, if any.
Any Custom Duty applicability on account of any change in the bi-lateral / multi-lateral agreement
shall be in bidder’s account.
Documentation to be furnished for availing any exemption / waiver of Custom Duty shall be
specifically listed in Letter of Credit also as the pre-requisite for release of payment against shipping
documents and this documentation shall necessarily from a part of shipping documents.
vi. BPCL shall issue Concessional Form ‘C’ for Central SalesTax, for all applicable cases.
vii. Comparison shall be done on equivalent Indian Rupees considering RBI Reference Rate of Foreign
Exchange published on the day of opening of the Price Bids.
Page 53 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
viii. Third Party Inspection charges for foreign bidder must be included in quoted prices or anything
specifically mentioned in RFQ documents..
ix. Excise Duty, Central Sales Tax, VAT on Supplies & Service Tax shall not be included in the quoted
prices and shall be payable extra at actual. BPCL shall claim eligible credit on CENVAT/Service
Tax/VAT quoted by the Bidder and therefore eligible portion of CENVAT/Service Tax/VAT shall be
considered for price comparison. Bidder shall be required to furnish proper invoices issued in
accordance with relevant rules for enabling BPCL to avail CENVAT benefits. Further, the amount of
Excise Duty, Service Tax & VAT shall only be payable against submission of CENVATABLE/
VATABLE Invoices, subject to maximum amount quoted in the Offer and in case of non-submission,
will not be paid.
x. Bidders quoted transportation charges shall be inclusive of service tax plus education cess
thereupon applicable on transportation.
xi. Transit Insurance/ Marine Insurance shall be excluded from Supplier’s scope for the items where
only supply is involved, and in such cases, the same shall be arranged by the Owner. For purchases
involving Site Work, the Comprehensive Insurance (Transit/Marine cum Storage, Erection, till
handing over of equipment) shall be in the scope of Supplier.
xii. Owner reserves its right to allow Public Sector Enterprises (Central/State), Micro & Small
Enterprises (MSEs) and MSEs owned by Scheduled Caste (SC)/ Scheduled tribe (ST)
entrepreneurs, purchase preference as admissible/applicable from time to time under the existing
Govt. policy.
xiii. If various item rates are present in the RFQ and if there is correction/wrong entry or a difference
between the values entered in figures and in words, the following procedure shall be adopted for
evaluation.
i. When there is a difference between the rate in figures and in words for an item, the rate
which corresponds to the amount worked out by the Bidder for the item based on the
notional quantity specified, shall be taken as correct.
ii. When the rate quoted by the Bidder in figures and words tallies but the amount is incorrect,
the rate quoted by the Bidder shall be taken as correct.
iii. When it is not possible to ascertain the correct rate as detailed above, the rate quoted for
the item in words shall be adopted as the quoted rate.
iv. If the total amount written against an item does not correspond to the rate written in figures
and if the rate in words is missing, then the higher of the rates, i.e. higher of the rate worked
out by dividing the amount by the notional quantity and the rate quoted shall be considered
for evaluation In the event that such a bid is determined as the lowest bid, the lower of the
rates shall be considered for award of works.
8.0 SPECIAL NOTES ON TAXES/DUTIES AND CENVAT BENEFITS:

(i) CST/ Kerala VAT (Applicable only on supplies being made from within state of Kerala), as
applicable during the contractual delivery period, shall be paid by the supplier and the same
shall be reimbursed on submission of the documentary proof. 'C' Form for CST will be
issued for all applicable cases. However no concessional form is applicable for Kerala VAT.
(ii) CENVAT BENEFITS: In view of CENVAT/ Input credit benefits being available to BPCL on
Excise Duty, no loading on Cenvatable excise duty and/ or interest thereon shall be
considered for comparison of bids. In the case of Kerala VAT on Supplies, loading will be
done to extent of 80% of VAT rate (since VAT credit is available for 20% only)
In the case of Service Tax, Cenvat credit against Service Tax shall be available to BPCL to
the extent of 96% only. Hence loading of 4% of Service Tax rate shall be considered for
Price evaluation.
(iii) BPCL shall claim CENVAT benefits on Excise Duty, Kerala VAT /CVD/SAD/Service Tax as
well as the cess applicable and accordingly Excise Duty /VAT/CVD/SAD/Service Tax, Cess
shall be considered and necessary credit shall be given for evaluation and comparison of
bids. Credit shall be taken during evaluation for 20% of Kerala VAT rate, 96% of Service Tax
rate and full amount for other Cenvatable taxes and duties.
(iv) Excise Duty, Central Sales Tax, Kerala VAT & Service Tax shall not be included in the
quoted prices and shall be payable extra at actuals. Further, the amount of Excise Duty,
Service Tax, Central Sales Tax, KVAT shall only be payable against submission of
supporting documents/Cenvatable/Vatable invoices subject to maximum amount quoted in
the offer and in case of non-submission, will not be paid.
(v) Non Cenvatable Excise Duty, if any is to be included in quoted prices & no variation on any
account (including statutory variation) shall be paid by Owner.
Page 54 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
(vi) Any errors of interpretation of applicability of taxes/duties by bidder shall be to Bidder’s

account.
(vii) All New taxes/duties/cess/levies notified after the last date of submission of bid (final bid due
date) but within contractual delivery/ completion period, shall be to Owner’s account.
(viii) The bidder shall be required to furnish details of any special dispensation regarding
concessional/ exempted taxes/ duties.
9.0 PRICE REDUCTION SCHEDULE TOWARDS DELAY IN DELIVERY:

i. For Indigenous Vendor:
a) In case item involving supply and site work:-
Price Reduction Schedule towards delay in delivery for domestic bidder shall be applicable as per
clause no. 9.0 of GPC Indigenous of RFQ subject to following modification:
“Price Reduction schedule for (Supply + Site work) shall be @ 0.5% of value of total order value
(TOV) of per week of delay or part thereof subject to maximum of 5% total order value (TOV)”.
b) In case item involving only supply:-

Delayed Delivery shall be as per clause 9 of GPC (For Indigenous materials & equipments).
ii. For Foreign Vendor:

c) In case item involving supply and site work:-
Price Reduction Schedule (Supply + Site work) towards delay in delivery for foreign bidder shall be
applicable as per clause no. 17 of GPC Import of RFQ subject to following modification:
“Imports, for any delay in delivery of equipments / materials or part thereof beyond the delivery
date stipulated, the vendor shall be liable to pay, compensation at 0. 5% of the Total Order Value
(TOV) of order per week of delay or part thereof subject to maximum of 5% of the Total Order
Value (TOV) of order”.
a) In case item involving only supply:-

Delayed Delivery shall be as per clause 17 of GPC (For Foreign materials & equipments).
iii. Wherever the supply period and site work are indicated as two separate periods and
notice of site readiness is required for site work, intervening period, if any shall be
excluded, while calculating the price schedule for delay.”
10.0 Guarantee / Warranty Period :-

i) For Indigenous Vendor:
a) In case item involving supply and site work including comprehensive Insurance
policy:-
In partial modification of the terms specified in clause 30 of GPC –12 months from the date of
handing over of duly completed plant/equipment/system as per the contract at site to the owner.
b) In case item involving supply and site work excluding comprehensive Insurance
policy:-
In partial modification of the terms specified in clause 30 of GPC – Warranty period be reckoned
12 months from the date of handing over of duly commissioned DG Set or 24 months from the
date of last dispatch, whichever is earlier.
c) In case item involving only supply:-

Performance Guarantee shall be as per clause 30 of GPC (For Indigenous materials &
equipments).
ii) For Foreign Vendor:

a. In case item involving supply and site work including comprehensive Insurance
policy:-
In partial modification of the terms specified in clause 26 of GPC –12 months from the date of
handing over of duly completed plant/equipment/system as per the contract at site to the owner.
Page 55 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
b. In case item involving supply and site work excluding comprehensive Insurance
policy:-
In partial modification of the terms specified in clause 26 of GPC – Warranty period be reckoned
12 months from the date of handing over of duly commissioned ECS package or 24 months from
the date of last dispatch received at designated yard provided by client, whichever is earlier.
c. In case item involving only supply:-

Performance Guarantee shall be as per clause 26 of GPC (For Foreign materials & equipments).
SECTION-C: COMMERCIAL LOADING OF OFFERS IN CASE OF DEVIATIONS
11.0 BASIS OF LOADING:

The Foreign Bids shall be loaded on FOB Port of Exit prices and the Indian Bids shall be loaded on
FOT Despatch Point prices.
12.0 PAYMENT TERMS:
i. Any differential payment terms offered by an Indian supplier as against the terms specified in the
RFQ/ GPC shall be loaded @ 15% (simple interest) per annum for the applicable period as under:
Drawing approval : 80% of the delivery period
Sub-ordering of raw materials : 75% of the delivery period
Receipt of raw material at vendor’s works : 50% of the delivery period
Final 10% also against dispatch documents : one month
Period of any other stage shall be suitably decided at the time of evaluation.
In cases like turnkey jobs, to derive the delivery period of supply items, the total period of turnkey
jobs shall be split into delivery period of supplies & site work period in the ratio of 70:30 for loading of
differential payment terms for the supply periods as defined above.
ii. Foreign suppliers shall not be permitted to offer differential payment terms as against the terms
specified in the RFQ/ GPC and in case they insist, their offer shall be rejected.
iii. Advance along with FOA/ PO will not be allowed. If a supplier insists for advance payment along
with FOA/PO, his offer shall be rejected.
13.0 PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE (PBG):

i. Performance Bank Guarantee shall be required in all cases of supplies of all values. In case a
supplier offers to give a PBG for less than 10% of order value, or for a lesser period than what is
provided in GPC, loading shall be done for the differential amount and/ or the differential period. For
differential period/ amount, the following example will amplify the methodology of loading (if GPC
specifies 10% PBG for 18 months + 3 months claim period = Total 21 months):
For differential period:
Period offered by Bidder Loading
10% for 21 months - No loading
10% for 18 months - 10% x 3/21 = 1.43%
10% for 12 months - 10% x 9/21 = 4.29%
10% for 6 months - 10% x 15/21 = 7.14%
For differential Amount:
Other than 10%: To be loaded by percentage by which PBG is short of 10%.
ii. In case, bidder does not agree to submit the PBG, 10% payment shall be deducted and withheld till
the guarantee period.
iii. In case, Bidder does not agree to submit the PBG or agree for deduction as per Cl. 13.(ii) above, the
offer shall be liable for rejection.
14.0 DELAYED DELIVERIES:
i. For Supply Only: [considering 0.5% un-delivered order value (UDOV) ~ 5% total order value
(TOV)]
In case a Supplier does not accept the delayed delivery clause and/or takes any deviation (indicates
Penalty clause/Liquidated damages in place of Price Reduction Clause) or takes exception to the
percentage rate mentioned in GPC, the offer of such supplier(s) shall be loaded as under:
Page 56 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
0.5% UDOV to 5%TOV : No loading

0.5% UDOV to 5% UDOV : 5%
0.5% UDOV to less than 5% TOV : Differential between the offered %age and 5%
Any other deviation/Liquidated : 5%
Damages/ penalty or non acceptance
of price reduction schedule
ii. For Supply + Site Work: [considering 0.5% total order value (TOV) ~ 5% total order value
(TOV)]
0.5% TOV to 5%TOV : No loading
0.5% UDOV to 5%TOV : 5% loading
0.5% TOV to less than 5% TOV : Differential between the Offered % and 5%
Any other deviation/Liquidated : 5%
Damages/ penalty or non acceptance
of price reduction schedule
15.0 PRICE VARIATION:
Suppliers must quote firm & fixed prices unless price variation is specified in the RFQ. Where price
variation is permitted as per RFQ, the loading thereto shall be as follows:
a) Firm Price No loading

b) In case of Price Variation formula with ceiling Loading by ceiling percentage offered.
c) No ceiling on the formula specified (This 1.5 times the maximum ceiling specified by
loading other Suppliers. In case all other Suppliers
shall be done only after putting efforts with have quoted firm prices then @ 1.25% for
Supplier to indicate ceiling and obtaining every month of quoted delivery period to be
BPCL’s approval) taken as ceiling.
d) No formula and no ceiling specified by Offer may be rejected.
Supplier
(This shall be resorted to only after putting
efforts with Supplier and obtaining BPCL’s
approval)
16.0 FREIGHT CHARGES:

i. Indian Suppliers shall quote firm freight charges up to destination by road transport for all cases until
unless specified otherwise in the RFQ documents.
17.0 INDIAN TAXES/ DUTIES:
In case a supplier states that taxes/duties are not applicable at present and will be charged as
applicable at the time of delivery then his bid shall be loaded by the maximum rate of taxes/duties
applicable.
18.0 DELIVERY/COMPLETION PERIOD:

The required delivery / completion period will be stipulated in the RFQ and the bids with longer than
required delivery shall be liable for rejection.
19.0 UTILITIES:
Cost loading in respect of utilities etc. will be considered as mentioned in RFQ documents.
20.0 FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE VARIATION/CUSTOM DUTY VARIATION FOR INDIAN BIDDERS
(ON BUILT-IN IMPORT CONTENT) :
i. Prices shall remain firm and fixed without any escalation except for statutory variation in customs
duty rate.
The prices shall be firm and fixed on account of FE variation also.
ii. Indigenous bidders shall be required to quote their prices including customs duty (Merit rate)
towards their built in import content. CIF content in Indian Rupees shall also be furnished by
Bidders along with the merit rate of customs duty considered.
Page 57 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
iii. The statutory variation in customs duty shall be subject to the following
guidelines and the supplier shall confirm the following in their bid:
(a) Maximum CIF value of import content shall be furnished in the bid.
(b) The material to be imported covering the above CIF value to be indicated in the bid.
(c) Any increase in price due to increase in customs duty rate beyond two-third of the quoted
delivery period will be to supplier’s account. However, any decrease in price due to
decrease in customs duty rate at the time of actual clearance of imported materials shall
be passed on to BPCL.
(d) Variation in price due to customs duty rate will be dealt with separately after receipt of
materials at site against documentary evidence.
21.0 VAT ON WORKS CONTRACTS/ SERVICE TAX/ SPLITTING OF ORDERS:

i. Wherever site work is involved, suppliers shall quote their prices inclusive of VAT on Works
Contracts. The Supplier shall submit the assessment/ liability certificate from Sales Tax Authority
stating the tax due on Contract/ Running bill submitted for payment for enabling BPCL to deduct
the VAT on Works Contract as per the certificate, from Suppliers Invoices and remittance to tax
authorities. TDS Certificate towards deduction of VAT on Works Contract shall be provided to
supplier by owner. Payment to the Supplier will be released only on receipt of the aforesaid
certificate. The Supplier shall submit the total tax liability certificate along with final bill. Under no
circumstance, the Supplier should remit VAT on Works Contract directly to the Department. Any
loss to BPCL, due to direct remittance of VAT on Works Contract by Supplier will be recovered from
Supplier. BPCL shall not be responsible for any delay in payment/ non-payment of bill due to delay
in submission/ non-submission of the aforesaid certificate. Order for Supply and Site Work shall not
be split and only single order covering the entire scope of work on each supplier shall be placed.
ii. Wherever, Service Tax is applicable, Suppliers shall quote their prices exclusive of Service Tax.
Supplier shall be required to furnish Invoices towards Service Tax in order to enable BPCL to avail
credit of the same. Presently BPCL is able to avail credit of 95% of the Service Tax rate only.
Hence, 5% of Service Tax rate shall be loaded for price evaluation. The same is not applicable for
service tax on transportation charges, since CENVAT Benefits not available.
22.0 ENTRY TAX:

Entry Tax is not applicable presently in the State of Kerala and Bidder’s should not include the
same in their quoted rates/prices. In case Entry Tax is leviable at a later date, the same shall be
borne by Owner.
23.0 REJECTION CRITERIA:

Bidder shall strictly comply with the technical and commercial requirements. Bid shall be considered
non responsive and rejected, if bidder insists on deviations to the under mentioned provisions of
RFQ/Bidding document:
i) Bid Security amount, Bid security validity, issuing bank and any major deviation to format of
Bid security. However this shall not be applicable in case Bid security is not required as per
RFQ/Bidding Document.
ii) Advance payment along with FOA/ PO.
iii) Unless specified in the RFQ, Price variation with no formula and no ceiling.
iv) Price change/implication against TQ/CQ when there is no change in scope of work,
specification and terms & conditions of MR/RFQ.
v) Delivery / completion schedule.
vi) Guarantee/ Defects Liability Period
vii) Inadequate Bid Validity
viii) Performance bank Guarantee or any other bank guarantee mandatorily required against
Milestone or supervision or Price Reduction Schedule (PRS)
24.0 SUO-MOTO CHANGES IN PRICES:
(i.) Any Suo-moto reduction in price offered by a supplier within the bid validity by way of discount or
revised prices subsequent to the bid due date and which is not as a result of any change in scope of
supply or terms and conditions, shall not be taken into account for evaluation. However, such
Page 58 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
reduction in price shall be taken into account for ordering if such supplier happens to be the
recommended supplier as per the originally quoted prices.
(ii.) However, in the event of any suo-moto price increase sought by a supplier subsequent to the bid
due date and which is not as a result of any change in scope of supply or terms and conditions, the
bid of such a supplier shall be rejected for the items in which such suo-moto increase is made.
(iii.) Any wrong interpretation of taxes & duties or any taxes & duties not specified in the offer shall be
borne by Bidder.
25.0 PRICE IMPLICATION NOT PERMITTED:
Price implications on account of technical clarifications shall not be permitted as long as
BPCL/EIL do not change the specifications/ scope spelt out in the RFQ.
26.0 INTEGRITY PACT:

For all RFQs/ enquiries of value exceeding Rs 1 (One) Crore, the bidder shall comply with the
requirements of the Integrity Pact (IP) and Integrity Pact of RFQ/Bidding document shall be
accepted and Bidder must submit the same duly signed & stamped along with their bid. Failure to
submit the Integrity Pact shall lead to outright rejection of Bid.
Bidding shall be through E-tendering methodology as per Enclosed “INSTRUCTIONS TO
BIDDERS FOR E-TENDERING”.
SECTION-D: SPECIAL CONDITIONS.
27.0 DELIVERY SCHEDULE/ COMPLETION PERIOD:

i. All goods under the scope of the Supplier shall be delivered as per delivery schedule/
completion period specified in Request for Quotation (RFQ) and no variation shall be permitted.
ii. Failing to meet the delivery schedule/ completion period will be subject to price reduction and/or
other remedies available to the purchaser in RFQ documents.
iii. Price Reduction Schedule (PRS) shall be applicable as per Clause 9.0 of GPC (Indian) & clause no.
17 of GPC (Imported) and mentioned in RFQ Covering letter.
(iv.) The delivery schedule/ completion period shall be reckoned from the date of Fax of Acceptance.
(V.) For Indian Bidder date of LR/GR shall be considered as date of delivery or date of receipt of material
at site shall be the date of delivery as specified in RFQ/FOA/PO. For Foreign Bidder date of clean
bill of Lading shall be considered as date of Delivery.
(VI.) In case of foreign bidder quoted FOB Port of Exit prices, shall be inclusive of all charges inclusive of
all applicable taxes & duties, applicable upto FOB port of exit.
28.0 DESPATCH INSTRUCTIONS FOR INDIGENOUS SUPPLIES:
i. Supplier shall obtain despatch clearance from the purchaser prior to despatch.
ii. Following despatch documents are required to be submitted by the Indigenous supplier immediately
after shipment is made.
 Commercial Invoice
 Dispatch instructions/ clearance by Purchaser/Consultant.
 Inspection Release Note by Third Party Inspection Agency/ Purchaser/ Consultant.
 LR/ GR
 Packing List
 Test Certificates (NDT reports, MTC, etc. as per MR)
 Certificate of Measurement and Weight
 List of documents as specified in Vendor Data Requirement in Material Requisition &
counter signed & stamped by EIL.
29.0 NEW / ADDITIONAL TAXES & DUTIES (Applicable for Indian Bidder):
i. Within the contractual delivery period, if any new taxes and/or duties come into force the same will
be reimbursed to bidder against documentary evidence. However any new or additional taxes/
duties imposed after contractual delivery shall be to borne by seller.
ii. All necessary taxes & duties registration, if required for carrying out the site activities shall be done
by the bidder and cost towards the same shall be included in quoted prices.
Page 59 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
iii. The statutory variations on Customs duty (rate) considered on above CIF value of built – in import
content, within contractual delivery period shall be to Employer’s account against submission of the
documentary evidence. However, any increase in the rate of Customs duty beyond the contractual
completion period shall be to bidder’s account. In case of wrong classification, no variation
including statutory variation of Customs Duty will be payable extra. Any decrease in the rate of
Customs duty shall be passed on to the Employer.
iv. The statutory variations on Excise rate and amount of Excise Duty, CST with concessional form &
VAT without concessional form, which will be payable on the finished goods and Cenvatable
Service Tax, as applicable, within the contractual delivery period shall be to Employer’s account
against submission of the documentary evidence. Any increase in the rate of these taxes and
duties beyond the contractual completion period shall be to bidder’s account. However, any
decrease in the rate of taxes & duties shall be passed on to the Employer.
v. Works Contract Tax & service tax on transportation, if applicable, shall be included in the quoted
prices and no variation including statutory variations shall be payable by BPCL.
30.0 RECOVERY OF CUSTOM DUTY, EXCISE DUTY AND SALES TAX:

In case of Indian Bidders, if the Statutory Variation entitles the employer to recover the amount
(irrespective of contractual delivery) such amount will be recovered from any bill of the Supplier
immediately on enforcement of such variation under intimation to the Supplier.
31.0 GOVERNING LAW:

Laws of India will govern the Agreement. All matters relating to this contract are subject to the
exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts situated in Kochi, Ambalamugal (District), Kerala (India).
32.0 PURCHASER’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES:

Without prejudice to PURCHASER’s right and remedies under Agreement, if SUPPLIER fails to
commence delivery as per agreed schedule and/or in reasonable opinion of the PURCHASER,
SUPPLIER is not in a position to makeup the delay to meet the intended purpose, the PURCHASER
may terminate the AGREEMENT in full or part at SUPPLIER’s default and may get supplies from
other sources at SUPPLIER’s risk and cost.
33.0 DEDUCTION AT SOURCE:

i. Purchaser will release the payment to the Supplier after effecting deductions as per applicable law in
force. Purchaser will release the payment to the Supplier after effecting deductions as per applicable
law in force. Owner shall deduct VAT on Works Contract as applicable & shall furnish TDS certificate
to supplier.
ii. Purchaser will release payments to the Supplier after offsetting all dues to the Purchaser payable
by the Supplier under the Contract.
34.0 STATUTORY APPROVAL RELATED WITH SUPPLIES / WORKS:
Approval from any authority (i.e. Inspector of Boiler, Electrical Inspector, and Municipal Corporation
of Greater Kochi (MCGK) etc.) required as per statutory rules and regulations of Central/ State
Government shall be the responsibility of Contractor agency.
The application on behalf of the OWNER for submission to relevant authorities along with copies of
required certificate complete in all respects shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor
agency well ahead of time so that the actual construction/ commissioning of the work is not delayed
for want of the approval/ inspection by concerned authorities. The Contractor agency shall arrange
the inspection of the works by the authorities and necessary coordination and liaison work in this
respect shall be the responsibility of the Contractor agency. Reimbursement by the OWNER of the
statutory fees payable by Contractor agency (as per advance approval of OWNER) may be provided
for, subject to submission of receipt.
The Contractor agency shall carry out any change/ addition required to meet the requirements of the
statutory authorities, within the quoted rates. The inspection and acceptance of the work by statutory
authorities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor agency.
List of all documents, drawings, forms, affidavits etc required for the approvals shall be submitted by
the contractor agency.
Page 60 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
35.0 LIEN:
Supplier shall ensure that the Scope of Supply supplied under the Agreement shall be free from any
claims of title/liens from any third party. In the event of such claims by any party, Supplier shall at
his own cost defend, indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser or its authorised representative from
such disputes of title/liens, costs, consequences etc.
36.0 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY:

Notwithstanding anything contrary contained herein, the aggregate total liability of Seller under the
Agreement or otherwise shall be limited to 100% of Agreement/ Order price. However, neither party
shall be liable to the other party for any indirect and consequential damages, loss of profits or loss of
production.
SECTION-E: GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
37.0 GENERAL: Bidders shall submit their Bids in following manner & containing the listed inputs, duly
filled-in, stamped & signed by authorized signatory of Bidder holding Power of Attorney, as a
minimum requirement:
a) PART-I: UNPRICED OFFER
A. All technical specifications as per requirement of MR.
B. Agreed Terms & Conditions duly filled in.
C. Terms & Conditions for Supervision of Erection/Testing/Commissioning, if applicable
D. Terms & Conditions for Site Work, if applicable
E. Copy of Registration with EIL, if applicable
F. Copy of MOU/ MOM, if any, signed with EIL and referred in offer.
G. Integrity Pact, duly filled-in, stamped & signed on each page (if applicable).
H. Audited Financial Report of latest preceding Financial year.
I. Deviation sheet, if any.
J. Price Schedule with prices blanked out but “Quoted/ Not quoted” to be mentioned & its
relevant enclosures, duly filled-in, stamped & signed on each page.
b) PART-II: PRICED OFFER
A. Price Schedule with prices filled in.
B. Statement that all specifications and terms & conditions are as per un-priced part of offer.
Note:
In case of foreign bidder bidding currency shall be Indian Rupees (INR) for Indian Sourced Supplies
dispatched from India & and USD/EURO for supplies dispatched from foreign. For Indian Bidder
bidding currency shall be Indian Rupees (INR) only.
38.0 FRAUDULENT PRACTICES:

The OWNER requires that Bidders/ Contractors observe the highest standard of ethics du ring
the award/ execution of Contract. "Fraudulent Practice" means a misrepresentation of facts in order
to influence the award of a Contract to the detriment of the Owner, and includes collusive practice
among bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at artificial non-
competitive levels and to deprive the Owner of the benefits of free and open competition.
a) The OWNER will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the bidder recommended for
award has engaged in fraudulent practices in competing for the Contract in question.
Bidder is required to furnish the complete and correct information/ documents required for
evaluation of their bids. If the information/ documents forming basis of evaluation is found to be
false/ forged, the same shall be considered adequate ground for rejection of bids and forfeiture
of Earnest Money Deposit.
b) In case, the information/ document furnished by the Bidder/ Contractor forming basis of
evaluation of his bid is found to be false/ forged after the award of the contract, Owner shall
have full right to terminate the contract and get the remaining job executed at the risk & cost of
such Bidder/ Contractor without any prejudice to other rights available to Owner under the
contract such as forfeiture of CPBG/ Security Deposit, withholding of payment etc.
c) In case, this issue of submission of false documents comes to the notice after execution of
work, Owner shall have full right to forfeit any amount due to the Bidder/ Contractor along with
Page 61 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
forfeiture of CPBG/ Security Deposit furnished by the bidder/ contractor.

d) Further, such bidder/ contractor shall be put on Blacklist/ Holiday/ Negative List of OWNER/EIL
debarring them from future business with Owner & EIL for a time period, as per the prevailing
policy of OWNER & EIL.
39.0 ONE BID PER BIDDER:

a. A Bidder shall submit only one bid in the same bidding process. A Bidder who submits or
participates in more than one bid will cause all the proposals in which the bidder has
participated to be disqualified.
b. Alternative price bids are not acceptable.
40.0 LANGUAGE OF BID:

a) The Bid prepared by the bidder, all correspondence/drawings and documents relating to the
bid exchanged by the bidder with the Owner/Consultant shall be in English Language alone
provided that any document furnished by the bidder may be written in another language so
long as accompanied by an English translation, in which case, for the purpose of interpretation
of the bid, the English translation shall govern.
b) In the event of submission of any document/ certificate by the Bidder in a language other than
English, the English translation of the same duly authenticated by Chamber of Commerce of
Bidder’s country shall be submitted by the Bidder. Metric measurement system shall be
applied.
41.0 EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT:
Bidder shall furnish, as part of its Bid, EMD for an amount as indicated in the NIT/ IFB. If the
Bidder is unable to submit Bid Document Fee & EMD in original within the due date & time, then
bidder shall submit the original Bid Document Fee & EMD within 7 days from the date of unpriced
bid opening, provided copy of the same have been uploaded on E-Tendering Website. In case
the bidder fails to submit the same in original within 7 days, then their bid shall be rejected,
irrespective of their status/ ranking in tender and notwithstanding the fact that a copy of Bid
Document Fee & EMD was earlier uploaded by the bidder. OWNER shall not pay any interest on
EMD furnished.
The EMD shall be in favour of BPCL and shall be acceptable in the form of Crossed Demand Draft
or Bank Guarantee in the prescribed pro-forma.
The Bank Guarantees/DD for EMD shall be issued by any Scheduled Commercial Bank (other than
co-operative Bank) in India or any Indian Branch of Foreign Bank and same shall be as per the
format given in this bidding document. Swift Message or Cash or Cheque in lieu EMD shall not be
acceptable.
The bank guarantee for submission of EMD shall be valid as period mentioned in EMD / Bid
Security format or elsewhere mentioned in Bid Document / RFQ.
EMD/ Bid securities of unsuccessful bidders will be returned upon award of Contract. However,
EMD of the successful Bidder will be returned upon the Bidder's acceptance of PO/ signing the
Contract and furnishing the PBG.
The EMD may be forfeited:
If a Bidder withdraws its bid during the period of Bid Validity or does any breach of
tendering terms and conditions, or
If a bidder modifies his bid on his own.
In case of a successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails, within the specified period:
i. To submit the order acceptance.
ii. To furnish the PBG.
42.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS:

a) The Bidder may modify / withdraw its Bid prior to the due date prescribed for submission of
Bids.
b) No bid shall be modified subsequent to the deadline for submission of bids.
Page 62 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
c) No bid shall be allowed to be withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for submission
of bids and the expiration of the period of bid validity specified by the bidder. Withdrawal of a
bid during this interval shall result in the forfeiture of bidder’s bid security.
43.0 EXAMINATION OF BIDS AND DETERMINATION OF RESPONSIVENESS:

a. The Owner/EIL will examine the bids to determine whether they are complete, whether any
computational errors have been made, whether the documents have been properly signed,
and whether the bids are generally in order.
c) Prior to the detailed evaluation, the Owner/EIL will determine whether each bid is of
acceptable quality, is generally complete and is responsive to the RFQ Documents. For the
purposes of this determination, a responsive bid is one that conforms to all the terms,
conditions and specifications of the RFQ Documents without deviations, objections,
conditionality or reservations.
c. Bidder shall not be allowed to submit any Price Implication or Revised Price after submission
of Bid, unless there is change in the stipulations of the RFQ Document and such changes are
incorporated through an Amendment. In case Exceptions and Deviations submitted by Bidder
along with Bid are not considered as acceptable and no Amendment is issued, then in such a
case the Bidders would be required to withdraw such Exceptions/Deviations in favour of
stipulations of the RFQ document and Bidders would not be eligible for submission of Price
Implication/Revised Price, failing which such Bid(s) shall be considered as non responsive
and rejected.
d. The Owner/EIL determination of a bid’s responsiveness is to be based on the contents of the
bid itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence. If a bid is not responsive, it will be rejected by
the Owner/EIL, and may not subsequently be made responsive by the bidder by correction of
the nonconformity.
44.0 OWNER’S RIGHT TO ACCEPT ANY BID AND TO REJECT ANY BID:
The Owner/EIL reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul the bidding process and
reject all bids at any time prior to award of the order without thereby incurring any liability to the
affected bidder or bidders or any obligations to inform the affected bidder or bidders of the ground
for Owner/EIL’s action.
45.0 NOTIFICATION OF AWARD:
d) Prior to the expiration of period of bid validity Owner /EIL will notify the successful bidder in writing
by fax/e-mail to be confirmed in writing, that his bid has been accepted. The notification of award/
Fax of Acceptance will constitute the formation of the Order.
e) The Delivery Schedule shall commence from the date of notification of award/ Fax of Acceptance
(FOA).
f) Award of Contract/Order will be by issuing Fax of Acceptance (FOA) of your bid. FOA will contain
price, delivery and other salient terms of bid and RFQ Document.
Bidder will be required to confirm receipt of the same by returning “Copy of the FOA” duly signed
and stamped by the bidder as a token of acknowledgement to Owner and EIL. On receipt of
acknowledgement without any deviation/ condition, detail Purchase Order/ Contract will be issued
in quadruplicate. Three copies of the same without any condition/ deviation will be returned duly
signed and stamped by the bidder as a token of acknowledgement to Owner and EIL.
46.0 WAIVER OR TRANSFER OF THE AGREEMENT:
The successful bidder shall not waive the Agreement or transfer it to third parties, whether in part
or in whole, nor waive any interest that is included in the Agreement without the prior written
permission of the Owner.
47.0 TAX RESIDENCY CERTIFICATE (TRC) FORMAT FOR FOREIGN BIDDER:

Foreign Bidder shall submit Tax Residency Certificate (TRC) duly filled in detailed format enclosed
with RFQ Document.
48.0 REQUIREMENT OF EMPLOYMENT VISA FOR FOREIGN NATIONALS:
Page 63 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
i) All Foreign nationals coming to India for execution of Projects/ Contracts will have to apply for
Employment Visa only and that grant of Employment Visa would be subject to strict adherence
of following norms:
a. Employment Visa is granted only for the skilled and qualified professionals or to a person who is
being engaged or appointed by a Company, Organization, Industry or Undertaking etc. in India
on contract or employment basis at a senior level, skilled position such as technical expert, senior
executive or in managerial position etc.
b. Request for Employment Visa for jobs for which large number of qualified Indians are available, is
not considered.
c. Under no circumstances an Employment Visa is granted for routine, ordinary secretarial/ clerical
jobs.
ii) Suppliers are advised in their own interest to check latest Visa rules from Indian Embassy/ High
Commission in their country in case Foreign nationals are required to be deputed to India during
execution of the Contract.
49.0 Order of Precedence of Commercial Documents:

In case of an irreconcilable conflict between RFQ, Special Instructions to Bidders & General
Purchase Conditions (GPC), the following shall prevail to the extent of such irreconcilable conflict in
order of precedence:
i) RFQ Covering Letter
ii) Special Instructions to Bidders
iii) General Purchase Conditions (GPC)
iv) Terms & condition of Site Work
v) General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
SECTION-F: ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO GPC
50.0 The following is additional to Clause No. 38.0 of GPC(Indigenous):

Settlement of dispute between CPSEs or CPSEs & Government Departments
In the event of any dispute or difference relating to the interpretation and application of the provisions of
the contracts, such dispute or difference shall be referred by either party for Arbitration to the sole
Arbitrator in the Department of Public Enterprises to be nominated by the Secretary to the Government
of India in-charge of the Department of Public Enterprises. The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996
shall not be applicable to arbitration under this clause. The award of the Arbitrator shall be binding upon
the parties to the dispute, provided, however, any party aggrieved by such award may make a further
reference for setting aside or revision of the award to the Law Secretary, Department of Legal Affairs,
Ministry of Law & Justice, Government of India. Upon such reference, the dispute shall be decided by
the Law Secretary or the Special Secretary/Additional Secretary, when so authorized by the Law
Secretary, whose decision shall bind the Parties finally and conclusively. The Parties to the dispute will
share equally the cost of arbitration as intimated by the Arbitrator.
Page 64 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
ANNEXURE-A
INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT (IREP) OF
M/s BPCL KOCHI REFINERY,
KOCHI, KERALA (INDIA)
(Job No. A307)
TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR INDIAN SOURCED COMPONENTS / SERVICES BY FOREIGN
BIDDER
Foreign bidder may source components / sub-supplies and services from India, if allowed as per Material
Requisition. Such sub-supplies / services shall be subject to following Commercial Terms & Conditions:
1. PRICING:
1.1 The Foreign bidder shall quote firm price for items being sourced from India in Indian rupees on FOT
Site basis inclusive of packing, forwarding, transportation, all applicable taxes, duties & levies payable
upto site.
1.2 Materials if ordered against this Bidding Document are required to be dispatched on door delivery basis
through a reliable bank approved Road Transport Company unless the transport company is named by
the Owner.
2. AWARD OF ORDER:
Client may pace two separate order in this situation considering single point responsible taken care
by foreign (principal) bidder (in case of request submitted by bidder during bidding stage only).
However obligation of Performance Bank Guarantee & Price Reduction Schedule for complete
package shall always lies with foreign (principal) Bidder.
3. DELIVERY:
The delivery period for items being sourced from India, shall be on FOT site basis within the delivery
period specified for foreign bidder as per Terms of Bidding document.
4. PRICE REDUCTION SCHEDULE FOR DELAY IN DELIVERY / SERVICES:

PRS for delay in deliver / services shall be applicable on total order value including Indian sourced
component / Service.
5. OVERALL RESPONSIBILTY:
Overall responsibility towards the contractual obligations like delivery, bid security, order execution,
performance guarantee etc. including supplies being sourced from India shall be only with the
foreign (principal) bidder.
6. PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE

Foreign (principal) bidder shall submit one performance bank guarantee as per GPC for total order
value including value of items source from India.
7. INSPECTION
i. Inspection of Item being sourced from India shall be by EIL/Owner.
Page 65 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
ii. Any change in sourcing from indigenous supplies to imported supplies and vice-versa after bid
submission is not permitted.
iii. Considering EIL Inspection charges, during evaluation prices of Indigenous source item shall be
loaded by @1.25% of FOT Despatch Point Price price.
8. PAYMENT TERMS:
8.1 Indian Source supplies:
100% payment along with taxes and duties will be paid against receipt & acceptance of Indian sourced
goods/material at project site and on presentation of invoice suitable for availing Cenvat.
8.2 Payment of Indian source supplies/Services shall be released directly to Indian counterpart against
Invoices raised by Indian counterpart duly endorsed by Foreign principal for payment.
8.3 The payments shall be made after Adjustment of Price Reduction Schedule.
9. In case of any deviation to above requirement, loading shall be applicable as mentioned for Indian
Bidder.
Page 66 of 827
Sham
PatroleUI"
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED

KOCHI REFINERY
GENERAL PURCHASE CONDITIONS
FOR IMPORTED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS
INDEX
1. NON-WAIVER
ADDRESSES
ARBITRATION
TECHNICAL
VENDOR'S
DELAYED
DELAYS
OILS
SPARE
PACKING
SHIPPING
RESPECT
CANCELLATION
PART
RECOVERY
MODIFICATIONS
INSPECTION-CHECKING-
PRICE
CONFIRMATION
COMPLETE
PATENTS
EXPEDITING
NO ASSIGNMENT
&ORDER/REPEAT
TRANSITLUBRICANTS
PARTS
DUE
AND
DELIVERY
DEFINITIONS
TERMS
SHIPMENT
SERVICES
WEIGHTS
SALES
IMPORT
PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE FOR
DRAWINGS
AGREEMENT
OF
INFORMATION
TO
MARKING
ROYALTIES
CONDITIONS
OF
LICENCE
REJECTION,RISK
AND
OF
AND DELIVERY
SUMS
PAYMENT
FOR OF
FORCE
ORDER
VENDOR'SDUE
ORDER
AND
INSURANCE
MEASURES
SHIPMENTMAJEURE
TESTING
GUARANTEE
REMOVAL DATES
DOCUMENTATION
OFPERSONNEL
NOTICES
REJECTED 19.
34.
33.
30.
31.
32. DATA REQUIREMENT
GOODS AND REPLACEMENT 25.
28.
20.
24.
27.
26.
21.
23.
29.
22.
-1-
Page 67 of 827 •
1. DEFINITIONS: 7.1 All tests mechanical and others and particularly
The following expressions used in the purchase order those required by relevant codes will be performed
shall have meaning indicated against each of these; at the Vendor's expenses and in accordance with
inspector's instructions. The vendor will also bear
The OWNER means BHARAT PETROLEUM
the expenses.
CORPORATION LIMITED a company incorporated in
India having its registered office at Mumbai. India and 7.2 Concerning preparation and rendering of tests
shall include its successors and assigns. required by Boiler Inspector~te or such other
"GoodslMaterials" : Goods and/or materials shall mean statutory testing agencies or by L10yds register of
shipping as may be required.
any of the articles, materials, machinery, equipment,
supplies drawings, data and other property and all 7.3 Before shipping or despatch, the equipment and/
services Including but not limited to assigning, delivery, or materials will have to be checked and stamped
Installation, Inspection. testing and commissioning by Inspectors who are authorised also to forbid
specified or required to complete the order. the use and despatch of any equipment and/or
materials which during tests and inspection fail to
·Vendor" : Vendor shall mean the person, firm or
comply with the specification. codes and testing
corporation to whom this purchase order is issued, and
requirements.
include its successors and assigns.
7.4 The Vendor will have to-
"Inspectors" : Inspectors deputed by Owner.
2. REFERENCE FOR DOCUMENTATION: Inform Owner at least fifteen days in advance of
the exact place date and time of rendering the
Purchase order Number must appear on all equipment or materials for required Inspection.
correspondence, drawings, invoices, shipping notes,
Provide free access to inspectors during normal
packing and on any documents or papers connected
working hours to Vendors or his /lts sub-Vendor's
with the order.
work and place at their disposal all useful means
3. IMPORT LICENCE: of performing, checking, marklhg testing,
Relevant particulars of the import licence if any shall be inspection and final stamping.
duly indicated in the invoice and shipping documents Even if the inspection and tests are fully carried
as well as on the packages or consignments. out Vendor is not absolved to any degree of his
4. CONFIRMATION OF ORDER: responsibilities to ensure that all equipments and
The vendor shall acknowledge the receipt of the materials supplied comply strictly with
Purchase order within ten days following the mailing of requirements as per agreement both during
this order and shall thereby confirm his acceptance of requirements as per agreements both during
this Purchase Order in its entirety without exceptions. construction, at the time of delivery, inspection on
This acknowledgment will be on both purchase order arrival at site and after Its erection or start-up and
and General Purchase Conditions. Vendor shall also guarantee period as stipulated In clause 26 hereof.
submit along with order acceptance a Bank Guarantee 7.5The Vendor's responsibility will not be lessened to
as per clause 26 hereunder. any degree due to any comments made by Owner/
6. SALES CONDITIONS: Owner's representatives and inspectors on the
Vendor's drawings or specifications or by
With Vendor acceptance of provisions of this Purchase
inspectors witnessing any chemical or physical
Order he waives and considers as cancelled any of his
tests. In any case the equipment must be in strict
general sales conditions. accordance with the Purchase Order and or its
6. COMPLETE AGREEMENT: attachments failing which the Owner shall have the
The terms and conditions of this Purchase Order right to reject the goods and hold the Vendor liable
constitute the entire agreement between the parties for non-performance of contract.
thereto. Changes will be binding only if the amendments 8. EXPEDITING:
are made in writing and signed by an authorised
Owner/Owner's representatives have been assigned to
representative of the Owner and the Vendor.
expedite both manufacture and shipment of equipment
7. INSPECTION-CHECKING-TERMS: and materials covered by the Purchase Order. The
The equipment, materials and workmanship covered by Owner/Owner's representatives shall have free access
the Purchase Order is subject to inspection and testing to Vendor's shop and/or sub supplier's shop at any time
at any time prior to shipment and/or despatch and to and they shall provide all necessary assistance and
final Inspection within a reasonable time after arrival at Information to help them perform their job.
site. Inspectors shall have the right to carry out the 9. WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS:
Inspections and testing which will Include the raw
The shipping documents, invoices, packing lists and all
materials at manufacturer's shop, at fabricator's shop other relevant documents shall contain the same units
and at the time of actual despatch before and after
of weight and measurements as given in the Owner's
completion of packing. Purchase Order.
-2-
Page 68 of 827 •
10. OILS & LUBRICANTS: CARE GLASS FRAGilE, DON'T ROLL. THIS END UP.
The first filling of oils and lubricants for every equipment THIS END DOWN.· to be indicated by arrow.
shall be included In the price. The vendor shall also A distinct colour splash in say red-black around each
recommend for quality and quantity of oils and lubricants package crate/bundle shall be given for identification.
required for one year's continuous operation. Ail pipes and sheets shall be marked with strips bearing
11. SPARE PARTS: progressive No.
The vendor must furnish itemised and priced list of spare In case of bundles, the shipping marks shall be
parts required for two years operation of the equipment. embossed on metal or similar tag and wired securely
The vendor shall provide the necessary cross sectional on each end.
drawing to Identify the spare parts numbers and their For bulk uniform material when packed in several cases,
location as well as inter-changeability chart. progressive serial numbers shall be indicated on each
12. PACKING AND MARKING: cases. All nozzles, holes and opening and also all
delicate surfaces shall be carefully protected against
All equipment/materials shall be suitably packed in
damage and bad weather. Flange faces of all nozzles
weather proof, seaworthy packing for ocean transport
shall be protected by blanks. All manufactured surfaces
under tropical conditions and for rail or road or other
shall be painted with rust proof paint.
appropriate transport in India. The packing shall be
strong and efficient enough to ensure safe preservance All threaded fittings shall be packed in cases.
upto the final point of destination. The vendor shall be held liable for all damages or
Equipment / Materials shall be protected by suitable breakages to the goods due to defective or Insufficient
coat of paint and all bright parts protected from rust by packing as well as for corrosion due to insufficient
application of rust preventive as may be necessary. All greasing/ protection.
machined surface shall be suitably protected. On three sides of the packages, the following marks
All fragile and all exposed parts will be packed with care shall appear clearly visible in indeliable paint and on
and the packages shall bear the words -HANDLE WITH Vendor's care and expense.
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED

KOCHI REFINERY
AMBALAMUGAl
KOCHI-682302
From
To:
Chief Manager (Projects)
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd.
Koehl Refinery, Ambalamugal
Kochi - 682 302
Purchase Order No.
Item:
Equipment:
NetWeight: Kgs.
Gross Weight: Kgs.

Case No. of Total Cases:
Dimensions:
-3-
Page 69 of 827 •
l!!RI§.;. MarKIngshall be bold-minimum letter height 5cm. charges, if any, surcharge, discount, etc. cleal
for every order and every shipment, packages must be and separately and the net total freight payab
marked with serial progressive numbering. All packages shown at the bottom.
will bear warning signs on the outside denoting the All documents vlz. bill of lading/airway bi,
center of gravity and sling marks. Packages that require Invoices/packing list, freight memos, country 4
special handing and transport should have their centres origin certificates, test certificate, drawings an
of gravity and points at which they may be gripped catalogues should be in English language.
clearly indicated and marked -Attention Special Load
In addition to the bill of lading which should b
Handle with Care" In English Language. Any other
obtained In 3 stamped original plus as many copiei
direction for handling shall be clearly indicated on the
as required, Invoices packing lists, freight memos
package.
(If the freight particulars are not shown In the billl
Top heavy containers will be so marked either Top of lading), country of origin certificate, test
Heavy or Heavy Ends. When packing material is clean composition certificate, shall be made out agains',
and light coloured, a dark black stencil paint shall be each shipment in as many number of copies as
acceptable. However, where packaging material is shown below. The bill of lading, invoice and
soiled or dark, a coat of flat zinc white paint shall be packing list specifically must show uniformly, the
applied and allowed to dry before applying the specific marks and numbers, contents case wise country
markings. of origin, consignees name, port of destination and
In case of large equipments like vessels, heat all other particulars as indicated under clause 12.
exchangers, etc. documents contained in the envelope The invoice must show the unit rates and net total
shall be fastened Inside a shell connection with an EO.B. prices. Items packed separately should also
identifying arrow sign -documents" applied with Indelible be Invoiced and the value shown accordingly.
paint. Packing list must show apart from other particulars
13. SHIPMENT AND SHIPMENT NOTICES: actual contents in each case, net and gross
weights and dimensions, and the total number of
The Vendor shall make shipment only after prior
packages. All documents should be duly signed
approval of Inspector whenever specifically mentioned.
by the Vendor's authorised representatives.
As soon as any shipment is made, the Foreign Supplier
shall send advance information by way of Fax message Shipping arrangements shall be made by
to Chief Manager (Projects), Bharat Petroleum Chartering Wing Ministry of Surface Transport,
Corporation Ltd., Koehl Refinery, Ambalamugal, Kochi- New Delhi through their respective forwarding
682 302 giving particulars of the shipment, vessel's agents, M/s. Schenker & Co., P.O. Box 110313
name, port of shipment, bill of lading number and date, 02043 Hamburg West Germany, Ph. 49 (040)
total FOB and freight value with confirmation copies by 361350, Fax (040) 36135216 Gr.2/a, Telex
post to the owner, Bharat Petroleum Corporation 217004-33 Sh.d, for shipping consignments from
Limited, Koehl Refinery, Ambalamugal, Kochi -682 302 UK / continent port; M/s. OPT Overseas Project
In case of air shipment a copy each of airway bill & Transport Inc. 46 sellers Street, kearny, N.J.
Invoice shall be sent by fax to BPCL as soon as 07032, Tel (201) 998-7771, Telex 673-3586, Fax
shipment is made. (201 )998-7833. In respect of consignments form
US/CANADA, MEXICO & SOUTH AMERICA and
14 SHIPPING:
the Embassy of India in Japan, Tokyo in respect
14.1 SEA SHIPMENT: of consignments from Japaneses ports. Supplier
All shipment of materials shall be made by first shall furnish to the respective agents the full details
class direct vessels, through the chartering wing, of consignments such as outside dimensions,
Ministry of Surface Transport Govt, of India, New weights (both gross and net) No. of packages,
Delhi as per procedure detailed hereunder. The technical descriptions and drawings, name ofthe
Foreign supplier shall arrange with Vessels Supplier, ports of loading, etc. 6 weeks notice shall
Owners or Forwarding Agents for proper storage be given by the supplier to enable the concerned
of the entire Cargo intended for the project in a agency to arrange shipping space.
specific manner so as to facilitate and to avoid The bill of lading Shall Indicate the following:
any over carriage at the port of discharge. All
Shipper: Government of India
shipment shall be under deck unless carriage on
deck is unavoidable. Consignee:
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd.-
The bills of lading should be made out in favour of
Koehi Refinery,
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd.,
Ambalamugal,
All columns in the body of the bill of lading namely Kochl - 682 302.
marks and nos. material description, weight
In case of supplies from USA, Export licences, if
particulars, etc. should be uniform in all the
any required from the American Authorities shall
shipping documents. The freight particulars should
be obtained by the U.S. suppliers. If need be
mention the basis of freight tonnage, heavy lift
-4-
•
Page 70 of 827
assistance for obtaining such export licences their delivery. By time delivery, is meant the date on the
would be available from India supply Mission at Bill of lading/Air way Bill at FOB port of despatch.
Washington. 17. DELAYED DELIVERY:
14.2 AIRSHIPMENT:
The time and date of delivery of materials/equipment
In case of Airshipment, the material shall be as stipulated in the Purchase Order shall be deemed
shipped through freight consolidator (approved by to be the essence of the agreement. For any delay in
us). The airway bill shall be made out in favour of delivery of equipment materials or part thereof beyond
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD, the delivery date stipulated, the vendor shall be liable
Kochi Refinery, Ambalamugal, Kochi - 682 302 to pay compensation at O. 5% per week or part thereof
Tel: 91-484-2722061-69, Fax: 91-484- 2721094/ the FOB Port of embarkation value of the non-delivered
2720855/56. items of equipment subject to maximum of 5% of the
14.3 TRANSMISSION OF SHIPPING DOCUMENTS: total FOB value. The Owner reserves the right of
cancelling the Purchase Order for any delay exceeding
Foreign supplier shall obtain the shipping
the period of maximum compensation and the vendor
documents in eleven complete sets including three
shall be liable to all consequences thereof. If the delay
original stamped copies of the Bill of lading/Airway
in delivery is due to Force Majeure, the owner shall be
Bill as quickly as possible is made, and airmail as
free to act in terms under clause 18 of this text.
shown below so that they are received at least
three weeks before the Vessels' arrival in case of 18. DELAYS DUE TO FORCE MAJEURE:
sea shipment and immediately on air freighting in In the event of causes of Force Majeure occuring within,
case of air-shipment. Foreign supplier shall be fully the contractual date of delivery the Owner on receipt of
responsible for any delay and/or demurrage in application from the Vendor may extend the contractual
clearance of the consignment at the port due to date of delivery without imposition of penalty. Only those
delay in transmittal of the shipping documents. causes which depend on natural calamities, civil wars
If in terms of latter of otherwise, the complete and national strikes which have a duration of more than
original set of documents are required to be sent seven consecutive calendar days are considered the
to BPCL through Bank the distribution indicated causes of force majeure. The decision of Owner shall
below will confine to copies of documents only be final and binding on Vendor.
minus originals. The Vendor must advise the Owner by a Registered
Documents letter duly certified by a local chamber of statutory
BPCL, Kochi Refinery
authorities, the beginning and the end of the delay
Bill of lading/ 4 (including 1 immediately, but in no case later than within 10 days of
Airway Bill original) the beginning and end of such cause of Force Majeure
Invoice 4 condition as defined above.
Packing List 4 19. REJECTION, REMOVAL OF REJECTED GOODS
Freight Memo 4 AND REPLACEMENT:
Country of Origin-
Certificate 4 In case the testing and inspection at any stage of
4 inspection reveal that the equipment, materials and
Drawing
1 workmanship do not comply with the specification and
Catalogue
Invoice ofthird 4 requirements, the same shall be removed by the Vendor
at his/its own expense and risk within the time allowed
Party/Lloyd for
by the Owner. The Owner shall be at liberty to dispose
Inspection charges,
of such rejected goods in such a manner as he may
wherever applicable.
think appropriate. In the event the Vendor fails to remove
15. TRANSIT RISK INSURANCE:
the rejected goods within the period as aforesaid, all
Insurance against all marine and transit risk on FOB to expenses incurred by the Owner for such disposal shall
warehouse basis shall be covered under the owner's be to the account of the Vendor. The freight paid by the
marine policy. However, the Vendor shall ensure the in Owner, if any, on the inward joumey of the rejected
effecting shipments clear bills of lading/airway bills are materials shall be reimbursed by the vendor to the
obtained and the carriers responsibility is fully retained Owner before the rejected materials are removed by
the carriers so that the consignee's interests are fully the Vendor. The Vendor will have to proceed with the
secured and are in no way jeopardized. replacement of that equipment without claiming any
16. RESPECT FOR DELIVERY DATES: extra payment if so required by the Owner. The time
taken for replacement in such event will not be added
Time of delivery mentioned in the Purchase Order shall
to the contractual delivery period.
be the essence of the agreement and no variation shall
be permitted except with prior authorisation in writing 20. PRICE:
from the Owner. Goods should be delivered securely Unless otherwise agreed to in the terms of the Purchase
packed and in good order and condition at the place Order, the price shall be :
and within the time specified in the Purchase Order for
-5-
Page 71 of 827 •
Firm and not subject to escalation for any reason equipment and/or materials or which can, in any way.
whatsoever even though It might be necessary for the 26. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE:
order execution to take longer than the delivery period
The Vendor shall guarantee that any and all materials
specified in the order. used in execution of the Purchase Order shall in strict
21. TERMS OF PAYMENT: compliance with characteristics, requirements and
Payment will be made by the Owner against submission specifications and that the same shall be free from any
of despatch documents by Cash Against Documents/ defects. Checking of the Vendor's drawings by the
Letter of Credit. Owner/Owner's representatives and their approval and
22. RECOVERY OF SUMS DUE: permission to ship or despatch the equipment and
materials granted by Inspectors shall not relieve the
Whenever any claim against the Vendor for payment
Vendor from any part of hlsllts responsibilities for proper
of a sum of money arises out of or under the contract,
fulfillment of the requirements. The Vendor will
the Owner shall be entitled to recover such sums from
guarantee that all materials and equlpments shall be
any sum them due or when at any time thereafter may
repaired or replaced as the case may be at site, at its
become due from the Vendor under this or any other
contract with the Owner and should this sum be not own expense, in case the same have been found to be
defective in respect of material, workmanship or smooth
sufficient to cover the recoverable amount, the vendor
and rated operation within a period of twelve months
shall pay to the Owner on demand the balance after the same have been Commissioned or 18 months
remaining due.
from despatch whichever is earlier.
23. MODIFICATIONS:
The guarantee period for the part that may be altered,
The Owner shall have the right to make technical repaired or replaced shall be 12 months from the date
changes or modifications in the technical documents/ on which the same is commissioned.
specifications. Any major changes or modifications shall
Acceptance by the Owner or Its inspectors of any
be at the cost, if any, of the Owner. As soon as possible
equipment and materials or its replacement will not
after receipt of the written request for changes the
relieve the Vendor of its responsibility of supplying the
vendor shall furnish in writing to the owner an estimate
equipment/materials strictly according to the guarantee
of cost for such major changes and modifications and
agreed by the Vendor. The Vendor shall furnish a Bank
its effect on the FOB delivery date. On receipt of
Guarantee along with the order acceptance for the
Owner's written authorisation, the Vendor shall promptly
amount equivalent to 10% of the F.O.B. value of
proceed with the changes/modifications.
equipment/ materials to support Vendor's performance
24. CANCELLATION: (as per proforma hereunder). This Bank Guarantee shall
The owner reserves the right to cancel this Purchase remain in force for the entire period covered by the
Order or any part thereof and shall be entitled to rescind performance guarantee. It will be the responsibility of
the contract wholly or in part In a written notice to the the Vendor to keep the Bank Guarantee fully
Vendor if: subscribed. Any shortfall in the value of the Bank
The Vendor fails to comply with the terms of this Guarantee as a result of encashment by the owner
Purchase Order. either in full or in part in terms of the performance
Guarantee shall be made good by the Vendor within
The Vendor fails to deliver the goods on time and/or one week thereof.
replace the rejected goods promptly:
27. NON-WAIVER:
The Vendor makes a general assignment for the benefit
of creditors; and Failure of the Owner/Owner's representatives to insist
upon any of the terms or conditions incorporated in the
A receiver is appointed for any of the property owned
Purchase Order or failure or delay to exercise any rights
by the Vendor.
or remedies specified herein or by law or failure to
Upon receipt of the said cancellation notice, the Vendor properly notify Vendor in the event of breach, or the
shall discontinue all work on the Purchase Order and acceptance of payment of any goods hereunder or
matters connected with it. approval of design shall not release the Vendor and
The owner in that event will be entitled to procure the shall not be deemed waiver of any right of the Owner
requirement in the open market and recover excess or Owner's representatives to Insist upon the strict
payment over the Vendor reserving to Itself the right to performance thereof or any of his or their rights or
forfeit the security deposit, if any, placed by the Vendor remedies as to any such goods regardless of when
against the contract. goods are shipped, received or accepted nor shall any
25. PATENTS AND ROYALTIES: purported modification or revision ofthe order by Owner/
Owner's representative act as waiver of the terms
On acceptance of this order, the Vendor will be deemed hereof.
to have entirely indemnified the Owner's representatives
from any legal action or claims regarding compensation 28. NO ASSIGNMENT:
for breach of patent rights which the Vendor deems The purchase Order shall not be assigned to any other
necessary to comply for manufacturing the orclefed agency by the Vendor without obtaining prIor-written
-6-
Page 72 of 827 •
consent of the Owner. maintenance of the equipment if required by the Owner.
29. VENDOR'S DRAWINGS AND DATA REQUIREMENT: The terms and conditions for the services of the
Vendor's personnel shall be indicated in the quotation
The Vendor shall submit drawings data and itself.
documentation in accordance with but not limited to
32. ARBITRATION:
what is specified in the bid document and lor In Vendor's
drawings and data form attached to the Purchase Order Any dispute or difference between the Vendor on one
and as called for in clause 8, vlz, 'Expediting' above. hand and the Owner on the other. of any kind
The types, quantities and time limits of submitting this whatsoever at any time or times, arising out of or in
must be respected in its entirety failing which the connection with or incidental to the Purchase Order
purchase Order shall not be deemed to have been including any dispute or difference regarding the
executed for all purposes including settlement of interpretation of the terms and conditions or any clause
payment since the said submission is an integral part thereof shall be referred to arbitration under the Rules
of purchase Order execution. of International Chamber of Commerce in Paris. The
30. TECHNICAL INFORMATION: venue of such arbitration shall be in India. The Indian
law shall apply.
Drawings, specifications & details shall be the property
of the Owner and shall be returned by the Vendor on 33. PART ORDER I REPEAT ORDER:
demand. The Vendor shall not make use of drawings Vendor shall agree to accept part order at owner's
and specifications for any purpose at any time save option without any limitations whatsoever and also
and except for the purposes of the Owner. The Vendor accept repeat order during a period of six months after
shall not disclose the technical Information furnished placement of purchase order at the same unit prices
or gained by the Vendor to any person, firm or body or terms and conditions.
corporate authority and shall make all endeavours to 34. ADDRESS:
ensure that the technical Information is kept
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd.
CONFIDENTIAL. The technical information imparted
and supplied to the Vendor by the Owner shall at all Kochi Refinery
times remain the absolute property ofthe Owner. Ambalamugal
31. SERVICES OF VENDOR'S PERSONNEL: Kochi - 682 302
Upon two weeks advance notice, the Vendor shall INDIA
depute the necessary personnel to India for supervision Tel: 91-484-2722061-69
of erection and start up of the equipment and train a Fax: 91-484-2721094/2720855/56
few of the Owner's personnel for the operation and
-7-
Page 73 of 827 •
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE
( Performance )
(Ref. clause 26)
To
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited
Koehl Refinery, Ambalamugal, Kerala- 682302
Dear Sir,
In consideration of the Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited (hereinafter called 8the Company8 which expression shall
include its suceessorsand assigns) having awarded to MIs. (Name) (address)
..................................................•....................................................................................................................... (hereinafter
referred to as ~he Supplier- which expression wherever the subject or context so permits Include Its successors and assigns) a
supply contract In terms Interalia, of the Company's Purchase Order No dated and the
General Purchase Conditions of the company and upon the condition of supplier's fumishing security for the Performance of the
supplier's obligation and/or discharge of the supplier's liability under and/or In connection with the said supply contract up to a
sum of (in figure) (in words) .
................ ) contract value.
we, (Name) (constitution) ; (hereinafter called
8the Bank8 which expression shall include its successors and assigns) hereby jointly and severally undertake the guarantee to
pay to the Company In (Currency) forthwith on demand in writing and without protest or demur of any and all moneys anywise
payable by the Supplier to the Company under in respect of or in connection with the said supply contract inclusive of all the
Company's losses and damages and costs, (Inclusive between attorney and client), charges and expenses and other moneys
anywise payable In respect to the above as specified in any notice of demand made by the Company to the Bank with reference
to this Guarantee up to aggregate limit of Rs (Rupees .
.. ... . ... .. . .. .... .. . ... .. ... ... ... ... .... ..only)
AND the Bank hereby agrees with company that:
This Guarantee / Undertaking shall be a continuing / undertaking and shall remain valid and irrevocable for all claims of the
Company and liabilities of the Supplier arising up to and until midnight of .
This date shall be 6 months from the last date of guarantee period
This Guarantee / Undertaking shall be in addition to any other guarantee or security whatsoever that the company may now or at
any time anywise have in relation to the Supplier's obligationslliabilities under and/or connection with the said supply contract,
and the Company shall have full authority to take recourse to or reinforce this security in preference to the other securlty(ies) at
its sole discretion, and failure on the part of the Company in enforcing or requiring enforcement of any other security shall have
the effect of releasing the Bank from its liability hereunder.
The company shall be at liberty without reference to the bank and without affecting the full liability of the Bank hereunder to take
any other security in respect of the Supplier's obligations and/or liabilities under or In connection with the said supply contract
and to vary the terms vis a vis the supplier of the said supply contract or to grant time and/or Indulgence to the supplier or to
reduce or to Increase or otherwise vary the prices of the total contract value or and/or the remedies of the company under any
other security (Ies) now or hereafter held by the company and no such dealing(s), varlation(s), reduction(s), Increase(s) or the
indulgence(s) or arrangement(s) with the supplier or release or forbearance whatsoever shall have the effect of releasing the
Bank from its full liability to the Company hereunder or of prejudicing rights of the Company, against the Bank.
The Guarantee / Undertaking shall not be determined or affected by the liquidation or winding up, dissolution or change of
constitution or insolvency of the supplier but shall in all respects and for all purposes be binding and operative until payment of all
moneys payable to the Company in terms hereof.
The Bank hereby waives all rights at any time inconsistent with the terms of its Guarantee / Undertaking and the obligations of the
Bank in terms hereof shall not be anywise affected or suspended by reason of any dispute or disputes having been raised by the
supplier (whether or not pending before any Arbitrator, office, Tribunal or Court) or any denial of liability by the supplier or any
other of communication whatsoever by the supplier stopping or preventing or purporting to stop or prevent any payment by the
Bank to the Company in terms hereof.
The amount stated in any notice of demand addressed by the Company to the Guarantor as liable to be paid to the Company by
the supplier or as suffered or incurred by the Company on account of any losses or damages of costs, charges and or expenses
shall as between the Bank and the company be conclusive of the amount so liable to be paid to the Company or suffered or
incurred by the Company, as the case may be and payable by the Guarantor to Company in terms hereof.
Yours faithfully,
-8-
Page 74 of 827 •
Page 75 of 827
Page 76 of 827
Page 77 of 827
Page 78 of 827
Page 79 of 827
Page 80 of 827
Page 81 of 827
Page 82 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job No.: A307
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED, KOCHI REFINERY

Terms and Conditions for Site Work
1. LOCATION OF WORKSITE:
M/s Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited-Kochi Refinery (BPCL-KR) is setting up Integrated Refinery
Expansion Project (IREP) at its existing Refinery complex at Ambalamugal, Kochi in the state of
Kerala, India. The intending Bidder should inspect the site and make himself familiar with site
conditions and available communication facilities.
2. WATER SUPPLY:
The Owner shall allow the Contractor to draw the water within the premises of the Refinery, at one
point near Site. However, the Contractor shall make his own arrangement for the distribution pipe
network from source of supply and such distribution pipe network shall have prior approval of the
Owner/Engineer-In-Charge, so as not to interfere with the layout and progress of other Construction
activities.
Water for Hydro-testing shall be provided by Owner.
3. POWER SUPPLY:
Construction Power shall be made available by the Owner free of cost.
4. ACCOMODATION FOR CONTRACTOR ‘S SUPERVISORY STAFF AND LABOUR ETC.:
The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the accommodation of labour,
Engineers/Supervisors deputed for carrying out Site Works.
5. LAND FOR CONTRACTOR’S FIELD OFFICE, GODOWN AND WORK SHOP:
The Owner will, at his discretion and convenience and for the duration of the execution of work,
make available, land for construction of Contractor’s Field Office, Workshop / Fabrication Yard
required for execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall at his own cost construct all these
temporary buildings/structure and provide suitable water supply and sanitary arrangement, duly
approved by Engineer-In-Charge.
On completion of the work undertaken by Contractor, he shall remove all temporary works/shed
erected by him and have the Site cleaned as directed by Engineer-In-Charge. If the Contractor shall
fail to comply with these requirements, the Engineer-In-Charge may at the expense of the
Contractor, remove such surplus and rubbish material, dispose off the same as he deems fit and get
the Site cleared as aforesaid; and the Contractor shall forthwith pay the amount of all expenses so
incurred and shall have no claim in respect of any such surplus materials disposed off as aforesaid.
But the Owner reserves the right to ask the Contractor any time during the pendency of the Contract,
to vacate the Land by giving 7 days notice on security reasons or on material interest, otherwise.
6. EQUIPMENTS, TOOLS AND PLANT:
All equipment, vehicles, tools and plants and materials brought to site by the contractor from his
resources shall have distinctive identification marks and the description and quantity of such inflow
shall be intimated to BPCL in writing by the contractor. All construction materials brought by the
contractor shall have prior approval regarding quality and quantity by BPCL. The contractor shall also
provide without extra cost necessary enclosures, containers and protective materials for proper
storage of materials inside, whenever so instructed by BPCL without any extra cost.
No material or equipment or tools etc. shall be taken out of the work-site without the written consent
of BPCL.
BPCL shall not be responsible for the safety to protection of the materials of the contractor and the
contractor shall make his own arrangements for proper watch and ward for his materials.
7. RULES AND REGULATIONS AT SITE:
The contractor shall ensure that all rules and regulations as effected from time to time by the Owner
and/or EIL are strictly observed by the Contractor’s personnel.
A307_T&C-SITE-WORK Rev. 1 Page 1 of 8
Page 83 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job No.: A307
The contractor shall not permit the entry to the site of any person not directly connected with the
execution of the Contract without prior permission of the Engineer-in charge.
8. WORKMANSHIP:
The entire job shall be done in accordance with the approved drawings and specifications. The
drawings and specifications are intended to be self-explanatory but should any discrepancy arise on
any thing contained therein, explanation shall be sought from BPCL.
All the work covered under this requisition shall be done to the entire satisfaction of BPCL who shall
determine the quality, acceptability and fitness of the work. The contractor shall provide necessary
and sufficient tools, plant, equipment etc. for proper execution of work to the satisfaction of BPCL.
9. WORK ON HOLIDAYS AND OUTSIDE NORMAL WORKING HOURS:
The contractor shall generally restrict his working hour to the normal working hours but may be
permitted to work extra hours and on Sunday and holidays on prior request at least 24 hours in
advance and around the clock depending upon the urgency of the work.
10. SUB-CONTRACTORS:
No part or whole of this work covered in the requisition or interest therein shall in any manner be
assigned or sublet by the contractor except where BPCL has given written consent therefor.
11. CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY NOT LIMITED BY SUB-CONTRACT:
Notwithstanding and subletting with such approval the Contractor shall be and shall remain solely
responsible for the quality and quantity of materials and workmanship and for the proper and
expeditious execution of the work as if such sub-letting has not taken place.
If any sub-Contractor engaged upon the work executes any work, which in the opinion of BPCL is not
in accordance with the specifications, BPCL may, by written notice to the contractor require him to
terminate such sub-contract and sub-contractor shall immediately leave the work. No action by BPCL
under the above clause shall relieve the contractor of any of his liabilities or give rise to any right to
compensation, extension of time or otherwise.
11. OTHER AGENCIES AT WORKS:
The contractor may have to execute work in such a place and condition where other agencies also
will be engaged for other work. No claim shall be entertained for execution of work under such
circumstances. However, completion time for erection agreed will be subject to the condition that
contractor’s work is not hampered by other agencies.
12. SUPERVISION:
The contractor shall provide to the satisfaction of BPCL sufficient and qualified staff to superintendent
the execution of works. Such staff shall give to BPCL or his representative all necessary information
and facilities for such inspection or testing and examining any part of works.
The contractor shall ensure that all his supervisor’s staff and workmen conduct themselves in a
proper manner. They shall all be persons who are familiar with and skilled at the jobs allocated to
them. If and whenever any of the Contractor’s staff is found guilty of any misconduct or be
incompetent or insufficiently qualified in the performance of his duties the vendor shall remove him
from the site at once if directed by BPCL.
The contractor shall ensure that replacements for such persons removed from site are provided
immediately and the work is not allowed to suffer delay on that account.
13. INSPECTION OF WORKS:
BPCL and or EIL will have full power and authority to inspect the works at any time, either on the site
or at the contractor’s premises. The contractor shall afford or procure for the purchase every facility
and assistance to carry out such inspection. On no account will the contractor be allowed to proceed
with work of any type unless such work has been inspected and entries are made in the site
inspection register by BPCL / EIL.
14. ASSISTANCE TO BPCL:
The contractor shall render such assistance and supply such labour as may be required by BPCL in
connection with the works, cost of off all such assistance and requirements shall be deemed to be
included and covered by the prices quoted in the offer. The contractor shall make available to BPCL
Page 84 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job No.: A307
all necessary instruments and assistance in checking the setting out of works of and taking
measurements of works without extra cost to BPCL.
15. ACTION IN CASE OF BAD OR DELAYED WORK
Where it is found by BPCL, the performance of work by the contractor is not satisfactory in respect of
workmanship, deployment of sufficient labour or equipment delay, in execution of work or any other
matter, BPCL shall have the right to engage labour at normal ruling rates and get the work executed
through his own or any other agency and debit the cost in excess of the value as per order to the
contractor and the contractor shall have no right to claim compensation thereof. In such a case
BPCL shall have the right to utilise the materials and tools brought by the contractors for the same
work.
16. NOTICE OF CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL PAYMENT:
Should the Contractor consider that he is entitled to any extra payment or compensation or making
any claims whatsoever in respect of the works, he shall forthwith give notice in writing to BPCL that
he intends to claim extra payment. Such notice shall be given to BPCL within ten days from the
ordering of any work or happening of any event upon which the contractor bases such claims and
such notice shall contain full particulars of the nature of such claims with full details and amount
claimed. Failure on the part of the contractor to put forward any claim with the necessary particulars
as above within the time above specified shall be an absolute waiver thereof. No commission by
BPCL to reject any such claim and no delay in dealing therewith shall be waiver by BPCL of any rights
in respect thereof.
17. INSURANCE:
Marine – cum – Transit Insurance shall be arranged and borne by Vendor/Contractor. Any other
insurance including but not limited to workmen compensation, third party liability etc., as required by
the applicable laws shall be arranged by the vendor and the quoted price is inclusive of the charges
for the same.
18. PERMITS, LICENCES ETC.:
The contractor shall obtain all permits, licences or other authorisations as are required for his work in
terms of the order, from local State or Central Authorities. He shall comply with all rules, regulations
and other statutory obligations under the State of Union Legislative enactments. The contractor shall
pay all fees and other legally demandable compensation to any person, body or firm. BPCL shall not
be responsible, either directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever for any omissions of the
Contractor under this clause.
19. LOCAL AND OTHER AUTHORITIES NOTICES AND FEES:
The contractor shall comply with and give notices required by any Act or by any Regulation or bye-
law of any local or other public authority who have any jurisdiction with regard to the contractor’s
work and shall pay and indemnify BPCL against any fees/or charges legally demandable under such
Act, regulation or bye law in respect of the works.
20. CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY:
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to meet all claims for compensation under the workmen’s
Compensation Act or under any other law in respect of accidents or injury including death suffered by
workmen engaged by him for carrying out the work undertaken by the contractor. The Contractor
will also be responsible and liable in respect of clams for damage to property or persons arising from
or in the course of execution of the work undertaken by him. The contractor shall keep BPCL fully
indemnified in respect of claims under the Workmen’s Compensation Act and all other claims
aforesaid and the contractor shall not under any circumstances raise any dispute with regard to the
same.
21. CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT:
a) A list of equipment, which the contractor purposes to bring to Site to carry out the Work has been
made part of this Contract. The contractor shall ensure that these equipment as well as such other
equipment required to carry out the work are brought to site at the appropriate time to achieve the
promised completion date.
b) Equipment brought to Site will remain at Site and shall not be allowed to be taken out without the
written consent of the Engineer-in-charge. Certified capacity charts for heavy equipment should be
submitted to EIL prior to operation of the equipment.
Page 85 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job No.: A307
c) The contractor shall clearly mark all his tools and equipment with an identification symbol and/or
number.
22. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND MANPOWER, MACHIERY AND MATERIALS
REQUIREMENT CHART:
i) The Construction Schedule and Manpower, Machinery and Materials requirement chart agreed
between EIL and the contractor is made part of this contract. The following comprise the
Construction Schedule and Manpower, Machinery and Materials requirement chart.
(a) Construction Schedule showing Chart and finish dates for various Operations involved in the
execution of the Contract and how the various start and finish dates are tied up with the completion
date.
(b) Manpower requirement (separately for Supervisory and non-supervisory manpower) at various
phases of Contract execution.
(c) Machinery and Construction equipment requirement at various phases of Contract execution.
(d) Procurement Schedule for materials in the contractor’s scope of supply.
(e) Contractor’s organization chart.
The contractor shall ensure compliance with the Construction Schedule and Manpower, Machinery
and Materials Schedule and make every effort to bring in additional manpower, machinery and
materials as required to ensure timely completion of the work.
23. MATERIALS FURNISHED BY OWNER/EIL:
a) The Owner/EIL shall issue from their stores at site such materials, if any, agreed to be furnished to
the contractor elsewhere in this Contract. The contractor shall collect such materials from the stores
and transport to his work site at the contractor’s cost.
b) The contractor shall inspect such materials as soon as received by the contractor and shall bring to
the attention of the Engineer-in-charge any shortage/damage or other defects noticed before taking
over the materials. Materials once taken over will be deemed to have been received in good condition
and in correct quantities except for intrinstic defects, which cannot be observed by visual and
dimensional inspection and weighment.
c) Upon receipt by the contractor the responsibility for any and all loss, damage and/or misuse of such
materials shall rest with the contractor.
d) All materials furnished by Owner/EIL shall be properly stored and systematic records of receipts,
issue and disposal will be maintained. Periodic inventory shall be made available to Owner/EIL
whenever so required by Engineer-incharge.
e) All materials furnished by Owner/EIL shall be utilized as directed by Engineer-in-charge or in the
absence of such direction most economically. The contractor shall be responsible for the return to the
Owner/EIL of all surplus materials, as determined by the Engineer-in-charge.
f) For materials furnished by the Owner/EIL that is lost, damaged or unaccounted, deductions shall be
made from payments to the contractor at rates specified elsewhere in the Contractor in the absence
of such a provision in the contract at a rate determined by the Engineer-in-charge, which shall
includes besides the cost of materials, levies, taxes and duties paid, procurement expanses, freight
(air, sea and land) handling charges, insurance, expediting and inspection charges as per the
Schedule of rates of the Owner/EIL.
g) Surplus from materials furnished by the contractor shall after acceptance of work revert to the
Ownership of the contractor.
24. PROTECTION TO WORK NOT TAKEN OVER BY OWNER/EIL:
Until such time the work is taken over by Owner/EIL, the contractor shall be responsible for proper
protection including proper fencing, guarding, lighting, flagging, watching and for the provision of
temporary foot-ways, guards, and fences as far as may be rendered necessary by reason of the
work, for the protection of foot passengers, vehicles, animals and to the properties of the Owner/EIL,
occupiers of adjoining property and the public. The contractor shall during the progress of work
properly cover up and protect any part of the work liable to damage by exposure to the weather and
shall take every reasonable precaution against accident or damage to the work from any cause.
Page 86 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job No.: A307
25. COMMUNICATION FACILITIES:

If available, the Contractor may use the Owner’s or EIL’s communication facilities (telex, telegram,
telephone, postal etc,) at the specified charges. However, the owner or EIL does not guarantee such
facilities and the sub-contractor shall if required arrange for such facilities at his own cost and
expense. Lack of communication facilities will not form ground for extension to completion date.
26. EMPLOYMENT LIABILITY:
The contractor shall be solely and exclusively responsible for engaging or employing persons for the
execution of work. All employees engaged by the contractor shall be on his/their pay roll and paid by
him/them. All disputes or differences between contractor and/his/their employees shall be settled by
him/them. BPCL has absolutely no liability whatsoever concerning the employees of the contractor.
The contractor shall indemnify BPCL against all loss or damage or liability arising out of or in course
of his/their employing persons or relations with his/their employees.
The contractor shall make regular and full payment of wages and salaries to his employees and
furnish necessary proof wherever required by BPCL. In case of any complaint by any employees of
the contractor or his sub-contractor regarding non-payment of wages, salaries or other dues, BPCL
reserves the right to make such payments directly to such employee or sub-contractor of the
contractor and recover the amount in full from the bills of the contractor and the contractor shall not
claim any compensation or reimbursement thereof. The contractor shall comply with the Minimum
Wages of his employees and also of employees of his sub-contractor.
27. SAFETY SECURITY:
The contractor shall adhere to and enforce all safety and fire protection rules in force during the
performance of the work. The contractor shall take immediate steps to safety and security for each
different type of works as required to guard against accident and hazardous and unsafe working
conditions and shall comply promptly with BPCL’s additional instructions when given. BPCL reserves
the right to reject entry to the Contractor’s workmen either individually or wholly without assigning
any reason.
Prior to commencement of the awarded work, the Contractor shall furnish a list of employees whom
he intends to take in for his job to the Engineer-in-charge of BPCL.
28. FIRST AID FACILITIES:
The Owner/EIL shall establish First Aid Station at Site. Assistance from the First Aid Station will be
available to the contractor at an agreed charge. Contractor shall inform EIL in advance whether he
wishes to make use of this facility and confirm acceptance of the charges. Unless so notified earlier
the First Aid personnel will not treat contractor’s casualties except in the emergency.
29. HOUSE KEEPING
During the work in progress, the contractor should maintain good housekeeping at the work-site and
after completion of the work, leave the buildings, etc, with the adjacent area cleared.
Also, after erection the area should be cleared of any temporary structures built by the vendor.
30. NOTICE FOR ERECTION
The contractor shall start the erection work within 7 days of receipt of request from BPCL to
commence erection.
31. OTHER FACILITIES:
Unless specifically agreed elsewhere in the Contract, the Owner/EIL shall not provide any other
facilities to the contractor and the contractor shall arrange at his own cost and expense for plumbing,
lighting, construction air or steam, sanitary facilities, petrol and other fuels and lubricants for all
contractor’s equipments temporary construction of buildings, construction and fabrication equipment,
storage materials, tools, machinery (including consumables, costly and sophisticated fittings,
instruments, etc.), scaffolding, temporary erection bolts, all hand tools as required, welding
equipment, packers and shims, and all other items required to complete the work.
32. DEWATERING:
The contractor will keep his assigned areas free of water and must assume the costs for all pumping
conditions including shoring and shuttering as required. The contractor will tie in all his dumping
operations to the existing sewer or drain system all as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The
Page 87 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job No.: A307
contractor will be held responsible for all damage which may be caused of result from water backing
up or flowing over through floor or any part of the work or which any of his operation may cause to
flow elsewhere.
33. COMPLIANCE WITH STATUTORY REGULATIONS:
a) The contractor shall be assumed to be familiar with all central, state and local regulations in force as
applicable to the operations he is performing.
b) It shall be sole responsibility of the contractor to execute the Contract in strict accordance with such
statutory regulations in force and or to obtain necessary exemption certificates.
c) Any modifications/alterations deletion and/or addition that has to be carried out to meet statutory
requirements shall be done at the cost and expense of the contractor. The contractor shall not be
entitled to any extension in completion date to carry out changes, in order to meet statutory
requirements.
d) The contractor shall at his cost and expense, obtain and furnish Owner/EIL with all statutory
certificates/permits, and/or exemption certificates by that are required, to put into operation, the
work completed by the contractor.
34. HYPOTHECATION BOND:
For free issue material, the Contractor shall furnish a hypothecation bond as per proforma enclosed
before commencement of despatches. This bond shall be executed on a Stamp paper.
35. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC):
The General Conditions of Contract (GCC) shall be applicable to Site Works.
36. MEDICAL FITNESS CERTIFICATES:
The contractor shall ensure the following at time of working at higher elevation:-
a. Doctor’s fitness certificate for contract workers shall be insisted for working at a height more
than 30 meters using temporary structures.
b. Executing department shall forward the list of contract workers engaged for working at heights
more than 30 meters to OHC for medical examination.
c. Tests / Parameters for medical fitness shall be as per CMO (OHC).
d. BPCL-KR medical officer will issue the fitness certificate with validity (6 months) and shall
endorse in the entry pass.
e. The fitness certificate shall be renewed every 6 months.
f. The necessity of medical fitness for those who employed in working at heights as per the guide
lines shall be included in the work permit given for such jobs.
g. The executing department, permit issuer and safety personnel shall ensure the compliance of the
safety guide lines.
Page 88 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job No.: A307
DRAFT FOR HYPOTHECATION BOND
AN AGREEMENT made this ______________ day of ______________two thousand and ____________

BETWEEN ________________________________LIMITED a Company incorporated under the Indian
Companies Act and having its Registered Office at _______________ (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) of
the one part and BPCL, A company incorporated under the Indian Companies Act 1956 and having its
registered office at ________________, hereinafter called “the Owner” of the other part.
WHEREAS
(1) The Owner has entered into an agreement with the Contractor for _______________ upon the terms
and conditions detailed in the Contract No. ____________ dated____________.
(2) One of the terms and conditions of the said Contract is that the Owner shall advance to the
Contractor a sum of Rs. _______________ of the contract price against despatch of materials.
(3) The Owner has at the request of the Contractor agreed to advance to the Contractor the said sum of
Rs. ______________ against hypothecation of materials despatched by the Contractor for purpose of
the said contract.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS
(1) THAT in pursuance of the said agreement and in consideration of the promises the whole of the
contractor’s materials which are now or hereinafter from time to time during the continuance of this
security shall be brought to or stored in or being or about the Owner’s lands and buildings at
________________ in the district of ___________ or wherever also the name may be (including any
materials in course of transit) hereinafter called the “said materials”) with the benefits of all rights
relating hereto shall be and stand hypothecated to the Owner and its assign by way of the said sum
of Rs. _________________ in manner hereinafter appearing together with all relative interest
charges and costs (as between attorney and client) and expenses.
(2) THAT the Contractor shall refund to the Owner the said sum of Rs_____________ on demand by the
Owner if the contractor shall commit any breach of the said contract or if the said sum becomes
otherwise refundable to the Owner under the said Contract.
(3) THAT subject as hereinafter provided the Contractor shall not except with the prior written consent of
the Owner during the continuance of this security, pledge or otherwise charge of encumber the said
materials or any part thereof over which the charge hereby created in favour of the Owner shall
extend or be expressed or intended to extend nor do or permit any act whereby the security here
before expressed to be given to the Owner shall be in any way prejudicially affected.
(4) THAT the contractor shall at all times and from time to time insure the said materials//keep it insured
to its full value against fire, strikes, riots and civil commotion and all other risk as required by the
Owner with Insurance Companies approved of by the Owner and the Contractor will on demand
produce the policies of insurance and the receipts for insurance premium to the Owner. If the
Contractor shall fail to insure or produce the policies or Insurance and Insurance premium receipts as
aforesaid the contractor shall be liable to refund the entire amount remaining outstanding out of the
advance on the date of such failure.
(5) THAT in the event of loss, destruction by fire or otherwise or damages to the said materials or any
part thereof the Owner shall be entitled to recover and receive all moneys payable in respect of the
insurance. In the event of the Owner nor receiving the amount payable in respect of the insurance
wholly or partially for any reason whatsoever the Contractor shall be bound to pay to the Owner on
demand the said sum,
(6) THAT all sums of money recovered or received under the last preceding clause may at the option of
the Owner be applied towards the liquidation and satisfaction of the said sum and if any part of the
insurance moneys shall remain in the hand of the Owner after such application thereof as aforesaid
Page 89 of 827
BPCL-KR
Job No.: A307
the Owner shall be entitled to apply the same towards any other sum or sums of money which may
be due from the Contractor to the Owner on any other account or any other transaction or
transactions whatsoever. If after settlement of all claims of the Owner against the Contractor any
surplus shall remain, such surplus shall remain at the disposal of the Contractor but if the sum or
sums realised from the insurance be insufficient to cover the moneys due to the Owner as aforesaid
the Contractor agrees to forthwith repay to the Owner the deficiency.
(7) THAT the Owner, its agents and nominees shall be entitled at all times and without notice to the
contractor but at the contractor’ s risk and expense and if so required as attorney and the name of
the contractor to enter any place where the said materials may be and inspect value and/or
possession of (so that they become pledged) all or any part of the said materials if the said sum or
any part thereof become payable under clause 2 hereof and to recover receive or remove and/or sell
by public auction or private contractor or otherwise dispose of or deal with all or any part of the said
materials and to enforce realise settle compromise and deal with any rights aforesaid without being
bound to exercise any of these powers or being liable for any losses in the exercise thereof and
without prejudice to the Owner’s rights and remedies of suit or otherwise and notwithstanding there
may be any pending suit or other proceeding.
(8) THAT in the event of any conflict between the provisions of these presents and the said contract the
provisions of these presents shall prevail and in the event or any dispute or difference arising over
the construction of effect of these presents the settlement of which has not been hereinbefore
expressly provided for, the same shall be referred to the Arbitrators as per General Purchase
Conditions, whose decision shall be final and provisions of these Indian Arbitration Act for the time
being in force shall apply to any such reference.
IN WITNESS WHERE OF the said Contractor and the Owner have hereunto set their respective hands
the day and year first above written.
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of :
Witness:
Signature
Name
Address
Signed for and on behalf of BPCL INDIA LIMITED in the presence of :

Witness:
Signature
Name
Address
Page 90 of 827
Page 91 of 827
Page 92 of 827
Page 93 of 827
Page 94 of 827
Page 95 of 827
Page 96 of 827
Page 97 of 827
Page 98 of 827
Page 99 of 827
Page 100 of 827
Page 101 of 827
Page 102 of 827
Page 103 of 827
Page 104 of 827
Page 105 of 827
Page 106 of 827
Page 107 of 827
Page 108 of 827
Page 109 of 827
Page 110 of 827
Page 111 of 827
Page 112 of 827
Page 113 of 827
Page 114 of 827
Page 115 of 827
Page 116 of 827
Page 117 of 827
Page 118 of 827
Page 119 of 827
Page 120 of 827
Page 121 of 827
Page 122 of 827
Page 123 of 827
Page 124 of 827
Page 125 of 827
Page 126 of 827
Page 127 of 827
Page 128 of 827
Page 129 of 827
Page 130 of 827
Page 131 of 827
Page 132 of 827
Page 133 of 827
Page 134 of 827
Page 135 of 827
Page 136 of 827
Page 137 of 827
Page 138 of 827
Page 139 of 827
Page 140 of 827
Page 141 of 827
Page 142 of 827
Page 143 of 827
Page 144 of 827
Page 145 of 827
Page 146 of 827
Page 147 of 827
Job No. : A307
BPCL-KR - IREP
SPECIAL PACKAGING REQUIREMENTS
All raw/solid wood packaging material used for packaging shall be appropriately treated and marked as
per ISPM-15 (International Standards of Phyto-sanitary measures 15) OR shall be accompanied by a
Phytosanitary Certificate with the treatment endorsed.
The treatment of raw/solid wood packaging material prior to export shall include either Methyl Bromide
(MB) @ 48 g/m3 for 16 hrs at 21º C and above or any equivalent thereof or heat treatment (HT) at 56º
C for 30 min (core temperature of wood) or Kiln Drying (KD) or Chemical Pressure Impregnation (CPI)
or any other treatments provided that these meet the HT specifications of the ISPM-15.
However, the above conditions shall not be applicable to wood packaging material wholly made of
processed wood products such as ply wood, particle board, oriental strand board of veneer that have
been created using glue, heat and pressure or combination thereof. The above conditions shall also
not be applicable to wood packaging material such as veneer peeler cores, wood wool & shavings and
thin wood pieces (less than 6mm thickness) unless they are found to be harboring any pests.
SPR-Foreign Page 1 of 1
Page 148 of 827

Tax Residency Certificate (TRC) Format for Foreign Bidder
Sl. No. Description

1. Name of the assessee
2. Status ( Individual, Company, Firm etc…) of the

assesse
3. Nationality ( in case of individual)
4. Country / Specified territory of incorporation /

registration
5. Assessee’s tax identification number in the country /

specified territory of residence or in case no such
number, then, a unique number on the basis of
which the person is identified by the Govt. of the
country or the specified territory
6. Residential status for the purpose of tax
7. Period for which the certificate is applicable
8. Address of the applicant for the period for which the

certificate is applicable.
Note:-
1. Tax Residency Certificate (TRC) containing above details is compulsory for claiming tax
relief under Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (DTAA) in respect of foreign
remittances.
2. TRC containing the details as above shall be verified by the Govt of the country or the
specified territory of which the contractor/ Licensor (ie, assessee) claims to be a resident
for the purpose of tax.
3. Bidder must submit TRC containing the details as above along with invoice for the
purpose of effecting payment. Please be noted that non furnishing of TRC will delay
the payment to non – residents.
Page 149 of 827

Page 150 of 827
Page 151 of 827
Page 152 of 827
Page 153 of 827
Page 154 of 827
Page 155 of 827
PERFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR ADVANCE
(On non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value)
To
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited,
Kochi Refinery
Ambalamugal
Ernakulam-– 682 302
Kerala INDIA
Dear Sirs,
In consideration of Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited, Kochi Refinery (hereinafter

referred to as “The Company” which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or
meaning thereof include its successors and assigns) having placed on Messrs. (Name
……………………………. (Constitution) ……………………………….. (address)
……………………………………. (hereinafter referred to as “The Supplier” which
expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof include its
successors, administrators, representatives and assigns) a Purchase Order (hereinafter
referred to as “The Purchase Order”) for ………….. (description of supply) on terms and
conditions set out, inter alia, in the Company’s Telex/Letter of Intent No. ……… dated
……….. and/or Purchase Order No. ……………….. dated …………. as well as the
General Purchase Conditions valued at Rs. …………… (Rupees
…………………………….. only) and the Company having agreed to make an advance
payment of ……. % ( ………. percent) of the said value of the Purchase Order to the
supplier against Bank Guarantee to be furnished by the supplier in terms of clause
……….. of the Letter of Intent/Purchase Order, the said advance to be adjusted against
the price of materials supplied in the manner provided for in clause ………………. of the
Purchase Order.
We (Name) …………………………….. (Constitution) ……………………………..

(Address) ………………… (hereinafter referred to as “the Bank” which expression shall,
unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators,
representatives and assigns) do hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the Company
without protest or demur any and all moneys payable by the supplier by reason of any
beach by the said supplier of any of the terms or conditions of the said Purchase Order, to
the extent of Rs. …………. (Rupees ……………. only) till the said advance is adjusted
as aforesaid at any time upto ……………
The amount stated by the Company in any demand, claim or notice, as liable to be paid to
the Company by the supplier, with reference to the above mentioned advance payment
under the said purchase order, shall, as between the Bank and the Company, for the
purpose of these presents, be conclusive of the amount payable by the Bank to the
Company hereunder, notwithstanding any dispute or disputes has been raised by the
Seller and are pending before any arbitration, Tribunal or Court.
Page 156 of 827

The Bank agrees that the guarantee herein contained shall continue to be enforceable till
the sum due to the Company on account of the said advance is adjusted as aforesaid or till
the Company discharges this guarantee.
The Bank further undertakes not to revoke this guarantee during its currency without the
previous consent of the Company.
The Bank also agrees that the Company shall be entitled to enforce this guarantee,
notwithstanding any other security or guarantee that it may have in relation to the
supplier’s liability for the said advance.
Notwithstanding anything said above, our liability under this guarantee is restricted to Rs.
…….. (Rupees …………………………. only). Our guarantee shall remain in force until
…………. Unless a claim or demand in writing is made against us under this guarantee
before the expiry of ……….. months from the aforesaid date, i.e. before be relieved and
discharged from all liabilities thereunder.
This Guarantee shall be treated as an unconditional guarantee and the Bidder/Contractor

shall have no right to object or obstruct in any way the enforcement of this guarantee.
Dated this ……………………………… day of

……………………………………………..
Yours faithfully,
Page 157 of 827

Annexure – 1
E-TENDERING METHODOLOGY
Instructions for Online Bid Submission:

The bidders are required to submit soft copies of their bids electronically on the CPP Portal (URL:
http://eprocure.gov.in) only, using valid Digital Signature Certificates. The instructions given below are
meant to assist the bidders in registering on the CPP Portal, prepare their bids in accordance with the
requirements and submitting their bids online on the CPP Portal.
More detailed information useful for submitting online bids on the CPP Portal may be obtained at:
https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app .
REGISTRATION
1) Bidders are required to enroll on the e-Procurement module of the Central Public
Procurement Portal (URL: https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app) by clicking on the link “Click
here to Enroll” on the CPP Portal is free of charge.
2) As part of the enrolment process, the bidders will be required to choose a unique username
and assign a password for their accounts.
3) Bidders are advised to register their valid email address and mobile numbers as part of the
registration process and submit in EIL tender portal for updation of records
(http://tenders.eil.co.in) . These details would be used for any communication from the CPP
Portal.
4) Upon enrolment, the bidders will be required to register their valid Digital Signature
Certificate (DSC) (Class II or Class III Certificates with signing key usage) issued by any
Certifying Authority recognized by CCA India (e.g. Sify / TCS / nCode / eMudhra etc.), with
their profile.
5) Foreign Bidders have to refer “DSC details for foreign Bidders” for Digital signature
Certificates requirements which comes under Download Tab at
https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app and the remaining part is same as above and below.
6) Only one valid DSC should be registered by a bidder. Please note that the bidders are
responsible to ensure that they do not lend their DSC’s to others which may lead to misuse.
7) Bidder then logs in to the site through the secured log-in by entering their user ID / password
and the password of the DSC / e-Token.
SEARCHING FOR TENDER DOCUMENTS
1) There are various search options built in the CPP Portal, to facilitate bidders to search active
tenders by several parameters. These parameters could include Tender ID, organization
name, location, date, value, etc. There is also an option of advanced search for tenders,
wherein the bidders may combine a number of search parameters such as organization
name, form of contract, location, date, other keywords etc. to search for a tender published
on the CPP Portal.
2) Once the bidders have selected the tenders they are interested in, the same can be moved
to the respective ‘My Tenders’ folder. This would enable the CPP Portal to intimate the
bidders through SMS / e-mail in case there is any corrigendum issued to the tender
document.
Page 158 of 827

3) The bidder should make a note of the unique Tender ID assigned to each tender, in case
they want to obtain any clarification / help from the Helpdesk.
PREPARATION OF BIDS
1) Bidder should take into account any corrigendum published on the tender document before
submitting their bids.
2) Please go through the tender advertisement and the tender document carefully to
understand the documents required to be submitted as part of the bid. Please note the
number of covers in which the bid documents have to be submitted, the number of
documents - including the names and content of each of the document that need to be
submitted. Any deviations from these may lead to rejection of the bid.
3) Bidder, in advance, should get ready the bid documents to be submitted as indicated in the
tender document and generally, they can be in PDF / XLS / RAR / DWF formats. Bid
documents may be scanned with 100 dpi with black and white option. However, Price
Schedule / SOR shall be strictly in RAR format without altering any contents of the
formats uploaded by EIL in their Bidding Document.
4) To avoid the time and effort required in uploading the same set of standard documents which
are required to be submitted as a part of every bid, a provision of uploading such standard
documents (e.g. PAN card copy, annual reports, auditor certificates etc.) has been provided
to the bidders. Bidders can use “My Space” area available to them to upload such
documents. These documents may be directly submitted from the “My Space” area while
submitting a bid, and need not be uploaded again and again. This will lead to a reduction in
the time required for bid submission process.
SUBMISSION OF BIDS
1) Bidder should log into the site well in advance for bid submission so that he/she upload the
bid in time i.e. on or before the bid submission time. Bidder will be responsible for any delay
due to other issues.
2) The bidder has to digitally sign and upload the required bid documents one by one as
indicated in the tender document.
3) Bidder has to select the payment option as “offline” to pay the tender fee / EMD as
applicable and enter details of the instrument.
4) Bidder should prepare the EMD as per the instructions specified in the tender document. The
original should be posted/couriered/given in person to the Tender Processing Section, with
in 7 calendar days of the date of Unpriced bid opening. The details of the DD/any other
accepted instrument, physically sent, should tally with the details available in the scanned
copy and the data entered during bid submission time. Otherwise the uploaded bid will be
rejected.
5) A Price Bid format has been provided with the tender document to be filled by all the bidders.
Bidders are requested to note that they should necessarily submit their financial bids in the
format provided and no other format is acceptable. Bidders are required to download the
Price Bid file, open it and complete the cells with their respective financial quotes and other
details (such as name of the bidder). No other cells should be changed. Once the details
have been completed, the bidder should save it and submit it online, without changing the
filename. If the Price Bid file is found to be modified by the bidder, the bid will be rejected.
Page 159 of 827

6) The server time (which is displayed on the bidders’ dashboard) will be considered as the
standard time for referencing the deadlines for submission of the bids by the bidders,
opening of bids etc. The bidders should follow this time during bid submission.
7) All the documents being submitted by the bidders would be encrypted using PKI encryption
techniques to ensure the secrecy of the data. The data entered cannot be viewed by
unauthorized persons until the time of bid opening. The confidentiality of the bids is
maintained using the secured Socket Layer 128 bit encryption technology. Data storage
encryption of sensitive fields is done.
8) The uploaded tender documents become readable only after the tender opening by the
authorized bid openers.
9) Upon the successful and timely submission of bids, the portal will give a successful bid
submission message & a bid summary will be displayed with the bid no. and the date & time
of submission of the bid with all other relevant details.
10) The bid summary has to be printed and kept as an acknowledgement of the submission of
the bid. This acknowledgement may be used as an entry pass for any bid opening meetings.
RETENDER
1) Please note that if Tender has been retendered, than it is mandatory for the bidder to
submit their offer again on CPP Portal.
ASSISTANCE TO BIDDERS
1) Any queries relating to the tender document and the terms and conditions contained therein
should be addressed to the Tender Inviting Authority for a tender or the relevant contact
person indicated in the tender.
2) Any queries relating to the process of online bid submission or queries relating to CPP Portal
in general may be directed to the 24x7 CPP Portal Helpdesk. The contact number for the
helpdesk is 1800 233 7315.
Page 160 of 827

Government eProcurement System
Procedure for obtaining Digital Signature by Foreign Vendors
This document gives the procedure to be followed by bidders who are resident of countries other
than India for participating in Online Tendering Activity.
As per the IT ACT 2000, all bidders who participate in the online bidding process in this site
should possess a valid Digital Signature issued by any of the Digital Signature Certificate (DSC)
vendors approved by CCA, India (https://cca.gov.in). The following document gives the procedure
that is generally followed by various vendors.
Generally, the documents that are required to be submitted by Foreign Nationals are as follows:
1. Identity Proof (ID Proof) of the person in whose name DSC has to be issued (E.g.
Passport copy)
2. Bank account statement in country of residence, duly attested by Indian Embassy / High
Commission / Consulate / Apostille in the country where the applicant is currently
located. (At least 6 months of Bank transactions) with the proof indicating the account is
owned by the Individual.
3. Copy of the Trade license attested by any one of the authorities as specified in Point 2
above.
4. As the Individual is representing the company, an Authorization on company’s letter head
as given in the form
5. Copy of the Authorization letter or invitation letter from department for the
participation in the tender by any one of the tender inviting authority.
As of now, it is learnt that GNFC, TCS, eMudhra issue DSCs with the above procedure. The
copy of the nCodes, TCS and eMudhra Format is enclosed as Annexure; the Copies of other
vendors will be made available on receipt of information from these vendors.
Note: The Information given by the vendors is attached for facilitating the Foreign Nationals to
procure DSCs from the Indian CA authorized vendors for information purpose only as shared by
the respective CA's.
Please find below the details of various vendors and procedure for obtaining DSC:
 GNFC
 Tata Consultancy Services
 eMudhra
DSC for F oPage

r e i 161
g nof 827
Nationals Version 1.0
Page 162 of 827
Page 163 of 827
Page 164 of 827
Page 165 of 827
Page 166 of 827
Page 167 of 827
Page 168 of 827
Page 169 of 827
Page 170 of 827
Page 171 of 827
This drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited
MATERIAL REQUISITION (TOP SHEET)
ITEM DESCRIPTION: DIESEL GENERATOR SET
GROUP ITEM CODE: 04ME DESTINATION: As per Commercial Documents
MR CATEGORY: II DELIVERY PERIOD: As per Commercial Documents
DOCUMENT NUMBER
( Always quote the Document Number given below as reference )
A307 IY MD MR 5880 B 27/03/2014 16 45

JOB NO. UNIT/ MAIN DOC. SR. NO. REV. DATE DIVN. DEPT.
AREA COST CODE
CENTRE ORIGINATOR
or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use. EIL-1641-515 Rev.1 A4-210x297.
NOTES :
1 This page is a record of all the Revisions of this Requisition.
2 The nature of the Revision is briefly stated in the "Details" column below, the
Requisition in its entirety shall be considered for contractual purposes.
3 Vendor shall note the MR category and shall submit his offer in line with the
requirements included in attached 'Instructions to Bidders'.
REV. DATE BY CHK. APPD. DETAILS
A 10/02/2014 AY AM DB ISSUED FOR BIDS

B 27/03/2014 AY AM DB REVISED TO ADD TECHNICAL REQUIREMNTS FOR
AMC & REISSUED FOR BIDS
This is a system generated approved document and does not require signature.

ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED
16 Client: BPCL-KOCHI REFINERY
Page 172 of 827

Sheet 1 of 4
File Name: D:\A307-IT-MD-MR-5880 Rev B.pdf
TAG NO/
SR. NO. ITEM CODE/ [ ID. NO. ] DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
01.00 Design, engineering, manufacture,

procurement, packaging, inspection,
testing, supply of the following,
including supply of all erection &
commissioning spares & special tools and
tackles (as required) & documentation as
per the enclosed EIL standard
specifications, job specification,
special instruction to bidders, data
sheets etc. and other codes and standards
attached or referred.
01.01 A307-DG-001 3.4 MW Emergency Diesel Generator (DG) 1 Nos
Package
01.02 A307-DG-002 1250 KVA Emergency Diesel Generator (DG) 1 Nos
Package
02.00 Site activities including transportation

from purchaser's store to job site (i.e.
DG Room/Shed), unloading & storage at job
site prior to erection, material handling
for erection, assembly/erection at job
site, installation, pre-commissioning,
commissioning, site testing at available
load, handing over to client and other
field works including residual
engineering work etc. for the following,
as per the enclosed job specification,
data sheets, EIL standard specifications
etc.
02.01 {02}A307-DG-001 For Sr. No. 01.01 1 LS
02.02 {02}A307-DG-002 For Sr. No. 01.02 1 LS
03.00 Supply of mandatory spares as per the
Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-50-SL-5880 for the
following
03.01 {03}A307-DG-001 For Sr. No. 01.01 1 Lot
03.02 {03}A307-DG-002 For Sr. No. 01.02 1 Lot
04.00 Quotation of Two Years Operation and
Maintenance Spares, as per vendor
recommendation for the following (Note-1)
04.01 {04}A307-DG-001 For Sr. No. 01.01 1 Lot
04.02 {04}A307-DG-002 For Sr. No. 01.02 1 Lot
05.00 << DELETED >>
07.00 Quotation for training of Purchaser's
engineers
07.01 {07}A307-DG-001 For Sr. No. 01.01(As per Job 1 LS
Specification, Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-
SP-5880)
07.02 {07}A307-DG-002 For Sr. No. 01.02 (As per Job 1 LS
Specification, Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-
SP-5881)
08.00 Quotation for Five Years Annual
Maintenance Contract (AMC) as per the
Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-AM-5880 for the
following
08.01 {08}A307-DG-001 For Sr. No. 01.01 1 LS
08.02 {08}A307-DG-002 For Sr. No. 01.02 1 LS
09.00 Drawings and documents as per attached Lot
Vendor Data requirement for all supplies
and services covered above in Sr.Nos.1.00
ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED REQUISITION NO. REV.
16 Client: BPCL-KOCHI REFINERY A307-IY-MD-MR-5880 B
Page 173 of 827

Sheet 2 of 4
TAG NO/
SR. NO. ITEM CODE/ [ ID. NO. ] DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
to Sr.No.8.00
Vendors shall quote prices in EIL Price Schedule except for Sr.No.9.00. Price for
documentation is implied to be included in the prices quoted against Sr.No.1.00 to
Sr.No.8.00
Vendor to note that the numbers given in square '[]' and curly '{}' brackets are
not for their use and meant for store purpose only. Items shall be tagged as per
main equipment Tag No. only.

Page 174 of 827

Sheet 3 of 4
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
REVISION
SL. REV. REV. REV. REV.
DOCUMENT TITLE DOCUMENT NO.
No.
DATE DATE DATE DATE
1 LIST OF ATTACHMENTS A307-0IY-16-45-LL- A B
5880 10/02/2014 27/03/2014
In case of any subsequent revision of MR or PR, only revised sheets of the
attachments listed above shall be issued alongwith the revision.
GENERAL NOTES:
(1) Prices of Two Years Operation & Maintenance Spares shall not be considered for
commercial comparison.

Page 175 of 827

Sheet 4 of 4
Format No.: EIL-1641-1923 Rev.1
Engineers India Limited Status

Vendor Drawing/ Document Submission Schedule Date
Client: BPCL-KOCHI REFINERY Project: INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT Vendor Name:
Item Description: DIESEL GENERATOR SET PR No.: Address:

Date of LOI:
PO No.:
Date of PO: City:
Page 176 of 827

EIL Originating Department: ROTATING EQUIPMENT Contact Person(EIL): Contact Person: Fax:
Phone: Email:
Drg./ Doc. Nomenclature Category Scheduled Form

S.No. Equipment Number as per EIL Vendor Data Vendor Drg. / Doc. Numbe Vendor Drg./ Doc. Title Electronic Remarks
Review (R) / date of 1st
Requirement Records (I) Submission (E)/ Print (P)
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS FOR Document No.
EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR A307-0IY-16-45-LL-5880
(EDG) Rev B
PACKAGES Page 1 of 5
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
FOR
EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR (EDG)
PACKAGES
PROJECT : IREP, KOCHI REFINERY
CLIENT : M/s BPCL-KR
CONSULTANT : M/s EIL
JOB NO. : A307
B 27/03/14 REVISED & RE-ISSUED FOR BIDS AY AM AM
A 10/02/14 ISSUED FOR BIDS AY AM AM
Rev. Prepared Checked Approved

Date Purpose
No by by by
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev.1 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 177 of 827
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS Document No.
FOR A307-0IY-16-45-LL-5880
EMERGENCY DIESEL Rev B
GENERATOR (EDG) PACKAGES Page 2 of 5
Section- 1: Rotating Equipment
REVISION
DOCUMENT NO. /
Sl. No. DOCUMENTS TITLE REV REV REV
(EDMS DOCUMENT NO.)
DATE DATE DATE
A
1. Summary Sheet of Changes A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5885
27/03/14
A B
2. Special Instruction to Bidders A307-0IY-16-45-SI-5880
05/02/14 27/03/14
A
3. Deviation Format A307-0IY-16-45-DF-5880
A
4. Site & Utility Data A307-0IY-16-45-SU-5880
07/02/14
A
5. Utility Data Format A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5882
07/02/14
A
6. Lubricant Schedule Format A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5883
07/02/14
(A307-0IC-16-45-OD-
7. SAP Data Format
0002)
A
8. Experience Record Proforma- Diesel Engine A307-0IY-16-45-ER-5880
Experience Record Proforma- DG Set A
9. A307-0IY-16-45-ER-5881
Unitization
Checklist-Scope of Supply for 3.4 MW A
10. A307-0IY-16-45-SS-5880
Emergency Diesel Generator Package 07/02/14
Checklist-Scope of Supply for 1250 KVA A
11. A307-0IY-16-45-SS-5881
Emergency Diesel Generator Package 07/02/14
Job Specification for 3.4 MW Emergency A B
12. A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880
Diesel Generator Package 07/02/14 27/03/14
Job Specification for 1250 KVA Emergency A B
13. A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881
Diesel Generator Package 07/02/14 27/03/14
A307-0IY-16-45-AM-5880 A
Technical requirements for Annual
14. (A307-0IY-16-45-OD-
Maintenance Contract for EDG Packages 27/03/14
5886)
A
15. Datasheet- Diesel Engine (3.4 MW EDG) A307-0IY-16-45-DS-5880
05/02/14
A
16. Datasheet- Diesel Engine (1250 KVA EDG) A307-0IY-16-45-DS-5881
05/02/14
A
17. Engine Performance Data (3.4 MW EDG) A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5880
A
18. Engine Performance Data (1250 KVA EDG) A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5881
Vendor Data Requirement for EDG Packages- A307-0IY-16-45-VDR- A

19.
3.4 MW & 1250 KVA 5880 10/02/14
1
20. Standard Specification for Diesel Engines 6-43-0040

Page 178 of 827
FOR A307-0IY-16-45-LL-5880
Section- 2: Electrical
REVISION
DOCUMENT NO. /
(EDMS DOCUMENT NO.)
DATE DATE DATE
Scope of Work & Job Specification
21. (Electrical) For Emergency Generator A307-0IY-16-50-SP-5880 B
Package
415V Emergency Generator package Data
22. A307-0IY-16-50-DS-5881 A
Sheet
Block Diagram – 6.6 kV Emergency
23. A307-0IY-16-50-SK-5880 A
Generator
Block Diagram – 415 V Emergency
24. A307-0IY-16-50-SK-5881 A
Generator
Datasheet for Numerical relay (DG
25. A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0259 A
package)
26. 415V DG Breaker Panel A307-0IY-16-50-DS-5882 A
Data sheet for Engine Starting Battery &
27. A307-000-16-50-DS-0602 A
Charger
28. Datasheet for HV Synchronous generator A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0902 A
29. Mandatory Spare Parts-DG Package A307-0IY-16-50-SL-5880 A
30. NGR Datasheet A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0353 A
31. Vendor Data Requirement A307-0IY-16-50-VR-5880 A
32. Check list A307-0IY-16-50-LL-5880 A
Datasheet for HV Generator circuit
33. A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0061 A
Breaker panel
Hardware datasheet for Generator control
34. A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0062 A
panel (6.6kV)
35. Datasheet for PDB fixed type A307-000-16-50-DS-0282 A
Datasheet for MV Switchboard
36. A307-000-16-50-DS-0104 B
components
Hardware data sheet for 415V Emergency
37. A307-0IY-16-50-DS-5883 A
generator control panel
38. Hardware Datasheet for PDB Incomer A307-000-16-50-DS-0283 A
Hardware Datasheet for Contactor
39. A307-000-16-50-DS-0284 A
Controlled Motor Feeder (Rating <=55kW)
40. Hardware Datasheet for MCCB Feeder A307-000-16-50-DS-0285 A
Hardware Datasheet for MCCB feeder with
41. A307-000-16-50-DS-0286 A
contactor
42. Datasheet for MV Power & Control cables A307-000-16-50-DS-0411 A
43. Datasheet for MV Motors A307-000-16-50-DS-0501 B
44. Electrical Load data A307-000-16-50-DS-1002 A
45. Experience Record for HV Generator A307-0IY-16-50-DS-1028 A
46. Specification for HV switchboards 6-51-0001 6
47. Specification for relay & control panels 6-51-0004 4
Specification for MV Switchboard (fixed
48. 6-51-0012 3
type)
Specification for industrial type control
49. 6-51-0014 4
stations.
Specification for Engine starting battery &
50. 6-51-0030 3
charger

Page 179 of 827
FOR A307-0IY-16-45-LL-5880
REVISION
DOCUMENT NO. /
(EDMS DOCUMENT NO.)
DATE DATE DATE
Specification for high voltage synchronous
51. 6-51-0035 3
generators.
52. Specification for Emergency generator 6-51-0040 5
53. Specification for NGR 6-51-0043 6
Medium & High Voltage cable&
54. 6-51-0051 6
accessories
Specification for Communication and Fire
55. Alarm Cables (Applicable for control 6-51-0052 5
cables)
56. Specification for Numerical Relays 6-51-0055 1
Specification for energy efficient medium
57. 6-51-0064 0
voltage induction motors
58. Inspection & test plan for HV switchboards 6-81-1001 3
Inspection & test plan for relay & control
59. 6-81-1004 3
panels / desks
Inspection & Test plan for MV fixed type
60. 6-81-1012 2
switchboard
Inspection & Test plan for industrial type
61. 6-81-1014 2
control stations.
62. Inspection & Test plan for MV Motors 6-81-1032 3
Inspection & test plan for HV synchronous
63. 6-81-1035 2
generator
Inspection & Test plan for Emergency
64. 6-81-1040 2
generator
65. Inspection & Test plan for NGR 6-81-1043 2
Inspection & Test plan for Medium & High
66. 6-81-1051 2
Voltage cable& accessories
Inspection & Test plan for Communication
67. and Fire Alarm Cables (Applicable for 6-81-1052 2
control cables)
68. ITP for Numerical Relays 6-81-1055 2
69. Equipment Earthing Schedule A307-000-16-50-DS-1013 A
Section- 3: Piping
REVISION
DOCUMENT NO. /
(EDMS DOCUMENT NO.)
DATE DATE DATE
70. Piping Material Specification A307-6-44-0005 0
71. Scope Drawing A307-DG-001 A307-0IY16-43-SK-044 A

Page 180 of 827
FOR A307-0IY-16-45-LL-5880
Section- 4: Vendor List
REVISION
DOCUMENT NO. /
(EDMS DOCUMENT NO.)
DATE DATE DATE
72. Instrumentation Vendor List A307-0IY-16-51-VL-02 A
73. Electrical Vendor List A307-0IY-16-50-OD-5880 A
Section- 5: Construction
REVISION
DOCUMENT NO. /
(EDMS DOCUMENT NO.)
DATE DATE DATE
74. Construction Supervision & Management A307-00-0IY-19-41-0006 0
Procedure for Identification and Boxing-up
75. of Flange Joints not Subjected to 5-7700-0120 2
Hydrostatic tests
Standard Specification for Application of
76. Torque and Hydraulic Bolt Tension for 6-76-0002 1
Flange Joints
Standard specification for Health, Safety
77. A307-00-6-82-0001 0
and Environment Management
78. Observation on Quality Aspect A307-00-0IY-19-41-0006-F1 0
Control of Monitoring and Measuring
79. A307-00-0IY-19-41-0002 0
devices
80. Observation on Safety Aspect A307-00-0IY-19-41-0006-F2 0
Standard Specification for Erection of
81. 6-76-0001 2
Equipment and Machinery
Procedure for Safe Operation with Hydra
82. A307-5-1940-9500 0
Crane
Qualification And Experience Requirement
83. of Key Construction Personnel and Penalty 9-1940-0001 1
for their non mobilization
84. Technical Compliance Format A307-00-0IY-19-41-TC05 0
Safety Measures for Electrical
85. 7-51-0332 2
Installations during Construction
Section- 6: Quality Management System
REVISION
DOCUMENT NO. /
(EDMS DOCUMENT NO.)
DATE DATE DATE
Specification for quality management
86. 6-78-0001 0
system requirements from bidders
Specification for documentation
87. 6-78-0003 0
requirements from suppliers

Page 181 of 827
Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5885
Rev. A
SUMMARY SHEET OF CHANGES
Page 1 of 1
With reference to the Rev. A of MR of Emergency Diesel Generator Packages (A151-IY-MD-MR-5880), following are the changes in Rev B:
Sl. No. Document Document no. Document Added (A)/ Affected Contents
/Revised (R)
SECTION 1 – ROTATING EQUIPMENT
1. Special Instruction to Bidders R S.No. 2.1 (i) & 2.2 (i)
A307-0IY-16-45-SI-5880
2. Job Specification for 3.4 MW
S.No. 13
Emergency Diesel Generator A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880 R
Package
3. Job Specification for 1250 KVA
S.No. 13
Emergency Diesel Generator A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881 R
Package
4.
Technical requirements for Annual
A307-0IY-16-45-AM-5880
Maintenance Contract for EDG A
Packages
Note: This Document is to be read in conjunction with the documents attached with Material Requisition.
Page 182 of 827
DOCUMENT No.
Special Instruction A307-0IY-16-45-SI-5880
to Bidders Rev. B
Page 1 of 3
SPECIAL INSTRUCTION
TO BIDDERS
(EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR
PACKAGES - 3.4 MW & 1250 KVA)
CONSULTANT : M/s Engineers India Limited
EIL JOB NO : A307
Revised & Re-issued

B 27/03/14 AY AM
with MR
A 05/02/14 Issued with MR AY AM
Rev.
Date Purpose Prepared by Reviewed by
No.
Page 183 of 827

Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev. 1 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
DOCUMENT No.
to Bidders Rev. B
Page 2 of 3
1.0 Scope
This document is intended to outline the procedures envisaged for execution of this enquiry
including pre-bid and in-bid requirements.
2.0 Special Requirements
2.1 Pre-Bid stage:
i) The bidders shall be invited for an extensive pre-bid meeting after floating of enquiry.
This pre-bid meeting shall include discussion/ finalization of following:
B
- Requirement of documentation in support of Equipment Qualification Criteria.
- Bidder’s Deviations to data sheet/ specifications/ codes & standards.
- Bidder’s clarification/ recommendation/ exceptions (if any) w.r.t. scope of supply.
- Utility requirements for the complete package.
- Equipment Layout for the complete package.
ii) Bidder shall submit their deviations/ exceptions/ clarifications duly filled in the enclosed
deviation format “A307-0IY-16-45-DF-5880”. Bidder to note that only equipment specific
or technically infeasible deviations shall only be discussed during PRE- BID meeting
provided a suitable justification for the same is furnished. Purchaser’s decision on such
deviations shall be treated as FINAL. Deviations, which can be complied either with
extra cost and or with time implications, shall not be permitted.
iii) Bidder shall clearly bring out any ambiguity in the specification/datasheets as part of
MR during the pre-bid meeting. In case no such ambiguity is bought out by the bidders,
stringent of the two requirements shall be applicable and vendor shall meet the
requirement without any time and cost implication to the client.
iv) Based on the clarifications with regard to scope of supply and other details as specified
in 2.1(i) above during pre-bid meeting, necessary amendment to the enquiry document
(if required) shall be issued prior to submission of the bids.
The pre-bid meeting is must for all the bidders, however in case any of the bidder is not
attending the PRE- BID meeting, it shall be understood that the bidder does not have any
comments/ deviations to RFQ requirements.
2.2 In-Bid requirement:
Vendor shall necessarily furnish the following along with the bid without which the offer shall
be considered incomplete and is likely to be rejected:
(i) Documentation & Experience Record Formats (duly filled in) in support of Equipment B
Qualification Criteria as specified in Job specifications.
(ii) Duly filled and signed/ stamped Technical Compliance statement, if any.
(iii) Completely filled-in EIL datasheets of Diesel Engines & Alternator.
(iv) Filled-in Engine Performance Data (Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5880) along with
engine deration calculations.
(v) All Checklists, duly filled-in, with regard to scope of supply.
(vi) Equipment Layout of the complete Package.
(vii) Utilities Requirement.
(viii) P&IDs (Preliminary for information).
(ix) Clarifications/ deviations finalised during Pre-Bid Meeting. No new technical deviations
other than what has been discussed and agreed upon in pre-bid meeting are expected
from the Bidder
Page 184 of 827

DOCUMENT No.
to Bidders Rev. B
Page 3 of 3
It is in Bidder’s interest to ensure that all technical deviations are sorted out in the pre-bid meeting
stage only.
Page 185 of 827

DOCUMENT No.
LIST OF DEVIATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS A307-0IY-16-45-DF-5880
REV. A
Page 1 of 2
DEVIATIONS
TO
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
JOB NO. : A307

RFQ NO. :
NAME OF THE VENDOR :
VENDOR’S REF. NO. :
NOTES:
1. Vendor shall note that only those deviations to specified standards & codes (if any), shall be permitted which are technically infeasible to be met, provided
suitable justification for the same is furnished. Deviations, which can be complied with extra cost and or time implication, shall not be permitted.
2. Any deviations/deletions/corrections made elsewhere in the body of the vendor’s proposal will not be taken cognisance of and all such deviations shall be
deemed to have been withdrawn by the vendor.
TITLE OF THE DOCUMENT:_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Template No.5- 0000-0001-T3

Page 186Rev. 1
of 827 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
DOCUMENT No.
LIST OF DEVIATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS A307-0IY-16-45-DF-5880
REV. A
Page 2 of 2
DOCUMENT NO.:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Sl. Clause Technical Requirements specified Deviation Technical Justification Remarks

No. No.
Template No.5- 0000-0001-T3

Page 187Rev. 1
of 827 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
DOCUMENT No.
SITE & UTILITY DATA A307-0IY-16-45-SU-5880

Rev-A
Page 1 of 9
SITE & UTILITY DATA
PROJECT : IREP
EIL JOB NO. : A307
Issued with MR
A 07/02/14 AY AM AM
(Based on BDEP-Part B Rev4)

Date Purpose
No by by by
Page 188 of 827 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Format No. EIL-1641-1924 Rev. 1
DOCUMENT No.

Rev-A
Page 2 of 9
1. SITE DATA INFORMATION
SITE LOCATION
State : Kerala
Nearest Important Town : Kochi
Nearest Railway Station : Tripunithura
Nearest Port : Kochi
Nearest Airport : Kochi International Airport
Source of Water : Fresh water from Periyar River
Rainy season (Monsoon) : Mid May-September
METEOROLOGICAL DESIGN DATA
Relevant meteorological design data towards preparing process engineering specifications

is as follows:
Sl# Parameter Minimum Normal / Maximum /

Average Design
(A) METEOROLOGICAL DATA
1 Elevation above mean sea level, m
Levels (FGL) as per Plot plan
CDU/VDU-III (including Treating units) – 16
FCCU – 16
DHDT – 16
VGOHDT – 16
NHT/SOM – 26
HGU BOO – 5
SRU/ARU/SWS – 13.6
DCU – 12
Cooling Tower – 15(CT-1/2),20(CT-3)
Raw Water – DM CPU – 7
CPP(GTG/UB/Deaerator) – 12
Flare – 6.5
2 Barometric pressure, mmHg 750 754 757
0
3 Ambient temperature, C 20 35 38
4 Relative humidity, % 88% 95%
5 Rainfall (a) for 1-hour period (a) 179mm
data: (b) for 24-hour period (b) 250mm
6 Wind (a) wind velocity 4km/hr 8km/hr.
data Structural/mech
design as per IS-
875, whichever is
higher
(b) wind direction. North-East/East
in the Morning
and West &
North west in the
evening
7 Earthquake Design Criteria Zone-3, Refer site specific Seismic spectra (Doc.
No.A307-000-16-54-DB-0258. Rev. A)

DOCUMENT No.

Rev-A
Page 3 of 9
(B) DATA FOR EQUIPMENT DESIGN

0
1 Design dry bulb temperature, C 22.5 (during
raining season)
38 (during
summer season)
0
2 Design wet bulb temperature, C 21(min)
28(max) (Note1)
0 15
3 Low ambient temperature for MDMT, C
sign air temperature for air Design air temperature for air cooled exchangers where followed by 40
0
4 water cooling, C
5 Design air temperature for air cooled exchangers 40
0
Where not followed by water cooling, C
o
6 Coincident temperature and relative humidity for Air Blower / Air 95% @ 30 C
Compressor design.
0
7 Min Design temperature for equipment, C 65
Note 1 : For cooling tower design, the temperature shall be considered as 29degC
2. UTILITY SPECIFICATIONS
Utility conditions at Unit Battery Limit [All B/L pressures are as measured at grade]
(Except for NHT/ISOM revamp)
Table 1
Sl Parameter Minimum Normal Maximum Mech Design
1 VERY HIGH PRESSURE (VHP) STEAM (Note 7)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 101 102 103 116 / FV
Temperature, oC 500 503 505 520
2 HIGH PRESSURE (HP) STEAM (Note 7)
3 MEDIUM PRESSURE (MP) STEAM (Note 7)
4 LOW PRESSURE (LP) STEAM (Note 7)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 4.0 5.0 6.0 10.0 / FV
Temperature, oC Saturation 185 190 225
5 PURE/ SUSPECT PROCESS/ SURFACE CONDENSATE (AT CPP/ CONDENSATE POLISHING UNIT)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 5.0/5.0 12
Temperature, oC NOTE-4 150
6 Raw / SERVICE WATER (Note 7)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 4.0 4.5 5.0 15.6
Temperature, oC AMB. AMB. AMB. 65
7 RECIRCULATING COOLING WATER (Note 1)
Supply Pressure, Kg/cm2g 4.6 7.6
Return Pressure, Kg/cm2g 2.6 7.6
0
Supply Temperature, C 33 65
Return Temperature, 0C 45 65
8 DEMINERALISED WATER (Note 10)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 6.0 14.9/12.5
o
Temperature, C AMB. 65
9 BOILER FEED WATER (HP)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 47 52 58 82
10 PLANT AIR(Note 5,7)

DOCUMENT No.

Rev-A
Page 4 of 9
Pressure, kg/cm2g 4.0 6.5 10.5

Temperature, oC AMB. 65
11 INSTRUMENT AIR (note 6,7)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 5.0 6.0 10.5
o
Temperature, C AMB AMB. 65
12 LP FUEL GAS (FOR PROCESS UNITS) (Note 7)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 2.5 3.0 3.5 9
o
Temperature, C 30 40-50 60 100
13 HP FUEL GAS (CPP,WGC of FCCU & WGC of DCU) (Note 8)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 9.0 9.5 10.0 15.0
o
Temperature, C 30 40-50 60 100
14 FUEL OIL to Process Unit (Note 11)
Supply Pressure, kg/cm2g 10.0 11.0 21.8
2
Return Pressure, kg/cm g 2.7 21.8
Temperature, oC 98-143 225
HP FUEL OIL TO CPP (Note 9)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 5.0 14.5(HOLD)
o
Temperature, C 90 90 150(HOLD)
15 NG(HOLD)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 40 HOLD
o
Temperature, C Amb HOLD
16 NITROGEN(NOTE-2)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 4.0 6.5 7.0 10.5(HOLD)
o
Notes:
1. BCW will be tapped from recirculating water supply header within respective unit ISBL.
2. Process licensor/equipment supplier should consider minimum utility conditions for design
purpose.
3. For safety showers and eye wash drinking water to be considered.
4. Temperature for suspect and pure process condensate is 115-120 Deg.C and that of surface
condensate is 45-55 Deg. C.
5. Plant air for catalyst loading of FCCU will be routed through an independent header.
6. For startup of CW system and Plant/Instrument air system, instrument air from existing facility will
be supplied. Instrument air pressure of 3.0/4.0/5.0 kg/cm2g @ B/L needs to be considered for
startup.
7. For the SRU block,Steam,Service/Raw Water, BFW,Plant air,instrument air,fuel gas supplies,
refer table 3.For balance utilities, table 1 to be referred.
8. The high pressure FG is mostly used for CPP as Fuel and will be used as seal gas for the FCCU
and DCU WGC. This is also used for backup for SRU fuel gas system.
9. Fuel oil surge drum and heating system for CPP will be located within CPP. The condition
indicated for FO supply from OSBL tankage to CPP B/L.
10. The Design Pressure of 14.9 Kg/cm2,g is considered for IREP CPP & process consumers,
whereas 12.5 Kg/cm2,g is for B))-HGU & existing units.
11. Temperature range is given for various blended fuel oil cases.Refere fuel system design basis for
details.
3. Utility conditions at Unit Battery Limit [All B/L pressures are as measured at grade]
(For NHT/ISOM revamp)
Table 2
1 HIGH PRESSURE (HP) STEAM
2 MEDIUM PRESSURE (MP) STEAM
Pressure, kg/cm2g 15 17 18.5 22

DOCUMENT No.

Rev-A
Page 5 of 9

3 LOW PRESSURE (LP) STEAM
Pressure, kg/cm2g 3.0 4.0 5.0 7.5
4 SERVICE WATER
Pressure, kg/cm2g 4 4.5 5 7.5
5 RECIRCULATING COOLING WATER (NOTE 1)
Supply Pressure, Kg/cm2g 4.5 6.5/7.2
Return Pressure, Kg/cm2g 2.5 6.5/7.2
Supply Temperature, 0C 32/33 65/65

Return Temperature, 0C 42/45 65/65
2
Pressure, kg/cm g 5 10 12 17
6 DEMINERALISED WATER
Pressure, kg/cm2g 3.0 5 7 10
o
Temperature, C 40 65
7 CONDENSATE RETURN
8 BOILER FEED WATER
9 PLANT AIR
Pressure, kg/cm2g 2.5 3.5 5.0 10.5
o
10 INSTRUMENT AIR
Pressure, kg/cm2g 3.0 4.0 5.0 10.5
o
11 FUEL GAS
Pressure, kg/cm2g 1.7 2.2 3.0 6.5
o
12 FUEL OIL SUPPLY
Supply Pressure, kg/cm2g 12 15
o
Temperature, C 150(H) 240
13 FUEL OIL RETURN
Pressure, kg/cm2g 4.0 15
Temperature, oC 190 240
14 NITROGEN (NOTE 2)
2
Pressure, kg/cm g 1 2 3 10.5(HOLD)
o
Notes:
1. Operating temperature and Design conditions of cooling water system correspond to existing
FCC/CDU-II area respectively.
2. Normally nitrogen from existing refinery nitrogen header will be used.However a back up
connection from BOO nitrogen plant will be given to the refinery header.
3. No fuel oil will be used in the heaters of NHT
4. Fuel gas will be supplied from the existing refinery and a back up will be given from the IREP
system to the same.

DOCUMENT No.

Rev-A
Page 6 of 9
4. Utility conditions at unit B/L [All B/L pressures are as measured at grade]
(For New IREP Sulphur block)
Table 3
1 HIGH PRESSURE (HP) STEAM
Pressure, kg/cm2g 36 38 40 45/FV
2 MEDIUM PRESSURE (MP) STEAM
Pressure, kg/cm2g 16 17 18 24/FV
3 LOW PRESSURE (LP) STEAM (NOTE 2)
Pressure, kg/cm2g 3.5 4.5 5.0 10/FV
Temperature, oC Saturation 158 190 225
4 RAW WATER
Pressure, kg/cm2g 3 4.0 5 19.1
8 MP BOILER FEED WATER
Pressure, kg/cm2g 27 34.4
Temperature, oC 105 125
9 PLANT AIR
Pressure, kg/cm2g 5.0 6.0 7.0 10.5
o
10 INSTRUMENT AIR
Pressure, kg/cm2g 5.0 6.5 7.5 10.5
o
Temperature, C AMB. AMB. 65
11 FUEL GAS
Pressure, kg/cm2g 2.0 2.5 3.0 6.5
Temperature, oC 40-50 65
Notes:
1. Cooling water/DM water/ Nitrogen conditions shall be as per IREP conditions. Refer Table 1.
2. The LP steam generated in SRU shall be at saturation temperature which will be used within new
SRU block.
5. COMPRESSED AIR & NITROGEN SYSTEMS
The specifications of plant air and instrument air are as below.
Sl Parameter Plant Air Instrument Air

o
1 Dew Point at atmospheric No free Water (-)40 C
pressure
2 Oil Content, ppm Nil Nil
Inert Gas (Nitrogen) shall be generated from: Cryogenic Air Separation Plant.
Other considerations, if any:
a) Liquid nitrogen storage shall be provided for catering to intermittent gaseous N2 as
required by various licensors
Inert Gas (Nitrogen) quality

Sl Parameter Nitrogen
1 Water Dew Point at atmospheric (-)100 °C
pressure
2 Oil Content, ppm Nil

DOCUMENT No.

Rev-A
Page 7 of 9
3 Nitrogen purity, vol% 99.99%

4 Oxygen content, ppmv <3
5 Carbon dioxide content, ppmv <3
6 Carbon monoxide content, ppmv Traces
7 Noble Gases, vol ppm Balance
6. Flare System
6.1 Maximum flare backpressure shall be considered for sizing of pressure relief devices
# Flare system Superimposed Built-up Built-up
backpressure, backpressure at unit backpressure at PSV
kg/cm2g battery limits, outlet,
kg/cm2g kg/cm2g
1 Low Pressure flare 0.1 1.5 1.7

2 Acid Gas flare 0.05 0.5 0.7
3 High Pressure flare 0.1 5.2(max) 5.5(max)
The above backpressure is for new IREP facilities. For revamped units backpressure to be
confirmed during detailed engineering.
6.2 Overpressure (as percentage of set pressure) for sizing of relief valves shall be
# Contingency Low Pressure < 70 High Pressure

kg/cm2g >70kg/cm2g
1 Steam generating/ consuming 5% 5%

equipment
2 Fire Case 21% As per designer
3 Thermal Relief (Piping/ Equipment) 25% / 10% As per designer
4 Operational failure 10% As per designer

DOCUMENT No.

Rev-A
Page 8 of 9
7. Typical cooling water piping and instrumentation at heat exchangers
Notes:
1. Back flush lines to be provided with same size as main cooling water line when main line size is
<=6”. One size lower to be provided for main line size upto 10”. Two size lower to be provided for
main line size>10”.
2. This facility will be applicable for exchangers at platform. Vent valve shown dotted is already
existing in P&ID 1192.
8. WATER QUALITY (Note 1)
Sr. Parameter Filtered DM water BFW Recirculatin

Raw g cooling
Water water
1. PH 6.8-7.5 6.7-7.3 8.5-9.5 7.5
2. Turbidity, NTU (5 min settled) 10-20 Nil Nil 60
3. Total suspended solids, mg/l Nil Nil
4. Total dissolved solids, mg/l 335 0.1 0.5 max 1500
5. Conductivity@20oC, micromho/cm <0.2 =<1(note 3)
6. MO Alkalinity as CaCo3, mg/l 20 80
7. Ca Hardness as CaCO3, mg/l 13.2 60
8. Total Hardness as CaCO3, mg/l 22 Nil 100
9. Mg Hardness as CaCO3, mg/l 8.8
10. Total reactive Silica as SiO2, mg/l 11 <0.02 0.02 max 75
11. Colloidal Silica as SiO2, mg/l
12. Sodium as Na, mg/l 100 0.01 max
13. Potassium as K, mg/l
14. Chlorides as Cl, mg/l 86.1 350
15. Free chlorine, mg/l 0.6
16. Free Bromine, mg/l
17. Sulphates as SO4, mg/l 12.8 50

DOCUMENT No.

Rev-A
Page 9 of 9
18. Organophosphates as PO4, mg/l

19. Inorgc phosphates as PO4, mg/l
20. Nitrates as NO3, mg/l 1.0
21. Nitrates as N, mg/l
22. Dissolved oxygen, mg/l 6.3 0.005
23. Total Iron, mg/l 0.1-0.3 <0.03 ppm 0.03 max 1.0
24. Dissolved Iron (as Fe), mg/l
25. Total Copper, mg/l 0.003 max 0.003
26. Lead as Pb, microgram/l
27. Manganese as Mn, mg/l
28. Zinc as Zn, mg/l 2
29. Chromium as Cr, mg/l
30. Polymeric dispersant, mg/l 30
31. Zinc Sulphate as Zn, mg/l 2
32. Benzotriazole, mg/l
33. Oil content, mg/l 5.0
34. KMnO4 value at 100 °C, mg/l 50
Notes:
1. For NHT/ISOM revamp units, same water quality shall be considered.
2. All above qualities are considering Raw water as makeup and will be limiting qualities.
3. Cation conductivity at 25 deg C after addition of hydrazine & morphaline.

DATA SHEET NO.
UTILITY DATA (ROTATING EQUIPMENT) A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5882

Rev. A
Page 1 of 2
UTILITY DATA (ROTATING EQUIPMENT)


EIL JOB NO. : A307

A 07/02/14 Blank Format Issued with Material Requisitions AY AM AM
Rev.
Date Purpose Prepared By Reviewed By Approved By
No.
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T3 Rev1 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 197 of 827

DATA SHEET NO.
UTILITY DATA (ROTATING EQUIPMENT) A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5882

Rev.A
Page 2 of 2
UTILITY DATA
S.No. Utility CONTINUOUS OR FLOW REQUIRED PRESSURE TEMPERATURE
INTERMITTENT
REQUIREMENT
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T3 Rev1
Page 198 of 827

DATA SHEET NO.
LUBRICANT SCHEDULE A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5883

Rev. A
Page 1 of 2
LUBRICANT SCHEDULE

EIL JOB NO. : A307

A 07/02/14 Blank Format Issued with Material Requisitions AY AM AM
Rev.
Date Purpose Prepared By Reviewed By Approved By
No.
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T3 Rev1 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 199 of 827

DATA SHEET NO.
LUBRICANT SCHEDULE A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5883

Rev.A
Page 2 of 2
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE
LUBRICANTS LIST CLIENT : M/s BPCL-KRU
DATE :
VENDOR :
ITEM NO. GRADE BPCL MAKER’S BRAND INTIAL CHARGE REPLACEMENT CHARGE MAKE -UP CHARGE LOCATION
(IS. OR ASTM) (lit/SET) QTY. INTERVAL QTY. INTERVAL TO BE USED
(lit/ SET) (hours) (lit/ SET) (hours)
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T3 Rev1
Page 200 of 827

Data Data to be filled by vendor Sample
Equipment System Generated
Functional loc. KRA-UTY-CPP-GT2-3RT
EquipCategory 1
Object type MMRTG
TechIdentNo. GT2
Description GT2 - GAS TURBINE
Gross Weight 70950
Weight unit KG
Size/dimens. 6950*3470*4028 MM
Acquistion date 40268
AcquistnValue 0
Currency
Manufacturer BHEL
ManufCountry IN
ConstructYear 2007
ConstructMth 05
Model number PG6581B
ManufPartNo.
ManufSerialNo. GT180
MaintPlant 6300
Location REFINERY
Plant section S12
Main WorkCtr RWC-A1
ABC indic. B
Sort field GT2
Cost Center 6352721
Planner group R13
Catalog profile MMRTG
AuthorizGroup RFMR
System status INST
Page 201 of 827

MMRB Blowers
MMRC Compressors
MMRCC Compressors - Centrifugal
MMRCR Compressors - Reciprocating
MMRCS Screw Compressor
MMRE Maint. Mech. Rotary Engines
MMRF Fans
MMRFC Cooling Tower Fans
MMRFF FD Fans
MMRM Miscellaneous Rotary
MMRP Pumps
MMRPC Pumps - Centrifugal
MMRPG Pumps - Gear
MMRPR Pumps - Reciprocating
MMRPS Pumps - Screw
MMRPV Pumps - Vane
MMRT Turbines
MMRTG Turbines - Gas
MMRTS Turbines - Steam
Page 202 of 827

Class Class Description Char. description Data to be filled by vendor Data Type No. of Char
MMRB Blowers Blower Bearing Type D CHAR 30
Blower Bearing Type N NUM 6
Blower Flow CHAR 25
Blower Coupling Type CHAR 25
Blower Coupling NUM 10
Driver Inboard Bearin CHAR 30
Driver Outboard Beari CHAR 30
Driver Make CHAR 30
Driver Power CHAR 30
Blower RPM CHAR 30
Temperature NUM 10
Bearing lubrication NUM 5
Driver RPM NUM 5
Page 203 of 827

Decimal Places Unit
0
0 RPM
0
0
3 m3/h
0
0
0
0
0
0 KW
0 RPM
0 °C
Page 204 of 827

Class Class Description Char. description To be filled by the vendor
MMRC Compressors
Compressor Bearing Type DE
Compressor Bearing Type NDE
Compressor Capacity
Compressor Discharge Pressure
Type of Oper in Compressor
Compressor Service
Compressor Suction Pressure
Driver Inboard Bearing
Driver Outboard Bearing
Driver Make
Driver Power
Coupling Make
Coupling Model
COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE TEMP
COMPRESSOR SUCTION TEMP
Bearing lubrication
Driver RPM
Page 205 of 827

Data Type No. of Char Decimal Places Unit
CHAR 30 0
CHAR 30 0
NUM 8 2 m3/h
NUM 5 2 Kg/cm2
CHAR 25 0
CHAR 25 0
NUM 5 2 Kg/cm2
CHAR 30 0
CHAR 30 0
CHAR 30 0
NUM 6 2 KW
CHAR 30 0
CHAR 30 0
NUM 4 1 cel
NUM 4 1 cel
CHAR 30 0
NUM 6 0 RPM
Page 206 of 827

Class Class Description Char. description Data Type No. of Char Dec.
MMRCC Compressors - Centrifugal
MAX. CONTINUOUS SPEED NUM 6 0
TOTAL POWER AT COUPLING NUM 5 0
DISCHARGE CP CV RATIO NUM 6 4
INLET VOLUME NUM 6 0
MOLECULAR WEIGHT NUM 5 3
NORMAL SPEED NUM 6 0
DIRECTION OF ROTATION CHAR 30 0
SUCTION CP CV RATIO NUM 6 4
Compressor Bearing Type DE CHAR 30 0
Compressor Bearing Type NDE CHAR 30 0
Compressor Capacity NUM 8 2
Compressor Discharge Pressure NUM 5 2
Type of Oper in Compressor CHAR 25 0
Compressor Service CHAR 25 0
Compressor Suction Pressure NUM 5 2
Driver Inboard Bearing CHAR 30 0
Driver Outboard Bearing CHAR 30 0
Driver Make CHAR 30 0
Driver Power NUM 6 2
Coupling Make CHAR 30 0
Coupling Model CHAR 30 0
COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE TEMP NUM 4 1
COMPRESSOR SUCTION TEMP NUM 4 1
Bearing lubrication CHAR 30 0
Driver RPM NUM 6 0
Page 207 of 827

Unit
RPM
KW
m3/h
RPM
m3/h
Kg/cm2
Kg/cm2
KW
cel
cel
RPM
Page 208 of 827

Class
Descriptio Data No. of Decimal
Class n Char. description Type Char Places Unit
MMRCR Compressors - Reciprocating
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE in psi NUM 3 1
BORE INCH MM CHAR 30 0
CYLINDER MATERIAL CHAR 30 0
CYLINDER TYPE CHAR 30 0
DRIVER CHAR 30 0
GEAR BOX MAKE CHAR 30 0
GEAR BOX MODEL CHAR 30 0
GEAR BOX RATIO CHAR 30 0
GEAR BOX TYPE CHAR 30 0
HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE in p NUM 5 0
NO. OF STAGES NUM 1 0
STROKE INCH MM CHAR 30 0
TOTAL BHP in HP NUM 5 2
Compressor Capacity NUM 8 2 m3/h
Compressor Discharge Pressure NUM 5 2 Kg/cm2
Compressor Suction Pressur NUM 5 2 Kg/cm2
Driver Power NUM 6 2 KW
COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE TEMP NUM 4 1 cel
COMPRESSOR SUCTION TEMP NUM 4 1 cel
Driver RPM NUM 6 0
Page 209 of 827

Class
Descriptio No. of Decimal
Class n Char. description Data Type Char Places
MMRCS Screw Compressor
COMPRESSOR COOLING WATERTEMPER NUM 3 0
COMPRESSOR HP INLETTEMPERATURE NUM 3 0
COMPRESSOR HP OIL TEMPERATURE NUM 3 0
COMPRESSOR INTER COOLER PRESSU NUM 3 1
COMPRESSOR LP OIL TEMPERATURE NUM 3 0
COMPRESSOR OIL PRESSURE NUM 4 2
COMPRESSOR OIL TEMPERATURE NUM 3 0
COMPRESSOR TYPE CHAR 30 0
Compressor Capacity NUM 8 2
Compressor Discharge Pressure NUM 5 2
Compressor Suction Pressure NUM 5 2
COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE TEMP NUM 4 1
COMPRESSOR SUCTION TEMP NUM 4 1
Driver RPM NUM 6 0
Page 210 of 827

Unit
cel
cel
cel
cel
m3/h
Kg/cm2
Kg/cm2
KW
cel
cel
RPM
Page 211 of 827

Class
Descriptio
Class n Char. description
MMRE Maint. Mech.
ENGINE
Rotary FUEL
Engines
PUMP MAKE
ENGINE GOVERNOR MAKE
ENGINE TURBOCHARGER MAKE
ENGINE WATER PUMP TYPE
Bearing lubrication
Driver RPM
Page 212 of 827

No. of Decimal
Data Type Char Places Unit
CHAR 30 0
CHAR 30 0
CHAR 30 0
CHAR 30 0
CHAR 30 0
NUM 6 0 RPM
Page 213 of 827

No. of Decimal
Class Class Description Char. description Data Type Char Places Unit
MMRF Fans Fan Bearing Type DE CHAR 25 0
Fan Bearing Type NDE CHAR 25 0
Fan Flow NUM 8 2 m3/h
Fan RPM NUM 4 0 RPM
Fan Type CHAR 25 0
Fan Coupling type CHAR 30 0
Fan Coupling CHAR 30 0
Driver Inboard Bearin CHAR 30 0
Driver Outboard Beari CHAR 30 0
Driver RPM NUM 6 0 RPM
Page 214 of 827

Class
MMRFC Cooling Tower
COOLING
Fans TOWER GEAR BOX MAKE CHAR 30 0
COOLING TOWER GEAR BOX MODEL CHAR 30 0
Fan Bearing Type DE CHAR 25 0
Fan Flow NUM 8 2
Fan RPM NUM 4 0
Fan Type CHAR 25 0
Driver RPM NUM 6 0
Page 215 of 827

Unit
m3/h
RPM
KW
RPM
Page 216 of 827

Class
MMRFF FD Fans LOCKING ARRANGEMENT CHAR 30 0
Fan Bearing Type DE CHAR 25 0
Fan Flow NUM 8 2
Fan RPM NUM 4 0
Fan Type CHAR 25 0
Driver Outboard Bearin CHAR 30 0
Driver RPM NUM 6 0
Page 217 of 827

Unit
m3/h
RPM
KW
RPM
Page 218 of 827

No. of Decimal
Class Class Description Char. description Data Type Char Places Unit
MMRM Miscellaneous Rotary Bearing Type DE CHAR 15 0
Bearing Type Non DE CHAR 15 0
Driver Inboard Beari CHAR 30 0
Driver Outboard Bear CHAR 30 0
Speed NUM 5 0 RPM
Page 219 of 827

Class
MMRP Pumps Coupling Model CHAR 30 0
Pump Discharge Pressure NUM 5 2
Pump Flow NUM 10 4
NPSH for pump NUM 4 2
Pump Service CHAR 30 0
Pump Suction Pressure NUM 7 4
Pump Service Temperature NUM 6 2
Driver Power in KW NUM 7 2
PUMP DISCHARGE CONNECTION SIZE CHAR 30 0
TOTAL HEAD FOR PUMP NUM 6 2
PUMP SUCTION CONNECTION SIZE CHAR 30 0
Driver RPM NUM 6 0
Page 220 of 827

Unit
Kg/cm2
m3/h
m
Kg/cm2
cel
KW
RPM
Page 221 of 827

Class
MMRPC Pump Inboard bearing type
Pumps - Centrifugal CHAR 30 0
Pump Outboard bearing type CHAR 30 0
Pump Impeller diameter NUM 6 2
Minimum Continous flow NUM 6 2
Pump Mounting type CHAR 30 0
Type of Packing in Centr.Pump CHAR 30 0
Centrifugal pump rpm NUM 6 0
Seal type CHAR 30 0
No of stages in pump NUM 2 0
Mechanical seal make CHAR 30 0
Additional radial bearing CHAR 30 0
Casing gasket material CHAR 30 0
Casing material CHAR 30 0
C.w.r material CHAR 30 0
Data sheet no CHAR 30 0
Distance between shaft end CHAR 30 0
Direction of rotation CHAR 30 0
Ib stuffing box length CHAR 30 0
Impeller material CHAR 30 0
Pump installation type CHAR 30 0
I.w.r material CHAR 30 0
Lubrication method CHAR 30 0
Packing no of rings CHAR 30 0
Ob stuffing box length CHAR 30 0
Type of packing in pump ib CHAR 30 0
Type of packing in pump ob CHAR 30 0
Packing group size CHAR 30 0
Performance curve no CHAR 30 0
Seal drg. No CHAR 30 0
Seal flush plan CHAR 30 0
Seal rotary face material CHAR 30 0
Seal secondarysealing material CHAR 30 0
Seal static face material CHAR 30 0
Sectional drg. No CHAR 30 0
Shaft material CHAR 30 0
Sleeve gasket material CHAR 30 0
Page 222 of 827

Sleeve material CHAR 30 0
Specific gravity NUM 10 3
Throat bush material CHAR 30 0
Equipment type CHAR 30 0
No. Of vanes in impeller NUM 3 0
Coupling model CHAR 30 0
Coupling make CHAR 30 0
Pump discharge pressure NUM 5 2
Pump flow NUM 10 4
Pump service CHAR 30 0
Pump suction pressure NUM 7 4
Pump service temperature NUM 6 2
Driver make CHAR 30 0
Driver inboard bearing CHAR 30 0
Driver outboard bearing CHAR 30 0
Pump discharge connection size CHAR 30 0
Total head for pump NUM 6 2
Pump suction connection size CHAR 30 0
Driver RPM NUM 6 0
Page 223 of 827

Unit
mm
m3/h
RPM
Page 224 of 827

Kg/cm2
m3/h
m
Kg/cm2
cel
KW
RPM
Page 225 of 827

Class
Class n Char. description Data Type Char Places Unit
MMRPG Pumps - Gear
PCD of gears NUM 5 2 mm
Gear pump RPM NUM 6 0 RPM
Number of Teeth NUM 4 0
Pump Discharge Pressure NUM 5 2 Kg/cm2
Pump Flow NUM 10 4 m3/h
NPSH for pump NUM 4 2m
Pump Suction Pressure NUM 7 4 Kg/cm2
Pump Service Temperature NUM 6 2 cel
Driver Power in KW NUM 7 2 KW
TOTAL HEAD FOR PUMP NUM 6 2m
Bearing lubricat CHAR 30 0
Page 226 of 827

Class
Descriptio
Class n Char. description Data Type No. of Char Decimal Places
MMRPR Pumps - Reciprocating
Type of Operation in pump CHAR 25 0
Plunger Diameter NUM 6 2
Stroke Length NUM 6 2
Pump Flow NUM 10 4
Driver RPM NUM 6 0
Page 227 of 827

Unit
mm
mm
Kg/cm2
m3/h
m
Kg/cm2
cel
KW
RPM
Page 228 of 827

Class
MMRPS Pumps - Screw
Number of Screws NUM 1 0
Screw pump RPM NUM 6 2
Diameter of screw NUM 6 2
Screw Pitch NUM 6 2
Seal type in screw pump CHAR 25 0
Pump Flow NUM 10 4
Driver RPM NUM 6 0
Page 229 of 827

Unit
RPM
mm
mm
Kg/cm2
m3/h
m
Kg/cm2
cel
KW
RPM
Page 230 of 827

Class No. of Decimal
Class Description Char. description Data Type Char Places Unit
MMRPV Pumps - Vane Casing Diameter NUM 6 2 mm
Number of Vanes NUM 1 0
Pump Discharge Pressure NUM 5 2 Kg/cm2
Pump Flow NUM 10 4 m3/h
NPSH for pump NUM 4 2m
Pump Suction Pressure NUM 7 4 Kg/cm2
Pump Service Temperature NUM 6 2 cel
Driver Power in KW NUM 7 2 KW
TOTAL HEAD FOR PUMP NUM 6 2m
Page 231 of 827

Class
MMRT Turbines Turbine Bearing Type NDE CHAR 25 0
Turbine Exhaust Pressure NUM 4 2 Kg/cm2
TURBINE EXHAUST TEMPERATURE NUM 5 2 cel
Turbine Inlet Pressure NUM 4 2 Kg/cm2
TURBINE INLET TEMPERATURE NUM 5 2 cel
Turbine rating HP NUM 8 2
Turbine Service CHAR 25 0
TURBINE BEARING TYPE DE CHAR 25 0
Page 232 of 827

Class
MMRTG Turbines - Gas
AIR COMPRESSOR TYPE CHAR 30 0
GE SERIAL NO. CHAR 30 0
TYPE OF GOVERNING CHAR 30 0
HEAT RATE CHAR 30 0
ISO RATING NUM 5 2 MW
NO. OF BURNERS NUM 2 0
NO. OF COMBUSTION CHAMBERS NUM 2 0
NO. OF FLAME DETECTORS NUM 1 0
NO. OF IGNITORS NUM 1 0
NO. OF STAGES OF GAS TURBINE NUM 1 0
OPERATING FREQUENCY CHAR 30 0
OVER SPEED TRIP NUM 5 0 RPM
PRESSURE RATIO CHAR 30 0
RATING AT SITE CONDITION NUM 5 2 MW
TURBINE SL.NO CHAR 30 0
STARTING DEVICE CHAR 30 0
Turbine Bearing Type NDE CHAR 25 0
Turbine Exhaust Pressure NUM 4 2 Kg/cm2
TURBINE EXHAUST TEMPERATURE NUM 5 2 cel
Turbine Inlet Pressure NUM 4 2 Kg/cm2
TURBINE INLET TEMPERATURE NUM 5 2 cel
Bearing lubrica CHAR 30 0
Page 233 of 827

No. of Decimal
Class Class Description Char. description Data Type Char Places
MMRTS Turbines - Steam Direction of Rotation CHAR 15 0
Governor RPM NUM 6 1
Governor Type CHAR 20 0
COOLING WATER TEMERATURE NUM 3 0
PERMISBLE DEVIAT WITHOUT LIMIT NUM 5 2
PERM DEVIATON AT NOLOAD OPERN NUM 5 2
EXTRACTION PRESSURE CHAR 30 0
PERMIS DEVN INSTANTLY 12 HYR NUM 5 2
SPECIFIED INITIAL STEAM PRE NUM 5 2
MAXIMUM OUTPUT NUM 5 0
MAXIMUM SPEED NUM 5 0
MAX.PR.IN HPWHEL CMBR@MAX LOAD NUM 5 2
MAX.PR.IN LP WHEEL CHAMBER NUM 5 2
NORMAL OUTPUT NUM 5 0
NORMAL SPEED NUM 5 0
PRESSURE AT EXHAUST FLANGE NUM 5 2
SPECIFIED INITIAL STEAM TEMP. NUM 3 0
SPEED RANGE NUM 14 0
START UP TIME NUM 3 0
TEM.DEVN 80HRK NO LONG15 MT NUM 3 0
TEM.PERM DEVN 400HRS ANNUM NUM 3 0
TEM.PERM DEVN WITHOUT LIMIT NUM 3 0
TIME REQD FOR PLACE ON LOAD NUM 3 0
TURBINE TYPE CHAR 30 0
WORK ORDER NO. CHAR 30 0
Turbine Bearing Type NDE CHAR 25 0
Turbine Exhaust Pressure NUM 4 2
TURBINE EXHAUST TEMPERATURE NUM 5 2
Turbine Inlet Pressure NUM 4 2
TURBINE INLET TEMPERATURE NUM 5 2
Driver RPM NUM 6 0
Page 234 of 827

Unit
RPM
cel
KW
RPM
KW
RPM
Kg/cm2
RPM
Kg/cm2
cel
Kg/cm2
cel
RPM
Page 235 of 827

The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited
or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use. EIL-1645-ERP-351 Rev.0 210 X 297
EXPERIENCE RECORD – DIESEL ENGINE
ITEM : DG Set
ITEM NUMBER :
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS:
1. This proforma duly filled in shall be submitted for each item separately, along with the bid.
2. Since the information requested in this proforma will be utilised to assess provenness of offered model, it is in the interest of the equipment
manufacturer to pick up those cases out of total list of references which most closely match with the offered model. The equipment manufacturer
shall also ensure that each & every information asked for is furnished and the same is correct and complete in all respects. Incorrect information
furnished in this proforma shall render the bid liable for rejection.
3. While furnishing the materials, where asked for, the equipment manufacturer shall furnish ASTM equivalents also.
4. For the referred installations, the equipment manufacturer shall indicate the name of the person (along with his address, telephone no., fax
no./ email-id ., Mobile no etc.) who may be contacted by the Purchaser / his representative, if felt necessary.
5. The equipment manufacturer shall also furnish along with the bid his standard reference list for the offered equipment model manufactured and
supplied by him.
6. The equipment manufacturer shall clarify the meaning of each letter / digit used in the model designation below:
DESCRIPTION OF MODEL DESIGNATION SYSTEM:
EXPERIENCE RECORD PROFORMA NO. REV.

EXPERIENCE RECORD PROFORMA
ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED DIESEL ENGINE A307-0IY-16-45-ER-5880 A
NEW DELHI
Page 1 of 3
Page 236 of 827
SL. PARAMETER INFORMATION ON INFORMATION ON REFERRED EXISTING REMARKS

NO. PROPOSED INSTALLATIONS
MODEL Ref.- 1 Ref.-2 Ref.-3
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Cross reference to manufacturer's Standard Reference list
1.2 Make
1.3 Model
1.4 No. of units supplied
1.5 Driven Equipment
1.6 Type of Drive Arrangement (Direct/Gear Box/Other)
1.7 Type of Driven Equipment
1.8 Shop where engine is designed, manufactured & tested with
location and complete address
2 OPERATING CONDITIONS
2.1 Fuel used
2.2 Rated Engine Power at Std oper. conditions as per ISO 3046/BS
5514 (ISO Std. Power), KW
2.3 Rated Engine Power at Site conditions (Service Std. Power), KW
2.4 Engine rpm
2.5 BMEP at standard conditions (ISO/BS)/at rated conditions,
kg/cm²g
3 CONSTRUCTION
3.1 No. of Cylinders/Cylinder Arrangement
3.2 Bore x Stroke, mm.
3.3 Charging type
3.4 Engine Cooling (Air, Cooled/Water Cooled)
(Normally aspirated/Turbo charged/Inter cooled/After cooled)
NEW DELHI
Page 2 of 3
Page 237 of 827
3.5 Engine frame provided with explosion relief device : Yes/No/Not

recommended by vendor
4 OTHER INFORMATION ON INSTALLATIONS
4.1 Date of supply of entire unit
4.2 Date of commissioning of entire unit
4.3 No. of operating hours completed as on the date of issue of
material requisition
4.4 Major Problems encountered
4.5 Name of plant

4.6 Purchaser's Name and Address
Name (Company / Organization)

Name of Contact Person
Address
Telephone No.
Fax No.
email-id
Note-1:- Bidder has to mandatorily furnish this information

NEW DELHI
Page 3 of 3
Page 238 of 827
EXPERIENCE RECORD PROFORMA Document No.
DG SET UNITIZATION A307-0IY-16-45-ER-5881
ITEM NO.____________ Rev A
Format Rev 1 Issue Date: 01/07/2009
Page 1 of 3
EXPERIENCE RECORD - DG SET UNITIZATION
SERVICE : EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR
ITEM NUMBER :
PACKAGER :
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS:
1. This proforma duly filled in shall be submitted for each item separately, alongwith the bid.
2. Since the information requested in this proforma will be utilised to assess provenness of DG Set Packager, it is in the interest of the DG Set
Packager to pick up those cases out of total list of references which are identical to the offered DG Set Package. The DG Set Packager shall
also ensure that each & every information asked for is furnished and the same is correct and complete in all respects. Incorrect information
furnished in this proforma shall render the bid liable for rejection.
3. While furnishing the materials, where asked for, the equipment manufacturer shall furnish ASTM equivalents also.
4. For the referred installations, the equipment manufacturer shall indicate the name of the person (alongwith his address, telephone no., fax
no./email-id etc.) who may be contacted by the Purchaser / his representative, if felt necessary.
5. The DG Set Packager shall also furnish along with the bid his standard reference list for the offered DG Set Packaged and supplied by him.
6. The DG Set Packager shall clarify the meaning of each letter / digit used in the model designation below:
Description of Model designation system:
Page 239 of 827

Format No. 1645-ERP-411 Rev.1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved
ITEM NO.____________ Rev A
Page 2 of 3
Sr. No. Parameter Information on Information on Operating Installation

Offered Model
1 2 3
(1) DG set Model Number/No. of units
(2) Net output for electrical consumption at Site Conditions

(after accounting for alternator efficiency & power
consumed by the auxiliaries), KW
(3) Place of Packaging/Utilization
(4) Make / Model of Diesel Engine

(5) Make / Model of Alternator
(6) For all the auxiliary system listed below, specify by
whom auxiliary system is engineered & supplied-
Engine Manufacturer or DG set vendor
(a) Air intake system( including Air filter and Inlet air
ducting / piping)
(b) Engine exhaust system(including exhaust silencer and
exhaust gas ducting/piping, exhaust stack and thermal
insulation)
(c) Engine Cooling System (including radiator, piping,
water circulating pumps) (*)
(d) Fuel system (*)
(e) Starting system (Battery Starting / Air Starting) (*)
(f) Engine Control Panel

(g) DG set acoustic enclosure
(Note: (*) excluding engine mounted equipments and

accessories supplied by engine manufacturer)
(7) Skid size (L x W x H) m
(8) Skid Gross weight (Engine + Alternator + Common

Skid/Baseplate), kgs
Page 240 of 827
ITEM NO.____________ Rev A
Page 3 of 3
Sr. No. Parameter Information on Information on Operating Installation

Offered Model
1 2 3
(9) Date of Supply
(10) Date of commissioning
(11) No. of operating hours completed as on the date of
issue of inquiry
(12) Major problems encountered, if any
(13) Name of Plant

(14) Purchaser’s Name & Address
Name (Company/Organization)
Name of Contact Person
Address
Telephone No.
Fax No.
Email-id
Page 241 of 827

Checklist - Scope Of Supply Document No.
for A307-0IY-16-45-SS-5880
3.4 MW Emergency Diesel Generator Rev. A
(EDG) Package
Page 1 of 4
(Item No.- A307-DG-001)
CHECKLIST- SCOPE OF SUPPLY

FOR
3.4 MW EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR (EDG)
PACKAGE
(ITEM No. A307-DG-001)
PROJECT : IREP Project, Kochi Refinery

CLIENT : M/s BPCL
CONSULTANT : M/s Engineers India Ltd.
EIL JOB No. : A307
A 07/02/14 Issued with MR AY AM AM

Rev.
Date Purpose Prepared by Reviewed by Approved by
No.
Page 242 of 827

for A307-0IY-16-45-SS-5880
(EDG) Package
Page 2 of 4
(Item No.- A307-DG-001)
CHECKLIST FOR SCOPE OF SUPPLY

ITEM No. : A307-DG-001 (3.4 MW EDG PACKAGE)
The Package Vendor's scope of supply shall include but not be limited to the following. Package vendor
scope has been defined broadly in this document. However, vendor shall refer the entire enquiry
specification for complete vendor’s scope of supply/work.
Vendor to write YES/NO against each item. Vendor is required to include complete scope, as such 'NO' is
not warranted. However, in case for any of the items if vendor's reply is 'NO', vendor should give reasons for
the same.
Sr. No. Required Included

Description Remarks
(Yes/ No) (Yes/ No)
1. DIESEL ENGINE
(Refer equipment data sheets & related specs. for full details)
1.1 Diesel Engine and associated systems including following : Yes
- Air Intake System complete with inlet filter, silencer, Yes
expansion bellows, intake air ducting, supports/ supporting
structure etc.
- Exhaust System (i.e. exhaust stack, exhaust silencer, Yes 30 meter (min),
exhaust pipe, insulation, expansion bellows, supporting Refer Job Spec
structure for exhaust pipe & stack etc)
- Lubrication System Yes
- Governing System ( Electronic; Woodward or equivalent) Yes
- Fuel System (refer applicable clauses of Job Specification) Yes
- Closed circuit cooling water system with radiator, fan, motor Yes
etc
- Air starting System (refer applicable clauses of Job Yes
Specification)
- Flywheel with Barring Device Yes
- Guards for Moving Parts (Non-Sparking type) Yes
- Common base plate for diesel engine & alternator. Yes
- Coupling for Engine and driven equipment Yes
2. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
(Refer Electrical data sheet & related specs. for full details)
2.1 Alternator Yes
2.2 All other items as specified as per electrical data sheet & Specs. Yes
3. INSTRUMENTATION
(Refer Job spec. for full details)
3.1 Instrumentation for the offered engine and alternator Yes
3.2 Local control panels for main DG set & other associated auxiliaries. Yes
3.3 All other instruments & controls required/specified for main DG set & Yes
other associated auxiliaries.
4. PIPING
(Refer Piping specs. for full details)
4.1 Complete inter-connecting piping including fuel, cooling water, Yes
Page 243 of 827

for A307-0IY-16-45-SS-5880
(EDG) Package
Page 3 of 4
(Item No.- A307-DG-001)

Description Remarks
(Yes/ No) (Yes/ No)
instrument air, vent, drain and other utility piping within and between
various skids.
5. SPARES & TOOLS/TACKLES

5.1 Spares for the complete package including Mechanical, Electrical, Yes
Instrumentation etc. :
- Mandatory Spares (as per Electrical specs) Yes
- Commissioning spares (to be recommended by the Yes
equipment manufacturer) Vendor to furnish
- Quotation for vendor recommended spares for 2 years’ Yes separate lists for
normal operation (Including Mechanical, Electrical, all these spares,
Instrumentation & Control Items etc.) tools & tackles
5.2 Special tools, Engine Cylinder Honing tool, Standard Normal Yes
Maintenance Kit and tackles required, if any, for maintenance of the
Diesel Engine Generator set.
6. INSPECTION AND TESTING:

6.1 As specified on the Engine Datasheet and Job specifications etc. Yes
6.2 As specified on the Alternator Datasheet and standard specifications Yes
etc.
6.3 Other inspection & tests specified in enquiry Yes
7. Vendor Data & Drawings

7.1 All data & drawings as required per Vendor data requirements, data Yes
sheets, specifications and referenced codes and standards.
8. Erection, Testing & Commissioning at Site

8.1 Erection, testing and commissioning of the complete package at site Yes
(refer applicable clauses of Job Specification)
9. Miscellaneous
9.1 Torsional Analysis report Yes
9.2 All foundation/ anchor bolts Yes
9.3 Design of detailed equipment layout for the DG package including the Yes
layout for air intake system, exhaust system, cooling water system,
fuel system etc.
9.4 Design, engineering, supply & installation of the complete ventilation Yes
system for the DG room.
9.5 Providing all necessary documents/ data needed by Purchaser to Yes
obtain statutory clearances applicable for entire plant.
9.6 Training for purchaser’s engineers (refer applicable clauses of Job Yes
Specification)
9.7 Separate quotation for Five years Annual Maintenance Contract Yes
(AMC)
Page 244 of 827

for A307-0IY-16-45-SS-5880
(EDG) Package
Page 4 of 4
(Item No.- A307-DG-001)

Description Remarks
(Yes/ No) (Yes/ No)
9.8 Additional items (including mechanical, electrical and instrumentation Yes
and controls) not specified by Purchaser but recommended by bidder
for safe, smooth and efficient operation of complete package.
(Bidder to include separate list of such items in his proposal along
with their unit prices)
NOTES:
(1) Complete civil works including construction of the DG room, foundation for all equipments (such as DG
set, Radiator, stack etc) are excluded from vendor’s scope. Refer Job specification (Doc. No. A307-0IY-
16-45-SP-5880).
Page 245 of 827

for A307-0IY-16-45-SS-5881
1250 KVA Emergency Diesel Rev. A
Generator (EDG) Package
Page 1 of 3
(Item No.- A307-DG-002)
CHECKLIST- SCOPE OF SUPPLY

FOR
1250 KVA EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR (EDG)
PACKAGE
(ITEM No. A307-DG-002)
PROJECT : IREP Project, Kochi Refinery

CLIENT : M/s BPCL
CONSULTANT : M/s Engineers India Ltd.
EIL JOB No. : A307
A 07/02/14 Issued with MR AY AM AM

Rev.
No.
Page 246 of 827

for A307-0IY-16-45-SS-5881
Page 2 of 3
(Item No.- A307-DG-002)
CHECKLIST FOR SCOPE OF SUPPLY

ITEM NO. : A307-DG-002 (1250 KVA DG Package)
The Package Vendor's scope of supply shall include but not be limited to the following. Package vendor
scope has been defined broadly in this document. However, vendor shall refer the entire enquiry
specification for complete vendor’s scope of supply/work.
Vendor to write YES/NO against each item. Vendor is required to include complete scope, as such 'NO' is
not warranted. However, in case for any of the items if vendor's reply is 'NO', vendor should give reasons for
the same.

Description Remarks
(Yes/ No) (Yes/ No)
1. DIESEL ENGINE
(Refer equipment data sheets & related specs. for full details)
1.1 Diesel Engine and associated systems including following : Yes
- Air Intake System (i.e. air intake filter, inlet silencer etc) Yes
- Exhaust System (i.e. exhaust stack, exhaust silencer, Yes 30 meter (min),
exhaust pipe, insulation, expansion bellows, supporting Refer Job Spec
structure for exhaust pipe & stack etc)
- Lubrication System Yes
- Governing System ( Electronic; Woodward or equivalent) Yes
- Fuel System (refer applicable clauses of Job Specification) Yes
- Closed circuit cooling water system with radiator, fan etc Yes
- Battery starting System - Battery Bank, Charger etc (refer Yes
applicable clauses of Job Specification)
- Flywheel with Barring Device Yes
- Guards for Moving Parts (Non-Sparking type) Yes
- Common base plate for diesel engine & alternator. Yes
- Coupling for Engine and driven equipment Yes
- Acoustic enclosure for the complete DG set Yes
- Acoustic enclosure ventilation (Vendor’s std.) Yes
2. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
(Refer Electrical data sheet & related specs. for full details)
2.1 Alternator Yes
2.2 Battery & Battery Charger Yes
2.3 All other items as specified as per electrical data sheet & Specs. Yes
3. INSTRUMENTATION
(Refer Job spec. for full details)
3.1 Instrumentation for the offered engine and alternator Yes
3.2 Local control panels for main DG set & other associated auxiliaries. Yes
3.3 All other instruments & controls required/specified for main DG set & Yes
other associated auxiliaries.
Page 247 of 827

for A307-0IY-16-45-SS-5881
Page 3 of 3
(Item No.- A307-DG-002)

Description Remarks
(Yes/ No) (Yes/ No)
4. SPARES & TOOLS/TACKLES
4.1 Spares for the complete package including Mechanical, Electrical, Yes
Instrumentation etc. :
- Mandatory Spares (as per Electrical spec) Yes
- Commissioning spares (to be recommended by the Yes
equipment manufacturer) Vendor to furnish
- Quotation for vendor recommended spares for 2 years’ Yes separate lists for
normal operation (Including Mechanical, Electrical, all these spares,
Instrumentation & Control Items etc.) tools & tackles
4.2 Special tools, Engine Cylinder Honing tool, Standard Normal Yes
Maintenance Kit and tackles required, if any, for maintenance of the
Diesel Engine Generator package.
5. INSPECTION AND TESTING:

5.1 As specified on the Engine Datasheet and Job specifications etc. Yes
5.2 As specified on the Alternator Datasheet and standard specifications Yes
etc.
5.3 Other inspection & tests specified in enquiry Yes
6. Vendor Data & Drawings

6.1 All data & drawings as required per Vendor data requirements, data Yes
sheets, specifications and referenced codes and standards.
7. Erection, Testing & Commissioning at Site

7.1 Erection, Testing and commissioning of the complete package at site Yes
(refer applicable clauses of Job Specification)
8. Miscellaneous
8.1 Torsional Analysis report Yes
8.2 Design & layout of DG shed including the layout of fuel system, Yes
exhaust system etc
8.3 All foundation/ anchor bolts Yes
8.4 Emission level as per Relevant central/ state pollution board Yes
8.5 Providing all necessary documents/ data needed by Purchaser to Yes
obtain statutory clearances applicable for entire plant.
8.6 Training for purchaser’s engineers (refer applicable clauses of Job Yes
Specification)
8.7 Separate quotation for Five years Annual Maintenance Contract Yes
(AMC)
8.8 Additional items (including mechanical, electrical and instrumentation Yes
and controls) not specified by Purchaser but recommended by bidder
for safe, smooth and efficient operation of complete package.
(Bidder to include separate list of such items in his proposal along
with their unit prices)
NOTES:
(1) Complete civil works including construction of the DG shed, foundation for all equipments (such as DG set,
stack etc) are excluded from vendor’s scope. Refer Job specification (Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881).
Page 248 of 827

JOB SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION NO.
FOR
A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880
3.4 MW EMERGENCY DIESEL
Rev-B
GENERATOR (EDG) PACKAGE
(Item No. A307-DG-001) Page 1 of 10
JOB SPECIFICATION
FOR
3.4 MW EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR (EDG)
PACKAGE
(Item No. A307-DG-001)
JOB NO. : A307
CLIENT : M/S. BPCL-KR
CONSULTANT : ENGINEERS INDIA LTD
B 27/03/14 Revised & Re-issued with inquiry AY AM DB
A 07/02/14 Issued with inquiry AY AM DB

Rev.
No.
Page 249 of 827

JOB SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION No.
FOR
A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880
Rev-B
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This specification describes the minimum requirements for design, engineering, manufacture,
procurement, packaging, inspection, testing, supply and erection & commissioning of ONE (1)
No. 3.4 MW Emergency Diesel Generator Set (Item No. A307-DG-001) for the IREP Project,
Kochi Refinery.
1.2 The intent of these specification is to supplement, highlight and modify (where specified) the
requirements as given in Standard Specifications enclosed with this Material Requisition &
other international codes/standards.
1.3 In case of any conflict between this job specification and other enquiry documents, the
following preferential order shall govern:
i. Data Sheets
ii. This Job Specification
iii. EIL Standard Specification for Diesel Engine 6-43-0040 and other EIL Standard
specifications as per the "List of Attachments" provided with this enquiry document.
iv. Other Indian/International Standards attached herewith or referred to.
1.4 Compliance with these specifications shall not relieve the Bidder of the responsibility of
furnishing equipment and accessories of proper design, materials and workmanship to meet
the specified start up and operating conditions (i.e. to generate desired power at alternator
terminal at site).
1.5 All EIL specifications, Data Sheets/Job Specifications etc. as per the list of attachments
provided in respective sections, shall form a part of this specification.
1.6 No deviations or exceptions are permitted from this specification and other attached or
referred specifications as a rule. Only those deviations which are technically infeasible to be
met shall be considered. In case, no deviation list is furnished, it shall be considered that
Bidder’s offer is in total conformity with the requisition.
2.0 SAFETY
2.1 All the controls should operate in a fail- safe mode i.e. failure of any control should not lead to
running of Genset in unsafe mode.
2.2 All exposed rotating parts should be provided with adequate guards of non- sparking type.
2.3 All electrical accessories, connections enclosures, junction boxes and engine-mounted
auxiliaries should be conforming to the stipulations by the concerned statutory authorities of
Govt. of India or State Govt. for its use in the specified installation. In case of contravention of
any such stipulation brought out at any stage by the statutory authorities, the same will be
rectified immediately at no cost to the client.
2.4 Driver belt and other synthetic components used should be of anti- static and fire resistant
type.
2.5 All moving parts to be mechanically guarded to minimize hazard to operators.
Format No. 1641-1924 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 250 of 827

FOR
A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880
Rev-B
3.0 EQUIPMENT QUALIFICATION CRITERIA
3.1 Packager:
3.1.1 The Bidder for the complete package shall either be the manufacturer of the proposed Diesel
Engine or an authorized packager of the proposed DG set and shall be the Single Point
Responsibility Vendor (SPRV) for the complete package.
3.1.2 The Bidder shall have engineered, packaged, supplied, installed, commissioned and tested in
the last Ten (10) years, at least One (1) no. DG set of similar (80% or higher) power rating as
compared to the offered DG set from the proposed packaging plant of DG Set. As a minimum,
the above past supply reference shall have completed One (1) Year of satisfactory operation
at site, as on bid due date.
The Ten years time period mentioned above shall be reckoned from the bid due date.
3.1.3 In case the Bidder is an authorized packager of the proposed DG set, Bidder shall provide a
declaration letter from the authorized signatory of the manufacturer of the proposed Diesel
Engine confirming the status of the bidder as their authorized packager and confirming that
bidder is authorized to package the proposed DG set for the proposed site of installation.
3.2 Diesel Engine:
Refer Cl. No. 1.5 of “EIL Standard Specification for Diesel Engines" (Doc. No. 6-43-0040)
enclosed in the inquiry document for details on equipment qualification criteria of Diesel
Engines.
However under Cl. No. 1.5.1, the words “TWO UNITS” and “8000 hrs” shall be read as “ONE
UNIT” and “1 year” respectively.
3.3 Alternator:
Refer Electrical specification in this regard.
3.4 Proven Track Record
The bidder shall furnish along with the proposal Experience Record for the offered Diesel
Engine model and for packaging of the Diesel generator set in the Experience Record
Formats (Doc. No: A307-0IY-16-45-ER-5880 & Doc No A307-0IY-16-45-ER-5881) as
attached with the Material Requisition.
In addition, manufacturer's catalogue and general reference list for Diesel Engines & DG Sets
shall also be furnished along with the proposal.
4.0 SITE & UTILITY DATA
4.1 Refer Site & Utility Data (Doc No. A307-0IY-16-45-SU-5880).
4.2 Utility conditions at the battery limit shall be as per the Table-1 of Site & Utility Data (Doc No.
A307-0IY-16-45-SU-5880).
4.3 Consider ambient temperature as 370C @ 88% relative humidity & height above mean sea
level as 7.5 m for calculating deration on account of site conditions.
Page 251 of 827

FOR
A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880
Rev-B
5.0 OPERATION METHODOLOGY
5.1 The specified DG Set is required for Emergency Power Supply requirement. The DG set shall
be started automatically through AMF. The DG Set shall also be capable of starting and
stopping manually.
5.2 Bidder shall indicate in his proposal details of independent auxiliary power required for the DG
Package such as the following :
-Aux. Lube Oil Pump Motor
-Air Starter Compressor Motors
-Cooling Water Pump Motors
-Radiator Fan Motors
-Ventilation Fan Motors, etc
Power for all such auxiliary loads shall be provided by the Purchaser. However, these loads
shall be accounted for to arrive at the required DG KW rating. Refer Electrical Specification for
supply voltages for the auxiliary loads. Also, distribution of power supply to all such auxiliary
loads within DG Package B/L shall be in bidder’s scope.
6.0 BIDDER'S SCOPE OF SUPPLY AND WORK
6.1 Scope of supply shall consist of One (1) no. of DG set suitable for generating the required
electric power as specified in the data sheet (Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-DS-5880). The DG set
shall be complete with all equipments, auxiliary systems, instrument & controls and safety
devices as per the inquiry document.
6.2 Bidder to refer “Check list for scope of supply for DG set (Doc. No: A307-0IY-16-45-SS-5880)”
enclosed in the inquiry document for brief scope of work/supply of DG sets.
6.3 The subject DG set shall be installed within a DG room provided by purchaser. Bidder shall
conceive & develop the detailed equipment layout within & outside the DG room including the
layout for air intake system, exhaust system, cooling water system, fuel system etc.
6.4 Bidder to note that the total space available for the installation of the subject DG Package is
40 m x 23 m, refer drawing enclosed elsewhere with the MR. Bidder shall furnish the
indicative equipment layout along with the proposal, confirming that total space available for
the DG Package is sufficient. Everything shall be accommodated in this space including
radiator, stack, control room etc.
6.5 With regard to DG room, bidder’s scope shall include:
(a) Design of equipment layout

(b) Installation & commissioning of DG set inside the DG room
(c) Design, engineering, supply & installation of air intake system, exhaust system,
ventilation system, cooling water system, fuel system, etc
6.6 Bidder shall recommend the lifting capacity and hook height for the maintenance facility like
EOT/HOT cranes (to be provided by the Purchaser) for handling the heaviest single piece of
the equipment for maintenance.
6.7 Bidder to note that the complete civil works including construction of DG room, foundation for
all equipments (such as DG set, Radiator, stack etc) are in Purchaser’s scope.
Page 252 of 827

FOR
A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880
Rev-B
6.8 All statutory clearances applicable for entire plant (such as CPCB, CEIG etc) shall be
obtained by the Purchaser. Bidder to ensure that DG Package shall meet all applicable
statutory requirements. Bidder shall provide all necessary documents/ data needed by
Purchaser to obtain the statutory clearances. However, any clearances required for the
equipments (such as CCoE approval for electrical equipments), shall be obtained by the
Bidder.
6.9 Bidder shall advise Purchaser if acoustic treatment of DG room is required to meet noise
limits as per applicable statutory requirements. If the acoustic treatment of DG room is
required, Bidder shall provide all necessary data to Purchase to carry out acoustic treatment
of DG room at their end.
6.10 For Electrical & Piping scope, refer respective Specifications.
7.0 DESIGN CRITERIA
7.1 Diesel Engine
7.1.1 Engine shall be sized on the basis of Prime Power Rating (PRP). In this regard refer clause
13.3.2 of ISO 8528-1.
7.1.2 The engine rated speed shall be suitable for the Generator and no speed reducing device is
acceptable. The engine shall be coupled directly to Generator through flexible coupling only.
The speed of the engine shall not exceed 1000 rpm.
7.1.3 The Bidder shall furnish the Engine Deration calculation as per the Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-
OD-5880, for Purchaser’s approval along with the offer, otherwise the offer is liable for
rejection.
7.1.4 No negative tolerance shall be allowed on the engine rating specified by the Bidder in the
equipment datasheet.
7.1.5 The linear vibration values shall be in accordance with BS 5000/Part 3-1980 “Generators to
be driven by reciprocating internal combustion engines”.
7.1.6 The Bidder shall be responsible for carrying out torsional analysis of the dynamic system as
specified in the latest edition of British Standard - 5514/ IS0 3046. The results in the form of a
report shall be submitted to the Purchaser.
7.2 Engine Starting System
7.2.1 The diesel engine shall be provided with air starting system either with the engine fitted air
start motor or air injection starting system. Bidder shall also provide TWO air compressors,
one driven by a diesel engine and the other by electric motor. The system shall be provided
with necessary instruments, controls and safety devices.
Bidder to also refer applicable clauses of 6-43-0040 in this regard.
7.2.2 The DG set shall be designed suitable for black start condition. In case any additional
equipment/accessory is required on account of the same, bidder to include the same in his
scope of supply.
Page 253 of 827

FOR
A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880
Rev-B
7.3 Engine Cooling System

7.3.1 Cooling system shall include, as a minimum, radiator with temperature control valve for H.T
cooling system, Expansion tank, electric motor driven fan for radiator, Engine driven water-
circulating pump, necessary piping, valves, fittings instrumentation and supports. The
radiator for the engine cooling systems shall be located outside the DG Room.
For further details, refer clause no. 2.5 of EIL specification 6-43-0040 and the data sheets.
7.3.2 Qualities of water available for make up water at EDG Package battery limit for closed
circuit cooling system are described in Site & Utility Data (Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-SU-
5880). Bidder shall check the suitability of available water qualities for cooling system &
specify in his proposal selected water quality & quantity of make up water required. In case
DM water is selected, all interconnecting piping, equipments etc shall be of Stainless Steel.
7.3.3 In case, the water qualities available are considered not suitable for direct use in DG, then
Bidder shall include in his scope supply of water treatment plant for the same. Requirement
of water treatment plant shall be confirmed by the Bidder in his proposal.
7.3.4 The radiator noise level shall also meet all statutory requirements.
7.4 Engine Lubrication System
Engine lubrication shall be as per Manufacturer's standard. The DG Set shall be suitable for
automatic starting on Power failure. In order to keep the DG set in ready to start condition
at all times, a complete automatic pre-lubrication system including engine driven gear type
pump, electric (AC) motor driven pre-lubrication pump, water cooled lube oil cooler/PHE,
thermostatically controlled electric heaters for lube oil if ambient conditions warrant the
same, one simplex automatic self cleaning lube oil filter, one pneumatic motor driven pre
lubrication pump, necessary piping, valves, fittings, instrumentations & supports for the DG
set shall be included in Bidder's scope. Dipstick shall be provided for measurement of lube
oil level. The frequency of starting of pre-lube pump shall be indicated by the bidder on the
datasheets.
7.5 Engine Fuel System
7.5.1 The engine shall run on Diesel fuel HSD.
7.5.2 Fuel oil system including TWO (2) no. of diesel oil day storage tank (at an elevation
approx. 4.5 m) of 990 lt capacity to be installed in parallel, 1x100% capacity fine duplex
filters provided with differential pressure indicators and differential pressure transmitters
across the filters complete interconnecting piping between day tank and diesel engine with
necessary valves, fittings, Instrumentations and supports, overflow pipes, vent connections
for fuel tank, inspection and cleaning hole for fuel tank (150mm dia.), fill connection for fuel
tank, shielded level gauge for fuel tank.
7.5.3 For details of Fuel System, refer to clause no. 2.4 of spec. no. 6-43-0040 and the
datasheets.
7.6 Engine Air Intake & Engine Exhaust System
7.6.1 Complete Air Inlet System comprising of air intake filter, inlet silencer, inlet ducting,
supports/ supporting structure etc shall be in bidder’s scope of supply.
7.6.2 Complete Exhaust gas system comprising of exhaust piping, residential type silencer,
expansion bellow, fittings, insulation and self-supporting/structurally supported exhaust
Page 254 of 827

FOR
A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880
Rev-B
steel stack (chimney), foundation bolts, lightning arrester, aviation lamp etc. shall be in
bidder's scope of supply. The exhaust system from the DG sets shall meet the prevailing
pollution control board requirements besides meeting the requirements of this Job
specification.
7.6.3 Vendor shall furnish details of the exhaust piping, supporting system envisaged for the
engine exhaust system during detailed engineering stage for purchaser's approval.
7.6.4 The height of the exhaust stack also should be in conformance to local regulation (Pollution
board).The height of the exhaust stack shall be the minimum of 30m.
8.0 INSTRUMENTATION
8.1.1 Bidder shall provide all necessary Instrumentation and Controls specified herein and as
required making the total system complete and suitable for the safe and automatic
operations of the emergency diesel generator. The intent of this section is to provide the
basic guidelines for supply of instruments as well as Indicative guideline for nature and
extent of Instrumentation and Control.
8.1.2 Bidder shall provide suitable control system for safe and efficient operation of EDG.
Controller shall have dual redundant operation module, dual redundant power supply, dual
redundant communication module, dual redundant I/O module.
8.1.3 Bidder shall provide necessary field instruments including speed sensors, control valves,
solenoid valves, junction boxes, Instrument erection hardware etc. as required for safe and
efficient operation of the emergency DG set and all associated auxiliaries as per the
requirement provided in MR and the final approved P&IDs during detailed engineering
stage.
8.1.4 Bidder shall provide differential pressure (DP) transmitter and differential pressure gauge
across filter/strainer. DP transmitter shall be connected to the Bidder’s supplied Local
Control Panel (LCP) for necessary alarm and interlock.
8.1.5 Bidder shall provide level transmitter for diesel oil day storage tank. Necessary low level
and high level contacts for alarm and interlock shall be generated in Bidder’s supplied LCP.
8.1.6 Bidder shall provide level transmitter for expansion tanks, pressure transmitter for engine
starting compressor air module and lube oil (LO) priming and turbocharger LO.
8.1.7 Bidder shall provide DP gauge and transmitter for fuel oil filter, pressure gauge and
temperature gauge for lube oil system.
8.1.8 Supply of instrumentation cables and special cables from field instruments to local junction
boxes and local junction boxes to LCP as required for complete installation of DG set and
auxiliaries shall be in Bidder’s scope.
8.1.9 Double compression cable glands shall be used for all cables under Bidder’s scope of
supply. Slipper type PVC sleeves (cable shrouds) shall be used over cable all glands.
8.1.10 Bidder shall supply all Instrumentation items as per approved vendor list.
8.1.11 Bidder shall supply any other Instruments required for safe and trouble free operation of
DG set.
Page 255 of 827

FOR
A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880
Rev-B
9.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING
9.1 The diesel engines shall be load tested & fuel consumption tested at the engine
manufacturer's works. Refer Clause 4.1.3 of EIL Specification 6-43-0040.
9.2 The Alternators shall be subjected to all Tests at Alternator manufacturer's shop as defined
in Electrical Specification and datasheet.
9.3 The control panels shall be tested at Panel manufacturer's works.
9.4 DG Set shall be tested at site based on the available load to generate the required power
and voltage at the alternator terminals.
10.0 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS

10.1 Mandatory Spares
Vendor shall quote for the mandatory spares as specified in the electrical specification.
Cost of these mandatory spares shall be added to the total cost for evaluation purposes.
These items shall have eqpt Tag no, drawing no, Model no, part no, metallurgy, etc. The
details should be sufficient to create CMT (Catalogue Management Tool) code, so that the
mandatory spares can be stored with CMT code. The format for the same is attached
elsewhere in the MR.
10.2 Commissioning Spares

Bidder shall include in his offer the complete spares as required for erection and
commissioning of DG Package. Bidder to note that the cost of the commissioning spares
are to be included in the base price. A list of these commissioning spares shall be included
by the bidder in the offer. However, if any additional spare is required at the time of erection
& commissioning of the DG Package over and above the quoted spares, the same shall be
supplied by the vendor without any cost or time implication to the Purchaser. Spares not
used during commissioning shall be owner’s property.
10.3 Quotation for Two Years Operation and Maintenance Spare Parts
Bidder shall furnish a separate quotation along with his proposal for 2 years’ operation and
maintenance spares for the package including Mechanical, Electrical, Instrumentation &
Control Items etc. together with part no., name of the parts, cost and recommended
quantity of spares against the installed quantity per unit. Bidder shall furnish a separate list
of such recommended spares for the Diesel Engine Generator Package along with the
offer. Prices for these spares shall not be taken into consideration for evaluation of Bidder’s
offer.
10.4 Special Tools and Standard Normal Maintenance Kit

Special tools, Engine Cylinder Honing tool, Standard Normal Maintenance Kit and tackles
required, if any, for maintenance of the Diesel Engine Generator package shall be included
by the Bidder in his scope. Bidder shall furnish separate list of such tools & tackles included
in his scope of supply along with the bid.
Bidder to note that the prices of above mentioned tools & tackles are to be included in the
base price.
11.0 VENDOR DATA AND DRAWING REQUIREMENTS
11.1 Bidder shall furnish the Drawings / Documents for purchaser's review / approval as per the
Page 256 of 827

FOR
A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880
Rev-B
vendor data requirement. Refer Doc. No. : A307-0IY-16-45-VDR-5880 for vendor data
requirement on Diesel Engines. For vendor data requirement of Electrical &
Instrumentation, refer Electrical & Instrumentation specifications.
11.2 Bidder to note that during detail engineering, all civil works related design/drawings such as
foundation design etc. shall be given to the bidder for his review and approval. Similarly
bidder to provide all layout related data / drawings for Purchaser’s review and approval.
11.3 Bidder shall furnish all the information at the time of bidding as specified in the relevant
vendor data requirement forms. Bidder shall make his offer complete and comprehensive to
enable the processing of the offer without any technical queries / discussions.
11.4 Vendors shall submit the technical data in owners format (SAP Master Data and Class
data) in soft copy. The template is attached elsewhere in the MR and the same shall be
filled and submitted by vendor during detail engineering.
12.0 SCOPE OF ERECTION AND COMMISSIONING
12.1 All the site activities including transportation from purchaser’s store to job site (i.e. DG
Room), unloading & storage at job site prior to erection, material handling for erection,
assembly/erection at job site, installation, pre-commissioning, commissioning, site testing at
available load, handing over to client and other field works including residual engineering
work etc. shall be the responsibility of the bidder and included in his scope.
12.2 Refer electrical specifications for electrical scope.
13.0 ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CONTRACT (AMC)
Bidder shall furnish a separate quotation along with the proposal for Annual Maintenance
Contract for a period of 5 years. For details, refer the document - Technical Requirements B
for Annual Maintenance Contract (Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-AM-5880) enclosed with the
inquiry document.
Price for Annual Maintenance Contract shall be taken into consideration for evaluation of
Bidder’s offer.
14.0 TRAINING FOR OWNER’S ENGINEERS:
Training shall be provided to 3 maintenance and operation engineers for 3 days at engine
manufacturer’s shop and 6 engineers for one week at site after commissioning of the DG
Set.
15.0 EQUIPMENT STORAGE
All rotating equipment shall be packed for an outside storage period of twelve (12) months.
Vendor’s recommended extended storage and preservation procedure shall be furnished to
Purchaser/owner before dispatch.
Equipment vendor to ensure the following before dispatch:

- All the openings shall be plugged & sealed condition during dispatch
Page 257 of 827

FOR
A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880
Rev-B
- Instruments like gauges, speed indicators, probes, oiler etc shall be removed from
the main equipment and dispatched separately to avoid the damage of these
components during transportation handling and erection.
16.0 INITIAL FILL
The initial fill of lubricants, other consumables is not included in the scope of supply of the
vendor. However vendor shall furnish list of recommended BPCL make oils required for
lubrication in the offer. Vendor shall furnish filled in utility requirements and lubrication
schedule, as per the formats attached elsewhere.
17.0 PARTICIPATION OF PURCHASER’S ENGINEERS DURING ASSEMBLY AND OTHER

IMPORTANT ACTIVITIES:
Owner and/or his Consultant may participate along with the Vendor’s inspectors in any
inspection and tests. The vendor shall notify to owner of all inspection and tests atleast four
weeks before the scheduled date of inspection and test and reconfirm the same at least
one week before the date of inspection and testing.
18.0 VIDEO CONFERENCING FACILITY:
To bring active involvement and transparency between the customer (BPCL/EIL) and the
vendor, there shall be Video conferencing of management review and helmet camera for
shop floor view. For achieving the stated objective the vendor shall posses the following
infrastructure and shall confirm the availability of the same at major sub-vendor’s facilities
also:
a. The vendor shall have video conferencing facility at their manufacturing unit.
b. Management review of the job status shall be done through video conferencing on a
monthly basis or on a mutually agreed interval. Also the “work in progress” at the
vendor’s workshop shall be shown live to BPCL/EIL through helmet camera.
The vendor could share the same information of manufacturer like plan vs. actual progress
of the equipment/ system at the OEM’s site with the BPCL / EIL
Page 258 of 827

JOB SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION NO.
FOR
A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881
1250 KVA EMERGENCY DIESEL
Rev-B
JOB SPECIFICATION
FOR
1250 KVA EMERGENCY DIESEL
JOB NO. : A307
CLIENT : M/S. BPCL-KR
CONSULTANT : ENGINEERS INDIA LTD
B 27/03/14 Revised & Re-issued with inquiry AY AM DB
A 07/02/14 Issued with inquiry AY AM DB

Rev.
No.
Page 259 of 827

FOR A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881
1250 KVA EMERGENCY DIESEL Rev-B
GENERATOR (EDG) PACKAGE Page 2 of 10
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This specification describes the minimum requirements for design, engineering, manufacture,
procurement, packaging, inspection, testing, supply and erection & commissioning of ONE (1)
No. 1250 KVA Emergency Diesel Generator Package (Item No. A307-DG-002) for the IREP
Project, Kochi Refinery.
1.2 The intent of these specification is to supplement, highlight and modify (where specified) the
requirements as given in Standard Specifications enclosed with this Material Requisition &
other international codes/standards.
1.3 In case of any conflict between this job specification and other enquiry documents, the
following preferential order shall govern:
i. Data Sheets
ii. This Job Specification
iii. EIL Standard Specification for Diesel Engine 6-43-0040 and other EIL Standard
specifications as per the "List of Attachments" provided with this enquiry document.
iv. Other Indian/International Standards attached herewith or referred to.
1.4 Compliance with these specifications shall not relieve the Bidder of the responsibility of
furnishing equipment and accessories of proper design, materials and workmanship to meet
the specified start up and operating conditions (i.e. to generate desired power at alternator
terminal at site).
1.5 All EIL specifications, Data Sheets/Job Specifications etc. as per the list of attachments
provided in respective sections, shall form a part of this specification.
1.6 No deviations or exceptions are permitted from this specification and other attached or
referred specifications as a rule. Only those deviations which are technically infeasible to be
met shall be considered. In case, no deviation list is furnished, it shall be considered that
Bidder’s offer is in total conformity with the Material Requisition.
2.0 SAFETY
2.1 All the controls should operate in a fail- safe mode i.e. failure of any control should not lead to
running of Genset in unsafe mode.
2.2 All exposed rotating parts should be provided with adequate guards of non- sparking type.
2.3 All electrical accessories, connections enclosures, junction boxes and engine-mounted
auxiliaries should be conforming to the stipulations by the concerned statutory authorities of
Govt. of India or State Govt. for its use in the specified installation. In case of contravention of
any such stipulation brought out at any stage by the statutory authorities, the same will be
rectified immediately at no cost to the client.
2.4 Driver belt and other synthetic components used should be of anti- static and fire resistant
type.
2.5 All moving parts to be mechanically guarded to minimize hazard to operators.
Page 260 of 827

FOR A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881
3.0 EQUIPMENT QUALIFICATION CRITERIA
3.1 Packager:
3.1.1 The Bidder for the complete package shall either be the manufacturer of the proposed Diesel
Engine or an authorized packager of the proposed DG set and shall be the Single Point
Responsibility Vendor (SPRV) for the complete package.
3.1.2 The Bidder shall have engineered, packaged, supplied, installed, commissioned and tested in
the last Ten (10) years, at least One (1) no. DG set of similar (80% or higher) power rating as
compared to the offered DG set from the proposed packaging plant of DG Set. As a minimum,
the above past supply reference shall have completed One (1) Year of satisfactory operation
at site, as on bid due date.
The Ten years time period mentioned above shall be reckoned from the bid due date.
3.1.3 In case the Bidder is an authorized packager of the proposed DG set, Bidder shall provide a
declaration letter from the authorized signatory of the manufacturer of the proposed Diesel
Engine confirming the status of the bidder as their authorized packager and confirming that
bidder is authorized to package the proposed DG set for the proposed site of installation.
3.2 Diesel Engine:
Refer Cl. No. 1.5 of “EIL Standard Specification for Diesel Engines" (Doc. No. 6-43-0040)
enclosed in the inquiry document for details on equipment qualification criteria of Diesel
Engines.
However under Cl. No. 1.5.1, the words “TWO UNITS” and “8000 hrs” shall be read as “ONE
UNIT” and “1 year” respectively.
3.3 Alternator:
Refer Electrical specification in this regard.
3.4 Proven Track Record
The bidder shall furnish along with the proposal Experience Record for the offered Diesel
Engine model and for packaging of the Diesel generator set in the Experience Record
Formats (Doc. No: A307-0IY-16-45-ER-5880 & Doc No A307-0IY-16-45-ER-5881) as
attached with the Material Requisition.
In addition, manufacturer's catalogue and general reference list for Diesel Engines & DG Sets
shall also be furnished along with the proposal.
4.0 SITE & UTILITY DATA
4.1 Refer Site & Utility Data (Doc No. A307-0IY-16-45-SU-5880).
4.2 Utility conditions at the battery limit shall be as per the Table-1 of Site & Utility Data (Doc No.
A307-0IY-16-45-SU-5880).
4.3 Consider ambient temperature as 370C @ 88% relative humidity & height above mean sea
level as 12 m for calculating deration on account of site conditions.
Page 261 of 827

FOR A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881
5.0 OPERATION METHODOLOGY
5.1 The specified DG Set is required for Emergency Power Supply requirement. The DG set shall
be started automatically through AMF. The DG Set shall also be capable of starting and
stopping manually.
6.0 BIDDER'S SCOPE OF SUPPLY AND WORK
6.1 Scope of supply shall consist of One (1) no. of DG set suitable for generating the required
electric power as specified in the data sheet (Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-DS-5881). The DG set
shall be complete with all equipments, auxiliary systems, instrument & controls and safety
devices as per the inquiry document.
6.2 Bidder to refer “Check list for scope of supply for DG set (Doc. No: A307-0IY-16-45-SS-5881)”
enclosed in the inquiry document for brief scope of work/supply of DG sets.
6.3 DG Set shall be supplied with acoustic enclosure. The noise level shall not exceed 75 dBA
when measured at One-meter distance from the acoustic enclosure in any direction. Vendor
to demonstrate at site the noise level of 75 dBA @ 1m from acoustic enclosure.
6.4 DG Set along with the acoustic enclosure (except exhaust stack) shall be installed within the
DG shed. Bidder shall conceive & develop design & layout of DG shed including the layout of
fuel system, exhaust system etc. Design / layout of the complete package shall be carried out
by bidder such that space requirement is economized. Bidder shall indicate details of the
space requirement in his proposal.
6.5 Bidder shall furnish the indicative equipment layout along with the proposal.
6.6 Bidder shall recommend the lifting capacity and hook height for the maintenance facility like
EOT/HOT cranes (to be provided by the Purchaser) for the DG shed for handling the heaviest
single piece of the equipment for maintenance.
6.7 Bidder to note that the complete civil works including construction of DG shed, foundation for
all equipments (such as DG set, stack etc) are in Purchaser’s scope.
6.8 All statutory clearances applicable for entire plant (such as CPCB, CEIG etc) shall be
obtained by the Purchaser. Bidder to ensure that DG Package shall meet all applicable
statutory requirements. Bidder shall provide all necessary documents/ data needed by
Purchaser to obtain the statutory clearances. However, any clearances required for the
equipments (such as CCoE approval for electrical equipments), shall be obtained by the
Bidder.
6.9 For Electrical scope, refer Electrical Specifications.
7.0 DESIGN CRITERIA
7.1 Diesel Engine
7.1.1 Engine shall be sized on the basis of Prime Power Rating (PRP). In this regard refer clause
13.3.2 of ISO 8528-1.
Page 262 of 827

FOR A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881
7.1.2 The engine rated speed shall be suitable for the Generator and no speed reducing device is
acceptable. The engine shall be coupled directly to Generator through flexible coupling only.
The speed of the engine shall not exceed 1500 rpm.
7.1.3 The Bidder shall furnish the Engine Deration calculation as per the Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-
OD-5881, for Purchaser’s approval along with the offer, otherwise the offer is liable for
rejection.
7.1.4 No negative tolerance shall be allowed on the engine rating specified by the Bidder in the
equipment datasheet.
7.1.5 The linear vibration values shall be in accordance with BS 5000/Part 3-1980 “Generators to
be driven by reciprocating internal combustion engines”.
7.1.6 The Bidder shall be responsible for carrying out torsional analysis of the dynamic system as
specified in the latest edition of British Standard - 5514/ IS0 3046. The results in the form of a
report shall be submitted to the Purchaser.
7.2 Engine Starting System
7.2.1 Diesel engine shall be provided with Battery starting system with necessary instruments,
controls and safety devices. Battery starting system shall be as EIL Standard Spec. No. 6-43-
0040. Electrical specifications, attached elsewhere with the MR, shall be referred for details of
the battery & battery charger.
7.2.2 The DG set shall be designed suitable for black start condition. In case any additional
equipment/accessory is required on account of the same, bidder to include the same in his
scope of supply.
7.3 Engine Cooling System

7.3.1 Cooling system shall include, as a minimum, radiator with temperature control valve for H.T
cooling system, Expansion tank, engine driven fan for radiator, Engine driven water-
circulating pump, necessary piping, valves, fittings instrumentation and supports. For
further details, refer clause no. 2.5 of EIL specification 6-43-0040 and the data sheets.
7.3.2 Qualities of water available for make up water at DG Package battery limit for closed circuit
cooling system are described in Site & Utility Data (Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-SU-5880).
Bidder shall check the suitability of available water qualities for cooling system & specify in
his proposal selected water quality & quantity of make up water required. In case DM water
is selected, all interconnecting piping, equipments etc shall be of Stainless Steel.
7.3.3 In case, the water qualities available are considered not suitable for direct use in DG, then
Bidder shall include in his scope supply of water treatment plant for the same. Requirement
of water treatment plant shall be confirmed by the Bidder in his proposal.
7.4 Engine Lubrication System
Engine lubrication shall be as per Manufacturer's standard. The DG Set shall be suitable for
automatic starting on Power failure. In order to keep the DG set in ready to start condition
at all times, a complete automatic pre-lubrication system (including electric (AC) motor
driven pre-lubrication pump etc) that lubricates the Engine at regular intervals complete
with Timer logic etc. shall be included in Bidder's scope . The frequency of starting of pre-
lube pump shall be indicated by the bidder on the datasheets.
Page 263 of 827

FOR A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881
7.5 Engine Fuel System
7.5.1 The engine shall run on Diesel fuel HSD.
7.5.2 Fuel oil system including One (1) no. of diesel oil day storage tank of 990 lt capacity to be
installed, 1x100% capacity fine duplex filters provided with differential pressure indicators
and differential pressure transmitters across the filters, complete interconnecting piping
between day tank and diesel engine with necessary valves, fittings, Instrumentations and
supports, overflow pipes, vent connections for fuel tank, inspection and cleaning hole for
fuel tank (150mm dia.), fill connection for fuel tank, shielded level gauge for fuel tank.
7.5.3 For details of Fuel System, refer to clause no. 2.4 of spec. no. 6-43-0040 and the
datasheets.
7.6 Engine Air Intake & Engine Exhaust System
7.6.1 Complete Air Inlet System comprising of air intake filter, inlet silencer etc shall be in
bidder’s scope of supply.
7.6.2 Complete Exhaust gas system comprising of exhaust piping, residential type silencer,
expansion bellow, fittings, insulation and self-supporting/structurally supported exhaust
steel stack (chimney), foundation bolts, lightning arrester, aviation lamp etc. shall be in
bidder's scope of supply. The exhaust system from the DG sets shall meet the prevailing
pollution control board requirements besides meeting the requirements of this Job
specification.
7.6.3 Vendor shall furnish details of the exhaust piping, supporting system envisaged for the
engine exhaust system during detailed engineering stage for purchaser's approval.
7.6.4 The height of the exhaust stack also should be in conformance to local regulation (Pollution
board).The height of the exhaust stack shall be the minimum of 30m.
8.0 INSTRUMENTATION
8.1.1 Bidder shall provide all necessary Instrumentation and Controls specified herein and as
required making the total system complete and suitable for the safe and automatic
operations of the emergency diesel generator. The intent of this section is to provide the
basic guidelines for supply of instruments as well as Indicative guideline for nature and
extent of Instrumentation and Control.
8.1.2 Bidder shall provide suitable control system for safe and efficient operation of EDG.
Controller shall have dual redundant operation module, dual redundant power supply, dual
redundant communication module, dual redundant I/O module.
8.1.3 Bidder shall provide necessary field instruments including speed sensors, control valves,
solenoid valves, junction boxes, Instrument erection hardware etc. as required for safe and
efficient operation of the emergency DG set and all associated auxiliaries as per the
requirement provided in MR and the final approved P&IDs during detailed engineering
stage.
8.1.4 Bidder shall provide differential pressure (DP) transmitter and differential pressure gauge
across filter/strainer. DP transmitter shall be connected to the Bidder’s supplied Local
Control Panel (LCP) for necessary alarm and interlock.
Page 264 of 827

FOR A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881
8.1.5 Bidder shall provide level transmitter for diesel oil day storage tank. Necessary low level
and high level contacts for alarm and interlock shall be generated in Bidder’s supplied LCP.
8.1.6 Bidder shall provide level transmitter for expansion tanks, pressure transmitter for engine
lube oil (LO) priming and turbocharger LO.
8.1.7 Bidder shall provide DP gauge and transmitter for fuel oil filter, pressure gauge and
temperature gauge for lube oil system.
8.1.8 Supply of instrumentation cables and special cables from field instruments to local junction
boxes and local junction boxes to LCP as required for complete installation of DG set and
auxiliaries shall be in Bidder’s scope.
8.1.9 Double compression cable glands shall be used for all cables under Bidder’s scope of
supply. Slipper type PVC sleeves (cable shrouds) shall be used over cable all glands.
8.1.10 Bidder shall supply all Instrumentation items as per approved vendor list.
8.1.11 Bidder shall supply any other Instruments required for safe and trouble free operation of
DG set.
9.1 The diesel engines shall be load tested & fuel consumption tested at the engine
manufacturer's works. Refer Clause 4.1.3 of EIL Specification 6-43-0040.
9.2 The Alternators shall be subjected to all Tests at Alternator manufacturer's shop as defined
in Electrical Specification and datasheet.
9.3 The control panels shall be tested at Panel manufacturer's works.
9.4 Complete DG sets shall be tested at the packager's shop for 4 hrs at full load and 1 hour at
10% overload.
9.5 DG Set shall be tested at site based on the available load to generate the required power
and voltage at the alternator terminals.
10.0 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS

10.1 Mandatory Spares
Vendor shall quote for the mandatory spares as specified in the electrical specification.
Cost of these mandatory spares shall be added to the total cost for evaluation purposes.
These items shall have eqpt Tag no, drawing no, Model no, part no, metallurgy, etc. The
details should be sufficient to create CMT (Catalogue Management Tool) code, so that the
mandatory spares can be stored with CMT code. The format for the same is attached
elsewhere in the MR.
10.2 Commissioning Spares

Bidder shall include in his offer the complete spares as required for erection and
commissioning of DG Package. Bidder to note that the cost of the commissioning spares
are to be included in the base price. A list of these commissioning spares shall be included
by the bidder in the offer. However, if any additional spare is required at the time of erection
Page 265 of 827

FOR A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881
& commissioning of the DG Package over and above the quoted spares, the same shall be
supplied by the vendor without any cost or time implication to the Purchaser. Spares not
used during commissioning shall be owner’s property.
10.3 Quotation for Two Years Operation and Maintenance Spare Parts
Bidder shall furnish a separate quotation along with his proposal for 2 years’ operation and
maintenance spares for the package including Mechanical, Electrical, Instrumentation &
Control Items etc. together with part no., name of the parts, cost and recommended
quantity of spares against the installed quantity per unit. Bidder shall furnish a separate list
of such recommended spares for the Diesel Engine Generator Package along with the
offer. Prices for these spares shall not be taken into consideration for evaluation of Bidder’s
offer.
10.4 Special Tools and Standard Normal Maintenance Kit

Special tools, Engine Cylinder Honing tool, Standard Normal Maintenance Kit and tackles
required, if any, for maintenance of the Diesel Engine Generator package shall be included
by the Bidder in his scope. Bidder shall furnish separate list of such tools & tackles included
in his scope of supply along with the bid.
Bidder to note that the prices of above mentioned tools & tackles are to be included in the
base price.
11.0 VENDOR DATA AND DRAWING REQUIREMENTS
11.1 Bidder shall furnish the Drawings / Documents for purchaser's review / approval as per the
vendor data requirement. Refer Doc. No. : A307-0IY-16-45-VDR-5880 for vendor data
requirement on Diesel Engines. For vendor data requirement of Electrical &
Instrumentation, refer Electrical & Instrumentation specifications.
11.2 Bidder to note that during detail engineering, all civil works related design/drawings such as
foundation design etc. shall be given to the bidder for his review and approval. Similarly
bidder to provide all layout related data / drawings for Purchaser’s review and approval.
11.3 Bidder shall furnish all the information at the time of bidding as specified in the relevant
vendor data requirement forms. Bidder shall make his offer complete and comprehensive to
enable the processing of the offer without any technical queries / discussions.
11.4 Vendors shall submit the technical data in owners format (SAP Master Data and Class
data) in soft copy. The template is attached elsewhere in the MR and the same shall be
filled and submitted by vendor during detail engineering.
12.0 SCOPE OF ERECTION AND COMMISSIONING
12.1 All the site activities including transportation from purchaser’s store to job site (i.e. DG
shed), unloading & storage at job site prior to erection, material handling for erection,
assembly/erection at job site, installation, pre-commissioning, commissioning, site testing at
available load, handing over to client and other field works including residual engineering
work etc. shall be the responsibility of the bidder and included in his scope.
12.2 Refer electrical specifications for electrical scope.
Page 266 of 827

FOR A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881
13.0 ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CONTRACT (AMC)
Bidder shall furnish a separate quotation along with the proposal for Annual Maintenance
Contract for a period of 5 years. For details, refer the document - Technical Requirements B
for Annual Maintenance Contract (Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-AM-5880) enclosed with the
inquiry document.
Price for Annual Maintenance Contract shall be taken into consideration for evaluation of
Bidder’s offer.
14.0 TRAINING FOR OWNER’S ENGINEERS
Training shall be provided to Six (6) engineers for one week at site after commissioning of
the DG Set.
15.0 EQUIPMENT STORAGE
All rotating equipment shall be packed for an outside storage period of twelve (12) months.
Vendor’s recommended extended storage and preservation procedure shall be furnished to
Purchaser/owner before dispatch.
Equipment vendor to ensure the following before dispatch:

- All the openings shall be plugged & sealed condition during dispatch
- Instruments like gauges, speed indicators, probes, oiler etc shall be removed from
the main equipment and dispatched separately to avoid the damage of these
components during transportation handling and erection.
16.0 INITIAL FILL
The initial fill of lubricants, other consumables is not included in the scope of supply of the
vendor. However vendor shall furnish list of recommended BPCL make oils required for
lubrication in the offer. Vendor shall furnish filled in utility requirements and lubrication
schedule, as per the formats attached elsewhere.
17.0 PARTICIPATION OF PURCHASER’S ENGINEERS DURING ASSEMBLY AND OTHER

IMPORTANT ACTIVITIES:
Owner and/or his Consultant may participate along with the Vendor’s inspectors in any
inspection and tests. The vendor shall notify to owner of all inspection and tests atleast four
weeks before the scheduled date of inspection and test and reconfirm the same at least
one week before the date of inspection and testing.
18.0 VIDEO CONFERENCING FACILITY:

To bring active involvement and transparency between the customer (BPCL/EIL) and the
vendor, there shall be Video conferencing of management review and helmet camera for
shop floor view. For achieving the stated objective the vendor shall posses the following
infrastructure and shall confirm the availability of the same at major sub-vendor’s facilities
also:
a. The vendor shall have video conferencing facility at their manufacturing unit.
Page 267 of 827

FOR A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881
b. Management review of the job status shall be done through video conferencing on a
monthly basis or on a mutually agreed interval. Also the “work in progress” at the
vendor’s workshop shall be shown live to BPCL/EIL through helmet camera.
The vendor could share the same information of manufacturer like plan vs. actual progress
of the equipment/ system at the OEM’s site with the BPCL / EIL
Page 268 of 827

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFICATION No.
ANNUAL MAINTENACE CONTRACT A307-0IY-16-45-AM-5880
FOR Rev. A
EMERGENCY DIESEL ENGINE
Page 1 of 4
GENERATOR PACKAGES
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR

ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CONTRACT
FOR
EMERGENCY DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR
PACKAGES- 3.4 MW & 1250 KVA
JOB NO. : A307
A 27.03.14 Issued for Bids AY AM DB

Date Purpose
No by by by
Page 269 of 827
FOR Rev. A
Page 2 of 4
GENERATOR PACKAGES
1.0 Scope
Scope of this document is to specify the technical requirements for Annual Maintenance
Contract (AMC) for maintaining the following Emergency Diesel Engine Generator Sets
along with all the associated equipments, auxiliary systems, instrument & controls and
safety devices as per the tender document
a. 1 no. 3.4 MW Emergency Diesel Engine Generator Package (Item No. A307-DG-001)
b. 1 no.1250 KVA Emergency Diesel Engine Generator Package (Item No. A307-DG-002)
2.0 Definitions
“Owner” means BPCL-Kochi Refinery and includes their representatives, successors

and assignees.
“Contractor” means vendor himself or his appointed service agency
3.0 Contractor’s Responsibility
The Contractor’s scope includes the following but not limited to:
(a) General inspection, monitoring, routine/ preventive maintenance

(b) Unplanned breakdown maintenance
(c) Year to year assessment of spares/ consumable requirement
(d) Preparing and submitting the detail report after each maintenance
4.0 Contract Duration:
The duration of the service offered through this proposal will be for a period of 5 years
after successful completion of warrantee period of the respective Diesel Engine Generator
(DG) Packages as being procured through this enquiry.
However, the AMC can further be extended on mutually agreed terms & conditions
between owner and Contractor based on market conditions then existing. Owner would
avail such facility at their sole discretion.
5.0 Technical Requirements
5.1 General
5.1.1 The AMC services provided by the contractor shall be through their trained service
engineers. All the deployed contractor personnel shall be always in identifiable prescribed
uniform and necessary safety equipment.
5.1.2 The contractor will coordinate with all the Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) of the
installed systems/ subsystems of DG package for resolving any technical issues and also
to ensure uninterrupted supply of spares/ services etc.
5.1.3 Contractor will have to arrange specialised maintenance tools for the use by his service
engineers. These tools shall be carried by the contractor personnel while reporting for
Page 270 of 827
FOR Rev. A
Page 3 of 4
GENERATOR PACKAGES
maintenance.
5.1.4 Contractor shall perform the work in accordance with good and safe practices prevailing
in the industry taking precautions necessary to protect the equipment, contractor’s
personnel, Owner and their employees and any third party at the site, and shall comply
with all safety requirements as notified to contractor by Owner in writing.
5.2 General inspection, monitoring, routine/ preventive maintenance
5.2.1 The service engineer will carry out general inspection, monitoring, routine/ preventive
maintenance, as per recommendation of the OEM of all the items of the DG package and
also based on contractor’s past experience, with required man-power & tools.
5.2.2 Service engineer shall carry all required diagnosis tools/ instruments and carryout periodic
recoding of performance data of each package for predictive maintenance requirement.
5.2.3 The schedule of the visits will be decided mutually between owner & the contractor.
5.3 Unplanned breakdown maintenance
5.3.1 In addition to the scheduled visits mentioned above, the contractor shall deploy adequate
number of trained service engineers as demanded by Owner to carry out the breakdown
maintenance as and when required.
5.3.2 The contractor shall ensure that the above manpower is mobilized to site within 24 hours
from the request given either by phone, e-mail, fax etc from Owner. Contractor shall
ensure that adequately qualified and relevantly trained manpower having experience for
all the items of the DG package shall be deployed on the site.
5.3.3 The contractor shall carry out unlimited emergency breakdown services as demanded by
Owner. There shall be no restriction on number of breakdown maintenance per month/
year.
5.4 Year to year assessment of spares/ consumable requirement
5.4.1 Spares and consumables shall be procured, maintained and stocked by the Owner. The
required spares shall be issued to contractor as per their request during the maintenance
activities. However, Contractor shall provide their recommendation, a year in advance, for
the spares and the consumables to be stocked/ arranged by the Owner to meet day to day
& planned preventive maintenance. The recommendation on spares shall include all
required mechanical, Electrical & instrumentation spares, interconnecting cables, Software
CD etc. at site. Contractor shall be responsible for strategy to meet the requirement of
spares & to ensure timely availability of spares for maintenance before taking over the
system for any scheduled maintenance. Further contractor shall advise owner for the long
lead spares that may be required for any unplanned breakdown maintenance.
5.4.2 In addition to above, if any maintenance/ repair demand any unanticipated spares,
contractor shall assist in all the possible way to Owner to arrange them at the earliest to
reduce the downtime.
5.5 Preparing and submitting the detail report after each maintenance
5.5.1 After all routine/ preventive maintenance and breakdown maintenance of DG package, the
service engineer of the contractor shall submit the detailed report on the repair carried out
Page 271 of 827
FOR Rev. A
Page 4 of 4
GENERATOR PACKAGES
on the system/ equipments. The engineer shall give details of the repaired/ replaced
equipments along with fault analysis for making the history sheets of faults/ problems of
each equipment. Owner would also like to know the reasons of failure and remedial
actions taken by the contractor to avoid such problem in future.
5.5.2 All such events shall be logged properly and records maintained in log register as back up
to the computerized historical data.
6.0 Coordinator
The contractor shall designate an AMC coordinator who shall be single point of contact
for total services envisaged under this document. The details including contact information
of the coordinator shall be informed to the Owner well in advance and time to time, if
there is any change. The AMC coordinator shall report to designated representatives of the
Owner for further directions.
7.0 Owner’s Responsibility:
Owner’s responsibility shall include the following:
 Permit use of workshop facility at plant site

 Permit use of cranes and other lifting equipment at plant site subject to standard
procedures of Owner
 Office facility at site for planned/ unplanned maintenance covered under AMC.
 Site security
 Operate the DG packages according to OEM operating instructions/ prudent industry
practices and in accordance with the Operation & Maintenance (O&M) manuals.
 Provide contractor access to the plant and the covered equipment to perform outage
work
 Supply required utilities and services for use of contractor
 Grant all necessary work permits
 Make available special tools supplied along with DG package
 Make spare parts (as recommended by contractor) available for use during
maintenance
 Provide a representative with authority to speak on behalf of the owner
 Holding & maintenance of spare parts as recommended by contractor and OEM
 Provide semi- skilled and unskilled labor, who will work under the supervision &
guidance of the contractor’s service engineer for assistance in the planned and
unplanned maintenance activity at site.
8.0 Schedule of prices & Payment terms
8.1 The Contractor shall quote Lump sum prices (for each DG package separately) for
annual maintenance service for each year separately for a period of 5 years after
successful completion of warrantee period. These prices shall be considered for the
purpose of commercial comparison.
8.2 Contractor shall consider minimum 12 visits each year by their service engineers
(including mechanical, electrical & instrumentation). Each visit shall consist of one man day
(one service engineer). Each man day will be 8 working hours.
8.3 For schedule of prices & payment terms, refer commercial section.
Page 272 of 827
Document No.
DIESEL ENGINE A307-0IY-16-45-DS-5880
Rev. No. A
Page 1 of 6
1 GENERAL
2 Project: IREP, Kochi Refinery Job No.: A307
3 Owner: M/s BPCL-KR Site: KOCHI, KERALA
4 Purchaser: M/s EIL Unit: Offsites Unit No.: IY
5 Item No.: A307-DG-001 Service: Emergency DG Set
6 No. Reqd.: ONE Working: ONE Standby: NIL Driven Equipment Item no.:
7 Applicable to:  Proposals  Purchase  As built
8 Note:  Scope option / information specified by Purchaser  information required from / options left to vendor. Vendor to cross  the selected option.
9 SITE / INSTALLATION DATA (Refer Site & Utility Data # A307-0IY-16-45-SU-5880)
10 Site Conditions Location:
11 Barom. Pressure(kg/cm2 a): Highest:  Lowest:  Avg.:  Indoor  Outdoor  Grade
12 Height above Mean Sea Level (m):  Heated  Unheated
13 Ambient Air Temp.(°C):  Max.:  Min.:  Under-roof  Partial Sides
14 Ambt. Air Temp. around the Engine(°C):  Highest  Lowest  Closed Room With Air Ventilation System.
15 Relative Air Humidity at the Max. Ambient Air Temp.(%): Electrical Area classification(Refer Electrical part)
16 Water Vapour Pressure at the Max. Ambient Air Temp.(kg/cm 2A): Class Group Division
17 Wet Bulb Temp. (°C): Dry Bulb Temp. (°C):
18 Cooling Water Supply Temp. (°C):
19 UTILITY DATA (Refer Site & Utility Data # A307-0IY-16-45-SU-5880)
20 Cooling Water:
21 Cooling Water Temp(°C) Supply(Design/Max/Nor/Min): Return(Max):
22 Cooling Water Press(kg/cm²g) Supply(Design/Max/Nor/Min): Return(Min):
23 Cooling Water Characteristics: DM Water Consumption:
24 Instrument Air:
25 Supply Pressure(Design/Max/Nor/Min)(kg/cm 2g):
26 Supply Temp.(Design/Max/Nor/Min)( °C): Dew pt.(°C)
27 Electric Power (Refer Electrical Specification)
28 Electric Supply: Volts Hz
29 Available during Engine  Starting  Operations  Shut-down
30 Fuel Oil:
31 Type of Fuel Oil: High Speed Diesel Lower Calorific Value(kJ/kg):
32 Fuel Oil Characteristics:
33 APPLICABLE CODES & STANDARDS
34  EIL Standard spec. no. 6-43-0040  ISO 3046/ BS 5514  ISO: 8528 Others: Job Spec (Doc.No.A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880)
35 Noise specification:  Applicable to m/c -- DG set shall meet noise and emission limits of Central & State Pollution Control Board
36  Acoustic Housing:  Yes  No (Remark-1)
37 Exhaust Gas Emission - Statutory requirement (if any): Refer Job Spec & Cl.2.6 of EIL Std. Spec. 6-43-0040
38  Listing/Approval of Engine Required From:  UL/FM  TAC
39  Air Receiver for Starting Air System ASME SEC- VIII DIV 1  Air Compressor for Starting Air System Manufacturer's Std.
40  Shell and Tube type Exchangers: Manufacturer's Std.  Auxiliary Pumps: Manufacturer's Std.
41  Air Cooled Heat Exchangers/Radiator: Manufacturer's Std.  Other Tanks and Vessels: Manufacturer's Std.
42 DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
43 Driven Equipment:  Elect. Generator  Pump  Other:
44 Duty:  Emergency  Intermittent continuous
45 Probable Period For Continuous Running: As perISO:8528 for Prime Power Rating (PRP)
46 Duration of Max. Load: Duration of Min. Load:
47  Minimum BKW of the driven eqpt. kW: @ RPM:
48  Rated BKW of the driven eqpt. kW: @ RPM:
49  Maximum BKW of the driven eqpt. kW: @ RPM:
50  For Mech. Drive Applications: Minimum site rating of the engine required kW @ RPM
51 (With 10 % Overload provision for One Hour within a period of 12 Hours of Operation ).
52  For DG set application: Prime power Rating (PRP) as per ISO: 8528. The Net Power available at Alternator Terminals shall be
53 3400 KW @ 6.6 KV with rated P.F. of 0.8 after accounting for Engine Deration for Site conditions & Alternator Efficiency with
54 Engine Driving its all auxiliaries and power consumed by essential independent auxiliaries.
55 Direction of Rotation of driven equipment viewed from Coupling End:  CW  CCW
56 Method of Drive:  Thru universal joint  Direct thru Flexible Coupling  V-Belts  Gear Drive
57 CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
58 Manufacturer: Engine Model:
59 Type of Engine:  Two-Stroke  Four-Stroke Engine Cooling:  Air Cooled  Water Cooled
60    Mech. Pressure-charged  Turbo-Charged:  With Charge Air Cooler  Normally Aspirated
61    No. of Cylinders:  Cylinder Arrangement:
Format No. 1645-DS-411 Rev. 0 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Page 273 of 827
Document No.
Rev. No. A
Page 2 of 6
62  Bore/Stroke(mm/mm):  Compression Ratio:

63  Speed (rpm): (< 1000)  Mean Piston Speed (m/sec.):
64 PERFORMANCE (Refer Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5880)
65  Rated Engine Power at Standard operating conditions as per ISO 3046/ BS 5514 (ISO Std. Power): kW @ RPM
66 (Using only the essential dependent Auxiliaries and with 10% Overload provision for One Hour within a period of 12 Hours of Operation).
67  Rated engine Power at Site conditions (Service Std. Power) (Guaranteed, No Negative Tolerance): kW @ RPM
69  Min. Engine site power at which Engine can be Operated Continuously. kW @ RPM
70  Min. Engine Speed & corresponding site Power at which Engine can be Operated Continuously RPM @ kW
71  Starting time required for full load operation (Seconds):
72  Direction of Rotation of Engine viewed from Coupling End  CW  CCW
73 Air Flow Required for Operation of the Engine for:  Combustion & Scavenging  Cooling & Ventilation
74 Essential dependent Auxiliaries are:
75  Engine Shaft Driven Radiator Fan kW  Engine Shaft Main LO Pump kW
76  Engine Shaft Driven CW Pump kW  Engine Shaft Driven Fuel Oil Pump kW
77 Independent Auxiliaries are:
78  Electric Motor Driven Auxiliary LO Pump. kW  Electric Motor Driven Fuel Oil Transfer Pump. kW
79  Electric Motor Driven CW Pump. kW  Electric Motor Driven Starting Air Compressor. kW
80  Electric Motor Driven Radiator Fan kW  Electric Motor Driven Exhaust Fan KW
81 Electric Motor Driven Fresh Air kWFan KW
82 Specific Fuel Consumption:
83 Description Fuel Consumption, gm/kW-hr @ reference conditions 
84 ISO 3046  Manufr's. Std.  Site  Manfr's. shop 
85 (a) Guaranteed Engine Rated Power
86 (100 % Rating)
87 (b) 75 % of (a)
88 (c) 50 % of (a)
89 (d) 110 % of (a)
90  Standard Reference Conditions:
91 -- Total Barometric Pressure, pr, kg/cm2A (100 kPa)
92 -- Atmospheric Temp. ,tr, OC 25 (298°K)
93 -- Relative Humidity ,φr, % 30
94 -- Charge Air Coolant Temp.,tcr, OC 25 (298°K)
95 SPEED GOVERNING SYSTEM
96 Type:  Single Speed  Multiple Speed  All Speed (Variable Speed)
97 Class of Accuracy:  A0  A1  A2  B1  B2
98 Governor Type:  Electronic  Electro Hydraulic  Mechanical
99 Make: Woodward or Equivalent Model:
100 Governor Control Mechanism:  Manual  Remote/ Auto
101 STARTING SYSTEM
102 Method of Starting  Manual  Automatic (through AMF)
103 Method of Stopping  Manual (Push button)  Automatic
104 Type of Cold Starting Aid:
105 Type of Starting System: Compressed air starting
106  Hand Starting with Starting Handle  Battery Starting  Air Starting through Pneumatic Motor
107  Air Starting through Air Injection into Cylinders  Hydraulic Motor
108 Battery Starting System: NOT APPLICABLE
109 Battery Bank:  Number: Voltage AH Capacity Make:
110 Cells per Bank  Number Voltage AH Capacity
111  Starter Make/Rating:  Dynamo Make/Rating:
112  Regulator and Cut-out:
113  Battery charging equipment including transformer, Static Rectifier, D.C. Ammeter , D.C. Voltmeter, Charge Rate selector switch
114 and Charging Meter.
115  Inter connecting cable leads between battery charger & battery
116  Inter connecting cable leads between battery & engine Starter
117
118
119
120

Page 274 of 827
Document No.
Rev. No. A
Page 3 of 6
121 Starting Air System: As per manufacturer Standards; Suitable for “BLACK START”
122  Air Compressor Type:  Reciprocating  Screw
123 Rated Capacity(m3/hr at Inlet Conditions): Discharge Pressure (Kg/cm²g): BKW: RPM:
124  Air Compressor Driven by:  Working by Electric Motor  Standby by Diesel Engine
125 Driver Rating kW: RPM: Volts/ /Hz.:
126  Air Receiver with Pressure Gauge, Relief Valve & Manual as well as Automatic (with Timer) Drain Valve:
127  Start-Stop Switch for Compressor  Manual  Automatic (Through Pressure switch on air receiver) with Selector switch
128 No. of Air Receiver:  One  Two Capacity of Each Air Receiver(M3):
129 Note: Total Capacity of each air Receiver shall be suitable for atleast Six (6) consecutive starts.
130 Other starting systems: Not applicable
131
132 COOLING SYSTEM (As per Manufacturer’s Standard)
133 Type:  Open Circuit Cooling with Engine driven water circulating Pump.
134  Closed circuit cooling including:
135    Water Pump driven by:  Driver Rating/Speed (KW/RPM):
136    Primary (Soft) circuit Piping with Temp. Control & Make-up tank.
137    Heat Exchanger with Anchor/Foundation Bolts
138    Secondary(Raw Water) circuit Piping with  Strainers Pressure Regulating Valve
139   By-Pass Valve:  Check Valve:
140 Heat Exchanger Temp( C) (Primary Circuit): Inlet: Outlet:
141 Heat Exchanger Temp( C) (Secondary Circuit): Inlet: Outlet:
142 Water Pressure(Secondary circuit) Kg/cm²(g): Heat Exchanger Testing Pressure Kg/cm²(g):
143  Radiator Cooling including Interconnecting Piping and:
144   Radiator with Temp. Control Valve  Expansion/Make-Up water Tank
145   Fan Driven By: Electric motor Rating/Speed (KW/RPM):
146   Engine/Motor Driven Water circulating Pumps: No.: Rating/Speed (KW/RPM):
147   Engine Water Inlet/Outlet Temp(deg C):
148 FRAME LUBRICATION SYSTEM (As per Manufacturer’s Standard)
149 Type:
150  Splash Lubrication
151  Force Feed Lubrication including Valves, oil Pump, Piping &:
152 Oil cooler type: (As per manufacturer standards)
153  Oil Filters  Self Cleaning  Duplex  Paper Cartridge Simplex Filter self cleaning type (As per manufacturer standards)
154  Pre-lube Oil Pump driven by:
155 Pre-lubrication Manual  Automatic at intervals of hours. (Vendor to recommend)
156  Type/Grade of Lube Oil: Auto pre-lubrication pump shall be powered from mains.
157  Oil Sump capacity (litres):  Oil consumption (Lph):
158  Oil Cooler testing Pressure (Kg/cm²g):
159  Explosion Relief Valve for Crankcase
160 FUEL SYSTEM
161 Type: Gravity Feed System  Fuel Lift Pump including
162   Fuel Filters  Paper cartridge  Duplex
163   Fuel Injection Pump Make: Model:
164   Daily Service Fuel Tank:  Engine Mounted  Wall Mounted  at elevation of 4.5m
165  Capacity of Daily Service Tank(litres)  Two Nos. of 990 litres each  For 6 hrs of continuous operation @ full load
166      For 12 hrs continuous operation @ full load  For 24 hrs continuous operation @ full load
167  Fuel Float Tank Ground Mounting with Base Plate
168  Motor Driven Fuel Transfer Pump (For unloading fuel from fuel tanker to daily service tank)
169 
 Fuel Piping and Fittings:
170  Fuel Piping from Transfer Pumps to Daily Tank  Fuel Piping from Daily Tank to Engine
171  Overflow Pipes  Vent Connection for Fuel Tank with Flame Arrester
172  Drain Valve for Fuel Tank  Inspection and cleaning Hole for Fuel Tank (min 150 mm dia.)
173  Fill connection for Fuel Tank  Level Switch in Fuel tank ( For Low Alarm)
174  Shielded Level Gauge for fuel tank  Float valve in fill connection  Strainers
175 AIR INLET SYSTEM
176  Suction Air Filter  Air Inlet Ducting / Piping / Manifolds  Inlet Silencer
177  Expansion Bellows  All supports / Hangers
178 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM
179  Exhaust Manifolds / Ducting / Piping Exhaust Silencer (Residential Type)
180 Expansion BellowsExhaust Stack/Chimney min height is 30mAll supports/HangersThermal Insulation for complete Exhaust Piping
181 

Page 275 of 827
Document No.
Rev. No. A
Page 4 of 6
182 CONTROLS & INSTRUMENTATION

183 Hazardous Electrical Area Classification NEC: Class Div. Group (Refer Elec. Spec.)
184 ISO: Zone Gas Group
185
186 Electric Supply: Refer Electrical Specification
187 Lamps : + 24V; AC/DC; φ; + Hz.
188 Alarm Circuit : + 24V; AC/DC; φ; + Hz.
189 Trip Circuit + 24V; AC/DC; φ; + Hz.
190 Control Circuit : + 24V; AC/DC; φ; + Hz.
191 Solenoid Valves : + 24V; AC/DC; φ; + Hz.
192
193
194 Notes
195 1. Pre-Alarms to precede Trips.
196 2. Instruments to be connected to junction boxes on skid and consoles.
197 3. All Tubings, pipings, wiring between instruments and junction boxes, local gauge boards and local panels to be supplied by vendor.
198 4. Instruments, safety and control devices specified herein are minimum required by customer. In case, in the opinion of vendor,
199 additional devices are required, vendor shall specifically state so and include the same in his scope of supply.
200 5. Vendor shall also refer to P&ID's enclosed and any additional instruments required as per P&ID's shall be included
201 by vendor in his scope of supply.
202 6. All switching devices (hardware/software) for prealarms, trips, trip alarm, and interlocking shall be in the vendor's scope.
203
204 Location
205 Nomenclature Loose Locally LGB LCP UCP DCS
206 Supply Mtd. Mtd. Mtd.
207
208  AC Power On/Off Switch With Indication Lamp 
209  Control Power On/Off Switch With Indication Lamp 
210  Selector Switch A/M Station For L/O Pump Motor 
211  Selector Switch A/M Station For CW Pump Motor 
212  Start/Stop Push Button for L/O Pump Motor 
213  Start/stop Push Button for DG set 
214  Emergency Stop Push Button 
215  Lamp Test Push Button 
216  Alarm/Trip Acknowledge /Reset Push Button 
217  Lubricating Oil Heater `ON' Indicating lamp 
218  Motor Interlock Against Start Without Pre-lubrication 
219
220
221 NOTE:
222
223 Legend: LM: Local Mounted:  By Vendor  Others
224 LGB: Local Gauge Board:  By Vendor  Others
225 LCP: Local Control Panel:  By Vendor  Others
226 UCP: Unit Control Panel:  By Vendor  Others
227 PLC: Programmable Logic Control:  By Vendor  Others
228 DCS: Distributed Control System:  By Vendor  Others
229
230  Items under LGB to be housed in the Engine Mounted Gauge Board
231  Items under LCP to be housed in free standing type Local Engine Control Panel
232  Electric Switches for Alarm and shutdowns to have _________________________ Enclosures (Refer Electrical Specification)
233  Temp. gauges shall be Bimetallic Dial Type
234  All wiring piping between Engine - Gauge Board - Control Panel in Vendor's Scope
235
236
237
238
239
240

Page 276 of 827
Document No.
Rev. No. A
Page 5 of 6
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION
Indication A/V Annun. & Pre-Alarm Trip & A/V Alarm Annun.
Repeat Signal for

Repeat Signal to
Repeat Signal to
Indicator – UCP
High High- UCP

Low Low - UCP
High High - LP
Low Low - LP
Gauge- Local
PLC/DCS/MP
PLC/DCS/MP
S.No. DESCIPTION
Indicator -LP
Gauge- LGB
REQUIRED
High - UCP
Low - UCP
High - LP
Mounted
Low - LP
DCS/MP
241 LUBRICATION SYSTEM
242 - Reservoir Oil Level  
243 - Reservoir Temp.  
244 - Main/Std by L/O Pump Disch. Pr.  
245 - L/O Filter Diff. Pr.  
246 - L/O Supply Header Pressure    
247 - L/O Supply Header Temp.    
248 - Oil cooler Oil Outlet Temp.  
249 - Stand by Pump Start  
250 -
251
252 COOLING SYSTEM
253 - Oil Cooler CW outlet temp.  
254 - CW Supply header flow  
255 - Sight Flow CW return each Cooler & Header 
256 - Local mount TSV on each isolatable circuit 
257 - Water level in make up water tank / Radiator  
258 - Engine Jacket C.W. Supply Temp. 
(Outlet of Radiator)
259 - Engine Jacket C.W Return Temp.   
(Inlet of Radiator)
260 For Closed Circuit Cooling (as applicable):
261 - Coolant main/standby pump disch. Pr.
262 - Coolant stand by pump start
263 - Coolant supply header Pr.
264 - Coolant supply header temp
265 - Coolant cooler Outlet Temp.
266 - Coolant reservoir Level (Make up water tank)
267
268
269 STARTING SYSTEM (if applicable)
270 - Air Receiver Pressure   
271
272
273 FUEL SYSTEM
274 - Fuel Oil level in fuel tank    
275
276 INLET AIR SYSTEM
277 - Inlet Air filter - differential pressure  
278 - Boost Air (Turbo Charger) Disch. Pr. (if reqd.)  
279 -Charge Air Cooler Outlet - Air Temp. (if reqd.)  
280
281 MISCELLANEOUS
282 - Engine Vibrations  
283 - Engine Speed   
284 - Key Switch - Start & Push Button Stop  
285 - Engine Over-speed    
286 - Engine fails to start    
287 - Tacho-hour Meter  
288 -Engine running  
289
290 Note: Instrumentations specified as minimum required. vendor shall include any other instruments if required for smooth, safe
291 and Trouble free operation of the DG sets.

Page 277 of 827
Document No.
Rev. No. A
Page 6 of 6
292 MATERIAL
293 Charge Air Cooler Shell: Tubes:
294 Water Cooler Shell: Tubes:
295 Air Cooler Shell: Tubes:
296 Air Receiver
297 Fuel Tank: MS
298 INSPECTION AND TESTING
299 Witness Observe
300 Stage Inspection during Manufacture  
301 Full Load Test at Engine Manufacturer’s Shop (Refer cl. 4.1.3 of EIL spec 6-43-0040)  
302 Fuel consumption & Governing Test at Engine Manufacturer's Shop (Refer cl. 4.1.3 of EIL spec 6-43-0040)  
303 ufacturer’s
 Controlstandard)
Panel Functional Test at LP vendor's shop.  
304 Full Load Test for 4 hours & 10% overload test for 1 hour of Engine Generator set at Packager’s shop  
305 No load Mechanical Run test at Packager's/Driven Eqpt. Mfr. Shop  
306 Site Testing of the DG Set (Refer Remark- 2)  
307 Inspection/Testing Witnessed By: Others  Owner/ Purchaser/ Representative
308 WEIGHTS
309 Net Weight of Engine with Mounted Ancillaries (kg):
310 Heaviest part to be handled during erection and its weight (kg):
311 Heaviest part to be handled during normal maintenance and its weight (kg):
312 Recommended Crane capacity (Tons): Crane Hook Height (m):
313 MAINTENANCE DATA
314 Expected Period of Running Between Top Overhauls: Hours
315 Expected Period of Running Between Main Overhauls: Hours
316 The Type and Grade of Lubricating Oil Recommended
317 Lube Oil Consumption (kg/hr)/ (Litres/hr)
318 Change of Lubricating Oil After: Hours
319 ACCESSORIES
320  Flywheel with Barring Device
321  Guards for Moving Parts
322  Common Base Plate for Engine - Driven equipment
323  Foundation/ Anchor Bolts, grouting material
324  Acoustic enclosure with ventilation system
325  Anti Vibration Pads (if required)
326  First Fill of Lubricating Oil
327 Torsional analysis report on Engine & Generator
328  Quotation for 2 years spares parts for Normal Operation and Maintenance along with unit prices
329  Separate Quotation for Two Years Annual Maintenance Contract 
330  Site Storage, Erection & commissioning of DG Set
331  Purchaser’s Training (refer Job Specification, Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881)
332
333 REMARKS
334 1) Bidder to note that the subject DG set shall be placed inside a DG room provided by the Purchaser. Also refer Job Specification
(Doc.No.A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5880).
335 2) DG Set shall be tested at site based on the available load so as to demonstrate power and voltage build- up at the alternator
terminals.
336 3) DG set shall be suitable for black start condition. For initial start as well as subsequent black start requirement, all facilities are
considered in the vendor scope. Details of the offered system shall be furnished with offer.
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
05/02/14 A AY AM
Date Rev Job Engineer Rev. & Approved By

Page 278 of 827
Document No.
Rev. No. A
Page 1 of 6
1 GENERAL
2 Project: IREP, Kochi Refinery Job No.: A307
3 Owner: M/s BPCL-KR Site: KOCHI, KERALA
4 Purchaser: M/s EIL Unit: Captive Power Plant Unit No.: IUS
5 Item No.: A307-DG-002 Service: Emergency DG Set
6 No. Reqd.: ONE Working: ONE Standby: NIL Driven Equipment Item no.:
7 Applicable to:  Proposals  Purchase  As built
8 Note:  Scope option / information specified by Purchaser  information required from / options left to vendor. Vendor to cross  the selected option.
9 SITE / INSTALLATION DATA (Refer Site & Utility Data # A307-0IY-16-45-SU-5880)
10 Site Conditions Location:
11 Barom. Pressure(kg/cm2 a): Highest:  Lowest:  Avg.:  Indoor  Outdoor  Grade
12 Height above Mean Sea Level (m):  Heated  Unheated
13 Ambient Air Temp.(°C):  Max.:  Min.:  Under-roof  Partial Sides
14 Ambt. Air Temp. around the Engine(°C):  Highest  Lowest  Closed Room With Air Ventilation System
15 Relative Air Humidity at the Max. Ambient Air Temp.(%): Electrical Area classification(Refer Electrical part)
16 Water Vapour Pressure at the Max. Ambient Air Temp.(kg/cm 2A): Class Group Division
17 Wet Bulb Temp. (°C): Dry Bulb Temp. (°C):
18 Cooling Water Supply Temp. (°C):
19 UTILITY DATA (Refer Site & Utility Data # A307-0IY-16-45-SU-5880)
20 Cooling Water:
21 Cooling Water Temp(°C) Supply(Design/Max/Nor/Min): Return(Max):
22 Cooling Water Press(kg/cm²g) Supply(Design/Max/Nor/Min): Return(Min):
23 Cooling Water Characteristics: DM Water Consumption:
24 Instrument Air:
25 Supply Pressure(Design/Max/Nor/Min)(kg/cm 2g):
26 Supply Temp.(Design/Max/Nor/Min)( °C): Dew pt.(°C)
27 Electric Power (Refer Electrical Specification)
28 Electric Supply: Volts Hz
29 Available during Engine  Starting  Operations  Shut-down
30 Fuel Oil:
31 Type of Fuel Oil: High Speed Diesel Lower Calorific Value(kJ/kg):
32 Fuel Oil Characteristics:
33 APPLICABLE CODES & STANDARDS
34  EIL Standard spec. no. 6-43-0040  ISO 3046/ BS 5514  ISO: 8528 Others: Job Spec (Doc.No.A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881)
35 Noise specification:  Applicable to m/c Max. 75 dBA @ 1.0 m
36  Acoustic Housing:  Yes  No
37 Exhaust Gas Emission - Statutory requirement (if any): Refer Job Spec & Cl.2.6 of EIL Std. Spec. 6-43-0040
38  Listing/Approval of Engine Required From:  UL/FM  TAC
39  Air Receiver for Starting Air System ASME SEC- VIII DIV 1  Air Compressor for Starting Air System Manufacturer's Std.
40  Shell and Tube type Exchangers: Manufacturer's Std.  Auxiliary Pumps: Manufacturer's Std.
41  Air Cooled Heat Exchangers/Radiator: Manufacturer's Std.  Other Tanks and Vessels: Manufacturer's Std.
42 DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
43 Driven Equipment:  Elect. Generator  Pump  Other:
44 Duty:  Emergency  Intermittent continuous
45 Probable Period For Continuous Running: As perISO:8528 for Prime Power Rating (PRP)
46 Duration of Max. Load: Duration of Min. Load:
47  Minimum BKW of the driven eqpt. kW: @ RPM:
48  Rated BKW of the driven eqpt. kW: @ RPM:
49  Maximum BKW of the driven eqpt. kW: @ RPM:
50  For Mech. Drive Applications: Minimum site rating of the engine required kW @ RPM
51 (With 10 % Overload provision for One Hour within a period of 12 Hours of Operation ).
52  For DG set application: Prime power Rating (PRP) as per ISO: 8528. The Net Power available at Alternator Terminals shall be
53 1250 KVA @ 415 KV with rated P.F. of 0.8 after accounting for Engine Deration for Site conditions & Alternator Efficiency with
54 Engine Driving its all auxiliaries and power consumed by essential independent auxiliaries.
55 Direction of Rotation of driven equipment viewed from Coupling End:  CW  CCW
56 Method of Drive:  Thru universal joint  Direct thru Flexible Coupling  V-Belts  Gear Drive
57 CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
58 Manufacturer: Engine Model:
59 Type of Engine:  Two-Stroke  Four-Stroke Engine Cooling:  Air Cooled  Water Cooled
60    Mech. Pressure-charged  Turbo-Charged:  With Charge Air Cooler  Normally Aspirated
61    No. of Cylinders:  Cylinder Arrangement:

Page 279 of 827
Document No.
Rev. No. A
Page 2 of 6
62  Bore/Stroke(mm/mm):  Compression Ratio:

63  Speed (rpm): (< 1500)  Mean Piston Speed (m/sec.):
64 PERFORMANCE (Refer Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5881)
65  Rated Engine Power at Standard operating conditions as per ISO 3046/ BS 5514 (ISO Std. Power): kW @ RPM
67  Rated engine Power at Site conditions (Service Std. Power) (Guaranteed, No Negative Tolerance): kW @ RPM
69  Min. Engine site power at which Engine can be Operated Continuously. kW @ RPM
70  Min. Engine Speed & corresponding site Power at which Engine can be Operated Continuously RPM @ kW
71  Starting time required for full load operation (Seconds):
72  Direction of Rotation of Engine viewed from Coupling End  CW  CCW
73 Air Flow Required for Operation of the Engine for:  Combustion & Scavenging  Cooling & Ventilation
74 Essential dependent Auxiliaries are:
75  Engine Shaft Driven Radiator Fan kW  Engine Shaft Main LO Pump kW
76  Engine Shaft Driven CW Pump kW  Engine Shaft Driven Fuel Oil Pump kW
77 Independent Auxiliaries are:
78  Electric Motor Driven Auxiliary LO Pump. kW  Electric Motor Driven Fuel Oil Transfer Pump. kW
79  Electric Motor Driven CW Pump. kW  Electric Motor Driven Starting Air Compressor. kW
80  Electric Motor Driven Radiator Fan kW  Electric Motor Driven Exhaust Fan KW
81 Electric Motor Driven Fresh Air kWFan KW
82 Specific Fuel Consumption:
83 Description Fuel Consumption, gm/kW-hr @ reference conditions 
84 ISO 3046  Manufr's. Std.  Site  Manfr's. shop 
85 (a) Guaranteed Engine Rated Power
86 (100 % Rating)
87 (b) 75 % of (a)
88 (c) 50 % of (a)
89 (d) 110 % of (a)
90  Standard Reference Conditions:
91 -- Total Barometric Pressure, pr, kg/cm2A (100 kPa)
92 -- Atmospheric Temp. ,tr, OC 25 (298°K)
93 -- Relative Humidity ,φr, % 30
94 -- Charge Air Coolant Temp.,tcr, OC 25 (298°K)
95 SPEED GOVERNING SYSTEM
96 Type:  Single Speed  Multiple Speed  All Speed (Variable Speed)
97 Class of Accuracy:  A0  A1  A2  B1  B2
98 Governor Type:  Electronic  Electro Hydraulic  Mechanical
99 Make: Woodward or Equivalent Model:
100 Governor Control Mechanism:  Manual  Remote/ Auto
101 STARTING SYSTEM
102 Method of Starting  Manual  Automatic (through AMF)
103 Method of Stopping  Manual (Push button)  Automatic
104 Type of Cold Starting Aid:
105 Type of Starting System:
106  Hand Starting with Starting Handle  Battery Starting  Air Starting through Pneumatic Motor
107  Air Starting through Air Injection into Cylinders  Hydraulic Motor
108 Battery Starting System: (Also refer Electrical Specification Enclosed Elsewhere)
109 Battery Bank:  Number: Voltage AH Capacity Make:
110 Cells per Bank  Number Voltage AH Capacity
111  Starter Make/Rating:  Dynamo Make/Rating:
112  Regulator and Cut-out:
113  Battery charging equipment including transformer, Static Rectifier, D.C. Ammeter , D.C. Voltmeter, Charge Rate selector switch
114 and Charging Meter.
115  Inter connecting cable leads between battery charger & battery
116  Inter connecting cable leads between battery & engine Starter
117 Note: Battery Bank shall be sized to provide minimum SIX consecutive starts of the engine under cold condition
118 without recharging, with additional 10% spare capacity.
119
120

Page 280 of 827
Document No.
Rev. No. A
Page 3 of 6
121 Starting Air System: NOT APPLICABLE

122  Air Compressor Type:  Reciprocating  Screw
123 Rated Capacity(m3/hr at Inlet Conditions): Discharge Pressure (Kg/cm²g): BKW: RPM:
124  Air Compressor Driven by:  Working by Electric Motor  Standby by Diesel Engine
125 Driver Rating kW: RPM: Volts/ /Hz.:
126  Air Receiver with Pressure Gauge, Relief Valve & Manual as well as Automatic (with Timer) Drain Valve:
127  Start-Stop Switch for Compressor  Manual  Automatic (Through Pressure switch on air receiver) with Selector switch
128 No. of Air Receiver:  One  Two Capacity of Each Air Receiver(M3):
129 Note: Total Capacity of each air Receiver shall be suitable for atleast Six (6) consecutive starts.
130 Other starting systems: Not applicable
131
132 COOLING SYSTEM (As per Manufacturer’s Standard)
133 Type:  Open Circuit Cooling with Engine driven water circulating Pump.
134  Closed circuit cooling including:
135    Water Pump driven by:  Driver Rating/Speed (KW/RPM):
136    Primary (Soft) circuit Piping with Temp. Control & Make-up tank.
137    Heat Exchanger with Anchor/Foundation Bolts
138    Secondary(Raw Water) circuit Piping with  Strainers Pressure Regulating Valve
139   By-Pass Valve:  Check Valve:
140 Heat Exchanger Temp( C) (Primary Circuit): Inlet: Outlet:
141 Heat Exchanger Temp( C) (Secondary Circuit): Inlet: Outlet:
142 Water Pressure(Secondary circuit) Kg/cm²(g): Heat Exchanger Testing Pressure Kg/cm²(g):
143  Radiator Cooling including Interconnecting Piping and:
144   Radiator with Temp. Control Valve  Expansion/Make-Up water Tank
145   Fan Driven By: Engine Shaft Rating/Speed (KW/RPM):
146   Engine/Motor Driven Water circulating Pumps: No.: Rating/Speed (KW/RPM):
147   Engine Water Inlet/Outlet Temp(deg C):
148 FRAME LUBRICATION SYSTEM (As per Manufacturer’s Standard)
149 Type:
150  Splash Lubrication
151  Force Feed Lubrication including Valves, oil Pump, Piping &:
152 Oil cooler type: (As per manufacturer standards)
153  Oil Filters  Self Cleaning  Duplex  Paper Cartridge Simplex Filter self cleaning type (As per manufacturer standards)
154  Pre-lube Oil Pump driven by:
155 Pre-lubrication Manual  Automatic at intervals of hours. (Vendor to recommend)
156  Type/Grade of Lube Oil: Auto pre-lubrication pump shall be powered from mains.
157  Oil Sump capacity (litres):  Oil consumption (Lph):
158  Oil Cooler testing Pressure (Kg/cm²g):
159  Explosion Relief Valve for Crankcase
160 FUEL SYSTEM
161 Type: Gravity Feed System  Fuel Lift Pump including
162   Fuel Filters  Paper cartridge  Duplex
163   Fuel Injection Pump Make: Model:
164   Daily Service Fuel Tank:  Engine Mounted  Wall Mounted  Ground Mounted
165  Capacity of Daily Service Tank(litres)  One Nos. of 990 litres  For 6 hrs of continuous operation @ full load
166      For 12 hrs continuous operation @ full load  For 24 hrs continuous operation @ full load
167  Fuel Float Tank Ground Mounting with Base Plate
168  Motor Driven Fuel Transfer Pump (For unloading fuel from fuel tanker to daily service tank)
169 
 Fuel Piping and Fittings:
170  Fuel Piping from Transfer Pumps to Daily Tank  Fuel Piping from Daily Tank to Engine
171  Overflow Pipes  Vent Connection for Fuel Tank with Flame Arrester
172  Drain Valve for Fuel Tank  Inspection and cleaning Hole for Fuel Tank (min 150 mm dia.)
173  Fill connection for Fuel Tank  Level Switch in Fuel tank ( For Low Alarm)
174  Shielded Level Gauge for fuel tank  Float valve in fill connection  Strainers
175 AIR INLET SYSTEM
176  Suction Air Filter  Air Inlet Ducting / Piping / Manifolds  Inlet Silencer
177  Expansion Bellows  All supports / Hangers
178 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM
179  Exhaust Manifolds / Ducting / Piping Exhaust Silencer (Residential Type)
180 Expansion BellowsExhaust Stack/Chimney min height is 30mAll supports/HangersThermal Insulation for complete Exhaust Piping
181 

Page 281 of 827
Document No.
Rev. No. A
Page 4 of 6
182 CONTROLS & INSTRUMENTATION

183 Hazardous Electrical Area Classification NEC: Class Div. Group (Refer Elec. Spec.)
184 ISO: Zone Gas Group
185
186 Electric Supply: Refer Electrical Specification
187 Lamps : + 24V; AC/DC; φ; + Hz.
188 Alarm Circuit : + 24V; AC/DC; φ; + Hz.
189 Trip Circuit + 24V; AC/DC; φ; + Hz.
190 Control Circuit : + 24V; AC/DC; φ; + Hz.
191 Solenoid Valves : + 24V; AC/DC; φ; + Hz.
192
193
194 Notes
195 1. Pre-Alarms to precede Trips.
196 2. Instruments to be connected to junction boxes on skid and consoles.
197 3. All Tubings, pipings, wiring between instruments and junction boxes, local gauge boards and local panels to be supplied by vendor.
198 4. Instruments, safety and control devices specified herein are minimum required by customer. In case, in the opinion of vendor,
199 additional devices are required, vendor shall specifically state so and include the same in his scope of supply.
200 5. Vendor shall also refer to P&ID's enclosed and any additional instruments required as per P&ID's shall be included
201 by vendor in his scope of supply.
202 6. All switching devices (hardware/software) for prealarms, trips, trip alarm, and interlocking shall be in the vendor's scope.
203
204 Location
205 Nomenclature Loose Locally LGB LCP UCP DCS
206 Supply Mtd. Mtd. Mtd.
207
208  AC Power On/Off Switch With Indication Lamp 
209  Control Power On/Off Switch With Indication Lamp 
210  Selector Switch A/M Station For L/O Pump Motor 
211  Selector Switch A/M Station For CW Pump Motor 
212  Start/Stop Push Button for L/O Pump Motor 
213  Start/stop Push Button for DG set 
214  Emergency Stop Push Button 
215  Lamp Test Push Button 
216  Alarm/Trip Acknowledge /Reset Push Button 
217  Lubricating Oil Heater `ON' Indicating lamp 
218  Motor Interlock Against Start Without Pre-lubrication 
219
220
221 NOTE:
222
223 Legend: LM: Local Mounted:  By Vendor  Others
224 LGB: Local Gauge Board:  By Vendor  Others
225 LCP: Local Control Panel:  By Vendor  Others
226 UCP: Unit Control Panel:  By Vendor  Others
227 PLC: Programmable Logic Control:  By Vendor  Others
228 DCS: Distributed Control System:  By Vendor  Others
229
230  Items under LGB to be housed in the Engine Mounted Gauge Board
231  Items under LCP to be housed in free standing type Local Engine Control Panel
232  Electric Switches for Alarm and shutdowns to have _________________________ Enclosures (Refer Electrical Specification)
233  Temp. gauges shall be Bimetallic Dial Type
234  All wiring piping between Engine - Gauge Board - Control Panel in Vendor's Scope
235
236
237
238
239
240

Page 282 of 827
Document No.
Rev. No. A
Page 5 of 6
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION
Indication A/V Annun. & Pre-Alarm Trip & A/V Alarm Annun.
Repeat Signal for

Repeat Signal to
Repeat Signal to
Indicator – UCP
High High- UCP

Low Low - UCP
High High - LP
Low Low - LP
Gauge- Local
PLC/DCS/MP
PLC/DCS/MP
S.No. DESCIPTION
Indicator -LP
Gauge- LGB
REQUIRED
High - UCP
Low - UCP
High - LP
Mounted
Low - LP
DCS/MP
241 LUBRICATION SYSTEM
242 - Reservoir Oil Level  
243 - Reservoir Temp.  
244 - Main/Std by L/O Pump Disch. Pr.  
245 - L/O Filter Diff. Pr.  
246 - L/O Supply Header Pressure    
247 - L/O Supply Header Temp.    
248 - Oil cooler Oil Outlet Temp.  
249 - Stand by Pump Start  
250 -
251
252 COOLING SYSTEM
253 - Oil Cooler CW outlet temp.  
254 - CW Supply header flow  
255 - Sight Flow CW return each Cooler & Header 
256 - Local mount TSV on each isolatable circuit 
257 - Water level in make up water tank / Radiator  
258 - Engine Jacket C.W. Supply Temp. 
(Outlet of Radiator)
259 - Engine Jacket C.W Return Temp.   
(Inlet of Radiator)
260 For Closed Circuit Cooling (as applicable):
261 - Coolant main/standby pump disch. Pr.
262 - Coolant stand by pump start
263 - Coolant supply header Pr.
264 - Coolant supply header temp
265 - Coolant cooler Outlet Temp.
266 - Coolant reservoir Level (Make up water tank)
267
268
269 STARTING SYSTEM (if applicable)
270 - Air Receiver Pressure   
271
272
273 FUEL SYSTEM
274 - Fuel Oil level in fuel tank    
275
276 INLET AIR SYSTEM
277 - Inlet Air filter - differential pressure  
278 - Boost Air (Turbo Charger) Disch. Pr. (if reqd.)  
279 -Charge Air Cooler Outlet - Air Temp. (if reqd.)  
280
281 MISCELLANEOUS
282 - Engine Vibrations  
283 - Engine Speed   
284 - Key Switch - Start & Push Button Stop  
285 - Engine Over-speed    
286 - Engine fails to start    
287 - Tacho-hour Meter  
288 -Engine running  
289
290 Note: Instrumentations specified as minimum required. vendor shall include any other instruments if required for smooth, safe
291 and Trouble free operation of the DG sets.

Page 283 of 827
Document No.
Rev. No. A
Page 6 of 6
292 MATERIAL
293 Charge Air Cooler Shell: Tubes:
294 Water Cooler Shell: Tubes:
295 Air Cooler Shell: Tubes:
296 Air Receiver
297 Fuel Tank: MS
298 INSPECTION AND TESTING
299 Witness Observe
300 Stage Inspection during Manufacture  
301 Full Load Test at Engine Manufacturer’s Shop (Refer cl. 4.1.3 of EIL spec 6-43-0040)  
302 Fuel consumption & Governing Test at Engine Manufacturer's Shop (Refer cl. 4.1.3 of EIL spec 6-43-0040)  
303 ufacturer’s
 Controlstandard)
Panel Functional Test at LP vendor's shop.  
304 Full Load Test for 4 hours & 10% overload test for 1 hour of Engine Generator set at Packager’s shop  
305 No load Mechanical Run test at Packager's/Driven Eqpt. Mfr. Shop  
306 Site Testing of the DG Set (Refer Remark- 1)  
307 Inspection/Testing Witnessed By: Others  Owner/ Purchaser/ Representative
308 WEIGHTS
309 Net Weight of Engine with Mounted Ancillaries (kg):
310 Heaviest part to be handled during erection and its weight (kg):
311 Heaviest part to be handled during normal maintenance and its weight (kg):
312 Recommended Crane capacity (Tons): Crane Hook Height (m):
313 MAINTENANCE DATA
314 Expected Period of Running Between Top Overhauls: Hours
315 Expected Period of Running Between Main Overhauls: Hours
316 The Type and Grade of Lubricating Oil Recommended
317 Lube Oil Consumption (kg/hr)/ (Litres/hr)
318 Change of Lubricating Oil After: Hours
319 ACCESSORIES
320  Flywheel with Barring Device
321  Guards for Moving Parts
322  Common Base Plate for Engine - Driven equipment
323  Foundation/ Anchor Bolts, grouting material
324  Acoustic enclosure with ventilation system
325  Anti Vibration Pads (if required)
326  First Fill of Lubricating Oil
327 Torsional analysis report on Engine & Generator
328  Quotation for 2 years spares parts for Normal Operation and Maintenance along with unit prices
329  Separate Quotation for Two Years Annual Maintenance Contract 
330  Site Storage, Erection & commissioning of DG Set
331  Purchaser’s Training (refer Job Specification, Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-45-SP-5881)
332
333 REMARKS
334 1) DG Set shall be tested at site based on the available load so as to demonstrate power and voltage build- up at the alternator
terminals.
335 2) DG set shall be suitable for black start condition. For initial start as well as subsequent black start requirement, all facilities are
considered in the vendor scope. Details of the offered system shall be furnished with offer.
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
05/02/14 A AY AM
Date Rev Job Engineer Rev. & Approved By

Page 284 of 827
Document No.
Engine Performance Data A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5880
(3.4 MW EDG) Rev. A
Page 1 of 1
For Item No. A307-DG-001 (3.4 MW Emergency Diesel Generator)
Engine Make & Model: ____________________________________________________________________
1. ISO Standard Power (as per ISO 3046) of the engine Piso
(obtained after deducting power loss due to essential
dependent auxiliaries) (KW)
2. Deration on account of site conditions ( 37 Deg C, 88% RH

and 7.5 m height from MSL) as per ISO 3046
a. Temperature (around the engine and alternator) d1 (KW)
b. Altitude d2 (KW)
c. Humidity d3 (KW)
d. CW temperature d4 (KW)
e. Inlet losses d5 (KW)
f. Exhaust back pressure d6 (KW)
Total Deration Pderation
(Pderation = d1 + d2 + d3 + d4 + d5 + d6) (KW)
Service Standard Power (as per ISO 3046) of the Engine
3. Pservice
(i.e. at stated site conditions)
(Pservice = Piso - Pderation) (KW)
4. Power Loss in the Alternator under stated site conditions Palt

(KWe)
5. Any other Power Loss applicable to the offered DG set Pmisc
(KWe)
6. Actual Power output at Alternator Terminal Pactual (KWe)
(Pactual= Pservice - Palt - Pmisc) (NOTE-2)
7. Net output for electrical consumption (minimum as per MR) Poutput 3400
(KWe)
8. Power consumed by independent auxiliaries for the Paux
complete GEG Package (NOTE-3)
(KWe)
9. Required Power at Alternator Terminal Preq (KWe)
Preq = Poutput + Paux (NOTE-2)
NOTES:
(1) Engine shall be sized on the basis of Prime Power Rating (PRP). In this regard refer clause 13.3.2
of ISO 8528-1.
(2) Pactual shall be guaranteed to be equal or greater than Preq
(3) Bidder to list out the details of independent auxiliary power required for the DG Package.
Page 285 of 827

Document No.
Engine Performance Data A307-0IY-16-45-OD-5881
(1250 KVA EDG) Rev. A
Page 1 of 1
For Item No. A307-DG-002 (1250 KVA Emergency Diesel Generator)
Engine Make & Model: ____________________________________________________________________
1. ISO Standard Power (as per ISO 3046) of the engine Piso
(obtained after deducting power loss due to essential
dependent auxiliaries) (KW)
2. Deration on account of site conditions ( 37 Deg C, 88% RH

and 12 m height from MSL) as per ISO 3046
a. Temperature (around the engine and alternator) d1 (KW)
b. Altitude d2 (KW)
c. Humidity d3 (KW)
d. CW temperature d4 (KW)
e. Inlet losses d5 (KW)
f. Exhaust back pressure d6 (KW)
Total Deration Pderation
(Pderation = d1 + d2 + d3 + d4 + d5 + d6) (KW)
Service Standard Power (as per ISO 3046) of the Engine
3. Pservice
(i.e. at stated site conditions)
(Pservice = Piso - Pderation) (KW)
4. Power Loss in the Alternator under stated site conditions Palt

(KWe)
5. Any other Power Loss applicable to the offered DG set Pmisc
(KWe)
6. Actual Power output at Alternator Terminal Pactual (KWe)
(Pactual= Pservice - Palt - Pmisc) (NOTE-2)
7. Net output for electrical consumption (minimum as per MR) Poutput 1000
(KWe)
8. Power consumed by independent auxiliaries for the Paux
complete GEG Package (NOTE-3)
(KWe)
9. Required Power at Alternator Terminal Preq (KWe)
Preq = Poutput + Paux (NOTE-2)
NOTES:
(1) Engine shall be sized on the basis of Prime Power Rating (PRP). In this regard refer clause 13.3.2
of ISO 8528-1.
(2) Pactual shall be guaranteed to be equal or greater than Preq
(3) Bidder to list out the details of independent auxiliary power required for the DG Package.
Page 286 of 827

VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS Document No.
A307-0IY-16-45-VDR-5880
FOR Rev. A
PACKAGES- 3.4 MW & 1250 KVA Page 1 of 6
VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS

FOR
PACKAGES- 3.4 MW & 1250 KVA
A 10-FEB-2014 ISSUED WITH MR AY AM AM

Rev. Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
No.
Format No. EIL-1642-1924 Rev.1 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
Page 287 of 827

A307-0IY-16-45-VDR-5880
FOR Rev. A
The following drawings/documents marked " " shall be furnished by the bidder.
3.4 MW EMERGENCY DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR PACKAGE
POST ORDER
S. WITH WITH
N DESCRIPTION FOR FOR DATA REMARKS
BID
O. REVIEW RECORD BOOK
(FINAL)
1. Document Control Index (DCI) or Supplier /
Vendor Drawing & Documentation Schedule
(This shall be the first document to be
submitted by vendor immediately after FOI)
2. List of Mandatory Spares (indicating exact
name of the part, part no. and material of
construction)
3. Quotation for recommended spare parts for two
years of normal operation (indicating exact
construction)
4. List of recommended erection & commissioning
spares
(indicating exact name of the part, part no. and
material of construction)
5. List of recommended Special Tools & Tackles
and Standard Maintenance Tool Kit, as
required
(indicating exact name of the part and part no.)
6. List of Deviations to
specifications/datasheets/standards of MR
7. Filled in experience record proforma for Diesel
Engine & DG Set Unitization
8. Duly filled-in check list scope of supply & others
9. Equpment Layout drawing including DG Room
Layout showing Diesel Engine, drive
transmission system (as applicable) &
Alternator/ Generator including all assosciated
accessories & auxiliaries like Air Intake System,
Exhaust System, Starting System, Cooling
System, Lubrication System, Fuel
System,Electrical/ Instrumentation Panels/
Gauge Boards (LCP, MCC, Breaker Panel,
Local Gauge Board etc, as applicable) along
with interface connections/ terminal point
details including their location co-ordinates,
trench details, maintenance space for
frequently maintaned parts etc., erection &
maintenance weights, capacity & hook height
of maintenance equipment (HOT/ EOT Crane/
Monorail with CP Block, as applicable) etc
Page 288 of 827

A307-0IY-16-45-VDR-5880
FOR Rev. A
POST ORDER
S. WITH WITH
BID
(FINAL)
10. Foundation drawing of DG Set [i.e. for Diesel
Engine, drive transmission system (as
applicable) & Alternator/ Generator] including
details of openings in the foundation, load
points loaction and their details, foundation
load data (static & dynamic), foundation bolts,
their location, foundation bolt pocket
dimensions, details of insert plates,
recommended type of grout, grout thickness,
make, grade and quantity, as required/
applicable
11. Foundation drawing of auxiliaries to be installed
at grade such Diesel Day Tank, exhaust stack
including support structure, Equipments
associated with subsystems (like Starting
Sytems, Air Intake system, Exhaust Gas
System, CW System, LO System, etc.)
Electrical/ Instrumentation Panels, drain pots
(as applicable), etc
12. Utility consumption data including electric load
data.
13. Schedule of lubricants, chemicals &
consumables with their specifications.
14. List of Purchaser's interface points with their
connection details
15. Data Sheets for Diesel Engine along with
Deration calculations (As per ISO 3046)
16. Data Sheets for LO Cooler & Closed Circuit
CW system cooler/ radiators (as applicable)
17. Data Sheets alongwith performance curves for
Auxiliary Pumps like LOP, CW Pumps (as
applicable), air compressor (as applicable for
air starting system) and their respective drivers
18. Piping & Instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs) for
Air Intake System
Exhaust System
Fuel system
Lube Oil System
Cooling System
Engine Starting System (other than Battery
Start)
24. General Arrangement drawing of DG skid
showing Diesel Engine, drive transmission
system (as applicable) & Alternator/ Generator
placed in acoustic enclosure, as required,
including all assosciated accessories &
auxiliaries on DG skid
25. General Arrangement drawings of Diesel Day
Tank
26. Cross Sectional Drawings (with Bill of Materials
& Part No's) for Diesel Engine
Page 289 of 827

A307-0IY-16-45-VDR-5880
FOR Rev. A
POST ORDER
S. WITH WITH
BID
(FINAL)
27. Procedure for Load test & Fuel consumption
test
28. Test Procedure(s) : Witness tests as specified
in data sheets / other specs enclosed in the
inquiry / MR or as required by approved
ITP/QAP
29. Torsional Analysis Report
30. Installation, Operation & Maintenance manuals
for complete DG Package
31. Precommissioning & commissioning procedure
32. Manufacturer's catalogue and general
reference list for Diesel Engines & DG Sets
1250 KVA EMERGENCY DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR PACKAGE
POST ORDER
S. WITH WITH
BID
(FINAL)
1. Document Control Index (DCI) or Supplier /
Vendor Drawing & Documentation Schedule
(This shall be the first document to be
submitted by vendor immediately after FOI)
2. List of Mandatory Spares (indicating exact
construction)
3. Quotation for recommended spare parts for two
years of normal operation (indicating exact
construction)
4. List of recommended erection & commissioning
spares
(indicating exact name of the part, part no. and
material of construction)
5. List of recommended Special Tools & Tackles
and Standard Maintenance Tool Kit, as
required
(indicating exact name of the part and part no.)
6. List of Deviations to
specifications/datasheets/standards of MR
7. Filled in experience record proforma for Diesel
Engine & DG Set Unitization
8. Duly filled-in check list scope of supply & others
Page 290 of 827

A307-0IY-16-45-VDR-5880
FOR Rev. A
POST ORDER
S. WITH WITH
BID
(FINAL)
9. Equpment Layout drawing including DG Room
Layout showing acoustically enclosed DG Set
auxiliaries like Air Intake System, Exhaust
System, Cooling System, Fuel System,
Electrical/ Instrumentation Panels/ Gauge
Boards (LCP, MCC, Breaker Panel, Local
Gauge Board etc, as applicable) along with
interface connections/ terminal point details
including their location co-ordinates, trench
details, maintenance space for frequently
maintaned parts etc., erection & maintenance
weights, capacity & hook height of
maintenance equipment (HOT/ EOT Crane/
Monorail with CP Block, as applicable) etc
10. Foundation drawing of DG Set [i.e. for Diesel
Engine, drive transmission system (as
applicable) & Alternator/ Generator] including
details of openings in the foundation, load
points loaction and their details, foundation
load data (static & dynamic), foundation bolts,
their location, foundation bolt pocket
dimensions, details of insert plates,
recommended type of grout, grout thickness,
make, grade and quantity, as required/
applicable
11. Foundation drawing of auxiliaries to be installed
at grade such Diesel Day Tank, exhaust stack
including support structure, Equipments
associated with subsystems (like Starting
Sytems, Air Intake system, Exhaust Gas
System, CW System, LO System, etc.)
Electrical/ Instrumentation Panels, drain pots
(as applicable), etc
12. Utility consumption data including electric load
data.
13. Schedule of lubricants, chemicals &
consumables with their specifications.
14. List of Purchaser's interface points with their
connection details
15. Data Sheets for Diesel Engine along with
Deration calculations (As per ISO 3046)
16. General Arrangement drawing of DG skid
showing Diesel Engine, drive transmission
system (as applicable) & Alternator/ Generator
placed in acoustic enclosure, as required,
auxiliaries on DG skid
17. General Arrangement drawings of Diesel Day
Tank & acoustic enclosure
18. P&ID of Diesel Engine icluding all the auxiliary
syestems like Air intake/ exhaust gas system,
starting system, lubrication system, cooling
system, fuel system
19. Procedure for Load test & Fuel consumption
test
Page 291 of 827

A307-0IY-16-45-VDR-5880
FOR Rev. A
POST ORDER
S. WITH WITH
BID
(FINAL)
20. Test Procedure(s) : Witness tests as specified
in data sheets / other specs enclosed in the
inquiry / MR or as required by approved
ITP/QAP
21. Torsional Analysis Report
22. Installation, Operation & Maintenance manuals
23. Precommissioning & commissioning procedure
24. Manufacturer's catalogue and general
reference list for Diesel Engines & DG sets
Notes :
1. "TICK" denotes applicability.
2. Post order, drawing / document review shall commence only after approval of Document Control Index (DCI).
3. All post order documents shall be submitted / approved through EIL eDMS portal.
4. Final documentation shall be submitted in hard copy (Six prints) and soft ( two CDs/DVDs ) in addition to
submission through EIL eDMS.
5. Refer - 6-78-0001: Specification for quality management system from Bidders.
6. Refer - 6-78-0003: Specification for documentation requirement from Suppliers.
7. All drawings & documents shall be submitted in A4 or A3 paper sizes. Documents in higher paper size shall
be submitted in exceptional circumstances or as indicated in the MR/Tender.
8. Post order- The schedule of drawing / data submission shall be mutually agreed between EIL & the bidder /
contractor / supplier during finalization of Document Control Index (DCI).
9. "@" indicates submission of documents to Inspection Agency.
10. Bill of Material shall form part of the respective drawing.
11. Also refer Electrical VDR.
Page 292 of 827

Page 293 of 827
Page 294 of 827
Page 295 of 827
Page 296 of 827
Page 297 of 827
Page 298 of 827
Page 299 of 827
Page 300 of 827
Page 301 of 827
Page 302 of 827
Page 303 of 827
Page 304 of 827
Page 305 of 827
Page 306 of 827
Page 307 of 827
Page 308 of 827
Page 309 of 827
SCOPE OF WORK & DOCUMENT NO.
JOB SPECIFICATION A307-0IY-16-50-SP-5880
(ELECTRICAL)
Rev B
EMERGENCY GENERATOR PACKAGE
PROJECT – IREP, M/s BPCL - KR Page 1 of 8
SCOPE OF WORK & JOB SPECIFICATION

(ELECTRICAL)
FOR
(MR NO. A307-0IY-MD-MR-5880)
PROJECT INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT
CLIENT BPCL – KR
CONSULTANT EIL
EIL JOB No. A307
B 31.01.14 ISSUED WITH MR MHR SV BRB
A 30.01.14 ISSUED WITH MR MHR SV BRB

Rev.
Date Purpose Prepared Checked Approved
No
Page 310 of 827
JOB SPECIFICATION
(ELECTRICAL) A307-0IY-16-50-SP-5880
EMERGENCY GENERATOR PACKAGE Rev B
1.0 The requirements indicated in this specification are applicable for each DG package.
2.0 Scope of work (Electrical)
Sl. no. Description Supply Installation Testing &

Commissioning
1. Emergency generator complete with Yes Yes Yes
brushless excitation and AVR system,
Neutral and line CTs frame earthing
connections & lubrication system.
2.0 Generator control panel with AMF Yes Yes Yes
system and control, protection &
metering and auxiliary equipments.
2.1 Generator line side breaker Yes Yes Yes
2.2 Line cubicle for CT/PT Yes Yes Yes
2.3 Neutral Cubicle for CTs Yes Yes Yes
3 MCC for feeding all the aux load Yes Yes Yes
within DG system package
4 Synchronizing equipment Yes Yes Yes
5 Power and Control cabling in between Yes Yes Yes

the package equipment.
6 Earthing within the battery Yes Yes Yes
limits and connection to main earthing
grid
7 Battery & battery charger for Engine Yes Yes Yes
starting.
8 GI cable trays and racks as required Yes Yes Yes
for cabling in the battery limits
9 NGR-Neutral Grounding resistor (for Yes Yes Yes
item 8.1.1 only)
10 Mandatory spares Yes
11 Spares for two years trouble free Yes

operation (see note-2)
12 Obtaining approvals of Electrical Yes
Inspector (CEA)
Notes: 1. ‘Yes’ indicates activity in Vendor’s scope.
2. Vendor to quote only unit rates and recommended spares.
3.0 Site Conditions
Maximum/ Minimum Ambient

i). 46 °C/ 1 °C
Temperature
ii). Equipment design temperature (IS-9676) 45 °C
iii). Minimum temperature. for battery sizing 10°C
iv). Soil Resistivity As per Soil investigation report
v). Altitude above mean sea level Less than 1000m above MSL
vi). Seismic Zone As per IS-1893
vii). Humidity 95% at 45° C
Dusty, Tropical and Corrosive as found in
viii). Environment
Hydrocarbon Industry
Format No. EIL311

1641-1924 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page of 827 Rev. 1
JOB SPECIFICATION
4.0 Equipment location : Indoor / Building

Ventilation : Inadequate
5.0 Utilization voltage for auxiliaries to be supplied by vendor:
Utility Voltage Phases Frequency
Motors Rated up to 160 KW 415V±10% 3 50Hz ±3%
Battery Charger with DC output above 415V ±10% 3 50Hz ±3%

1000 W
Anti-condensation heaters 240V ±10% 1 50Hz ±3%
Control Supply for contactor feeder (MCC) 240V ±10% 1 50Hz ±3%
DC control supply (ELR & GCP) 110 V DC ±

10%
6.0 Power supplies available from owner:

6.1 D.C supply for controls : Yes
6.2 Mains supply for auxiliaries:.415V ± 10% TPN. Fault level 50kA : Yes
(Including for battery charger while Gen is not operational)
7.0 Make of Electrical items shall be as per shall be as per doc no. A307-000-16-50-LL-5880.
8.0 Job Requirements
8.1 There are two no. EDGs envisaged with following prime ratings:
8.1.1 6.6kV, 3.4MW, 0.8pf, to be located in utilities
8.1.2 415V, 1250kVA, 0.8pf, to be located in CPP area
8.1.3 Bidder shall select the net output considering above prime rating and auxiliary load requirement
of DG package.
8.2 Generator shall be suitable for running parallel with grid supply during periodic testing without
disturbing the connected loads. Facility shall be provided in the generator control panel for
manually closing the generator breaker on live bus after synchronization with the grid. Load
sharing of DG shall be suitably taken care while operating the DG set in parallel with the grid
supply. (Also refer enclosed single line diagrams).
8.3 All the equipments shall conform to the attached specifications, datasheet and ITPs.
8.4 For item at 8.1.1, the Synchronous generator shall conform to EIL spec. 6-51-0035. Generator
part of the spec no. 6-51-0040 shall not be applicable for this item. However general functional
requirement of emergency DG set as per EIL spec 6-51-0040 shall be applicable.
8.5 Purchaser shall provide 1 no. 415 V TPN redundant feeders for maintaining the DG in ready to
start condition for each DG set. Vendor shall provide MCC (for each DG set) to feed loads
associated with DG, during stand still, using this supply.
9.0 MV switchboard
9.1 Vendor’s MV Switchboard shall be as per the enclosed EIL standard specification 6-51-0012
attached with the requisition. It shall be with two incomers and one bus-coupler and outgoing
feeders for all the MV motors and other MV loads of the DG package.
9.2 The MCC shall be suitable for the fault level of 50 kA (1sec.) / 105kA (Peak) on 415V System.
9.3 MCC shall comply to datasheet no. A307-000-16-50-DS-0104, 0282 to 0286, and Specification
no. 6-51-0012.
Format No. EIL312

Page of 827 Rev. 1
JOB SPECIFICATION
9.4 All MCCB shall be provided with shunt trip and short circuit release. Incomer feeder shall be
provided with voltmeter and analogue ammeter. Motor feeders above 22 kW shall be provided
with space heater supply provision. All non motor feeder starter outgoing feeders shall be
MCCB type with shunt trip and short circuit release, CBCT with ELR. Contactor shall be
provided as per requirement.
9.5 The MCC shall have the spare feeders for owners use:
- 4 No. 63 A MCCB
- 10% of each type of O/G feeder of each type or one no. of each type, whichever is more.
10.0 MOTORS
10.1 Motors shall be as per EIL standard specification 6-51-0064 and datasheet for MV motors
A307-000-1650-DS-0501 for MV Motors attached with MR.
11.0 LOCAL CONTROL STATION
11.1 Weatherproof control stations for all motors, emergency stop push buttons for motors for plant
operation and safety etc. shall be provided by the vendor
11.2 Local push button control station shall be wired directly from the MCC (vendor supplied)
12.0 CABLING
12.1 All cabling between the vendor’s equipments shall be supplied by the vendor except HV power
cables which shall be shall be supplied by purchaser.
12.2 All MV Power shall comply with the EIL standard specification 6-51-0051 and datasheet
attached with MR. MV control cables (shielded) and fire alarm cables shall be as per EIL
standard specification 6-51-0052. However please note that Outersheath shall be of FRLS
(FLAME RETARDANT LOW SMOKE) type, which shall also conform to latest IEC-61034 part-1
and 2.
12.3 Power cables used for MV motors shall be with 3 cores. The conductor size shall be minimum
4mm2. The conductor material for M.V. power cables shall be copper up to 16 mm²/ Aluminum
above 16 mm2.
12.4 Control cables shall be 1.5 mm², copper conductor, and overall screened.
12.5 Vendor scope includes supply of tinned copper lugs, and nickel-plated brass cable glands for all
cabling within package battery limits inclusive of cable glands for purchaser’s cables. The cable
glands shall be single compression type for indoor equipments & double compression type for
outdoor equipments
12.6 GI cable trays and racks as required for cabling in the battery limits
13.0 C.T.s /P.T.s : Required (as per table given below)
Current transformer for protection CT/PT for AVR
P-CT D-CT M-CT R-CT N-CT AVR CT AVR PT
Requirement Yes Yes for Yes for Yes Yes Yes
7.1.1 7.1.1
Ratio For 8.1.1 600/1 600/1 600/1 */1 */1 * 6600/ √3
(#) 110/ √3
For 8.1.2 2000/1 NA NA */1 */1 *
Class 5P10 PS 1 PS 5P10 * 1
Burden (VA) * * * * * * *
Function Protectio Differential Metering REF Earth Fault Regulation Regulation
n & Meters
Vk/Rct - Later - Later
Location <1> <2> <3> <4> <5>
# Tentative values indicated .Ratio shall be finalized during detailed engg based on final rating
of alternator.
* To be decided by vendor.
Protection CTs shall be physically located inside the terminal box / cubicle as given below :-
Format No. EIL313

Page of 827 Rev. 1
JOB SPECIFICATION
<1> P-CT : CT for Over Current and Short Circuit Protection, to be located just
before the star point (neutral formation point).
<2> D-CT : CT for Differential Protection, to be located just before the star point
(neutral formation point).
<3> M-CT: CT for Meters, to be located in LINE CUBICLE.
<4> R-CT: CT for Restricted earth fault protection in Neutral,
<5> N-CT: CT for earth fault protection in Neutral,
(Refer the attached Key Single Line Diagram for illustrative details)
14.0 Protection Relays * / Metering

Type Required Type Required
Voltage restrained O/C relay Yes P.T fuse failure relay Yes
O/V relay with time delay Yes Ammeter with selector switch Yes
(*)
Stand by earth fault relay Yes Voltmeter with selector switch Yes
(*)
Lockout relay ($$) Yes KWH meter Yes
Control supply failure relay Yes KW meter Yes
Check synchronizing relay Yes P.F. meter Yes
Winding R.T.D Yes Frequency meter Yes
Bearing R.T.D Yes Hour run counter Yes
Reverse power relay Yes Gen. differential relay Yes
Thermal overload relay Yes Loss of excitation relay Yes
Under voltage relay Yes Restricted earth fault (REF Yes
relay
Negative phase sequence Yes Rotor earth fault relay Yes
relay
Over/Under frequency Yes Trip circuit supervision relay Yes
Low Power flow relay Yes
All protection relays shall be numerical type which shall be IEC61850 compliant.
Differential relay is applicable only for item 8.1.1. Differential relay and REF relay shall be
provided separately and all other features shall be part of comprehensive generator protection
relay.
$$ lock out relay shall be conventional type.
* Additionally analog type meters shall be provided for item 8.1.1.
15.0 Control requirements
S.No. Control Function / Element LCP Synchronizing panel

1 Gen Start/stop P.B. Yes No
2 Freq increase/decrease P.B. Yes Yes
3 Voltage increase/decrease Yes Yes
4 Gen C.B. control switch Yes No
5 Synchronizing equipment No Yes
6 Auto/Man sel. sw. for starting Yes No
7 Auto/Man sel. sw. for regulation Yes No
Format No. EIL314

Page of 827 Rev. 1
JOB SPECIFICATION
S.No. Control Function / Element LCP Synchronizing panel

8 Local/remote switches Yes Yes
+
9 Annunciation windows Yes No
10 Annunciation accept/reset P.B Yes No
Purchase shall provide a volt free contact normally open, which shall CLOSE to start the DG
when kept in AUTO mode
For auto closing of Owner’s generator breaker vendor shall provide a volt free contact normally
open which shall CLOSE after full voltage build up.
Frequency increase/decrease from remote control panel shall be achievable by changeover of

contacts (push button type). Vendor to ensure governor suitability for this type of control.
Synchronizing panel shall be supplied by vendor and the same shall be located in owner’s
substation (S/S GC1 for item no. 8.1.1 and S/S EG3 for 8.1.2) which is around 375m from DG
room. All cabling between synchronizing panel and generator control panel is in vendor scope.
Synchronizing panel shall have provision for auto as well as manual synchronizing for the
power sources. Accordingly auto synchronizer & all other related equipment shall be provided.
16.0 Indication * & alarm

S. No. Function LCP Provision of indication
at remote
1 Load on mains/generator Yes Yes
2 Gen C.B (open/close/trip) Yes Yes
3 Control supply failure Yes Yes
4 Winding temp high Yes Yes
5 Bearing temp high Yes Yes
6 Start Failure Yes Yes
‘Yes’ indicates facility to be provided by Vendor, as applicable

- Cluster type LEDs shall be provided for indication with adequate brightness and minimum 2
nos LEDs chips per light. LEDs shall be connected in parallel and each LED chip shall have
diameter not less than 3 mm. Lamps shall be provided with translucent covers to diffuse light.
- Potential free NO contacts shall be provided for Generator/ Engine fault condition which will
be wired to trip the breaker.
17.0 TESTING AT WORKS

17.1 Witness of Generator Control Panel functional requirements by simulation: YES
17.2 Witness of routine test as per IS:4722, waveform test, vibration test of alternator: YES
17.3 Special tests:-
17.3.1 Transient voltage performance with Job AVR and Shop Driver
i). By 100 % Load Rejection at 1 pf : YES
Format No. EIL315

Page of 827 Rev. 1
JOB SPECIFICATION
18.0 Attachments
S.
DESCRIPTION Document No. REV
No.
1. 415V Emergency Generator package

A307-0IY-16-50-DS-5881 A
Data Sheet
Block Diagram – 6.6 kV Emergency
2. A307-0IY-16-50-SK-5880 A
Generator
Block Diagram – 415 V Emergency
3. A307-0IY-16-50-SK-5881 A
Generator
Datasheet for Numerical relay (DG
4. A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0259 A
package)
5. 415V DG Breaker Panel A307-0IY-16-50-DS-5882 A
Data sheet for Engine Starting Battery &
6. A307-000-16-50-DS-0602 A
Charger
7. Datasheet for HV Synchronous generator A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0902 A
8. Mandatory Spare Parts-DG Package A307-0IY-16-50-SL-5880 A
9. NGR Datasheet A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0353 A
10. Vendor Data Requirement A307-0IY-16-50-VR-5880 A
11. Vendor List A307-0IY-16-50-OD-5880 A
12. Check list A307-0IY-16-50-LL-5880 A

Datasheet for HV Generator circuit
13. A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0061 A
Breaker panel
Hardware datasheet for Generator control
14. A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0062 A
panel (6.6kV)
15. Datasheet for PDB fixed type A307-000-16-50-DS-0282 A
Datasheet for MV Switchboard
16. A307-000-16-50-DS-0104 B
components
Hardware data sheet for 415V
17. A307-0IY-16-50-DS-5883 A
Emergency generator control panel
18. Hardware Datasheet for PDB Incomer A307-000-16-50-DS-0283 A
Hardware Datasheet for Contactor
19. Controlled Motor Feeder (Rating A307-000-16-50-DS-0284 A
<=55kW)
20. Hardware Datasheet for MCCB Feeder A307-000-16-50-DS-0285 A
Hardware Datasheet for MCCB feeder
21. A307-000-16-50-DS-0286 A
with contactor
22. Datasheet for MV Power & Control cables A307-000-16-50-DS-0411 A
23. Datasheet for MV Motors A307-000-16-50-DS-0501 B
24. Electrical Load data A307-000-16-50-DS-1002 A
25. Experience Record for HV Generator A307-0IY-16-50-DS-1028 A
26. Specification for HV switchboards 6-51-0001 6
27. Specification for relay & control panels 6-51-0004 4

Specification for MV Switchboard (fixed
28. 6-51-0012 3
type)
Format No. EIL316

Page of 827 Rev. 1
JOB SPECIFICATION
S.
DESCRIPTION Document No. REV
No.
Specification for industrial type control
29. 6-51-0014 4
stations.
Specification for Engine starting battery &
30. 6-51-0030 3
charger
Specification for high voltage
31. 6-51-0035 3
synchronous generators.
32. Specification for Emergency generator 6-51-0040 5
33. Specification for NGR 6-51-0043 6

Medium & High Voltage cable&
34. 6-51-0051 6
accessories
Specification for Communication and Fire
35. Alarm Cables (Applicable for control 6-51-0052 5
cables)
36. Specification for Numerical Relays 6-51-0055 1
Specification for energy efficient medium
37. 6-51-0064 0
voltage induction motors
Inspection & test plan for HV
38. 6-81-1001 3
switchboards
Inspection & test plan for relay & control
39. 6-81-1004 3
panels / desks
Inspection & Test plan for MV fixed type
40. 6-81-1012 2
switchboard
Inspection & Test plan for industrial type
41. 6-81-1014 2
control stations.
42. Inspection & Test plan for MV Motors 6-81-1032 3
Inspection & test plan for HV
43. 6-81-1035 2
synchronous generator
Inspection & Test plan for Emergency
44. 6-81-1040 2
generator
45. Inspection & Test plan for NGR 6-81-1043 2
Inspection & Test plan for Medium & High
46. 6-81-1051 2
Voltage cable& accessories
Inspection & Test plan for Communication
47. and Fire Alarm Cables (Applicable for 6-81-1052 2
control cables)
48. ITP for Numerical Relays 6-81-1055 2
49. EQUIPMENT EARTHING SCHEDULE A307-000-16-50-DS-1013 A
Format No. EIL317

Page of 827 Rev. 1
DOCUMENT No.
DATA SHEET FOR
EMERGENCY GENERATOR A307-0IY-16-50-DS-5881
PACKAGE Rev.A
Page 1 of 4
DATA SHEET-EMERGENCY GENERATOR PACKAGE (MV)
DATASHEET: (PART 1)
1.0 Technical Particulars

1.1 Alternator Data
a. Item No. : DG-01
b. Duty : Continuous
c. No. of units : 1
d. Type of driver : Diesel Engine
e. Painting : Epoxy Based
f. Colour shade : 632 as per IS
g. Rated output : 1250 kVA
h. Rated Terminal voltage : 415V
i. Rated P.F. : 0.8 lag
j. Rated Frequency : 50Hz ± 3%
k. System neutral earthing : Solid
l. System fault level (kA) : 50 kA (1sec.)
m. Degree of protection : Minimum IP-23
n. Insulation class : F or H
o. Temp Rise limited to : B for insulation class F & F for insulation class H
p. Maximum Transient Reactance (Xd’) : * Vendor to indicate
q. Type of excitation system. : Brushless
r. Excitation support by PMG : * Vendor to decide
s. Type of cooling. : Alternator to be air cooled
t. Permissible voltage drop : 15 % (See Remark-1)
u. Black Start Facility : Required
v. Generator start-up time : < 30 seconds
Remark – 1:
The generator shall be suitable for the following conditions: -
Alternator shall be suitable for starting 415V,110 kW DOL motor having starting current of 720%
FLC(Inclusive of tolerance) with allowable voltage drop at generator terminals as 15% while feeding base
load of 750 KVA. Vendor shall furnish the calculations along with the offer for the motor start-up. Vendor
shall furnish detailed calculations for same during detailed engineering.
A 30.01.2014 ISSUED WITH MR NNB/MHR SV BRB

Date Purpose
No by by by
Page 318 of 827

DATA SHEET DOCUMENT No.
FOR A307-0IY-16-50-DS-5881
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
PACKAGE
Rev.A
Page 2 of 4
DATASHEET: PART 2
1.0 Rating & performance details:

a. Make :
b. Temp. inside acoustic enclosure : ° C higher than design ambient
c. Frame designation :
d. Rated output : KVA
e. Terminal voltage : KV
f. Enclosure :
g. Rated P.F. : Lag
h. Phase/connection/no.of terminals :
i. Full load current :
j. Speed : RPM
k. Rated frequency :
l. Cooling system :
m. Max permissible inductive loading :
n. Steady state 3-phase S.C. currents :
o. 3-phase S.C. withstand time :
p. Type of voltage regulator :
q. Insulation class :
r. Max. permissible impact load :
s. Temperature rise at full load :
t.
Efficiency % 25% Load 50% Load 75% Load 100% Load
Rated P.F.
Unity P.F.
2.0 Reactances (Mfr. to indicate tolerances)
S. no. Parameter Abbr. Tolerance % Value(pu)

a Direct axis transient reactance Xd’ ±
b Direct axis subtransient reactance Xd” ±
c Synchronous reactance Xd ±
d Zero sequence reactance X0 ±
e Negative sequence reactance X2 ±
3.0 Resistances and time constants

a. Armature resistance (25 °C) : Ohm/phase
Page 319 of 827

FOR A307-0IY-16-50-DS-5881
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
PACKAGE
Rev.A
Page 3 of 4
b. Armature resistance (100 °C) : Ohm/phase

c. Transient time constant Td’ : Sec
d. Sub-transient time constant Td” : Sec
4.0 Local control panel

a. Make :
b. Dimension :
c. Type :
d. Degree of protection : IP-
e. Weight :
f. Colour shade : 632 as per IS
5.0 Remote control panel : NA

a. Dimension :
b. Degree of protection : IP-
c. Weight :
6.0 Mechanical data

a. Alternator dimension (LxWxH) :
b. Stator weight :
c. Rotor weight :
d. Total weight :
e. Coupling : Direct / Through gear box
7.0 Auxiliary Motors
a. Make :
b. Voltage/Frequency : 415 V, 3-Ph/240V 1-Ph, 50 Hz
c. Enclosure protection : IP- 55
d. Insulation class : 'F' temp rise limited to Class ‘B’
e. starting : DOL
8.0 D.C. power supply

8.1 Battery
a. Make :
b. Model :
c. Type :
d. No. of cells :
e. Nominal voltage :
f. Nominal capacity :
Page 320 of 827

FOR A307-0IY-16-50-DS-5881
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
PACKAGE
Rev.A
Page 4 of 4
g. Dimension of rack :
h. Cell arrangement :
8.2 Battery charger
a. Make :
b. Model :
c. Input voltage :
d. Float voltage range :
e. Boost voltage range :
f. Float charge current :
g. Boost charge current :
h. Overall dimension (LxWxH) :
NOTE: ALL BLANK DATA IN THIS DATASHEET SHALL BE FILLED BY THE VENDOR.
Page 321 of 827

Page 322 of 827
Page 323 of 827
Page 1 of 4
Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET A307-0IY-16-50-0259
NUMERICAL RELAY (DG)
Rev.No. A
Rev. Date Purpose Prepared Checked Approved

A PROJECT DATA TICK FOR SELECTION

1 Project details 2 SITE CONDITIONS
a Project : INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION a Ambient tempeature
b Client : BPCL-KR b MIN 1 °C MAX 46 Design 45
c Location : KOCHI, KERALA c Humidity 95%
d Unit : d Altitude : < 1000 m
e Atmospheric condtion : Humid & Highly corrosive
f Installation : Indoor inside panel
B RELAY SELECTION TICK FOR SELECTION

1 RELAY FUNCTIONS 4 INPUT POWER SUPPLY
a Only Protection a Site selectable feature
b Protection and metering b Input supply : 110V DC
c Protection and metering and control :
d Ethernet commuication :
e Password protection
a. For write
b. For both read and write
2 CONSTRUCTION FEATURE 5 CT/ PT INPUT TO RELAY
a Enclosure type :IP5X a Current operated relays
b Terminal size- sqmm :1.5 for control a1 Main CT input :
for external wires :4 for CT/ PT a2 CT for sensitive EF :
c Mounting :Flush or back up EF
d Drawout feature :as per 6-51-0055 b Voltage operated relays
e Display type :Alphanumeric LCD b1 PT input :
+ LED Indication
3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT IF ANY c Comprehensive relay
a Applicable standards: IEC c1 Main CT input : 3 CTs, 4 Wire
b Distance for cable capacitance up to 4000 m c2 PT input : 3 Phase, 4 Wire
for application where field contacts are c3 CT for sensitive EF : 1 CT, 2 wire input
directly wired to relay e.g. Motor start/ stop, intertrip or back up EF (Yes for IC& TR FDR)
d CT Secondary current : 1A for Protection CT
1A for Differential CT
C RELAY PROTECTION/ METERING FUNCTIONS TICK FOR SELECTION
(where no check box is shown, the requirement is minimum but not limited. Refer SWBD data sht for fdr wise protection)
1 Curernt operated relays 2 Voltage operated relays
a. 3 phase O/C element (50, 51) a. 3 phase O/V element with time delay (59+2)
* I> * I >> * I>>> * OV> * OV>>
Characteristics as per IEC
* Inverse (normal, very, extremely, long) b. 3 phase U/V element with time delay (27+2)
and definite time for I > and I >> * UV> * UV>>
* Definite time for I >>> Characteristics as per IEC
* Inverse (normal, very, extremely, long)
b. E/F relay (50N, 51N, 51G) and definite time for UV > , UV>>
* IO > * IO >> * IO >>> c. Under/ Over Frequency element with time delay
Characteristics as per IEC (81U/ 81O)
* Inverse (normal, very, extremely, long) * Settable under voltage restraint
and definite time for IO >, IO >> * df/dt element
* Definite time for IO>>> * Number of stages with u/f During Detail Engg
* Number of stages with df/dt During Detail Engg
c. Metering/ event recording d. Synchrocheck function
* 3 phase/ line currents d. Metering/ event recording
* Disturbance record * 3 phase/ line Voltages
* Breaker trip/ close status * Disturbance record
* Relay faults * Breaker trip/ close status
* Trip Values * Relay faults
* Trip Values
TICK FOR SELECTION
Format No: 1650-2017

Page 324Rev.3
of 827 Copyrights EIL - All rights reserved
Page 2 of 4
Datasheet No.
Rev.No. A
D RELAY PROTECTION/ METERING FUNCTIONS TICK FOR SELECTION

(where no check box is shown, the requirement is minimum but not limited. Refer SWBD data sht for fdr wise protection)
3 Motor Protection relay 5 Special protection relays (Refer Job Spec)
a. Protection elements * Part of main relay
* Thermal overload (49) * Separate relay
* OC protection with doubling feature (50) a. Differential relays
* EF protection (50N) * BUS
* Locked Rotor protection * Feeder Required
* Maximum start time * Trafo With harmonic restraint
* Maximum number of starts * Machine Biased differential
* Negative phase sequence b. Directional relays (67, 67N)
* Under voltage delayed trip c. Restricted EF (64R)
* EF Through CBCT d. Generator protection
* Single phasing e. Distance protection
b. Metering/ events f. Reverse power relay
* 3 phase/ line current (Refer Job specification also.)
* Hour run 6 Other relay Features
* KW, KWH, pf a. Analog inputs 4-20mA
* Disturbance record * RTD/ BTD Required
* Plot start characteristic * WTI/ OTI-Trafo relay Required
* Trip values
* Start time WTI= Winding temperature indicator
* Start current OTI= Oil temperature indicator
c. Control
* Breaker close in test mode b. Out put relays
* Reacceleartion logic * Number of relays As required
* Breaker trip * Contact rating 2A, 110V DC
* RTD/BTD input * Reset Hand reset
4 Comprehensive numerical relay FUNCTIONS part of numerical relay
a. Current op elements c. Lock out function (86)
(51, 50, 51N, 51V, 50N, 51G) d. Trip circuit supervision(95)
b. Voltage op elements (59, 27, 2, 81U, 81O) e. Watch dog
c. Control function f. Time stamp
* Breaker close/ trip from relay g. Modular construction
* Breaker close/ trip on serial for easy and quick replacement
* PLC logic function for control scheme of faulty PCB/circuit
* Digital I/P & Digital O/P:
As per approved block digram with 20% spare
* Motor Feeder control function
E ETHERNET COMMUNICATION AND RELAY INTEGRATION TICK FOR SELECTION
1 Relay integration 3 Redundancy requirement for Ethernet switch/HMI

a Communication ports at Relay a Ports at STAR coupler
* Relay front : RS 232 * For each relay Non Redundant
* Relay back : SUITABLE FOR IEC 61850 INTERFACE * For Ethernet switch Redundant
b Protocol : IEC 61850 b Ethernet switch
of relay LAN * Power supply card Redundant
c Requirment of Integration * Communication port for Redundant
* Integraton with DC each relay LAN
* Directly to MMI * Communication Processor Not Applicable
d Topology As per specification 4 Serial communication from Ethernet switch to ECS RTU
e Data concentrators Not Required a Ethernet switch to HMI
2 Redundancy * Topology As per specification
a Relay LAN /serial * Protocol IEC-61850
* Redundant (serial) b ES to ECS-RTU IEC-61850
* Non redundant (star) c Scan time As per specification
b From Ethernet switch to MMI
* Redundant
* Non redundant 5 Other requirement
c From Ethernet switch to ECS-RTU a Time synchronization
* Redundant b Remote relay parameterization
* Non redundant c Annunciation at HMI

Page 325Rev.3
Page 3 of 4
Datasheet No.
Rev.No. A
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
1 NUMERICAL RELAYS TYPES
Feeder type GENERATOR
Main relay
*Indicate equivalent
NEMA no. of element
offered inMainRelay
* lockout feature 86
* trip ckt sup 95
Relay selection
* relay model & extra

element for syn mot
Differential relay
CT circuit supervision
REF relay
Direction relay
Reverse Power
Impedance relay
* 86 with all special
protection relays
RS232
Nos of Serial
RS485
RS422
Port
FO
RTD -PT100
BTD- PT100
Analog input
WTI input
OTI input
* DI used by MFR
Nos of DI
* DI avaialble for
customer interlock
* DI for auto C/O logic
* Main relay
* Special relays
Protocol
* Protocol for relay

setting from remote
Any other data
REMARKS

Page 326Rev.3
Page 4 of 4
Datasheet No.
Rev.No. A
2 ETHERNET SWITCH AND RELAY INTEGRATION NOT APPLICABLE

a Model no. g Serial Interface -ECS-RTU
Make * Topology
* Protocol
b Input power supply * Type of Port
* Voltage * Cable type
* Power reqt
h Number of Digital Input/ Aanalog Input (4-20mA)
c Redundancy * DI for substation eqpt
* Power supply * Spare DI
* Communication processor * AI as per project data sht
* Communication port * Spare AI
* Relay LAN /Serial communication
* ECS-RTU interface I Maximum Scan Time
* HMI interface * Status
* events
d Serial interface/ Relay LAN * Data acqusition (analog)
* Topology * Disturbance record
* Protocol download time
* Nos of relay in each j Other features
* Topology * Spare capacity for
* Type of port additional devices for
* Cable type relay LAN
* Time synchronization
f Serial interface- HMI options
* Topology
* Protocol
* Type of Port
* Cable type
3 Standard features of relay/ system architecture

Vendor to provide data as applicable for the product offered

Page 327Rev.3
Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET FOR A307-0IY-16-50-DS-5882
MV DG BREAKER PANEL Rev : A
Page 1 of 2
PURCHASER'S DATA
Project IREP-KCOHI Location KERALA
Client M/s BPCL-KR Unit
A Site conditions
1 Maximum ambient temperature: 46 °C 4 Relative humidity: 95%
2 Minimum ambient temperature: 1 °C 5 Altitude above MSL: < 1000 m
3 Design ambient temperature: 45 °C 6 Environment: Humid & corrosive
B Operating Conditions
1 Voltage 415 V ± 10% TPN 6 Auxiliary supply
2 Frequency 50 Hz +/-3% AC 240 V ± 10% SPN
3 No of phases Three DC 110 V ± 10% DC
4 System fault level 50 kA (1 sec) 7 Power supply for spring 110 V DC
5 System earthing Solidly earthed charging motor
C Electrical Data
1 Short circuit withstand capacity 50 kA 7 Incoming power entry *
for 1 sec. 8 Cable entry (I/C & O/G) Required
2 Busbar current rating inside panel 9 Bus duct entry Not required
panel at specified ambient 10 Cable gland/lugs Included
3 Busbars Heat shrunk PVC sleeved 11 Colour shade Exterior Epoxy & shade RAL-7032
4 System breaking capacity 50 kA 12 Feeder arrangement Single front
5 System making capacity 105 kA (peak) 13 Minimum motor starter module-
6 Circuit breaker size
Type ACB 14 Minimum switchfuse module -
Duty cycle 0-3 min-co-3 min-co size
Rating * 15 Floor fixing Integral base frame & tack
welding to the floor channel
Note
* marked particulars may be referred in respective switchboard feeder detail data sheet
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
A Switchboards 12 Largest shipping section:
1 Tag no. Max. overall weight kg
2 Make Length*Depth*Height mm
3 Type designation 13 Recommended clearances for SWBD
4 Degree of protection Front*Rear*Above mm
5 CB panel 15 Max. size/no. of cables that
Overall weight can be terminated
Incomer kg with rear extension
Outgoing kg without rear extension
Overall dimensions 16 Size of rear extension panel
Length*Depth*Height mm 17 Clearance in air
6 Overall dimensions of MCC/ Phase to Phase mm
contactor controlled feeder panel: Phase to Earth mm
Length*Depth*Height mm 18 Main horizontal bus bar
7 Overall dimensions of each PCC Bus bar current rating at A
Length*Depth*Height mm design ambient temp.
8 Overall dimensions of each PMCC Main bus bar size
Length*Depth*Height mm Main bus bar material Al / Cu
9 Overall dimensions of each MCC Main bus bar location Top/ Bottom
Length*Depth*Height mm 19 Vertical bus bars
10 Overall dimensions of each ASB Bus bar current rating at
Length*Depth*Height mm design ambient temp. A
11 Overall dimensions of each LDB Bus bar size
Length*Depth*Height mm Bus bar material
14 Shock loading on foundation Bus bar location

Rev. No Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
Format No: EIL 1650-3054

Page 328 of Rev.2
827 Copyrights EIL - All rights reserved
Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET FOR A307-0IY-16-50-DS-5882
MV DG BREAKER PANEL Rev : A
Page 2 of 2
20 Insulating material 23 Short circuit
21 Earth bus bar size mm² 1 second kA
Material Al/Cu Peak dynamic
22 1min power freq voltage kV 24 Whether adaptor panel required Yes/No
between PCC/MCC panel
If Yes, furnish dimensions
B Circuit breaker
1 Type designation 15 Power requirement
2 Make Opening W/VA
3 Mounting Closing W/VA
4 No. of poles/phases Spring charge motor W/VA
5 Current rating (in air) A at °C 16 Time for spring charging
6 Current rating (inside panel A 17 Breaker is trip free Yes
at design temperature) 18 Closing mechanism
7 Short time rating (1 sec) 19 Provision of manual spring Yes
8 Sym breaking capacity kA charging
% DC component 20 Tripping mechanism
9 Peak making capacity kA (peak) 21 Mechanical trip PB provided Yes
10 Power frequency withstand 22 Mechanical ON/OFF indicator Yes
11 Impulse withstand voltage provided
12 Duty cycle 23 Operation counter provided Yes/ No
13 Total opening time m sec 24 Time taken for spring charging sec
14 Total closing time m sec 25 No. of auxiliary contacts NO+ NC
26 Derating required for capacitor %
switching
C CONTACTOR
1 Type designation 9 Life
2 Make Electrical
3 Rated Voltage Mechanical
4 Rated current 10 Coil consumption - Pick up
AC-3 Duty 11 Coil consumption - Pick up
AC-4 Duty 12 Coil consumption - Hold on
5 Thermal rating 13 Closing time
6 Making capacity 14 Opening time
7 Breaking capacity 15 No of aux. contacts NO+ NC
8 Switching frequency 16 Maximum permitted back up fuse rating
D SWITCH
1 Rated voltage 6 Rated short circuit withstand
2 Rated current current with max. permissible
3 AC 23 rating rated fuses
4 Rated making capacity 7 Mechanical life
5 Rated breaking capacity 8 Maximum permitted back
up fuse rating
E THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY
1 Make 5 Type of operation Direct / CT operated
2 Type 6 Maximum permitted back
3 Setting range up fuse rating
4 Single phasing preventor Intergral / Separate
F FUSES
1 Make 3 Current rating
2 Type
Note
1 Vendor shall furnish dimensions of various switchboards, CB panels and dummy/adaptor panels separately.
2 Vendor shall furnish technical particulars of various switchboards separately.
3 Switchboard offered shall be of proven design and shall have been successfully type tested. Type test
certificates for an exactly identical design of offered switchboard shall be furnished by bidders. These test
reports shall be not more than 5 yeas old, as on the final bid opening date. In case these type tests have not
been conducted during the last 5 years, bidder shall conduct these type tests on the offered design of
switchboard before despatch without any extra cost and delivery impact.

Page 329 of Rev.1
Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET
A307-000-16-50-DS-0602
ENGINE STARTING
Rev : A
BATTERY AND CHARGER
Page 1 of 1
PURCHASER'S DATA
Project IREP-KOCHI Location KERALA
Client M/s BPCL-KR Unit
A Site conditions
1 Maximum ambient temperature: 46 °C 4 Relative humidity: 95 %
2 Min. amb temp for battery sizing 1 °C 5 Altitude above MSL: < 1000 m
3 Design ambient temperature: 45 °C 6 Environment: Humid & corrosive
B Technical particulars
1 Voltage Refer Note-4 4 System earthing Solidly earthed
2 Frequency 50 Hz ± 3% 5 Installation Indoor
3 Fault level 50 kA 6 Applicable standard EIL std. 6-51-30
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
A General 6 Nominal quick/ float voltage V/ A
1 Vendor 7 Incoming power requirement V/ kW
A
2 Package/ Engine no. 8 Power factor at rated load
B Battery Set 9 Installation Separate panel / Within LCP
1 Make: 10 Degree of protection-Panel IP - 41
2 Battery type Lead Acid, High Discharge 11 Dimension of panel (LxDxH) mm
Automotive type 12 Suitability of charger for Yes
3 Model no. trickle charging all battery
4 Ampere-hour capacity AH @ hour discharge banks simultaneously
rate at o
C (for fire water pumps)
5 Nominal battery voltage V D Distribution
6 No. of cells 1 Rating of DC loads
7 Nominal cell voltage V a Engine starting motor
8 Cell voltage at the end of load b Engine controls/Control panel
cycle (for capacity sizing) V@ c
hour discharge rate DC Lube oil pump motor
9 Max. cell boost charging voltage/ V d Others
Current A 2 Max. simultaneous DC load
10 Cell float charging voltage/ V (including float charging)
Current A 3 No. of outgoing feeders with
11 Dimension of battery panel/ ratings
rack (LxDxH) mm 4 Cable details (Size & Type)
12 No. of battery banks provided a Charger to battery
(for Engine for Fire Water Pumps) b Charger to load
C Battery charger
1 Make
2 Model no.
3 Type of rectifier bridge
4 Method of control
5 Charger rating (Voltage & Amp)
a Quick charging mode Max. V/ A
b Float charging mode Max. V/ A
Notes
1 The vendor shall coordinate all necessary information regarding battery and chargers to ensure proper design for
optimum performance. The charger shall be completely suitable for the charging requirements of the battery.
2 Manufacturer's data shall be filled in separately for each type and rating of engine battery and charger.
3 All un-filled data to be filled by vendor.
4 Refer Cl.no. 5.0 of job specification (A307-0IY-16-50-SP-5880)

Format No: EILPage

1650-2038 Rev.2
330 of 827 Copyrights EIL - All rights reserved
Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET HV A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0902
SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR Rev : A
Page 1 of 3
PURCHASER'S DATA
A Site conditions
1 Maximum ambient temperature 46 0
C 5 Altitude above MSL < 1000 m
2 Minimum ambient temperature 1 0
C 6 Environment Humid
< 1000&mCorrosive
3 Design ambient temperature 45 0
C 7 Area classification Safe area
4 Relative humidity 95 % 8 Installation DG room
B Technical particulars Outdoor
1 Item no. 16 Terminal details-line side Cable
2 Duty Continuous duty Line cable Later
Busduct
3 Number of units 1 Neutral cable Later
4 Type of driver Diesel Engine 17 Current transformer details Refer SP-5880
6 Rated output Refer
Steam turbineSP-5880 Cores
7 Terminal voltage 6.6 kV Ratio
8 Rated power factor 0.8
11kVLag Class
9 Frequency 50 Hz ± 3% Burden
10 System fault level 40
50 HzkA ± 3% Function
11 Generator neutral earthing Resistance
12.5 kA earthed 18 Voltage transformer details Not Required
12 Limited earth fault current 200 A
Unearthed Cores
13 Type of excitation system Brushless Ratio
14 Type of cooling system IC 411/511/611
Static Class
15 Parallel operation Refer SP-5880
Air cooled Burden
16 Black start facility Required Function
17 Generator start up < 30s
Momentary Connection
D Tests requirement Utility grid
1 Temperature rise test Yes 7 String test(Mechanical) - Refer RED Specs
2 Determination of deviation of No
Required
voltage wave form from sinusoidal Required 8 Particular requirement NA
Required
3 Over speed test Yes Required
4 Determination of efficiency No
Required
5 Short circuit test No
Required Required
6 Measurement of reactance Required
No
and time constant Required
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
A Rating & performance details
1 Make 24 Rated voltage V
2 Country of manufacture 25 Rated power factor
3 Frame designation 26 Full load current A
4 Applicable standard & code 27 Max. Permissible capacitve loading MVAr
5 Enclosure protection 28 Max. Permissible inductive loading MVAr
6 Phase 29 Steady state 3 phase Ka
7 Connection short circuit current
8 No. of terminals 30 Max. initial short circuit Ka
9 Speed current
10 Type of rotor 31 3 Phase short circuit s
11 Cooling system (IEC type no.) withstand time
12 Excitation system 32 Short circuit ratio
13 Ground fault withstand current 33 Max. Continuous negative
for lamination sequence (I2) A
14 Saturation factor 34 Negative sequence withstand A
15 Max. deviation from sine wave current (I22 t)
16 Max. noise level 35 Surge impedence
17 Acoustic enclosure 36 Insulation Insulation Class, Temp. rise
18 Stator winding test voltage Stator winding ⁰C
19 Field winding test voltage Rotor winding ⁰C
20 Max. permissible impact load Main exciter armature ⁰C
21 Max. vibration limit Main exciter field ⁰C
22 Max. harmonic content in output 37 Overload capablity (50%) minutes
23 Rated output 38 Overload capablity (10%) hours
A 30.01.2014 Issued with MR NNB/MHR SV BRB

Page 331 of Rev.3

Page 332 of Rev.3
Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0902
HV SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR Rev : A
Page 2 of 3
Efficiency
Load 25% 50% 75% 100%
Rated p.f
Unity p.f
Reactances (Manufacturer to indicate tolerances also)
1 Base MVA 9 Xd'' (Unsaturated)
2 Xd (Saturated) 10 X2 (Saturated)
3 Xd (Unsaturated) 11 X2 (Unsaturated)
4 Xq (Saturated) 12 Armature leakage reactance
5 Xq (Unsaturated) (Saturated)
6 Xq' (Saturated) 13 Armature leakage reactance
7 Xq' (Unsaturated) (Unsaturated)
8 Xd'' (Saturated)
B Resistance & time constants
1 Armature resistance (250C) 6 Td''
2 Armature resistance (1000C) 7 Td0''
3 Field resistance (250C) 8 Td'
4 Field resistance (1000C) 9 Td0'
5 Effective negative sequence 10 Ta
resistance
C Inertia constants
Moment of inertia AVR make
Generator AVR steady state voltage
Gear box accuracy
Prime mover AVR response time
H constant of complete turbo gen Voltage change for 100% load
at base MVA change
PMG rated frequency Settling voltage st rated p.f
D Excitation System Details
1 Excitation system Static/Brushless 9 Field voltage at rated voltage V
2 Exciter cooling system 10 Field current at rated load A
3 Field brake rating V, A, kA. 11 Maximum field current A
4 Discharge resistor rating V, Ω 12 Minimum field current A
5 Redundant thristor circuits, included Yes/No 13 Maximum field voltage V
6 Parallel diodes included Yes/No 14 Minimum field voltage V
7 Diode failure detection included Yes/No 15 Exciter rating kW
8 Quad. Droop compensation Yes/No 16 Exciter nominal response
included 17 PMG rating kW
18 PMG rated voltage V
E Miscellaneous data 8 NDE Bearing type

1 No. of coolers Mounting
2 Cooler tube material 9 Type of lubrication
3 Cooling water requirement 10 Prime mover speed
4 Redundancy in cooling system 11 Gen. coupling to prime mover
5 Cooling filter type 12 Gear ratio
6 Air gap 13 Critical speed
7 DE Bearing type
Mounting

Page 333 of Rev.3
Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET HV A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0902
SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR Rev : A
Page 2 of 3
14 RTDs 17 Stator weight
a Core 18 Rotor weight
b Between coil side 19 Wt. of heaviest part of crane
c Each bearing 20 Accessories weight
d Cooling system 21 Total weight
15 Space heaters 22 Foundation load data
a Generator (operating)
b Exciter 23 Foundation load data
c Terminal box (fault condition)
16 Multi point temp. scanner

Page Rev.3
Installation Altitude Parallel operation
Outdoor < 1000 m Required
Indoor > 1000 m Not required
Shed
Frequency Momentary
Type of driver 50 Hz ± 3% Continuous
Steam turbine
Gas turbine System fault level Utility grid
12.5 kA Other generators
Type of excitation system 20 kA grid & generators
Static 25 kA
Brushless w/o PMG 31.5 kA Terminal details
Brushless with PMG 40 kA Busduct
50 kA Cable
Type oF cooling system
Air cooled System earthing Terminal voltage
CACA Unearthed 11kV
CACW Solidly earthed
Resistance earthed
Diesel Engine

Page Rev.3
MANDATORY SPARE PARTS DOCUMENT NO.
(ELECTRICAL)
A307-0IY-16-50-SL-5880
EDG PACKAGE
INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT Rev. A
BPCL-KR Page 1 of 2
MANDATORY SPARE PARTS

(ELECTRICAL)

(PR NO. A307-0IY-MD-MR-5880)
PROJECT : INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT, KOCHI
OWNER : M/s BPCL-KR
PMC : M/s ENGINEERS INDIA LTD.
JOB NO. : A307

Rev.
Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
No
Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev.

MANDATORY SPARE PARTS DOCUMENT NO.
(ELECTRICAL)
A307-0IY-16-50-SL-5880
EDG PACKAGE
BPCL-KR Page 2 of 2
MANDATORY SPARE PARTS (ELECTRICAL)
Vendor shall include the following mandatory spares for Electrical equipment:
S.
PART DESCRIPTION QUANTITY REQUIRED
No
1.1.1 Generator One set of spare for each generator
i). Generator relay One set each type and make
ii). AVR- all control card One each type
1.1.2 6.6 kV switchgear Quantity is per Switchgear
i). Closing coil one

ii). Shunt trip coil one
iii). Control fuses 10 Nos. each rating & type
1.1.3 415V MV Switchboard Quantity is per switchboard
(one set of spare for each Switchboard)
i). Closing coil 1 no.
ii). Shunt trip coil 1 no.
iii). Control fuses (all type & rating) 10 Nos. each rating and type
1.1.4 Relay panel
(One set of spare for each system)
i). All cards such as input & output cards, power One No of each type
supply cards, processor cards etc.
ii). All control fuses 1 Nos of each rating & type
1.1.5 DC System
(one set of spare for each DC System)
i). All fuse 10 nos. of each rating & type
ii). All cards such as input & output cards, power 1 no. of each rating & type.
supply cards, processor cards etc.
iii). Thyristors 1 no. of each rating & type.
iv). fuse link 10 nos. of each rating & type
v). Blocking diode 2 Nos.
1.1.6 MV induction motors 37 kW & above
(one set of spare for each rating & type)
i). Bearing (DE & NDE) One each
ii). Terminal /bushing One set each
NOTES:
1. The word ‘TYPE’ means the Make, Model no., Type, Range, Size/ Length, Rating, Material
as applicable.
2. The terminology used under 'Item Description' is the commonly used name of the part and
may vary from manufacturer to manufacturer.
3. Mandatory spares as indicated above do not cover commissioning spares.
4. Mandatory spares as indicated above do not cover two year O&M spares.

Datasheet No.
NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTOR (6.6kV) Rev.No. A
Page 1 of 1
PURCHASER'S DATA
Project IREP Location KOCHI-KERELA
Client BPCL-KR Unit
A Site conditions
1 Maximum ambient temperature: 46°C 4 Relative humidity: 95 %
2 Minimum ambient temperature: 1°C 5 Altitude < 1000 m
3 Design temperature: 45°C 6 Environment: Humid
< 1000 &mcorrosive
Humid & corrosive
1 Rated voltage 6.6/√3 kV 7 Installation Outdoor
2 Rated current (short time rating) 200 A for 10 Sec 8 Cable connections
3 Short time rating 200 A for 10 Sec 8.1 Cable entry Bottom
4 Continuous rating Not required 8.2 Separate bolted removable Required
(10% of short time rating) Required gland plate for cable entry Required
5 Resistance of NGR 19.053 Ohms 8.3 Cable glands & lugs Required
6 Terminal Connections 9 Current transformer Not required
Required
6.1 Transformer nuetral to NGR Al Conductor Voltage grade Required
Cable size During Detailed Engg Ratio
Voltage grade 6.6KV(UE), Burden
6.2 NGR to Earth GI earth strip Accuracy class
Size 75x10 mm2 GI Strip 10 Painting/Painting shade Epoxy & shade 632
Voltage grade NA kV (E/UE) 11 Degree of protection Min. IP31
Epoxy & shade 632
MANUFACTURER'S DATA Min. IP31
1 Make 4 Min. creepage distance

2 Resistor element Total mm
Material code Protected mm
Specific resistance ohm cm 5 P.f. withstand voltage kV (rms)
Temp. co-efficient 6 Overall dimensions
Resistance of banks ohms Width mm
No. of resistor banks Depth mm
Series nos. Height mm
Parallel (Min. two) nos. 7 Overall weight of panel kg
3 Separate canopy provided 8 Copies of type test certificates
furnished

Format No: EIL-1650-2018

Page 338 ofRev.3
Altitude NGR to earth
< 1000 m GI Strip
> 1000 m Cable
Environment Cable glands & lugs

Humid & corrosive Required
Not required
Rated voltage
33/√3 kV Rated current
11/√3 kV 300 A
6.6/√3 kV 400 A
3.3/√3 kV 600 A
800 A
Degree of protection
Min. IP31 Painting & colour
Epoxy & shade 632
Epoxy & shade 631
Format No: EIL-1650-2018 Rev.3 Copyrights EIL - All rights reserved

Page 339 of 827
Document No.
VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS A307-0IY-16-50-VDR-5880
FOR Rev. A
EMERGENCY GENERATOR PACKAGE Page 1 of 3

FOR
A 31-JAN-2014 ISSUED WITH MR MHR SV BRB

Rev. Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
No.
Page 340 of 827

Document No.
FOR Rev. A
The following drawings/documents marked " " shall be furnished by the bidder.
POST ORDER
S. WITH WITH
BID
(FINAL)
1. Schedule of Vendor Documents
2. Confirmation of Technical Compliance
3. Data Sheets (Duly filled-in)
4. Details of excitation system
5. Details of cooling system
6. GA drawing
7. Estimated capability curve
8. Open circuit characteristics
9. Short circuit characteristics
10. Short time under frequency operating limits
11. List of Recommended Spares
12. Catalogues and brochures
13. Bill Of Material
14. Foundation/fixing arrangement drawings
15. Schematic diagrams
16. Logic diagrams
17. Interconnection/Wiring diagrams
18. Owner Interface Drawings
19. Operation and maintenance manual
20. Site storage requirements
21. Test certificates
22. Experience record for HV generator (as per
attached format)
23. Battery and charger sizing
24. GA and installation details of Baatery and
charger
25. Motor GA, datasheet and other details
26. Total Auxiliary power requirement in Electrical
load data format
27. MCC/PDB: datasheet and GA and other details
28. Local control station
29. List of Mandatory spares
Page 341 of 827

Document No.
FOR Rev. A
Notes :
1. "TICK" denotes applicability.
2. Post order, drawing / document review shall commence only after approval of Document Control Index (DCI).
3. All post order documents shall be submitted / approved through EIL eDMS portal.
4. Final documentation shall be submitted in hard copy (Six prints) and soft ( two CDs/DVDs ) in addition to
submission through EIL eDMS.
5. Refer - 6-78-0001: Specification for quality management system from Bidders.
6. Refer - 6-78-0002: Specification for documentation requirements from Contractors.
7. Refer - 6-78-0003: Specification for documentation requirement from Suppliers.
8. All drawings & documents shall be submitted in A4 or A3 paper sizes. Documents in higher paper size shall
be submitted in exceptional circumstances or as indicated in the MR/Tender.
9. Post order- The schedule of drawing / data submission shall be mutually agreed between EIL & the bidder /
contractor / supplier during finalization of Document Control Index (DCI).
10. "@" indicates submission of documents to Inspection Agency.
Page 342 of 827

DOCUMENT No.
Checklist – Electrical
A307-0IY-16-50-LL-5880
Page 1 of 2
S.No. CHECK POINT / QUERY BIDDER’S CONFIRMATION/ANSWERS

1. Have you noted the scope of supply as per
Document A307-0IY-16-50-SP-5880 & A307-0IY-
16-50-DS-5881 Rev. A and agree to supply
materials and services according to that.
Please confirm compliance.
2. Purchaser shall provide a 415 V TPN feeder for
maintaining the DG in ready to start condition.
Vendor shall provide necessary hardware to feed
loads associated with DG, during stand still, using
this supply. All necessary provision for starting the
DG (Blackstart) shall be done by bidder. Please
confirm compliance.
3. One no. 415V DG set Machine and 6.6 kV DG set
Machine is required as per the MR.
Technical details and data shall be given in the
formats given in this MR for evaluation.
4. Bidder shall supply the DG set with alternator &
other equipments/components from the proposed
makes given in the data sheet No. A307-0IY-16-
50-VL-5880 Rev. A attached to MR.
5. Please inform if the offered alternator requires any
special tools for maintenance. If yes, have you
attached the list of such tools being supplied for
the package?
6. Please inform if the offered alternator and its AVR /
excitation panel require spares for two years of
operation and maintenance. Have you attached the
list of such spares with unit price?
7. Please confirm compliance to 6-51-0030 Rev. 3
for technical specifications and testing
requirements for battery charger.
requirements HV Synchronous generator.
requirements for Electrical Part of DG set.
10. As stipulated in 6-51-0040 Rev. 5 please note that
Type and Routine tests for Purchaser’s witness
and acceptance shall be offered for DG set as part
of your scope. All costs shall be borne by bidder to
this effect. Please confirm compliance.

Prepared Checked
Rev. No Date Purpose Approved by
by by
Page 343 of 827

DOCUMENT No.
Checklist – Electrical
A307-000-16-50-LL-5881-A
Page 2 of 2
S.No. CHECK POINT / QUERY BIDDER’S CONFIRMATION/ANSWERS

11. As stipulated in 6-51-0035 Rev. 3 please note that
Type and Routine tests for Purchaser’s witness
and acceptance shall be offered for DG set as part
of your scope. All costs shall be borne by bidder to
this effect. Please confirm compliance.
12. Note that all power & control cables between the
purchaser’s switchgear (located in Substation) and
vendor supplied equipment i.e. Alternator / GCP
etc. shall be provided by purchaser. Confirm that
you have furnished list of such cabling
requirement in the offer.
However any earth conductor, power & control
cable interconnection between the vendor supplied
equipment are in your scope of supply. Please
confirm compliance.
13. Please note that complete testing & commissioning
of DG set is included in your scope of work.
Confirm that all commissioning spares have been
included by you in scope of supply. Please
confirm compliance.
14. Vendor shall develop and submit for approval –
post order – a list of all interconnecting cable giving
scope demarcation for completeness of the DG
package commissioning.
Page 344 of 827

Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET Gen A307-0IY-16-50-DS-0061
Circuit Breaker Panel Rev : A
Page 1 of 3
PURCHASER'S DATA
Project IREP Location Kochi, Kerla

Client BPCL-KR Unit
A Site conditions
1 Maximum ambient temperature: 46 °C 3 System Breaking capacity 40 kA
2 Minimum ambient temperature: 1 °C 3.1 % D.C. Component As per IEC
3 Design ambient temperature: 45 °C 4 System making capacity 100 kA (peak)
4 Relative humidity: 95 % 5 Type of Circuit Breaker VCB
Shunt Trip Coil-1 : 110V DC
Shunt Trip Coil-2 : NOT APPLICABLE
(See Note-2)
5 Altitude above MSL: <1000 m 6 Duty Cycle of C.B. 0-3min-CO-3 min-CO

6 Environment: 7 Suitability for Cap. Switching Reqd. for VCB
B Operating conditions 8 Surge supressor for Motor Feeder.
1 Voltage 6.6 kV ± 10% 9 IDMTL Relay type 3 sec.
2 Frequency 50 Hz ± 3% 10 Provision of earthing
3 Number of Phases Three Earthing truck/Earthing Switch Required
4 System Fault Level 40kA
5 System Earthing Resistance D Miscellaneous
6 Auxiliary Supply 1 Interface with ECS Not Reqd.
a. AC 240 V ± 10% SPN 2 Incoming Power Entry Cable /Bottom
b. DC 110 V ± 10% DC 3 Outgoing power Entry Cable/Bottom
C Electrical Data 4 Separate bolted removable Reqd.(Gland plate
1 Busbar current rating (inside * By vendor gland palte for cable entry drilled at side)
panel at design temp.) 5 Cable glands and lugs for
2 1 sec. Short Circuit withstand 40kA cable termination Required
capacity 6 Painting/Paint shade RAL7032
Note:
1) Marked particulars may be referred in respective switchboard feeder detail data sheet.
2) For all HV circuiit breakers feeding HV VFDs, second shunt trip coil operating on different control
supply shall be provided.
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
A Switchboards
1 Make 9 Recommended clearances
2 Type designation Front mm
3 Degree of protection Rear mm
4 Max. overall weight of C.B. panel Kg Above mm
5 Overall dimensions of C.B. panel 10 Shock loading on foundation
a Width mm 11 Max. size/no. of cables that can be
b Depth mm terminated inside the panel
c Height mm a. without rear extension panel
6 Overall dimensions of dummy / b. with rear extension panel
adaptor panel of each type c. size of rear extension panel
a Width mm 12 Clearance in air
b Depth mm a. Phase to Phase (min.) mm
c Height mm b. Phase to Earth (min.) mm
7 Overall weight and dimensions of 13 Busbar current rating at design
largest shipping section ambient temperature A
a Weight Kg 14 Busbar (separately for each swbd)
b Width mm a. Horizontal main busbar size
c Depth mm (No. of flats x size of each flat)
d Height mm b. Horizontal main busbar size as
8 Overall dimensions of each swbd. tested at CPRI for full short ckt.
including all dummy/adaptor/rear withstand as per specification
extension panels requirement (No. of flats x size
Width of each flat)
Depth c. Vertical dropper size
Height (No. of flats x size of each flat)
Note: Vendor shall furnish the dimensins of various types/ratings of swbds., CB panels and
dummy/adaptor panels separately.
Format No: EIL 1650-3001A

Page 345 ofRev.2

Page 346 ofRev.2
Datasheet No.
Gen Circuit Breaker Panel Rev : A
Page 2 of 3
15 Horizontal main busbar/Vertical b Removable FRP shrouds for all Yes/No

busbar material Al/Cu busbar joints and tap-off
16 Insulating material (Busbar supports) connections provided
17 Earth busbar size mm2 c Arc propagation barrier in busbar Yes/No
18 Earth busbar material Copper compartment provided
19 1 min. power frequency withstand d Breaker service, test and drawn-
voltage (rms) kV out position provided Yes/No
19.1 Over voltage factor for PTs 1.9 for 30 sec. e Distinct overall lockable door for
20 Impuse withsatnd voltage (peak) kV breaker compartment provided Yes/No
20.1 Wave shape of impulse voiltage f Automatic safety shutter provided Yes/No
21 1 sec. short ckt. Withstand capacity kA g Independent pressure release
22 Peak dynamic withsatnd capacity kA flaps provided for all HV
23 Windows at the rear side of panels Not Required compartments Yes/No
for thermography h Wire mesh for all louvered
24 Safety Features openings provided Yes/No
a Heat shrinkable sleeves, rated to i Suitable intrlocks to prevent
withstand the system line to line faulty operation as per Cl. 4.4.10
voltage for one min., provided Yes/No of spec. 6-51-0001 provided Yes/No
on busbar
B Circuit Breaker
1 Type VCB 16 Power required for closing W/VA
2nd shunt trip coil for VFD feeders No
2 Make 17 Power required for spring

3 Type Designation charging motor W/VA
4 Circuit Breaker mounting in panel Truck/cassette @ 18 Breaker is trip free Yes/No
5 No. of poles/phase 19 Closing mechanism
6 Current rating (in free air) A at o
C 20 Provision of manual spring
7 Current rating inside the panel at charging provided Yes/No
specified design tempeature A 21 Mechanical Trip PB provided Yes/No
8 Short time rating ( 1sec.) kA 22 Mech. On/Off indicator provided Yes/No
9 Symmetrical breaking capapcity kA 23 Operation counter provided Yes/No
9.1 % D.C. Component 24 Time taken for spring charging sec.
10 Peak making current kA 25 No. of aux. contacts and their NO +
11 1 min. dry withsatnd voltage current ratings NC , A
(power frequency) kV 26 Interrupter
12 Duty Cycle a Make
13 Total openeing time m sec. b Pressure switch for monitoring
14 Total closing time m sec. of SF6 gas pressure provided Yes/No
15 Power required for opening W/VA c Re-filling arrangement of SF6
27 LOTO (Lock-Out Tag-Out) Required
Provision for mechanical
locking arrangement
@ Lifting truck shall be provided for cassette type circuit breaker.

Page Rev.2
Datasheet No.
Gen Circuit Breaker Panel Rev : A
Page 3 of 3
27 Supressor
a Type designation
b Make
28 Derating reqd. for Cap. Switching %
29 Earthing System Integral earthing/
Separate earthing
carriage
30 Copies of following test cerificates
enclosed : Yes/No *
30.1 For each type of offered circuit
breaker panel with breaker
a. Short Circuit tests (Peak and 1 sec.
withstand)
b Heat run test
c Internal arc test
d Impulse and power freq. withstand
30.2 For each type of offered circuit
breaker (in panel)
a. Short Circuit test duties
* Switchboard offered shall be of proven design and shll havbe been successfully type tested. Type test
certificates for an exactly identical design of offered switchboard shall be furnished by bidders. These
test reports shall not be more than 5 years old, as on the final bid opening date. In case these type tests
have not been conducted during the last 5 years, bidder shall conduct these type tests on the offered
design of switchboard before despatch without any cost and delievery impact.
Following requirements to be ensured:
1 A mechanical interlock, probably a trapped key interlock(Castell interlock),

that does n ot permit opening of back cover if the breaker is in service position.
2 An indication at the backside that defines ON, OFF and IN service position of the breaker.
3 Physical lock out provision to be made available for breakers. This is to facilitate the lock out tag
tagout procedure for breakers

Page Rev.2
AC Auxiliary voltage Altitude Painting & colour
415 V ± 10% TPN < 1000 m Epoxy & shade 631
240 V ± 10% SPN > 1000 m
Circuit breaker type
DC Auxiliary voltage Environment SF6
110 V ± 10% DC Humid & corrosive Vacuum
220 V ± 10% DC MOCB
Accessories requirement
Applicable standards Required Duty cycle
EIL std. 6-51-41 Not required 0-3 min-co-3 min-co
Type of relays
Electromechanical
Static
Numerical

Page Rev.2
Page 350 of 827
DATA SHEET FOR Datasheet No.
POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD A307-000-16-50-DS-0282
(FIXED TYPE) Rev : A
IREP PROJECT - BPCL KR Page 1 of 2
PURCHASER'S DATA
Project INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION Location KERALA
Client M/S BPCL-KR
A Site conditions
1 Maximum ambient temperature: 46 °C 4 Relative humidity: 95
2 Minimum ambient temperature: 1 °C 5 Altitude above MSL: < 1000m
3 Design ambient temperature: 45 °C 6 Environment: Humid & Corrosive
B Operating Conditions
1 Voltage 415V ± 10% 6 Auxiliary supply
2 Frequency 50Hz ± 3% AC 240V ± 10% SPN
3 No of phases Three & nuetral DC Not Applicable
4 System fault level 50kA for 1 second 7 Power supply for spring Not Applicable
5 System earthing Solidly earthed charging motor
C Electrical Data
1 Short circuit withstand capacity 50kA 7 Incoming power entry Cable
for 1 sec. 8 Cable entry (I/C & O/G) Bottom
2 Busbar current rating inside panel By Vendor 9 Bus duct entry Not Applicable
panel at specified ambient 10 Cable gland/lugs Included
3 Busbars Heat shrunk PVC 11 Colour shade Exterior Epoxy RAL 7032
sleeved 12 Feeder arrangement Single Front
4 System breaking capacity 50 kA 13 Minimum motor starter Vendor standard
5 System making capacity 105 kA(peak) module size
6 Circuit breaker Not Required 14 Minimum MCCB module Vendor standard
Type size
Duty cycle SF6 15 Floor fixing Integral base frame & tack
Rating welding to the floor channel
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
A Switchboard 13 Max. size/no. of cables that
1 Tag no. can be terminated
2 Make with rear extension
3 Type designation without rear extension
4 Degree of protection 14 Size of rear extension panel
5 CB panel 15 Main horizontal bus bar
Overall weight Bus bar current rating at A
Incomer kg design ambient temp.
Outgoing kg Main bus bar size
Overall dimensions Main bus bar material Al / Cu
Length*Depth*Height mm Main bus bar location Top/ Bottom
6 Overall dimensions of MCC/ 16 Vertical bus bars
contactor controlled feeder panel: Bus bar current rating at
Length*Depth*Height mm design ambient temp. A
7 Overall dimensions of each PCC Bus bar size
Length*Depth*Height mm Bus bar material
8 Overall dimensions of each PMCC Bus bar location
Length*Depth*Height mm 17 Insulating material
9 Shock loading on foundation 18 Earth bus bar size mm²
10 Largest shipping section: kg Material Al / Cu
Max. overall weight mm 19 1min power freq voltage kV
Length*Depth*Height 20 Short circuit
11 Recommended clearances for SWBD 1 second kA
Front*Rear*Above mm Peak dynamic
12 Clearance in air 21 Whether adaptor panel required Yes/No
Phase to Phase mm between PCC/MCC panel
Phase to Earth mm If Yes, furnish dimensions

Format No: EIL 1650-3054 Rev.2 Copyrights EIL - All rights reserved
Page 351 of 827
Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET FOR
A307-000-16-50-DS-0282
MV SWITCHBOARD
Rev : A
IREP PROJECT - BPCL KR
Page 2 of 2
B Circuit breaker
1 Type designation 16 Power requirement
2 Make Opening W/VA
3 Mounting Closing W/VA
4 No. of poles/phases Spring charge motor W/VA
5 Current rating (in air) A at °C 17 Breaker is trip free Yes
6 Current rating (inside panel A 18 Closing mechanism
at design temperature) 19 Provision of manual spring Yes
7 Short time rating (1 sec) charging
8 Sym breaking capacity kA 20 Tripping mechanism
% DC component 21 Mechanical trip PB provided Yes
9 Peak making capacity kA (peak) 22 Mechanical ON/OFF indicator Yes
10 Power frequency withstand provided
11 Impulse withstand voltage 23 Operation counter provided Yes/ No
12 Duty cycle 24 Time taken for spring charging sec
13 Total opening time m sec 25 No. of auxiliary contacts NO+ NC
14 Total closing time m sec 26 Derating required for capacitor %
15 Time for spring charging switching
C CONTACTOR
1 Type designation 9 Life
2 Make Electrical
3 Rated Voltage Mechanical
4 Rated current 10 Coil consumption - Pick up
AC-3 Duty 11 Coil consumption - Hold on
AC-4 Duty 12 Closing time
5 Thermal rating 13 Opening time
6 Making capacity 14 No of aux. contacts NO+ NC
7 Breaking capacity 15 Maxi. permitted back up fuse rating
8 Switching frequency
D SWITCH 6 Rated short circuit withstand
1 Rated voltage current with max. permissible
2 Rated current rated fuses
3 AC 23 rating 7 Mechanical life
4 Rated making capacity 8 Maximum permitted back
5 Rated breaking capacity up fuse rating
E THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY
1 Make 5 Type of operation Direct / CT operated
2 Type 6 Maximum permitted back
3 Setting range up fuse rating
4 Single phasing preventor Intergral / Separate
F MCCB/MCB
1 Make 9 Rated Breaking Capcity at
2 Type Service Voltage
3 RatedVoltage 10 No of operations at full fault
4 Rated Frequency 11 No of opeartions at partial fault
5 Rated Current 12 No of gauranted mech. opeartions
6 No of Poles 13 1 min dry p.f. withstand voltage
7 Dearting factor for operation 14 Shunt trip feature (for MCCB only)
under site conditions 15 Operating voltage range for MCCB
8 Rated 10 Sec Short time rating shunt trip
Notes :
1 Vendor shall furnish dimensions of various switchboards and dummy/adaptor panels separately.
2 Vendor shall furnish technical particulars of various switchboards separately.
3
Switchboard offered shall be of proven design and shall have been successfully type tested. Type test certificates for
an exactly identical design of offered switchboard shall be furnished by bidders. These test reports shall be not more
than 5 yeas old, as on the final bid due date. In case these type tests have not been conducted during the last 5 years,
bidder shall conduct these type tests on the offered design of switchboard before despatch without any extra cost and
delivery impact.
Page 352 of 827
AC Auxiliary voltage Altitude Painting & colour
415 V ± 10% TPN < 1000 m RAL 7032
240 V ± 10% SPN > 1000 m Epoxy & shade 632
Epoxy & shade 631
Circuit breaker type
DC Auxiliary voltage Environment SF6
110 V ± 10% DC Humid & corrosive Vacuum
220 V ± 10% DC MOCB
Accessories requirement
Applicable standards Required Duty cycle
EIL std. 6-51-41 Not required 0-3 min-co-3 min-co
Type of relays
Electromechanical
Static
Numerical

Page Rev.2
FOR A307-000-16-50-DS-0104 Rev. B
MV SWITCHBOARD COMPONENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATA SHEET FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARD COMPONENTS

MOTOR MAX. COMPONENT RATING (A)
FEEDER TYPE
RATING KW CABLE SIZE FUSE/BMR CT RATIO MCCB CONTACTOR
6/0.8-1.2
FVNR-15
10/2.5-4 15/1
FVR-15 ≤5.5 3*16 32 15
16/5.5-8 (See note-1)
FVNR-15HD
32/11-16
FVNR-30
32/11-16 30/1
FVR-30 5.5 < KW≤11 3*35 63 30
63/30-45 (See note-1)
FVNR-30HD
FVNR-60
63/25-40 60/1
FVR-60 11< KW ≤22 3*70 125 60
80/30-45 (See note-1)
FVNR-60HD
FVNR-100 125/38-63
100/1
FVR-100 22< KW≤45 3*150 160/50-90 250 100
(See note-1)
FVNR-100HD 200/70-110
FVNR-150
150/1
FVR-150 45< KW≤55 3*185 200/70-110 400 150
(See note-1)
FVNR-150HD
MOTOR PROTECTION
RELAY
ACB Feeder 55< KW≤160 2*3*185 ACB
(46,50,49,50N & 51LR)
(Note-2)
MCCB with shunt trip, CBCT & 32A MCCB WITH O/C &
MCCB 3.5*50 30/1 16/32 --
ELR -32A S/C RELEASES
MCCB 3.5*50 60/1 63 --
MCCB 2*3.5*120 100/1 125 --
MCCB 2*3.5*185 150/1 160 --
MCCB 2*3.5*300 250/1 250 --
MCCB 2*3.5*300 400/1 400 --
MCCB with shunt trip, 32A MCCB WITH O/C &
MCCB 3.5*50 30/1 16/32 32
Contactor, CBCT & ELR -32A S/C RELEASES
MCCB 3.5*50 60/1 63 63
MCCB 2*3.5*120 100/1 125 125
MCCB 2*3.5*185 150/1 160 160
MCCB 2*3.5*300 250/1 250 250
MCCB 2*3.5*300 400/1 400 400
NOTES:
1. CBCT AND EARTH LEAKAGE RELAY SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR MOTORS RATED UP TO 55 KW.
2. MPR SHALL BE OF NON-COMUNICABLE TYPE.
3. CT FOR METERING SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR MOTOR RATING MORE THAN 55KW.
4. TYPICAL MCCB RATING AND BIMETAL RELAY ARE SPECIFIED ABOVE. FINAL MCCB RATINGS AND BIMETAL RANGE
SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE MANUFACTURER MEETING THE TYPE -2 CO-ORDINATION AS PER IS-13947.
5. MAJOR COMPONENTS ARE SHOWN ABOVE, ALL OTHER ITEMS AS SPECIFIED IN EQUIPMENT DATA SHEET AND
SPECIFICATION: 6-51-0018 SHALL ALSO BE IN VENDOR’S SCOPE.
B 30.07.2013 REVISED AND REISSUED WITH MR AKG SV BRB

A 24.07.2012 ISSUED WITH MR AKG SD BRB
Format No.
PageEIL354
1641-1924
of 827 Rev. 1 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 355 of 827
Page 356 of 827
Page 357 of 827
Page 358 of 827
Page 359 of 827
Datasheet No.
A307-000-16-50-DS-0411
DATA SHEET MV CABLE
Rev : B
Page 1 of 1
PURCHASER'S DATA
Project INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION Location KERALA
Client M/S BPCL-KR
A Site conditions
1 Maximum ambient temperature: 46 °C 4 Relative humidity: 30-100 %
2 Minimum ambient temperature: 1 °C 5 Altitude <1000m
3 Ground temperature: 40 °C 6 Environment: Humid & Corrosive
1 System voltage 3 Conductor material
Nominal Highest Voltage grade MV Power cable Copper & Al.
415 V 500 V 650/1100V (See Note-3)
3.3kV(E) 3.6 kV 1.9/3.3kV MV control cable Copper
3.3kV(UE) 3.6 kV 3.3/3.3kV (See Note-4)
6.6kV(E) 7.2 kV 3.8/6.6kV 4 Installation under DGMS jurisdiction No
6.6kV(UE) 7.2 kV 6.6/6.6kV (See Note-2)
11kV(E) 12 kV 6.35/11kV 5 Applicable spec. 6-51-0051
11kV(UE) 12 kV 11/11kV
22kV(E) 24 kV 12.7/22kV
33kV(E) 36 kV 19/33kV
2 Frequency 50± 3% Hz
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
1 Name of manufacturer 9 Inner sheath
2 MR/PR item no. Type of compound
3 Cable type/ code Thickness mm
4 Conductor material 10 Nominal dia under armour mm
5 Conductor semiconducting screen (HV cables) 11 Calculated dia under armour mm
Material 12 Armour
Thickness mm Material
6 Insulation Type
Type of compound Size
Thickness mm 13 Nominal dia under outersheath mm
7 Insulation semiconducting screen (HV cables) 14 Calculated dia under outersheath mm
Material 15 Outersheath
Thickness mm Type of compound
8 Copper tape Thickness mm
Thickness mm 16 Nominal outer dia of cable mm
17 Tolerance on outer dia %
18 Weight of cable per km kg
19 Maximum drum length mtr.
Notes
1 E- Earthed system
UE-Un Earthed system
2 Where the installation falls under the jurisdiction of Directorate General of Mines Safety, cables shall comply
3 Copper upto 16Sqmm and Aluminium above 16Sqmm
4 Conductor size for control cables shall be 1.5 Sqmm. These cables shall be shielded type as per EIL specification
for communication and fire alarm cables (6-51-0052).
B 20.05.2013 REVISED & REISSUED WITH MR/TENDER AKG SV BRB

A 10.07.2012 ISSUED WITH MR/TENDER AKG SD BRB
Rev. No. Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
Page 360 of 827
Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET
A307-000-16-50-DS-0501
MEDIUM VOLTAGE SQUIRREL CAGE
Rev : B
INDUCTION MOTOR
Page 1 of 1
PURCHASER's DATA
A. Site conditions
1 Ambient temperature, minimum: 1 °C 3 Atmospheric condition: Humid & highly corrosive
maximum: 46 °C 4 Altitude: Humid & highly corrosive
< 1000 m
design: 45 °C 5 Location: <Outdoor
1000 m
2 Relative humidity: 30-100 % 6 Outdoor
B. Technical particulars
1 Motor tag no.: 14 Insulation class: F (temp rise limited to class B)
2 Driven equipment name: 15 Hazardous area classification: Refer job spec
3 Voltage: 415 V ±10% 16 Gas group: Refer job spec
4 Phase: 415 V ±6%
Three 17 Type of explosion protection: Refer job spec
5 Frequency: Three
50 Hz ±3% 18 Type of ingress protection: IP 55
6 Fault level: 5050kAHz ±3% 19 Color shade: 632 as IP
per23IS 5
7 Method of starting: 50 kA
D.O.L. 20 Thermisters: Required 632 as Notper IS 5
required
8 Winding connection: D.O.L.
Delta 21 RTD: Required Not required
9 No.of terminals: Star
6 22 BTD: Required Not required
10 Cable size: 3Later mm² 23 RTD/BTD monitoring device: Required
11 Cable type: Cu/Al cond. PVC insulated Not required
12 Temperature rise: AYFY 75 °C 24 Applicable specification: EIL spec. 6-51-0032
13 Cooling: TEFC EIL spec. 6-51-0032
DRIVEN EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER's DATA
1 Suggested motor rating: kW 9 Torque required, starting: mkg
2 Manufacturer: maximum: mkg
3 BkW at full load: kW 10 GD2 of eqpt., including flywheel: kgm2
4 kW at end of curve: kW excluding flywheel: kgm2
5 Speed: RPM 11 Thrust, up: kg
6 Rotation viewed from coupling end: down: kg
7 Driven equipment: 12 Starting condition:
8 Coupling type:
MOTOR MANUFACTURER's DATA
1 Rating: kW 16 Space heater-Voltage/Power (Note-2): 1Ph, 230V AC/
2 Manufacturer: 17 Efficiency at, 75% Load: %
3 No. of poles: 100% Load: %
4 Frame designation: 18 Power factor at, 75% Load:
5 Full load speed: RPM 100% load:
6 Mounting: 19 Moment of inertia, GD2: kgm2
7 Full load torque (FLT): mkg 20 NDE bearing type & no.:
8 Starting torque: % of FLT 21 DE bearing type & no.:
9 Break down or pull out torque: % 22 Type of lubrication:
10 Full load current (FLC): A 23 Weight of motor: kg
11 Starting current at 100% voltage: % of FLC 24 Thermisters, quantity: no.
12 Rotation viewed from coupling end: make: type:
13 Starting time at, 75% voltage: sec. 25 RTD, quantity: no.
100% voltage: sec. make: type:
14 Locked rotor withstand time (cold/hot) at, 26 BTD, quantity: no.
75% voltage: sec. make: type:
100% voltage: sec. 27 Shaft voltage: V
15 Time (Te) for Increased Safety motors sec. 28 Critical speed, 1st/2nd stage: RPM
at 100% Voltage 29 Canopy : Required Not required
Notes :
1 Starting time calculations shall be based on operating conditions specified on Material Requisition eg. open valve
condition/ closed valve condition, at no load/full load, as applicable.
2 For motors rated 30kW and above.
B 13.07.2012 Revised & Reissued with MR AKG SD BRB

A 11.06.2012 Issued with MR AKG SD BRB
Rev. No. Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
Format No. 1650-687 Rev.3

Page 361 of 827 Copyrights EIL - All rights reserved
The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied,
exhibited or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use.EIL-1650-1281-A4-210 X 297
ELECTRICAL LOAD DATA
NOTES: -
1. Vendor shall fill the details of all electrical power consumer loads, which are included in the scope of this MR and submit with the offer.
ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED Project: INTEGRATED REFINERY

NEW DELHI EXPANSION PROJECT Load Data DOCUMENT NO. Date Rev
Client: M/s BPCL-KR

A307-000-16-50-DS-1002 25.06.2012 A
Sheet 1 of 3
Page 362 of 827
MOTOR
S.NO TAG NO. SERVICE Make Type of Applicable standard Motor Kw Duty No. of Type
enclosure for hazardous area poles designation
(continuous
application for cooling
/intermittent)

Client: M/s BPCL-KR

A307-000-16-50-DS-1002 25.06.2012 A
Sheet 2 of 3
Page 363 of 827
OTHER ELECTRICAL LOADS

S.NO TAG NO. SERVICE Make Type of Applicable standard Rated KW Duty Voltage
enclosure for hazardous area
(continuous
application
/intermittent)

Client: M/s BPCL-KR

A307-000-16-50-DS-1002 25.06.2012 A
Sheet 3 of 3
Page 364 of 827
This drawing and the design it covers are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, loaned, exhibited nor used,
except in the limited way and private use permitted by any written consent given by the lender to the borrower. EIL-UD.1021.R0 A4-297 x 210
EXPERIENCE RECORD - ALTERNATOR

Purchaser Item NO. : HV Emergency Generator
Offered Model :
Vendor :
Sr. No. Parameter Information on Information on

Offered Model Operating Installation
I. Make 1 2 3
II. Alternator Model Number / Frame Designation
III. Place of manufacturing
IV. Applicable Code
V. KVA / PF / TERMINAL VOLTAGE
VI. Insulation Class / Full Load Temp Rise Limited To Class
VII. Enclosure Protection Class
VIII. Type of Alternator Cooling (Air, Cooled/Water Cooled)
IX. Frequency / speed
X. Voltage regulator-type /model /mounting
XI. Direct axis transient reactance X ’

d (PU)
XII. Excitation system TYPE
XIII. Date of supply & commissioning
XIV. No. of operating hours completed as on__________________
Sheet 1 of 2
Project : IREP, BPCL-KR Job No.: A307 SPECIFICATION Rev.
Unit/Location: IREP, KERELA A307-0IY-16-50-DS-1028-A A
Item No.: Alternator
Page 365 of 827

This drawing and the design it covers are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, loaned, exhibited nor used,
except in the limited way and private use permitted by any written consent given by the lender to the borrower. EIL-UD.1021.R0 A4-297 x 210
Sr. No. Parameter Information on Information on

Offered Model Operating Installation
1 2 3
XV. Purchaser/Owner-
Name
Contact number
XVI. Location of Machine ( complete address)
TELEPHONE /FAX / E MAIL NOS.
CONTACT PERSON
XVII. Major problems encountered, if any
Notes :
1. Vendor to furnish this Experience Record Performa, duly filled in.
2. Since the above information will be utilised to assess provenness of offered model, it is in the interest of the vendor to pick up those cases out of total list of references
which are identical to the offered model.
3. Vendor to give address & telephone no. etc. of three or four installation which may be visited by the Purchaser/its representative, if felt necessary.
__________________________
(VENDOR)
Sheet 2 of 2
Project : IREP, BPCL-KR Job No.: A307 SPECIFICATION Rev.
Unit/Location: IREP, KERELA A307-0IY-16-50-DS-1028-A A
Item No.: Alternator
Page 366 of 827

SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
t31 ENGINEERS FOR
INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0001 Rev. 6
etrone Govt of Ind. 1J„0ert*ng) HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS Page 1 of 16
*AT Rig -1461sY

fo-R
Trrw feitu
SPECIFICATION
FOR
HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS
\IM4r1
00.4 3-
REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD
6. 15.10.2013 VB HK UAP/JMS SC
SPECIFICATION
5. 28.04.2010 HK SA NS/JMS ND
SPECIFICATION
4. 03.03.2005 RM AKT AAN SKG
SPECIFICATION
3. 31.12.2001 RM AAN VPS MMR
SPECIFICATION
2. 15.07.1996 AP VPS SG AS
SPECIFICATION
1. 22.05.1987 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION PVR KVS SG GNT/AK
Standards Standards
Rev. Prepared Checked Committee Bureau
Date Purpose Convenor Chairman
No by by
Approved by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL — All rights reserved

Page 367 of 827
ENGINEERS
Itgar Ofaidg
elecrwe LINJP9.11
INDIA LIMITED
IA Go. of indo Undettalmg)
FOR
6-51-0001 Rev. 6
Page 2 of 16
Abbreviations:
A Ampere
AC Alternating Current
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards
BS British Standard
CNT Close-Neutral-Trip
CPRI Central Power Research Institute
CRCA Cold Rolled Cold Annealed
CT Current Transformer
DC Direct Current
EPDM Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer
FRP Fiber Reinforced Polyester
HV High Voltage
Hz Hertz
IAC Internal Arc Classification
IEC International Electro-Technical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineer
IP Ingress Protection
kV Kilo Volt
kW Kilo Watt
kWH Kilo Watt Hour
LED Light Emitting Diode
LOTO Lock-Out Tag-Out
LSC Loss of Service Continuity
MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker
MCC Motor Control Center
MCCB Moulded Case Circuit Breaker
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NO Normally Open Contact
NC Normally Close Contact
PO Purchase Order
PT Potential Transformer
PU Polyurethane
PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride
RAL Reichs-Ausschuss fur Lieferbedingungen
SF6 Sulphur Hexafluoride
SWG Standard Wire Gauge
VCB Vacuum Circuit Breaker
VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker
VFD Variable Frequency Drive
VT Voltage Transformer
XLPE Cross linked Poly Ethylene
Electrical Standards Committee
Convenor: Mr. U A Patro

Members: Mr. B.R. Bhogal
Ms. Sumita Anand
Mr. Parag Gupta
Mr. A K Chaudhary (Inspection)
Ms. N P Guha (Projects)

Page 368 of 827
■31 ENGINEERS
ligar faWg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0001 Rev. 6
G" Unde"") HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS
4111W! ewWe 401 .001111
Page 3 of 16
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE. 4
2.0 CODES AND STANDARDS 4
3.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 5
4.0 SITE CONDITIONS 5
5.0 DESIGN AND FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS .5
6.0 SWITCHBOARD COMPONENTS 11
7.0 INSPECTION, TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE 15
8.0 PACKING AND DESPATCH 16

Page 369 of 827
7111~ ENGINEERS
FOR
r fdfaj
$1g-aoiren eg INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0001 Rev. 6
rwcrxt LIM ..iNsn+.1,
HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS Page 4 of 16
1.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the design, manufacture, testing, packing and supply of indoor,
drawout type High Voltage Switchboards up to and including 33 kV, incorporating Vacuum or
SF6 circuit breakers.
2.0 CODES AND STANDARDS

2.1 The equipment shall comply with the requirements of latest revision of the following standards
issued by BIS, unless otherwise specified:
IS: 5 Colours for ready mixed paints and enamels
IS: 1248 Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments and their
accessories
IS: 2071 High Voltage Test Technique
IS: 2544 Porcelain post-insulators for systems with nominal voltage greater than1000V
IS: 2705 Current transformers
IS: 3156 Voltage transformers
IS: 3231 Electrical relays for power system protection
IS: 3427 AC Metal enclosed switchgear and control gear for rated voltages above lkV
up to and including 52 kV
IS: 3618 Phosphate treatment of iron and steel for protection against corrosion
IS: 5082 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy bars, rods, tubes and sections for
electrical purposes
IS: 5578 Guide for marking of insulated conductors
IS: 6005 Code of practice for phosphating of iron and steel
IS: 9920 High voltage switches for rated voltage above 1 kV
IS: 9921 AC disconnectors (isolators) and earthing switches for voltage above 1000V
IS: 10601 Dimensions of terminals of high voltage switchgear and controlgear
IS: 11353 Guide for uniform system of marking and identification of conductors &
apparatus terminals
IS: 12729 Common High voltage Switchgear and Controlgear standards
IS: 13118 High Voltage Alternating Current Circuit Breakers
IS: 13703 Low voltage fuses for voltages not exceeding 1000V AC or 1500V DC.
IEC 60282-1 High voltage fuses — Current Limiting fuses
IS/IEC 60470 High Voltage Switchgear Alternating Current Contactors and Contactor based
motor starters
IS/IEC 62271 High Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear
(Part 1, 102,
105, 200)
IEC 62271 High Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear
2.2 In case of imported equipment, standards of the country of origin shall be applicable, if these
standards are equivalent or stringent than the applicable Indian standards.
2.3 The equipment shall also conform to the provisions of Indian Electricity rules and other
statutory regulations currently in force in the country.
2.4 In case Indian standards are not available for any equipment, standards issued by
IEC/BSNDE/IEEE/NEMA or equivalent agency shall be applicable.
2.5 In case of any contradiction between various referred standards/specifications/data sheet and
statutory regulations the following order of priority shall govern:
- Statutory regulations
- Data sheets
- Job specification
- This specification
Codes and standards

Page 370 of 827
ENGINEERS
$11gZIT Wes w INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0001 Rev. 6
lotion
G" M in" Undert*"9) HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS Page 5 of 16
3.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

3.1 The offered equipment shall be brand new with state of art technology and proven field track
record. No prototype equipment shall be offered.
3.2 Vendor shall ensure availability of spare parts and maintenance support services for the
offered equipment for at least 15 years from the date of supply.
3.3 Vendor shall give a notice of at least one year to the end user of equipment and EIL before
phasing out the product/spares to enable the end user for placement of order for spares and
services.
4.0 SITE CONDITIONS

4.1 The switchboards shall be suitable for installation and satisfactory operation in a pressurised
sub-station or in a substation with restricted natural air ventilation in a tropical, humid and
corrosive atmosphere.
4.2 The switchboards shall be designed to operate under site conditions as specified in the data
sheets. If not specifically mentioned therein, a design ambient temperature of 40°C and an
altitude not exceeding 1000 metres above mean sea level shall be considered.
4.3 All equipments described in this specification are intended for continuous duty operation, as
per nameplate rating under the specified ambient conditions, unless indicated otherwise.
5.0 DESIGN AND FABRICATION REQUIEMENTS

5.1 Enclosure and Protection
5.1.1 The High Voltage Switchboard shall be metal-enclosed and shall comprise of standard pre-
fabricated, cold-rolled, sheet steel units, assembled to form a rigid, freestanding, dead-front
structure. As a minimum, 2mm (14 SWG) CRCA sheet steel shall be used for all front and rear
doors and covers, and 1.6mm (16 SWG) CRCA sheet steel for inter-panel partitions. Wherever
required, stiffeners shall be provided to increase stiffness of large size doors and covers.
As an alternative to CRCA, Aluzinc/pre-galvanised sheet steel can also be provided for
internal inter-panel partitions only. However, all external surface shall be of CRCA with
specified paint shade.
5.1.2 Vertical panels shall be assembled to form a continuous line-up of uniform height both for HV
chamber as well as control chamber. Rear extension panels shall also be of full height.
5.1.3 The switchboards shall be totally enclosed and vermin-proof. If necessary, openings for
natural ventilation shall be provided. These shall be louvered and provided with wire mesh
having opening less than 1 mm. Design of louvers/ opening shall be such that the arc does not
come out in case of internal arc. The same shall be type tested for internal arc, as specified.
The enclosure shall have complete protection against approach to live parts or contact with
internal moving parts (IP-4X) as per IS: 3427.
5.1.4 All openings, covers and doors shall be provided with suitable Neoprene/ XLPE/ EPDM
gaskets around the perimeter to make the switchboard dust and vermin proof.
5.1.5 Each unit of the switchgear shall have necessary internal sheet metal barriers to form separate
compartments for circuit breaker, busbars, instruments and relays, cable connections etc.
Compartments for cable connections shall allow cable termination and connection work with
the switchgear energised. Suitable interlock shall be provided such that cable compartment can
be opened only when earth switch is ON or Earthing truck is inserted.
5.1.6 The panel shall be internal arc tested as per IS/IEC 62271-200 requirements for full short
circuit current and for a duration of 0.1 second (minimum) unless specified otherwise in job
specification/ datasheet and shall be qualified to comply with all the 5 criteria as per IS/IEC

Page 371 of 827
-

ENGINEERS
0?-zir faaeg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0001 Rev. 6
rwcrx1,
151,3■IVISA,
Go" in" Unde""ng) HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS Page 6 of 16
62271-200. Independent pressure relief devices shall be provided for all I-1V compartments,
i.e. bus bar, cable and breaker compartments and each compartment shall have type test
certificate for internal arc classification (IAC) as per IS/IEC 62271-200 for the short circuit
current and duration as specified. IAC test shall be conducted on the offered panel variants
such as smallest width panel, panel with louvers, panel with thermography window and any
other variants (as applicable) as per job requirements. The panel shall also be AFLR tested as
per IS/IEC 62271-200 requirements.
5.1.7 All identical equipment and corresponding parts shall be fully interchangeable.
5.1.8 Safety barriers / shutters shall be provided to permit personnel to work safely within an empty
compartment with the bus bars energised. Loss of Service Continuity (LSC) category of the
switchgear shall be LSC2B as per IS/IEC-62271-200.
5.1.9 It shall be possible to extend the switchgear in either direction at a later date. Ends of bus bars
shall be suitably drilled for this purpose. Panels at extreme ends shall have openings, which
shall be covered with plates screwed to the panel. Details of drilled holes in bus bar and
openings in the panels, provided for future extension shall be clearly shown in the vendor
drawings.
5.1.10 The drawout carriage on the switchboard shall have three positions: "Service", "Test" and
"Drawout" viz:
"Full in" or "Service" position - In this position both power and control circuits shall
be connected. This shall be the normal operating position of the circuit breaker.
"Test" position - The power contacts shall be disconnected in this position but the
control connections shall not be disturbed, it shall be possible to close and trip the
breakers in this position.
- "Draw out" Position - both power and control circuits shall be disconnected in this
position. Alternatively, "Test Position" with the secondary control circuit disconnected
may be provided in lieu of "Draw out Position"
Circuit breaker operation shall be possible only in "Service" and "Test" positions. The circuit
breaker shall be lockable in "Test" / "Draw-out" positions. Automatic safety shutters shall be
provided to ensure the inaccessibility of all live parts after the carriage is drawn out.
There shall be a distinct overall door for the breaker compartment, which can be closed with
the carriage in drawout position and it shall be lockable type.
5.1.11 All circuit breaker modules of the same rating shall be inter-changeable. Suitable interlocks
shall be provided to prevent the following operations:
"Plugging in" or "drawing out" of a closed breaker.
"Plugging in" a breaker with the earthing isolator closed.
"Closing" of the earthing isolator with the breaker "plugged in".
Pulling out the auxiliary circuit plug with the breaker in the service position. Pushing
in the breaker to the service position, with the auxiliary circuit plug not in position.
Additionally, the following shall also be provided:
All operations such as breaker rack-in, breaker rack-out, breaker On/Off, spring
charging, earth switch On/Off etc. shall be possible only with panel door closed.
Pad locking arrangement shall be provided for rack in operation of breaker as well as
for the panel door meeting LOTO requirements.
LOTO arrangement shall include provision for the following:
a) Provision for hooking lockout devices by multiple lock arrangement to prevent
opening of panel door and racking-in of circuit breaker.

Page 372 of 827
ENGINEERS
$'1g-ZTE fell5ieg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0001 Rev. 6
111121I 2770,12- m13705.11 IA Goof of indo Undetaiong)
b) Provision for attaching tag-out device for warning against energisation and to
provide information regarding date of isolation, agency working on the
equipment, etc.
c) Provision for Hasp such that the same shall be put-in and closed in the locking
arrangement of the breaker/switch and panel door.
5.1.12 All hardware shall be corrosion-resistant. All joints and connections of the panel members
shall be made by zinc-passivated high-quality Grade 8.8 or superior steel bolts, nuts and
washers, secured against loosening.
5.1.13 Suitable eyebolts/ lifting clamps shall be provided for the lifting of the panel/shipping section.
The bolts, when removed shall not leave any opening in the panels.
5.1.14 If specified in datasheet, light/ arc/ pressure based sensors with controller shall be provided to
quickly detect internal arc and immediately initiate tripping action.
5.1.15 Thermo-graphy window for infrared electrical inspection shall be provided if specified in the
datasheet. The switchgear with thermo-graphy window shall be type tested and certified for
internal arc faults as per IS/IEC 62271-200 requirements.
5.2 Accessibility
5.2.1 All relays, metering, and control components shall be mounted on the panel front only.
However, auxiliary contact multiplier relays with auto reset can be mounted inside the panel.
5.2.2 The switchgear shall be considered to be accessible to authorized personnel having access all
around and shall be tested for following type of accessibility as per IS/IEC 62271-200:
Type of accessibility AFLR
where
Accessibility type A Restricted to authorised personnel only
F for front side
L for lateral side
R for rear side
5.2.3 Checking and removal of components shall be possible without disturbing adjacent equipment.
All equipment shall be easily accessible. It shall be possible to set all measuring relays and
instruments in-situ without de-energising the switchboard. All mounted equipment shall have
identification tags of self-sticking PVC tapes at the rear also. In addition, permanent
identification details shall be provided on the panel. Mounting of relays for a particular
breaker feeder panel shall be limited to that particular feeder only.
5.2.4 All terminals shall be shrouded with plastic covers to prevent accidental contact.
5.3 Bus Bar
5.3.1 The switchboard shall comprise of 3-phase bus bars which shall extend through all units of the
switchgear line-up. The main bus bars shall have uniform cross-section throughout their length
and shall be sized to carry continuously the rated current specified in the data sheet.
5.3.2 Bus bars shall be of high conductivity electrolytic aluminium or copper supported on
insulators made of non-hygroscopic, non-inflammable material with tracking index equal to or
more than that defined in Indian standards. Self supporting busbars can also be accepted
provided the same is type tested design.
5.3.3 Bus bars shall be housed in a separate chamber and shall be accessible for inspection. Wire
guards /cover shall be provided inside the enclosure to avoid accidental contact when the cover
is removed.
5.3.4 Both bus bars and the supports shall be adequately sized and braced to withstand the specified
short-circuit current for 1 second. Dynamic stresses shall be calculated on the basis of the
specified peak short-circuit current. All bus supports shall be of non-carbonising material,
resistant to acids and alkalies.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright Ell — All rights reserved

Page 373 of 827
ENGINEERS
fgz-jr faWes w INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0001 Rev. 6
1.01VR elecnr, miavasni
'A Gov' of
Undertaking)
5.3.5 Bus bars shall be insulated by using heat-shrinkable sleeves suitable for withstanding heat
under worst operating condition. The sleeves shall be rated to withstand the system line-to-line
voltage for 1 minute. This shall be verified by a type test in which the line voltage will be
applied between the sleeved main bus bar and an aluminium foil wrapped closely around the
insulation over a length of at least 500mm.
5.3.6 All bus bar joints and all tap-off connections from the main horizontal bus bars shall be
provided with removable FRP/PU/PVC shrouds. The material of the shrouds shall be flame
retardant (FR).
5.3.7 Bus bars shall be prominently marked with Red, Yellow and Blue colour rings/ stickers for
easy phase identification at regular interval and at every power tap off point.
5.3.8 The thermal design of the bus bars shall be based on installation of the switchgear in poorly
ventilated conditions. The cooling air volume shall take into account only the bus bar
enclosure.
5.3.9 The hot spot temperature of busbars, including joints, at design ambient temperature shall not
exceed 90°C under normal operating conditions while for silver plated joints, the allowable
maximum temperature shall be 115°C in line with IS/IEC-62271-1.
5.3.10 Only zinc passivated high tensile strength high-quality Grade 8.8 or superior steel bolts, nuts
and washers shall be used for all busbar joints and supports.
5.3.11 The current rating as defined for switchboard and components in data sheet/job specification
are for design ambient temperature at site conditions and for being inside the cubicle at fully
loaded condition. The vendor shall suitably derate the nominal rating to suit the above
condition.
5.4 HV Power Connections
5.4.1 The incoming power connection shall be through XLPE cables / busduct and outgoing power
connection shall be through XLPE cables, as indicated in the data sheet. Ample space for
connection of these cables shall be provided at the rear of the switchboards. In order to avoid
accidental contact in the cable compartment while carrying out inspection by opening the rear
cover, a removable expanded metal barrier/ wire mesh shall be provided in the cable
compartment. In order to facilitate infra-red electrical inspection through thermography
window, metal barrier/ wire mesh may not be provided. Unless otherwise specified, the power
cable shall enter the switchboard from the bottom. Non-magnetic cable gland plates shall be
provided for feeders wherever single core cables are used.
5.4.2 The switchboard shall be supplied complete with supports for clamping outgoing and
incoming cables. The head-room available between cable gland plate and terminal lugs shall
not be less than 600 mm for switchgear up to 11 kV, and 900 mm for 22 and 33 kV cables.
5.4.3 In case the standard panel depth cannot accommodate the specified number of cables, a rear
extension panel of full height shall be provided. An earth strip shall also be brought to this
extension panel.
5.4.4 Unless otherwise specified, all power cables shall enter the switchgear from the bottom.
5.5 Auxiliary Wiring and Terminals
5.5.1 Inside the cubicles, the wiring for control, signalling, protection and instrument circuits shall
be done with BIS approved, PVC insulated, flame retardant low smoke (FRLS) type, copper
conductor wire. The insulation grade shall be 660 V. The wiring shall preferably be enclosed
in plastic channels or neatly bunched together. Wiring between I-W breakers or cable
compartments to relay and metering compartments shall be routed through flexible conduits.
5.5.2 A minimum of 10% spare terminals shall be provided on each terminal block. Conductors
shall be terminated with adequately sized compression-type lugs for connection to equipment
terminals and strips. Stranded conductors shall be soldered at the ends/ crimped with suitable

Page 374 of 827
.3
rifaq_iel ENGINEERS
Ewes
1,1ren efroye an.3trom)
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt of Inch,' Undertalong)
FOR
6-51-0001 Rev. 6
Page 9 of 16
lugs before connections are made to the terminals. Sufficient terminals shall be provided on
each terminal block to ensure that not more than one outgoing wire is connected per terminal.
Terminal strips shall preferably be separated from power circuits by metal barriers or
enclosures. All spare contacts of auxiliary relays, timers, etc shall be wired up to the terminals.
5.5.3 Each wire shall be identified at both ends by correctly sized PVC ferrules. Shorting links shall
be provided for all CT terminals.
5.5.4 PVC insulated copper conductor of cross section 1.5 mm2 may normally be used provided the
control fuse rating is 10A or less. For 16A control fuse circuit 2.5 mm2 copper conductors shall
be used. Each wire shall be terminated at a separate terminal. CT Circuit wiring shall be done
with 2.5 mm2 copper conductors. Shorting links / suitable shorting arrangement for shorting
CT secondary shall be provided.
5.5.5 Unless otherwise specified, all control cables shall enter the switchgear from the bottom.
5.5.6 Supporting facilities shall be provided for clamping the control cables.
5.5.7 All inter-panel control wiring within each shipping section shall be by switchgear vendor. The
inter-panel wiring shall be taken through PVC sleeves or suitable grommets. For inter-panel
wiring between the shipping sections, wires in rolls of the required length, connected at one
point, shall be supplied with the panel for connection at site.
5.6 Control and Indication
5.6.1 Breaker tripping, closing and spring charging devices shall be fed with DC control power
supply. The rated DC voltage shall be as specified in the data sheet. The power supply for
breaker opening, closing and indication devices shall be arranged as follows:
a. One DC feeder shall be provided for each bus section. The bus coupler panel may be
fed from any of the two supplies.
b. One separate, single-phase power supply shall be provided for each bus section for
feeding space heaters, etc. Supply voltage shall be 240 V AC, unless otherwise
specified.
Provision to receive DC and AC control supply shall preferably be provided in bus-coupler
panel / bus PT panel.
5.6.2 Breaker positions (CLOSE, OPEN, spring-charged, test position, service position) shall be
indicated mechanically. Electrical indications, with colours as given below, shall also be
provided:
Breaker 'CLOSED' Red lamp
Breaker 'OPEN' Green lamp
Breaker 'Auto-trip' Amber lamp
Trip circuit healthy White lamp
Spring charging Blue lamp
5.6.3 A common DC control supply fail indication shall be provided for each bus section with a blue
coloured lamp.
5.7 Earthing Connections
All cubicles shall be connected to an earth bus bar running throughout the length of the
switchboard. The minimum earth bus bar size shall be 30 x 6 mm2 copper, up to short-circuit
withstand capacity of 31.5 kA, and 50 x 6 mm2 copper, for a short-circuit withstand capacity
above 31.5 kA. All doors and movable parts shall be connected to the earth bus with flexible
copper connections. Provision shall be made to connect the earthing bus bar to the plant
earthing grid at two ends. All non current-carrying metallic parts of the equipment and
components shall be earthed. The earth bus shall be brought back to the cable compartment,
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EL — All rights reserved

Page 375 of 827
■
-11 ENGINEERS
Ifgar feVeg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0001 Rev. 6
■
Hr,-er r1000105-13U-95.
A G'of n" Unde"'"g) HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS Page 10 of 16
and earthing bolts shall be provided to ground cable armour. The mating surfaces of all bolted
parts shall be zinc passivated to ensure continuity between them.
5.8 Space Heaters
The panels shall be provided with space heaters to prevent moisture condensation, and
maintain cubicle temperature 5°C above the ambient. The space heaters shall be located at the
bottom of the panel, and shall be controlled through a double pole MCB and a thermostat with
an adjustable setting range of 30 to 70°C. The thermostat shall preferably be located in the
metering or relay chamber. Space heaters shall be supplied from 240V AC auxiliary bus for
space heater.
5.9 Panel Supporting Frame
The panels shall be suitable for installation on panel supporting frame, to be supplied by
others. The panels shall be suitable for tack welding, directly to this frame.
5.10 Nameplates
5.10.1 The switchgear shall be provided with durable and clearly legible nameplate in accordance
with Table-1 of IS/IEC 62271-200 requirements.
5.10.2 A nameplate with the switchboard designation shall be fixed at the top of the central panel.
A separate nameplate giving details for each feeder compartment of all panels shall be
provided. Danger plate (Red) shall be provided at the front and rear for each panel.
5.10.3 The nameplates for feeder compartments shall be in two parts. One part shall have necessary
details pertaining to the compartment's number of vertical panel of the switchboards. The
other parts shall be removable and shall contain all details regarding the feeder number for
drives/equipment controlled by the particular module as per approved single line diagram.
5.10.4 Blank nameplates shall be provided for all spare and vacant modules.
5.10.5 Nameplate or polyester adhesive stickers shall be provided for each equipment mounted inside
the switchboard. Special warning plates shall be provided on removable covers or doors giving
access to cable terminals and bus bars.
5.10.6 Special warning labels shall be provided inside the switchboards also, wherever considered
necessary. Identification tags shall be provided inside the panels matching with those shown
on the circuit diagram.
5.10.7 Engraved nameplates shall preferably be of 3- ply (Black-White-Black) lamicoid sheets or
anodised aluminium. However back engraved perspex sheet nameplates may also be
acceptable. Nameplates shall be fastened by screws and not by adhesives.
5.11 Painting
5.11.1 All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and degreased to remove mill scale, rust, grease
and dirt. Fabricated structures shall be pickled and then rinsed to remove any trace of acid. The
under surface shall be prepared by applying a coat of phosphate paint and a coat of yellow zinc
chromate primer. Alternately, supplier's standard paint procedure as per their ISO standard is
also acceptable. The under surface shall be made free from all imperfections before
undertaking the finishing coat.
5.11.2 After preparation of the under surface, the switchboard shall be spray painted with two coats
of epoxy based final paint or shall be powder coated.
5.11.3 Colour shade of final paint shall be as RAL 7032 unless specified otherwise.
5.11.4 The finished panels shall be dried in stoving ovens in dust free atmosphere. Panel finish shall
be free from imperfections like pinholes, orange peels, runoff paint etc. Vendor shall supply
final paint (1 litre per switchboard) in non-returnable container for final touch up at site.

Page 376 of 827
2.14 ENGINEERS
OgZif fa54eg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0001 Rev. 6
INITer 247[Fre CRI Jsgr>41, IA Govt of India Unclertak.9) HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS Page 11 of 16
5.11.5 All unpainted steel parts shall be Zinc passivated or suitably treated to prevent rust formation.
If these parts are moving elements then they shall be greased. Aluzinc/ pre-galvanised sheet,
wherever provided, need not be painted.
6.0 SWITCHBOARD COMPONENTS

6.1 Circuit Breakers
6.1.1 Vacuum or SF6 circuit breakers shall be used in the switchboard. The exact type and rating of
breakers shall be as indicated in the data sheet. Breaker transport trolleys required for cassette-
mounted breakers shall be provided for each switchboard. Number of trolleys to be provided
shall be as per data sheet.
6.1.2 Vacuum circuit breakers shall be designed to have low switching-over voltage levels and with
a long switching life. The interrupter shall be leak-free.
6.1.3 In case of SF6 circuit breaker, each pole shall be provided with a pressure switch to monitor
the gas pressure with local indication / lockout, and remote annunciation in the event of SF6
gas leakage.
6.1.4 The breakers shall have at least 6 normally open (NO) and 6 normally closed (NC) spare
auxiliary contacts for purchaser's use. If these are not available, auxiliary relays shall be used
to multiply the auxiliary contacts of the breakers.
6.1.5 The breakers shall have a motor-operated, spring-charging mechanism. It shall also be possible
to charge the springs manually. The closing spring shall get re-charged (for subsequent
closing) soon after a closing shot and prior to breaker tripping. In case the limit switch fails to
cut out the spring-charging motor with the springs fully charged, the motor shall be
automatically de-coupled or else positive isolation (at both ends) of power supply to spring
charging motor shall be ensured. The control circuit shall be suitable for local as well as
remote control. Breakers shall be trip-free and shall have an anti-pumping device. The breaker
operating duty shall be O-3min.-CO-3min.-CO, unless otherwise agreed.
6.1.6 Operating Mechanism
a) Electric power operating mechanism shall be motor wound spring charged stored
energy type. However, manual-operating mechanism may be of the spring charging
stored energy type or spring assisted type. For circuit breakers with electrical power
operating mechanism, provision shall also be made for manual spring charging.
Closing time of circuit breakers with manual operating mechanism shall be
independent of the speed of the operating handle.
b) All stored energy operating mechanisms shall be equipped with the following features:
i) Failure of springs, vibrations or shocks shall not cause unintended operation
of breaker or prevent intended tripping operation.
ii) Closing of circuit breakers shall be prevented unless the spring is fully
charged.
c) All electrical power operating mechanisms shall be suitable for remote operation and
shall be equipped with following features:
i) Provided with motors operable on AC or DC control supplies as specified.
ii) Provided with emergency manual charging facility. The motor shall be
automatically, decoupled (mechanically) once the manual-charging handle is
inserted.
iii) Closing operation of circuit breaker shall automatically initiate charging of the
spring for the next closing operation without waiting for tripping of circuit
breaker.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

Page 377 of 827
ENGINEERS
taig& INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0001 Rev. 6
eircme Jgor
°""' HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS Page 12 of 16
iv) Closing operation shall be completed once the closing impulse is given and
the first device in the control scheme has responded even though the control
switch / Push Button is released, provided no counter trip impulse is present.
6.1.7 Circuit breaker trip and closing coils, in case of electrically operated breakers, and trip coil in
case of mechanically operated breakers and circuit breaker indication shall be suitable for
satisfactory operation on a control supply system indicated in data sheets/job specification.
Additional second shunt trip coil (operating on different control voltage supply) shall also be
provided if specified in the datasheet.
6.1.8 All circuit breakers shall be provided with mechanically operated emergency trip device. This
device shall be available on the front of the panel. Mechanically operated 'closing' device
shall be provided for all breakers. However mechanical closing shall be inhibited for all circuit
breakers in service position.
6.1.9 The breakers shall be provided with anti pumping & trip free feature. Each breaker shall be
also provided with an operation counter.
6.1.10 For all HV VFD feeders, breaker shall be provided with one no. shunt trip coil and with
undervoltage release. However, in case it is not possible to provide undervoltage release in the
standard design, as an alternative, two shunt trip coils shall be provided. One shunt trip coil
shall be suitable for switchgear DC control supply while second shunt trip coil shall be
suitable for external AC control supply. The control supply voltage level shall be as specified
in data sheet.
6.1.11 Metal Oxide surge suppressors shall be provided on all outgoing vacuum circuit breakers to
limit the over voltage to a maximum of 2.2 p.u. rated peak line to earth voltage. Sizing
calculations for surge suppressor shall be provided post order.
6.1.12 Line PT shall be mounted in a separate drawout carriage. In case of truck mounted breaker, line
PT shall be provided in a separate panel.
6.1.13 The complete breaker assembly should have inter-changeability with breakers of identical
ratings.
6.1.14 For switchgears specified with double tier circuit breaker arrangement, the outgoing feeder
breakers shall have double tier arrangement and incomer breakers with Line/bus PT shall be
housed in one vertical panel. In double tier arrangement, sheet steel partitions shall be
provided for each compartment. Compartmentalization shall be such that maintenance of one
breaker is possible without disturbing the adjacent breaker compartment. Suitable trolley(s)
shall be supplied for drawing out the breakers in upper tier. The maximum height of the
operating handle/switches/reset knobs/pushbuttons shall not exceed 1900 mm and minimum
height shall not be below 300 mm.
6.1.15 An integral earthing system, or a separate earthing carriage/truck, shall be provided. In case of
a separate earthing carriage, the necessary trolleys for bus-side and cable-side earthing shall be
supplied. After withdrawing the circuit breaker, this can be inserted to facilitate earthing of
cables and bus bars. Earthing truck shall be complete with the PT and voltmeter, giving audio-
visual indication and solenoid interlock to prevent closing of bus side earthing truck on live
busbars. Suitable interlock shall also be provided for Earthing switch. Earthing truck/ earthing
switch operation shall be only with door closed.
Integral earthing truck/earthing switch shall be suitable for short time withstand current and
peak withstand current rating equal to the corresponding breaker withstand rating.
6.1.16 Number and type of earthing trucks shall be as specified elsewhere.
Page 378 of 827

ENGINEERS
0g-a
,.112",f
tiaj
eg
eiecnreA513,
1;f.1)
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Ind* Undertaking)
FOR
6-51-0001 Rev. 6
Page 13 of 16
6.2 Fuse Contactor Units

For outgoing feeders requiring fuse contactor (as specified in job specification/ datasheet),
following shall be complied with:
Fuse contactors shall be fully drawable type.
Contactors shall comply with IS/IEC-60470 and shall be suitable for intermittent duty class
0.1 as well as for uninterrupted duties.
The minimum short circuit breaking capacity of the contactor shall be at least 6 kA at rated
voltage.
Anti-pumping device (APD) shall be included to prevent "pumping actions" of mechanisms.
Overvoltage surge diverters shall be installed if required to keep high over-voltages during
operating conditions within acceptable values.
Contactors for motor starters and capacitor Bank feeders shall be of the latched type. The
tripping supply shall be obtained from the DC tripping and closing supply. Motor contactor
panels shall be provided with restarting facilities as specified in job specification/ datasheet.
Fuse links shall be in accordance with IEC 60282-1 and shall have high rupturing capacity.
They shall be short circuit current limiting type. Fuses shall be provided with striker pin
arrangement tripping the contactor.
Fuses for motor starters shall have a time-current characteristic suitable for the method of
starting.
Correct discrimination shall be established between fuse characteristics and contactor breaking
capacities. This shall ensure that overload and fault currents are safely interrupted by the
appropriate devices avoiding any risk of welding or other damage to the contactor.
6.3 Instrument Transformers

Current and voltage transformers shall be cast-resin insulated. The primary and secondary
terminals shall be marked indelibly and easily approachable for termination and testing etc.
6.3.1 Current transformer
i) Current transformers shall conform to IS: 2705. The short-time rating shall be equal to
that of the switchboard. They shall be mounted on the stationary part of the
switchboard. The CT ratings shall be as shown in the data sheet. Protective CTs shall
have an accuracy class of 5P and an accuracy limit factor greater than 10. CTs for
instruments shall have an accuracy class of 1.0 and an accuracy limit factor less than
5.0. For numerical relays having protection and metering functions, dual rated CT
shall be provided suitable for protection class and metering class. One leg of the CTs
shall be earthed. Separate CTs shall be provided for Differential and Restricted Earth
fault protection.
ii) All CTs shall be star connected. Interposing CT (ICT) shall be provided (if required)
for differential protection of transformers having star-delta connection.
iii) Proper access to each set of CTs shall be provided for repair / maintenance.
6.3.2 Potential transformer
i) The potential transformers shall conform to IS: 3156. The potential transformers shall
be of drawout-type, and shall be provided with 4 pole miniature circuit breakers with
auxiliary contacts on the secondary side.

Page 379 of 827
ENGINEERS
ig-zif Oa& INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0001 Rev. 6
14117,1c-femrt an,3705,)
G" Und'i*"9) HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS Page 14 of 16
ii) The drawout mechanism shall disconnect the PT from the busbars. The primary
connection shall be disconnected before the PT becomes accessible. Neutral point of
the star connected PTs both on the primary and secondary sides shall be earthed.
iii) The PTs shall have an over-voltage factor of 1.9 for 30 seconds, and an accuracy class
of 1.0 from 10% to 120% of normal voltage. PT selected shall be compatible with
system grounding.
iv) The primary rated voltage shall be equal to the rated voltage V of the system, or V/43,
if the PT is connected between phase and neutral.
v) If not otherwise specified, the secondary voltage shall be 110 V, or 110/43 V. The
burden and class of accuracy shall be as specified in data sheets. For directional relays,
either a 3-phase 5-limb PT, or 3 single-phase PTs with secondary windings connected
in open delta shall be provided.
6.4 Measuring Instruments

All analogue instruments shall be of square pattern, 96 x 96 mm, flush-mounted type.
Measuring instruments shall be provided, as specified in the data sheet. All required auxiliary
equipment such as shunts, transducers, CTs, PTs, etc, shall be included in the scope of the
switchboard supplier. The accuracy class for all instruments shall be 1.0 as per IS: 1248.
Digital instruments shall also be acceptable, provided specific approval of EIL/Owner for
make and model is obtained before placement of switchboard order.
6.4.1 Ammeters and voltmeters
Analogue meters shall be of moving-iron type. The range shall be as indicated on the
drawings. Ammeters for motor feeders shall have a non-linear compressed scale above rated
current to indicate motor starting current.
6.4.2 kW / kWh meters
The kW / kWh meters shall be suitable to measure unbalanced loads on a 3-phase, 3-wire
system. The kW meters shall operate on a PT secondary voltage of 110 V.
6.4.3 Frequency meters
These shall be of direct-reading or digital type and shall operate on a PT secondary voltage of
110V. The standard range shall be 45-50-55 Hz.
6.4.4 Power factor meters
Power factor meters shall operate on a PT secondary voltage of 110 V. The CT secondary
current shall be as shown on the relevant drawings. The standard range shall be 0.5 lead-1.0-
0.5 lag.
6.4.5 Digital meters shall be provided, if specified in job specification/data sheets. All digital meters
shall be highly reliable, accurate, compact and self powered. Digital meter data shall be saved
in case of power failure. Field programming from front of the meter shall be possible and shall
have RS232/485 port in case specified in the job specification/data sheet.
6.5 Relays
6.5.1 Type of relay i.e. electromechanical, static or numerical shall be as defined in data sheet / job
specification.
6.5.2 All electromechanical protective relays shall be back-connected, of drawout type, suitable for
flush mounting, and fitted with dust-tight covers. Alternatively, "plug-in" type relays will also
be acceptable. Auxiliary relays are acceptable in fixed execution.

Page 380 of 827
ENGINEERS
ligZIE RAG
1.1e7, riecnte AA Jr,131.1,
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt Of lode UndeItakIn9)
FOR
6-51-0001 Rev. 6
Page 15 of 16
6.5.3 The protective relay cases shall have a provision for insertion of a test plug at the front for
testing and calibration using an external power supply without disconnecting the permanent
wiring. The insertions of the test plug shall automatically short circuit the CTs and permit
extension of external power supply to the relay.
6.5.4 All protective relays shall have hand reset facility and clear operating indication, e.g. flags for
electro-mechanical type relays or light emitting diodes for static/numerical type relays. It shall
be possible to reset the flag without opening the relay case.
6.5.5 All tripping relays (electrical fault trip) shall be of lockout type with hand-reset contacts, and
shall be suitable to operate on the specified voltage. These relays shall have self coil cut off
contacts, and shall be provided with hand-reset operation indicators. However, for process trip,
the lock out relay shall be self reset type Tripping relays will be acceptable in non-drawout
cases.
6.5.6 The tripping relay shall be suitable for satisfactory operation from 50% to 110% of the
specified control supply voltage.
6.6 Auxiliary Equipment

6.6.1 Auxiliary relays and contactors:
Auxiliary relays and contactors shall generally be used for inter-locking and multiplying
contacts. Auxiliary contacts shall be capable of carrying the maximum anticipated current.
6.6.2 Control Switches:
i) All control switches shall be rotary type, having a cam-operated contact mechanism
otherwise stated. Circuit breaker control switches shall be 3-position CNT, spring return
to neutral from both Close and Trip positions. They shall have pistol-grip handles and
shall be lockable.
ii) Ammeter selector switches shall have a make-before-break feature on its contacts. The
selector switch shall generally have four positions, three positions for reading 3-phase
currents and the fourth position for OFF. The voltmeter selector switch shall also have
four positions, three positions shall be used to measure phase-to-phase voltages and the
fourth position shall be for OFF.
6.6.3 Timers:
For re-acceleration duty, timers unless otherwise stated, shall be pneumatic type and shall have
adjustable time setting of 0-60 seconds. Alternatively static timer may be considered. The time
settings, where specified, shall be accurately set before despatch of the switchboard. Timer
provided for control of capacitor feeder shall have minimum setting of 0-5 minutes.
6.6.4 Indicating Lamps:
Clustered LED type indicating light with minimum 8mm diameter size shall be provided for
indications. The LED shall have a low glow voltage protection and shall not glow on voltage
leakage.
7.0 INSPECTION, TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE

7.1 During fabrication, the switchboard shall be subject to inspection by EIL / Owner, or by an
agency authorised by the Owner, to assess the progress of work, as well as to ascertain that
only quality raw material is used. The manufacturer shall furnish all necessary information
concerning the supply to EIL / Owner's inspectors.
7.2 For testing requirements refer Inspection & Test Plan No. 6-81-1001.

Page 381 of 827
k31 ENGINEERS
Ige_jr 02-
eg
' INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0001 Rev. 6
INIT,elrowe C013,70,.1)
8.0 PACKING AND DESPATCH

The switchboard shall be divided into several shipping sections for protection and ease of
handling during transportation. All outgoing feeders shall be packed as separate shipping
sections. The equipment shall be properly packed for selected mode of transportation i.e.
ship/rail or trailer. The panels shall be wrapped in polyethylene sheets before being placed in
wooden crates/cases to prevent damage to the finish. Crates/cases shall have skid bottoms for
handling. Special notations such as 'Fragile', 'This side up', 'Weight', 'Owner's particulars',
`PO number.' etc., shall be clearly marked on the package together with other details as per
purchase order.
The equipment may be stored outdoors for long periods before installation. The packing
should also be suitable for outdoor storage in areas with heavy rains and high ambient
temperature unless otherwise agreed.

Page 382 of 827
SPECIFICATION STANDARDSPECIFICATION No.
1511fte FOR
-41185.
INDIAnUMTED RELAY & CONTROL PANELS 6-51-0004 Rev. 4
Page 1 of 15
Rol -ffgr friqt
f-4-#Kir
SPECIFICATION
FOR
RELAY & CONTROL PANELS
ter Ajj: )44 w'1(

4 07.04.11 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD SA UAP DM
SPECIFICATION
3 21.04.06 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD AK NS JMS VJN
SPECIFICATION
2 27.11.02 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD AK RPG/AAN VPS GRR
SPECIFICATION.
1 22.04.97 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD AK/AAN VPS SG A.SONI
SPECIFICATION.
0 02.06.81 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION M.K.DAS M.K.DAS
Standards Standards
Rev. Prepared Checked Committee Bureau
No Date Purpose by by Convenor Chairman
Approved by

Page 383 of 827
ENGINEERS
5igar E115i-eg w INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0004 Rev. 4

2:W1W CAJVCISA) (A Govt or India Undertaking)
RELAY & CONTROL PANELS Page 2 of 15
Abbreviations:
AC Alternating Current
AVR Automatic Voltage Regulator
BS British Standards
CEA Central Electricity Authority
CFL Compact Fluorescent Lamp
CRCA Cold Rolled Cold Annealed
CT Current Transformer
DC Direct Current
HRC High Rupture Capacity
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IS Indian Standards
ISA Instrument Society of America
MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker
PF Power Factor
SWG Standard Wire Gauge
VDE Verband Der Electrotechnik, Elecktronik and Information Stechnik
VT Voltage Transformer
Convenor: Mr. UA Patro
Members: Mr. AK Tickoo

Mr. MP Jain
Mr. BR Bhogal
Mr. Arun Kumar
Mr. KK Gera
Mr. Saeed Akhtar

Page 384 of 827
el ENGINEERS
7'1 INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0004 Rev. 4
i mi 1 IA Goo. of India Undettaiong)
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 5

Page 385 of 827
ENGINEERS
511gar Etaeg t INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0004 Rev. 4
(Men 4,13,19.1) (A Govt of India undenakm) RELAY & CONTROL PANELS Page 4 of 15
1.0 SCOPE
The scope of this specification is to define the requirements of design, engineering,

manufacture, testing, packing and supply of relay and control panels.
2.1 The equipment shall comply with the requirements of latest revision of following standards
issued by BIS, unless otherwise specified.
IS: 5 Colours for Ready Mixed Paints & Enamels.

IS: 694 PVC Insulated Cables for Working Voltages upto & including 1100V
IS: 1248 Direct Acting Electrical Indicating Instruments.
IS: 2705 Current Transformers
IS: 3156 Voltage Transformers
IS: 3231 Electrical Relays for Power System Protection.
IS: 3842 Application Guide for Electrical Relays for AC Systems.
IS: 4794 Push Button Switches: General Requirements and Tests.
IS: 5578 Marking of Insulated Conductors.
IS: 5786 Fixed resistors, general purpose low power
IS: 5834 Electrical Timer Relays for Industrial Purposes.
IS: 6236 Direct Recording Electrical Measuring Instruments.
IS: 6553 Environmental Requirements for Semiconductor Devices and
Integrated Circuits.
IS: 8530 Maximum Demand Indicators.
IS: 8686 Static Protective Relays
IS: 9124 Guide for Maintenance and Field Testing of Electrical Relays.
IS: 9347 Charts for Recording Instruments.
IS: 11353 Uniform System of Marking and Identification of Conductors and
Apparatus Terminals.
IS: 11954 Guide for Colour Coding of Electrical Mimic Diagrams.
IS: 12021 Specifications for Control Transformers for Switchgear and
Controlgear for Voltages not exceeding 1000V AC.
IS: 12083 Electrical Relays
IS: 13010 AC Watt-hour Meters, Class 0.5,1 and 2
IS: 13703 Low Voltage Fuses
IS: 13779 AC Static Watt-hour Meters, Class 1 and 2
IS: 14372 Volt-Ampere-Hour Meters for Full Power Factor Range
IS: 14390 Var-Hour Meters, Class 3.0
IS: 14415 Volt-Ampere-Hour Meters for Restricted Power Factor Range
IS: 14901 : Semiconductor Devices: Discrete Devices & Integrated Circuits
IS/EC:60529 : Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures (IP Code).
IS/IEC:60947 : LV Switchgear and Control gear.
2.2 In case of imported equipment, standards followed in the country of origin shall be
applicable if these standards are equivalent or more stringent than the applicable Indian
Standards.
2.3 The equipment shall also conform to the provisions of CEA regulations and other statutory
regulations currently in force in the country.
2.4 In case Indian standards are not available for any equipment, standards issued by WC/
BSNDE/IEEE/NEMA or equivalent agency shall be applicable.
Page 386 of 827

ENGINEERS
Itgar agles INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0004 Rev. 4

INPUT eIWIREr 0, I 3,17.11 IA Govt of India Undertaking) RELAY & CONTROL PANELS Page 5 of 15
2.5 In case of any conflict between requirements specified in various applicable documents for
the project, the most stringent one shall prevail. However, Owner's decision in this regard
will be final and binding.
3.0 SITE CONDITIONS
The relay & control panels shall be suitable for installation in a closed room with restricted
natural air ventilation in tropical, humid and corrosive atmosphere. The equipment shall be
designed to operate under site conditions as specified in the data sheet. If not specifically
indicated, design ambient temperature of 40° C and altitude not exceeding 1000m above
MSL shall be considered.
4.1 The offered equipment shall be brand new with state of art technology and proven field
track record. No prototype equipment shall be offered.
offered equipment for at least for 10 years from the date of supply.
phasing out the product / spares to enable the end user for placement of order for spares and
services.
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
5.1 Constructional Features
5.1.1 The panels shall be Simplex, Duplex, Control Desk or Console type as specified in data
sheet.
5.1.2 The panels shall be sheet steel enclosed, dust and vermin proof having minimum degree of
protection as IP-41. The panels shall be floor mounting, free standing type mounted on a
supporting structure so as to form a rigid enclosure suitable for the application. The panels
shall be fabricated out of CRCA sheet steel. All doors and openings shall be provided with
neoprene gaskets. Hinged doors shall be complete with door handles, lock and latching
facility.
5.1.3 The panels shall be provided with integral base frame, suitable for tack welding to floor
embedded insert plate/flat/channel.
5.1.4 The height of control panels -shall not exceed 2400 mm. In case more than one panel is used,
all the panels shall be arranged to form a continuous line up of uniform height and depth.
5.1.5 The bottom of all panels shall have a 100 mm kick plate all around.
5.1.6 Cable entry shall be from bottom unless specified otherwise. A suitable removable undrilled
gland plate shall be provided for cable entry.
5.1.7 Suitable hooks shall be provided for lifting the panels.
5.2 Types of Panels
5.2.1 Simplex Panel

Simplex type panels shall be with equipment mounted on the vertical front and access door
to wiring from rear.

Page 387 of 827
ENGINEERS
ligar fEtfaij-eu INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0004 Rev. 4
IMIETY M911E' .131 JVCIRD IA Govt of India undertaking) RELAY & CONTROL PANELS Page 6 of 15
5.2.2 Duplex Panel

Duplex panel shall consist of a front and a rear panel connected back to back with a 750 mm
(minimum) walk way in central corridor. There shall be complete access through the
corridor to terminal blocks, internal wiring and components mounted on the panel. Separate
cable entries shall be provided for front and rear panels. Interconnection between front and
rear panels shall be by interpanel wiring (through the corridor) at the top, inside the panel.
Adequately sized hinged type access doors shall be provided at both ends of panel line up.
5.2.3 Control Desk

Control desk shall consist of an enclosure having inclined horizontal surface. The horizontal
surface shall have a minimum height of 800 mm. The layout shall be such that various
control devices are within convenient reach of the operator. All necessary switches, push
buttons and indicating lamps etc. shall be mounted on the horizontal inclined surface.
Control desk shall have a removable front cover and rear hinged door.
5.2.4 Control Desk Console

Control desk console shall have one horizontal inclined surface and one vertical inclined
surface. The horizontal inclined surface shall have a minimum height of 800 mm. The height
of vertical surface shall be limited to 1500 mm. Control switches, push buttons and
indicating lamps etc. shall be mounted on horizontal face and all instruments shall be on
vertical face, all within the full view of the operator. The Control desk Console shall have a
removable front door and rear hinged door.
5.3 Mounting of Components.
5.3.1 All controls, indications, meters, annunciations, mimic diagram, protective relays having
flags/operations indicators and lock out relays requiring hand reset shall be mounted on
panel front. However auxiliary relays can be mounted inside. In case of duplex panels,
controls, indications, meters, annunciations and mimic diagram shall be mounted on the
front panel and the relays shall be mounted on the rear panel.
All equipment mounted on front/rear panels shall be flush mounting type/semi-flush
mounting type. All meters/components shall be suitable for vertical/horizontal mounting
position in which they are to be installed.
5.3.2 The centre line of switches, push buttons etc. shall be not less than 750 mm & shall not be
more than 1800 mm from the bottom of the panel. Centre line of relays, meters, recorders
etc. shall be not less than 450 mm from the panel bottom. Alarm facia shall be located at a
minimum height of 900 mm from panel bottom.
5.3.3 Provisions for cut-outs and their wiring for items to be supplied by Purchaser shall be as per
respective manufacturer's drawings. Cut-outs for equipments that are to be mounted in
future shall be blanked.
5.3.4 Checking and removal of individual components shall be possible without disturbing the
adjacent equipment. It shall be possible to test all the protective relays 'in-situ'. The
internally mounted components, auxiliary equipment such as transducers, interposing CTs
etc. shall be mounted in such a way as to be readily accessible, without impeding the access
to internal wiring and other components.
5.4 Wiring & Terminals
5.4.1 All wiring inside the panel shall be done with adequately sized, BIS approved, PVC
insulated, flame retardant type, 660V grade, single-core, stranded, annealed copper
conductors. For CT circuits the cross section of the wires shall be 2.5-mm2 minimum.
Page 388 of 827

4511lat_iti"ENGINEERS
5'ig-ar owes w
INDIA LIMITED
(HIM 29741W dIAJPC1.1) (A Gout. of India Undeftalong)
FOR
RELAY & CONTROL PANELS
6-51-0004 Rev. 4
Page 7 of 15
5.4.2 Each wire shall be identified at both ends with wire numbers by means of PVC ferrules.
5.4.3 All external connections shall be through terminal block. The terminal blocks shall be
mounted minimum 300 mm above the gland plate. Each wire shall be terminated at a
separate terminal. However, in no case more than 2 wires shall be terminated on a terminal.
Shorting links shall be provided for all CT terminals and wherever necessary.
5.4.4 All spare contacts of relays, timers, etc shall be wired up to the terminal block.
5.4.5 Minimum 20 % spare terminals shall be provided in each terminal block.
5.4.6 Clamp type terminals suitable for termination of crimped type lugs shall be provided for all
control cable connections. Suitable power terminals shall be provided for incoming power
cables.
5.4.7 All terminals shall be properly shrouded against accidental contact.
5.4.8 Wiring between panels shall be routed through PVC sleeves or rubber grommets. All inter
panel wiring within each shipping section shall be done at Vendor's works. For wiring
between shipping section, Vendor shall provide terminal blocks on adjacent shipping
sections and supply suitable jumpering wires. Alternatively, rolled up wires with necessary
ferruling for inter panel wiring shall be provided.
5.5 Earthing
5.5.1 All panels shall be connected to an earth bus bar of suitable size having continuity
throughout the length of the panel line-up. All doors and movable parts shall be connected to
the earth bus with flexible copper connections. Provision shall be made to connect the
earthing bus bar to the plant earthing grid at two ends. All non current-carrying metallic
parts of the equipment and components shall be earthed.
5.6 Panel Illumination and Space Heaters
5.6.1 CFL lamps working on 240 V AC, operated by door switches shall be provided for internal
panel illumination of each panel and corridor.
5.6.2 A 240 V, single phase, 5 A, 3 pin socket shall be provided in the panel corridor or interior of
each cubicle with on-off switch for connection of hand lamps.
5.6.3 The panels shall be provided with space heaters, controlled through MCB and thermostat
with an adjustable setting.
5.7 Painting
5.7.1 All metal surfaces shall undergo manufacturer's standard cleaning/painting cycle.
5.7.2 After preparation of the under surface, the panels shall be painted with two coats of epoxy
based final paint. Colour shade of final paint shall be 631 of IS: 5/RAL-7032.
5.7.3 All unpainted steel parts shall be suitably treated to prevent rust formation. If these parts are
moving elements then they shall be greased.
5.8 Mimic
5.8.1 Mimic diagram shall be provided on panels when specified in data sheet. Mimic diagram
shall be screwed on to the panels and shall be made of anodised aluminium or plastic of

Page 389 of 827
Ofteggith ENGINEERS
Nov INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0004 Rev. 4
'1"newa- - .3m-i) IA Gout of
Unded*") RELAY & CONTROL PANELS Page 8 of 15
5.8.2 When semaphore indicators are used for indicating isolator position, they shall be automatic
type and shall be so mounted in the mimic such that isolator (or breaker) closed position
shall complete the continuity of the mimic. The mimic diagram shall incorporate red and
green lamps for position indication and controlling switches for breakers. Alternatively, if
specified in data sheet discrepancy switches having built in hand operated semaphore and
position indicating lamps for breaker control & indication shall be provided. The
discrepancy switch shall perform the following functions:
The breaker on-off control shall be through this switch.
The lamp will remain steady when the semaphore position corresponds with the
breaker position.
c) The lamp shall flicker if the semaphore position does not correspond with the
breaker position.
5.8.3 The colour code for various voltages in the mimic diagram shall be as per IS: 11954 as
detailed below:
Voltage Level Mimic Colour Shade as per IS: 5
400 KV AC Signal Red 537
220 KV AC Light Orange 557
132 KV AC or 110 KV AC Lemon 355
66 KV AC Golden Brown 414
33 KV AC or 22 KV AC Olive Green 220
11 KV AC Sea Green 217
6.6 KV AC Air Craft Blue 108
3.3 KV AC Sky Blue 101
415 V AC or 240 V AC Dark Violet 796
220 V DC or 110 V DC Black -
5.8.4 In general all colours shall be so chosen as to be distinguishable from others appearing in
the mimic diagram. These shall be subject to review by Owner/EIL during detailed
engineering.
5.8.5 Actual value of voltage, Bus Number and other details shall be indicated in alpha-numeric
characters, suitably on the mimic.
5.9 Equipment Specifications
5.9.1 Instruments
All instruments shall be switchboard type, flush mounted, dust tight and tropicalised. The
instruments shall be digital/analogue type. The analogue indicating meters shall be in
square shape of size 96x96 mm2 These shall be taut band type having a scale covering 0-
240°. The instruments shall have minimum accuracy class of 1.0.

Page 390 of 827
laraq.1 ft ENGINEERS
FOR
ogar 254-auw INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0004 Rev. 4
F9MIE,111.30111.1) (A Gout. of India Olen/Mang)
Zero adjustment for pointers shall be accessible from, the front of the instruments. All
auxiliary equipment such as shunts and transducers etc as required shall be provided.
5.9.1.1 Frequency Meters

These shall be of direct-reading or digital type, and shall operate on a VT secondary voltage
of 110V. The standard range shall be 45-50-55 Hz.
5.9.1.2 Ammeters, Voltmeters, kW/kVA/kVAR meters, kWh/kVAh/kVARh meters

Meters shall be suitable for the specified CT ratios and VT secondary voltage of 110V or
directly from 415/240V circuit, as the case may be. The kW/kVA/kVAR meters and
kWh/kVAh/kVARh meters shall be suitable for measuring unbalanced loads on a 3-phase, 3
wire system. If specified, bi-directional type kW/kVA/kVAR meters shall be provided.
5.9.1.3 Power Factor Meters

The range of PF meters shall be 0.5 lag - 1.0 - 0.5 lead. If specified, four-quadrant type
power factor meters shall be provided, suitable for bi-directional flow of power. The PF
meters shall be suitable for 110V VT secondary.
5.9.1.4 Recording Instruments

The recording instruments shall be continuous recording type. These shall be suitable for the
Current / Voltage signals as applicable for the specified parameters to be recorded The
recording instrument shall be complete with automatic chart feed control mechanism,
isolating switch for chart drive, necessary transducers etc. as required. Each recorder shall
be supplied with chart rolls and inking system for minimum 6 months continuous operation.
5.9.2 Indicating Lamps

The indicating lamps shall be of cluster LED type having minimum outer dia of 10 mm.
5.9.3 Control Switches

All control switches shall be rotary type. Circuit breaker control switches shall be 3-position
Close-Neutral-Trip, spring return to neutral from both Close and Trip positions. They shall
have pistol-grip handles. Minimum one spare way shall be provided on these switches for
each position.
Ammeter selector switches shall have a make-before-break feature on its contacts. The
selector switch shall generally have four positions: three for reading 3-phase currents and
the fourth for the OFF position. The voltmeter selector switch shall also have four positions:
three shall be used to measure phase-to-phase voltages, and the fourth shall be for the OFF
position.
5.9.4 Control Fuses

All control fuses shall be of HRC cartridge link type.
5.9.5 Annunciator / Annunciation Scheme
5.9.5.1 Facia window type annunciators shall be provided on the control panels. These shall be of
solid state type, with modular construction.
5.9.5.2 Visual indication shall be flush mounted, back lighted type, consisting of translucent facia of
unbreakable acrylic material. Trip and non-trip alarms shall be segregated. The colour of
windows shall be 'Red' for trip alarms and 'White' for all other alarms.
5.9.5.3 Annunciation facia shall be suitable for accommodating at least 15 standard capital size
letters / numerals in Gothic form per line with 4 lines. Minimum size of the letter shall be 4
Page 391 of 827

‘11Re,e1 ENGINEERS
FOR
EffilegW, INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0004 Rev. 4
ereaRE,A3rISPA) fA Govt of India Undertakm) RELAY & CONTROL PANELS Page 10 of 15
mm. Spacing between the 2 lines shall be minimum 2 mm. The facia window shall have a
minimum display area of 1500 mm2.
5.9.5.4 Each facia window shall be provided with at least two sets of super bright cluster LEDs in
parallel to ensure highly reliable visual annunciation of adequate light intensity.
5.9.5.5 On occurrence of fault (s) one of the alarm sequences, as per Figure A (Sequence M of ISA
S 18.1) or as per Figure B(Sequence F2M-1 of ISA S 18.1) shall be provided, as stated in
the data sheet. If not specified therein, sequence as Figure A (Sequence M of ISA S 18.1)
shall be provided.
5.9.5.6 Static control circuits shall be used for alarm logics incorporating audible and visual alarms.
These shall be mounted on PCBs. The PCBs for identical logic units shall be
interchangeable
5.9.5.7 All requisite accessories including separate push buttons for ACKNOWLEDGE/ ACCEPT,
RESET, SILENCE, and TEST functions shall be provided common for all annunciator
windows. These shall be located on front of the panel.
5.9.5.8 Annunciator shall be designed to lock in even during TEST mode if the field contacts get
actuated at that instant.
5.9.5.9 The annunciator circuit design shall ensure that momentary short circuits in lamp circuit do
not affect it. Visual and audible alarm circuits shall be independent i.e. the failure of one
shall not affect the other.
5.9.5.10 The annunciators shall be suitable for operation with normally open fault contact which
closes on a fault. It shall be possible to make them suitable for normally closed fault contact
by field modification.
5.9.5.11 Annunciator shall be able to lock in for momentary actuation of field contacts.
5.9.5.12 The system shall have protection against malfunctioning due to voltage spikes.
5.9.5.13 DC Control supply, at the specified voltage, shall be provided by the Purchaser, as indicated
in the data sheet. Necessary power supply module(s), if required, to generate different
voltages for various annunciator elements shall be included in Vendor's scope. DC supply
failure indication shall be provided separately with DC under voltage relays. On failure of
DC supply to the panel, a lamp and an audio buzzer fed from AC supply shall operate.
There shall be provision for silencing / acknowledging the buzzer. The buzzer shall have
distinctly separate tone from other audible alarms.
Page 392 of 827

ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0004 Rev. 4

an ) IN Gout. of India Undertaking) RELAY & CONTROL PANELS Page 11 of 15
FIGURE A: SEQUENCE-M, MANUAL RESET
SEQUENCE DIAGRAM
PROCESS NORMAL
SEQUENCE NORMAL
VISUAL OFF
AUDIBLE SILENT
RESET
WHILE NORMAL
ABNORMAL OR
PROCESS ABNORMAL PROCESS
NORMAL
SEQUENCE ACKNOWLEDGED SEQUENCE ALARM
VISUAL ON ACKNOWLEDGE VISUAL FLASHING
AUDIBLE SILENT AUDIBLE AUDIBLE
SEQUENCE TABLE
ALARM
PROCESS PUSHBUTTON SEQUENCE VISUAL
LINE AUDIBLE REMARKS
CONDITION OPERATION STATE DISPLAY
DEVICE
1 NORMAL - NORMAL OFF SILENT
2 ABNORMAL - ALARM FLASHING AUDIBLE LOCK-IN
ABNORMAL MANUAL
3 OR ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGED ON SILENT RESET
NORMAL REQUIRED
4A ABNORMAL TO LINE 3
RESET SILENT
4B NORMAL NORMAL OFF
RESET
SEQUENCE FEATURES :
ACKNOWLEDGE, RESET AND TEST PUSHBUTTONS.

ALARM AUDIBLE DEVICE.
LOCK-IN OF MOMENTARY ALARMS UNTIL ACKNOWLEDGED.
THE AUDIBLE DEVICE IS SILENCED & FLASHING STOPS WHEN ACKNOWLEDGED.
MANUAL RESET OF ACKNOWLEDGED ALARM INDICATIONS AFTER PROCESS
CONDITIONS RETURN TO NORMAL.
OPERATIONAL TEST.
Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Page 393 of 827
ei ENGINEERS
Igar felf51eg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0004 Rev. 4
Mar, eleakfook anon, (A Gort of India Undertaking) RELAY & CONTROL PANELS Page 12 of 15
FIGURE B: SEQUENCE-F2M 1, MANUAL RESET FIRST OUT WITH NO

SUBSEQUENT ALARM FLASHING AND SILENCE PUSH BUTTON
SEQUENCE DIAGRAM
PROCESS NORMAL
SEQUENCE NORMAL
VISUAL OFF
AUDIBLE SILENT
SUBSEQUENT FIRST TO
RESET WHILE TO ABNORMAL ABNORMAL
NORMAL
ABNORMAL ABNORMAL
PROCESS ABNORMAL OR SILENCE PROCESS OR PROCESS OR NORMAL
NORMAL NORMAL
SEQUENCE SUB.ALARM SEQUENCE FIRST ALARM
SEQUENCE
VISUAL
ACKNOWLEDGED
ON •ACKNOWLEDGE VISUAL ON VISUAL FLASHING
AUDIBLE SILENT AUDIBLE AUDIBLE AUDIBLE AUDIBLE
ACKNOWLEDGE AC KNOWLEDGE
(FIRST OUT RESET) (FIRST OUT RESET)
SILENCE
ABNORMAL OR
PROCESS NORMAL
SEQUENCE FIRST SILENCED
VISUAL FLASHING
AUDIBLE SILENT
SEQUENCE TABLE
ALARM
PUSHBUTTON SEQUENCE STATE VISUAL AUDIBLE REMARKS
LINE PROCESS CONDITION OPERATION DISPLAY DEVICE
1 NORMAL - NORMAL OFF SILENT
2 FIRST FIRST ALARM FLASHING AUDIBLE LOCK-IN
ABNORMAL - SUB ALARM ON AUDIBLE LOCK-IN
3 SUB
ABNORMAL FIRST OUT
4 FIRST OR NORMAL ACKNOWLEDGE RESET
TO LINE-7
ABNORMAL BEFORE SILENCE
5 SUB OR NORMAL
ABNORMAL FIRST SILENCED FLASHING SILENT
6 FIRST OR NORMAL
SILENCE MANUAL
SUB ABNORMAL ACKNOWLEDGED ON SILENT RESET
7 OR NORMAL REQUIRED
ABNORMAL ACKNOWLEDGE FIRST OUT
8 FIRST TO LINE-7 RESET
OR NORMAL AFTER SILENCE
SILENT MANUAL
9 NORMAL RESET NORMAL OFF RESET
SEQUENCE FEATURES:
SILENCE, ACKNOWLEDGE, RESET AND TEST PUSHBUTTONS.
ALARM AUDIBLE DEVICE.
LOCK-IN OF MOMENTARY ALARMS UNTIL ACKNOWLEDGED.
OPTION-1: SILENCE PUSHBUTTON TO SILENCE THE ALARM AUDIBLE DEVICE WHILE
RETAINING FIRST OUT FLASHING INDICATION.
FLASHING INDICATION FOR FIRST ALARMS ONLY. NEW SUBSEQUENT ALARMS HAVE
THE SAME VISUAL INDICATION AS ACKNOWLEDGED ALARMS.
FIRST OUT INDICATION IS RESET WHEN ACKNOWLEDGED.
MANUAL RESET OF ACKNOWLEDGED ALARM INDICATIONS AFTER PROCESS
CONDITIONS RETURN TO NORMAL.
OPERATIONAL TEST.

Page 394 of 827
101 ENGINEERS
FOR 6-51-0004 Rev. 4
Igaf 0151-eG INDIA UMITED
Oiver mow oxavom IA Govt. of India Undertaking) RELAY & CONTROL PANELS Page 13 of 15
5.9.6 Relays
5.9.6.1 Protective Relays

Type of relay i.e. electromechanical, static or numerical shall be as defined in data
sheet/ job specification.
All electromagnetic protective relays shall be back-connected, of drawout type,
suitable for flush mounting, and fitted with dust-tight covers. Auxiliary relays and
tripping relays are acceptable in fixed execution.
The relay cases shall have a provision for insertion of a test plug at the front for
testing and calibration using an external power supply without disconnecting the
permanent wiring. The insertion of the test plug shall automatically short circuit
the CTs and permit extension of external power supply to the relay.
All protective relays shall have hand reset facility and clear operating indication,
e.g. flags for type relays or light emitting diodes for static/numerical
type relays. ItIt shall be possible to reset the flag without opening the relay case.
All tripping relays shall be of lockout type with hand-reset contacts, and shall be
suitable to operate on the specified voltage. These relays shall have self coil cut off
contacts, and shall be provided with hand-reset operation indicators.
The tripping relay shall be suitable for satisfactory operation from 50% to 110% of
the specified control supply voltage.
vii) Stabilising resistors, interposing CTs /VTs, metrosils etc., wherever required, shall
be part of the relay.
5.9.6.2 Auxiliary relays and contactors

Auxiliary relays and contactors shall generally be used for inter-locking and multiplying
contacts. Auxiliary contacts shall be capable of carrying the maximum anticipated
current.
5.9.7 Clock
5.9.7.1 An electronic digital clock having 7 segment LED display (Red Colour) shall be
provided on the top of the panel line up. The display shall have date, hour and minute
display with blinking dots. The AM/PM or 24 hour mode shall be field selectable. The
display shall be visible from a distance of 7 metre arc covering an angle of 120°. The
numeral height of the digit shall be minimum 5 cm. The intensity of the display shall be
sufficient to view in broad day light. The accuracy of the clock shall be better than + 10
sec. per month.
5.9.7.2 Power supply for the clock shall be derived from the incoming main supply to the panel
and shall be backed by lithium batteries.
5.9.8 Transducers
Transducers designed for 4-20mA output signal shall be provided as specified in data
sheets/as per requirements of approved schemes. Transducers shall be suitable for
accuracy class 0.5 (max.). Galvanic isolation shall be provided between input and output
circuits. The isolation insulation shall withstand minimum 2 kV, 50 Hz for 1 minute. The
transducers shall be protected against input and output voltage surges. The transducers
shall be suitable for driving, 600 ohms load impedance located min. 500 m away and
connected through 0.5 mmz copper conductor cables. The transducers shall be suitable
for minimum 125 % continuous overload in input voltage/ current parameters.
Page 395 of 827

rfts ENGINEERS
Ilgar E115leg W INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0004 Rev. 4
ROM eleatraanateavii IA Govt of India Undertaking) RELAY & CONTROL PANELS Page 14 of 15
5.9.9 Nameplates
5.9.9.1 Engraved nameplates indicating the panel designation shall be provided at the top (on
front and back) of each panel. These shall be fixed in such a way that these can be
removed and refitted when desired.
5.9.9.2 Nameplate or polyester adhesive 'identification tags' shall be fixed on each panel
mounted equipment inside the panel and shall be provided on panel walls, to indicate
permanent location of the components. Labels shall be provided for every component on
the cards, connecting wires, as well as, for the terminals in the terminal strip inside the
panel.
5.9.9.3 Nameplates shall also be fixed on the exterior of the panels at appropriate places to
indicate the description/function of various relays, meters, control switches, push
buttons, lamps and other equipment.
5.9.9.4 Special warning plates shall be provided on all removable covers or doors giving access
to energised metallic parts above 24 volts.
5.9.10 Auxiliary VTs and CTs

Necessary auxiliary voltage transformers for open delta and auxiliary current
transformers, wherever required, shall be included in Vendor's scope of supply.
Auxiliary CT required for summation of two or more feeders and auxiliary VT's required
for galvanic isolation of different synchronising inputs shall be included in Vendor's
scope of supply.
5.9.11 Tariff Metering

Wherever called for, integrating meters of the trivector or equivalent types capable of
indicating kWh, kVARh and kVAh directly, along with maximum kVA and kW demand
shall be provided.
These shall be suitable for 3 phase, 3 wire with unbalanced loading and with two sets of
elements connected to current and potential transformers of specified ratio, and shall be
fitted with reverse stop and impulse contacts to operate printo-maxigraphs where
required. The printomaxigraph shall be operated from the impulses received from the
Trivector meter and shall print the max. demand in figures as well as record the shape of
the load curve. The recording shall be inkless type.
5.10 Synchronisation Panel/Trolley

Whenever called for, swinging type synchronising panel / synchronisation trolley
complete with running and incoming voltmeters, running and incoming frequency
meters, synchroscope, synchronising check and guard relays, synchronising switches,
lamps etc. shall be provided. Automatic synchronsing device with inputs to governor
control and excitation panel shall be provided if specifically asked for. The synchronising
switches shall be lockable type. One common key shall be provided for all synchronising
switches to ensure that only one incoming source (from only one synchronising switch)
is selected at a time.
The swing type panel shall be mounted on one side of the main panel with hinges and
shall be so located as to enable easy operation of all breakers provided with
synchronisation facility. Synchronising trolley shall be on wheels and shall be complete
with multipin plug and flexible lead. Matching sockets shall be provided on main panels
wherever required for synchronising.
Page 396 of 827

4011ttcak ENGINEERS SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
Ogejr ElfReg Nur INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0004 Rev. 4
) (A Govt of India Undertaking)
5.11 Mounting of Loose Equipment/Components
Purchaser may buy loose equipment to be mounted on the control panel from different
Vendors, e.g. On Load Tap-Changer controls, AVR equipment, transformer fan and
temperature control, special relays etc. as specified in data sheets. The cutout and wiring
details for such items shall be supplied to the successful Vendor. The panels shall be
supplied drilled, wired etc. for the loose items.

6.1 During fabrication, the panels shall be subject to inspection by EIL / Owner, or by an
agency authorised by the Owner, to assess the progress of work, as well as to ascertain
that only quality raw material is used. The manufacturer shall furnish all necessary
information concerning the supply to EIL / Owner's inspectors. Minimum three weeks
notice shall be given to EIL/owner for witnessing the fmal testing of the complete
equipment.
6.2 Tests shall be carried out at the manufacturer's works under his care and expense.
6.3 Following tests shall be carried out as a minimum on the panel in the presence of
purchaser or his authorised representative:
Visual, dimensional and bill of material check.
Checking of all meters/relays/components for proper working/calibration.
Checking of correctness of wiring of circuits and continuity.
Electrical control, interlock and sequential operation test.
High voltage test, 2000 Volts to earth for one minute.
Insulation resistance test.
vii) Secondary injection test for relays.

All equipment shall be divided into several sections for protection and ease of handling
during transportation. The equipment shall be properly packed for transportation by
selected mode i.e. by ship / rail or trailer. The equipment shall be wrapped in polythene
sheets, before being placed in the crates / cases to prevent damage to finish. Crates / cases
shall have skid bottom for handling. Special notations such as 'Fragile', 'This side up'
`Centre of Gravity', 'Weight', 'Owner's particulars', PO nos. etc. shall be clearly marked
on the package together with other details as per purchase order.
The equipment may be stored outdoors for long periods before erection. The packing shall
be completely suitable for outdoor storage in areas with heavy rains / high ambient
temperature, unless otherwise agreed.

Page 397 of 827
Page 398 of 827
Page 399 of 827
Page 400 of 827
Page 401 of 827
Page 402 of 827
Page 403 of 827
Page 404 of 827
Page 405 of 827
Page 406 of 827
Page 407 of 827
Page 408 of 827
Page 409 of 827
Page 410 of 827
Page 411 of 827
Page 412 of 827
SPECIFICATION FOR STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
lf~ra rte} ENGINEERS ENGINE STARTING BATTERY & 6-51-0030 Rev. 3
Oge_it INDIA LIMITED CHARGER
MIRT Freasti,0113.701741
■ Govt of India UnOodaong) Page 1 of 9
"er mta cuzil Nis

11•71t 197
SPECIFICATION
FOR
ENGINE STARTING BATTERY
AND CHARGER
REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD UAP/JMS

3 17.07.2013
SPECIFICATION
REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD VC
2 25.04.2008 AP NS JMS
SPECIFICATION
REVISED & RE-ISSUED AS STANDARD
1 16.09.2002 VCB JMS VPS AS
SPECIFICATION
0 04.04.1997 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION VCB VPS SG A. SONI

Standards Standards
Committee Bureau
Rev. Prepared Checked
No by by
Approved by
Page 413 of 827

k.71 ■
?..1t4 ENGINEERS
51gzir Vtiateg ti INDIA LIMITED ENGINE STARTING BATTERY & 6-51-0030 Rev. 3
I WWI erri,117 Q .1401.11 IA Govt Motu Undertaking) CHARGER Page 2 of 9
Abbreviations:
AC Alternating current
Ah Amperehour
DC Direct Current
Hz Hertz
IEEE Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers
IS Indian Standard
kA KiloAmperes
MSL Mean Sea Level
PCB Printed Circuit Board
PIV Peak Inverse Voltage
PO Purchase Order
PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
TPN Three Phase and Neutral
VDE Verband der Elektrotechnik, Elektronik and Information stechnik
V Volt
Convener : Mr. U.A.Patro

Members : Mr. B. R. Bhogal
Ms. S. Anand
Mr. Parag Gupta
Mr. A. K. Chaudhary (Inspection)
Ms NP Guha (Proj.)
Page 414 of 827

afaelt5 ENGINEERS
ENGINE STARTING BATTERY &
INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0030 Rev. 3
~IV IA GovI of India UAdertak■
NI CHARGER Page 3 of 9
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
4.0 POWER SUPPLY AND SITE CONDITIONS 5
5.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR BATTERY UNITS 5
6.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR BATTERY CHARGER 6
7.0 CONTROL, PROTECTION, METERING AND INDICATION 8
8.0 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 8
9.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING 9
Page 415 of 827

-

01 el ENGINEERS
OgattiWreg INDIA LIMITED ENGINE STARTING BATTERY & 6-51-0030 Rev. 3
Govt of India Unclatfak,ng)
CHARGER Page 4 of 9
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This specification covers the design, manufacture and testing at works of Engine Starting
Battery and Charger System. The offered system shall form a part of a larger package
involving a Diesel Engine as Prime Mover. It shall be completely integrated with and
suitable for the engine starting power requirements. All equipment and accessories
required for completeness of the system, whether specifically mentioned or not, but
considered essential for satisfactory performance shall be included as a part of the system.
1.2 Each engine shall be provided with separate batteries, charger and distribution panel.
2.1 The equipment shall comply with the requirements of latest revision of the following
standards issued by BIS unless specified otherwise:
IS 5 Colours for ready mixed paints and enamels
IS 1248 Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring

Parts-1,2,8,9 instruments and accessories
IS 7372 Lead Acid Storage Batteries for motor vehicles
IS 12021 Control transformers for switchgear and controlgear for

voltages not exceeding 1000V AC
IS 13703 Low voltage fuses for voltages not exceeding 1000V AC or

Parts-1 & 2 1500V DC
2.2 In case of imported equipment, the standards of the country of origin shall be applicable if
these standards are equivalent or more stringent than the applicable Indian standards.
2.3 The equipment shall also conform to the provisions of Indian Electricity Rules and other
statutory regulations currently in force in the country.
2.4 In case Indian standards are not available for any equipment, standards issued by IEC/ BS/
VDE/ IEEE/ NEMA or equivalent agency shall be applicable.
2.5 In case of any contradiction between various referred standards/ specifications/ data sheets
and statutory regulations, the following order of decreasing priority shall govern:
Statutory regulations
Data sheets
- Job specifications
- This specification
Codes and standards.
Page 416 of 827

k31 el ENGINEERS
Ogee f INDIA LIMITED ENGINE STARTING BATTERY & 6-51-0030 Rev. 3
4417-rt erraini an .3garni IA Go s4 oI Ind Undertaking) CHARGER Page 5 of 9
3.1 The offered equipment shall be brand new with state of the art technology and a proven
field track record. No prototype equipment shall be offered.
offered equipment for at least 15 years from the date of supply.
phasing out the product/ spares to enable the end user to place order for spares and
services.
3.4 The vendor shall be responsible for design, engineering and manufacturing of the
complete system to fully meet the intent and requirements of this specification and
attached data sheets. The Battery Charger equipment shall be properly coordinated with
the selected Battery to ensure complete compatibility.
3.5 The Battery shall meet the requirements of data sheets and specifications attached with the
Material Requisition/ Bid document.
4.0 POWER SUPPLY AND SITE CONDITIONS
All equipment shall be designed to operate with power supply and site conditions as
specified below and in the attached data sheet:
4.1 Power Supply
Unless specified otherwise, the following power supply shall be provided by purchaser at
one point for each engine:
Voltage : 415V + 10%, TPN / 240V±10%, SPN

Frequency : 50Hz + 5%
4.2 Site Conditions
The Engine starting battery and charger shall be suitable for operating satisfactorily in
humid and corrosive atmosphere found in fertilizer plants, refineries, petrochemical and
gas processing plants, metallurgical plants and other industrial plants. Service conditions
shall be as specified in the data sheets/job specification. If not specifically mentioned
therein, a design ambient temperature of 40°C and an altitude not exceeding 1000m above
MSL shall be considered, with minimum temperature of 10°C for battery sizing. Unless
specified otherwise, all equipment shall be suitable for installation and operation on the
package skid, which shall be located in a closed building with restricted ventilation.
5.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR BATTERY UNITS
5.1 The batteries shall be lead acid, high discharge automotive type conforming to IS 7372
and suitable for engine starting duty. The battery containers shall be of high quality
translucent plastic/ hard rubber. Terminal posts shall be properly sealed to prevent
electrolyte leakage. Venting device shall be anti-splash type. Batteries shall be placed on
battery stands made of mild steel with suitable epoxy painting/PVC coating. All
accessories like cell insulators, connectors, stand insulators etc. shall be supplied with each
set. All hardware shall be suitably coated/ plated to prevent corrosion.
Copyright EIL — All rights reserved

Format No.
Page8-00-0001-F1
417 of 827 Rev. 0
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED ENGINE STARTING BATTERY & 6-51-0030 Rev. 3
12eZ 2156
1
tAIRTI ettLeA,In.AAAN■
IA Govt d Indu Umleflakog) CHARGER Page 6 of 9
5.2 Ampere-hour capacity of the battery shall be selected based on the load cycle (to be
decided by the vendor), Ageing factor of 0.8 and temperature correction factor for
specified minimum temperature. The battery capacity shall be adequate for six consecutive
starts of the engine under cold engine conditions without recharging, with an additional
10% spare capacity. All auxiliary loads for engine controls shall also be considered while
defining the load cycle. Also, refer clause 8.0 for Engines for Fire Water Pumps.
5.3 The battery shall be suitable for being quick charged from a fully discharged condition to a
fully charged condition within 10-14 hours.
5.4 The following accessories shall be provided for preventive and routine maintenance of the
batteries at each location where the engines are to be installed:
1 no. Hydrometer (syringe type)

1 no. Thermometer
1 no. Cell testing voltmeter with leads (Center zero type)
1 pair Rubber gloves
1 no. Spanner
1 no. Acid resistant jug and funnel
1 no. Teak wood holder for the hydrometer.
6.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR BATTERY CHARGER
6.1 The charger shall be suitable for both float charging the battery while feeding all loads,
other than engine starting motor, as well as for quick charging the battery from fully
discharged condition to fully charged condition within 10=14 hours. The sizing of the
battery charger shall be based on the maximum continuous rating required to meet the
above conditions, with an additional 10% spare capacity. All DC loads for engine controls
and continuously operating auxiliaries shall also be considered for this purpose.
6.2 The charger shall be of solid-state design, constant voltage and current limit type. The
output voltage shall be stabilized to +1% for mains variation of +10% and load variation
of 0 to 100%. Each load shall be fed through a separate independent feeder. However, a
separate DC Distribution Board is not essential for this purpose and the outgoing feeder
circuits can form a part of the charger panel.
6.3 The charger shall have a 3 phase full wave controlled rectifier consisting of thyristors,
commutation circuits, diodes etc. and their protective devices. A suitable filter circuit shall
be provided at the rectifier output to obtain a smooth DC output voltage. The maximum
ripple content in the charger output voltage shall be lower than the safe value
recommended by battery manufacturer, and in any case, shall not exceed 5% with battery
disconnected.
6.4 The charger shall have auto as well as manual control facility through a lockable selector
switch.
6.4.1 Auto Mode
In the Auto mode, the charger shall automatically control the battery charging current/
voltage to ensure optimum quick charging of the battery. After completion of boost
charging, the charger shall switch to float charging mode without any manual intervention.
Page 418 of 827

1) ENGINEERS
Ogeir lagreg INDIA LIMITED ENGINE STARTING BATTERY & 6-51-0030 Rev. 3
1.271 eriMOF ,340,74 lA Govt ot Indts Undertakto9) CHARGER Page 7 of 9
6.4.2 Manual Mode
In the Manual mode, it shall be possible to charge the battery at any desired current, which
is safe for the battery. Fine control of the output voltage/ current shall be possible.
6.4.3 In both Auto and Manual modes, the battery charging current shall be limited to a safe
value as prescribed by battery manufacturer by means of adjustable potentiometer control.
A backup timer of 0-24 hrs. range with no-volts hold feature shall be provided for
switching the charger from quick charging to float charging mode after the set time, under
any mode of operation.
6.5 The charger shall be complete with all interconnections within the panel. All connections
shall be made using 660V grade copper conductor PVC/XLPE insulated wires/ cables with
BIS marking for both power and control connections. Minimum 1.5mm2 conductor size
shall be used for control connections. However, control wiring for electronic circuits/
components may use flat ribbon cable or copper wire of minimum 0.5mm diameter. All
control wiring shall be enclosed in PVC channels or otherwise neatly bunched together.
Each wire shall be suitably identified at both ends by PVC ferrules. Crimping type lugs
shall be used for termination.
6.6 All main and control transformers shall be natural air cooled, dry type suitable for location
inside a panel. All semiconductor devices shall be natural air cooled with absolute case
temperatures limited to 75°C at highest load and ambient temperature. PCBs shall be of
copper clad glass epoxy laminate construction. PCB tracks shall be tinned and solder
masked. PCBs shall be tropicalised to render them immune to dust, moisture and fungal
growth.
6.7 Selection, sizing and suitability of all components used for various applications shall be
vendor's responsibility and the rating of components shall be increased, if required, to suit
associated components during execution of the order without any claim for extra price or
time. Series-parallel combination of smaller devices to achieve specified rating shall not
be acceptable.
6.8 A suitably sized earth bus of minimum size 25x3 mm2 copper shall be provided at the
bottom of the panel with provision to connect it to the owner's main earth grid at both
ends.
6.9 The charger shall be preferably housed in a 1.6/ 2mm thick sheet steel enclosure having
minimum 1P-41 degree of ingress protection. The panel shall be free standing, floor
mounted type with hinged doors and shall be suitable for bottom cable entry. The
maximum and minimum operating height shall be 1800mm and 300mm respectively.
Eyebolts shall be provided on the top cover for lifting. When removed, the eyebolts shall
not leave any openings in the panel.
6.10 The charger panel surface shall be properly pretreated for final painting with 2 coats of
epoxy paint of shade 631 as per IS 5/RAL 7032. Epoxy based powder coating of adequate
thickness for rugged industrial use shall also be acceptable. Nameplates shall be of
anodized aluminium or stainless steel.
Page 419 of 827

ENGINEERS
51geir INDIA LIMITED ENGINE STARTING BATTERY & 6-51-0030 Rev. 3
WTI efierdir, M1340.1 I (A Govt ol AAAUndevtatungt CHARGER Page 8 of 9
7.0 CONTROL, PROTECTION, METERING AND INDICATION
The Charger shall be provided with the following features:
7.1 Controls
• Auto/ Manual selector switch

• ON/ OFF switch for incoming power supply
• Float/ Quick charging selector switch
• Potentiometer for coarse and fine control of output voltage
• Backup Timer.
7.2 Protection
• Fault protection on input and output circuits

• Suitable semiconductor fuses for all thyristors and semiconducting power devices.
7.3 Metering
• AC input voltmeter and ammeter with selector switch

• DC output voltmeter and ammeter
All meters shall be of 72mm square size with accuracy class 1.5.
7.4 Indication
The following minimum indications shall be provided:
• AC power ON (for each phase)

• Charger in 'Float Charging' condition (Yellow)
• Charger in 'Quick Charging' condition (Green)
• Charger failure (Amber)
Indicating lamps shall employ LEDs. LEDs provided for indication shall be cluster type
with adequate brightness and minimum 2Nos LEDs chips per light. LEDs shall be
connected in parallel and each LED chip having diameter not less than 3mm. In addition,
facility for remote indication of AC and DC failure shall be provided.
8.0 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
In addition to the above, Engines for Fire Water Pumps which are provided with backup
manual starting using an electric starter motor, shall have the following features:
8.1 A separate identical battery bank shall be provided for Manual starting.
8.2 The charger shall be suitable for charging both battery banks for Automatic and Manual
starting in position.
8.3 The battery charger shall be fully rated for trickle charging both the battery banks
simultaneously.
8.4 Both battery banks for Automatic and Manual starting shall each be adequate for ten
consecutive starts without recharging with a cold engine under full compression in place
of six consecutive starts specified at clause 5.2.
Page 420 of 827

ENGINEERS
$1g-ar 25=teg INDIA LIMITED ENGINE STARTING BATTERY & 6-51-0030 Rev. 3
IMAM eivAIVA ..tOosat IA Govt India Underttmg)
CHARGER Page 9 of 9
9.1 Batteries shall have been fully Type tested and certificates for the same shall be furnished.
In addition, the batteries shall be tested as per applicable standards at battery
manufacturer's works for the required duty cycle and other relevant acceptance tests.
9.2 High voltage withstand test (2 kV for 1 minute) shall be carried out on each charger.
9.3 Heat Run Test
Heat Run test at rated load and minimum supply voltage shall be carried out on each
charger for a period not less than 8 hours. During the test, the temperature of electronic
power devices should stabilize and remain constant for 1 hour, or the test shall be suitably
extended until this is achieved.
9.4 Functional tests shall be carried out on each charger to check the design and operation.
9.5 All equipment shall be subject to inspection by EIL/owner or by an agency authorized by

the owner, to assess the progress of work. The manufacturer shall furnish all the necessary
information concerning the supply to EIL/owner's representative. EIL/owner's
representative shall be given free access in the works from time to time for stage wise
inspection and progress reporting. Four weeks advance notice shall be given to witness the
final routine test and other tests as agreed upon.
All the equipment shall be divided into multiple sections for protection and ease of
handling during transportation. The equipment shall be properly packed for selected mode
of transportation, i.e. by ship/ rail or trailer. It shall be wrapped in polythene sheets before
being placed in crates/ cases to prevent damage to finish. The crates/ cases shall have skid
bottoms for handling. Special notations such as 'Fragile', 'This side up', 'Center of
gravity', 'Weight', 'Owner's particulars', 'PO No.' etc., shall be clearly and indelibly
marked on the packages together with other details as per purchase order.
shall be completely suitable for outdoor storage in areas with heavy rains and high
ambient temperature unless otherwise agreed. In order to prevent movement of equipment/
components within the crates, proper packing supports shall be provided. A set of
instruction manuals for erection, testing and commissioning, a set of operation and
maintenance manuals and a set of final drawings shall be enclosed in a waterproof cover
along with the shipment.
Page 421 of 827

Page 422 of 827
Page 423 of 827
Page 424 of 827
Page 425 of 827
Page 426 of 827
Page 427 of 827
Page 428 of 827
Page 429 of 827
Page 430 of 827
Page 431 of 827
Page 432 of 827
Page 433 of 827
Page 434 of 827
Page 435 of 827
Page 436 of 827
Page 437 of 827
Page 438 of 827
Page 439 of 827
Page 440 of 827
Page 441 of 827
Page 442 of 827
Page 443 of 827
Page 444 of 827
Page 445 of 827
Page 446 of 827
Page 447 of 827
Page 448 of 827
Page 449 of 827
Page 450 of 827
_.1t1-1(lfw, ENGINEERS FOR
M rdE g 0,•;_* INDIA gLIMITED
IA Go, 07 In o Undertakrnqj
NEUTRAL
6 - 51 - 0043 Rev. 6
GROUNDING RESISTOR Page 1 of 7
1-14$1 4,1 Z's. trkR:zK

* icrR
f4F-Au
SPECIFICATION
FOR
NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTOR
--k'o,OPAA))1. G3C‘%1
6 21.03.11 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD PK SV
SPECIFICATION UAP DM
5 22.08.05 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD NMS
SPECIFICATION AKT AAN VJN
4 18.12.01 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD VCB JMS VPS
SPECIFICATION SKG
3 09.09.96 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD AP
SPECIFICATION RKMNPS SG AS
2 29.01.90 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION KVS SG GNT
Standards Standards
Rev Committee Bureau
Date Purpose Prepared Checked
by by Convenor Chairman
No
Approved by

Page 451 of 827
laraeit4 ir ) ENGINEERS
L7 FOR
51gar fet5leu INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0043 Rev. 6
MOW 474 3PCF.0 (A Govt of India Undertaking) NEUTRAL
Abbreviations:
AC : Alternating Current
ASTM : American Society for Testing and Materials
BIS : Bureau of Indian Standards
BS British Standard
GI : Galvanised Iron
IEEE : Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IEC : International Electro technical Commission
IP : Ingress Protection
IS Indian Standards
LV Low Voltage
MB : Marshalling Box
MCB : Miniature Circuit Breaker
NEMA : National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
NGR : Neutral Grounding Resistor
VDE : Verband Der Electrotechnik, Elecktronik and Information Stechnik

Mr. MP Jain
Mr. BR Bhogal
Mr. Arun Kumar
Mr. KK Gera
Mr. Saeed Akhtar

Page 452 of 827
la ei (1.--t\
ENGINEERS FOR
ligar IEVeg
i.w. etivreonatmov)
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt of India undenakm) NEUTRAL
6-51-0043 Rev. 6
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
2.0 CODES & STANDARDS 4
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 5

Page 453 of 827
lotfl ie ENGINEERS FOR
ligar of5-:ft INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0043 Rev. 6
1.11E71212.:Of7OR3oiosO IA Govt of India Unc*Oolong) NEUTRAL
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 The intent of this specification is to define the requirements for design, manufacture, testing,
packing and transport of Neutral Grounding Resistor (NGR).
2.1 The equipment shall comply with the requirements of latest revision of the following
standards issued by BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards) and other agencies, unless otherwise
specified:
IS: 5 : Colours for ready mixed paints and enamels.

IS: 2705 : Current transformers.
IS: 3043 : Code of practice for earthing.
IS: 13947 : L.V. switchgear and controlgear.
IS/IEC 60529 : Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
IS/IEC 62271 : High voltage switchgear & control gear — Part 200: AC Metal
enclosed switchgear & controlgear for rated voltage 1 kV and upto
and including 52kV
IEEE: 32 : Neutral Grounding Devices- Standard requirements, terminology
and test procedure.
ASTM-A240 : Specification for heat resisting Chromium and Chromium- Nickel
stainless steel plate, sheet and strip for pressure vessels.
2.2 In case of imported equipment, standards of the country of origin shall be applicable if these
standards are equivalent or more stringent than the applicable Indian standards.
2.3 The equipment shall also conform to the provisions of Indian Electricity Rules and statutory
2.4 In case Indian standards are not available for any equipment, standards issued by IEC/ BS/
VDE/ IEEE/ NEMA or equivalent agency shall be applicable.
2.5 In case of any contradiction between various referred standards/ specifications/ data sheet and
statutory regulations, the following order of decreasing priority shall govern:
Statutory regulations
Data sheets
Job specification
This specification
Codes and standards.
3.1 The offered equipment shall be brand new with state of art technology and proven field track
record. No prototype equipment shall be offered.
offered equipment at least for 15 years from the date of supply.
phasing out the product/spares to enable the end user for placement of order for spares and
services.

Page 454 of 827
lat greg
ei
Imfe,f P12,100 avom)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of India Undeltakm)
FOR
NEUTRAL
6-51-0043 Rev. 6
4.0 SITE CONDITIONS
The Neutral Grounding Resistor shall be suitable for outdoor installation (without a shed) for
satisfactory operation under conditions of restricted natural ventilation in a tropical humid
and corrosive atmosphere as prevalent in refineries, petrochemical and fertilizer plants. The
NGR shall be designed to operate under site conditions as specified in the data sheet. If not
specifically mentioned therein, a design ambient temperature of 40° C and an altitude not
exceeding 1000 m above mean sea level shall be considered.
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
5.1 Resistors
5.1.1 The resistor elements shall be made of unbreakable, corrosion proof, joint-less stainless steel
grid conforming to ASTM standard A240-304. The grids shall be in punched form.
5.1.2 The resistor shall be sized for carrying the rated current specified in the data sheet for 10
seconds with maximum temperature limited to 790° C for stainless steel resistor elements,
while limiting the temperature of aluminium conductor / bus bar to 350° C.
5.1.3 If specified in the data sheets, the resistor shall also be sized to carry 10% of the rated
current continuously with the maximum operating temperature of resistor elements limited
to 415° C. Further, the temperature rise of the resistor elements when they carry 10% of the
rated current followed by the specified rated current for 10 seconds shall not exceed the
temperature limits specified in clause 5.1.2 above. Under the steady-state conditions when
the NGR carries 10% of the rated current, the surface temperature of the enclosure i.e. all
four sides, bottom and the canopy shall be limited to maximum 70° C.
5.1.4 Grids shall be mounted on steel rods insulated by special heat-resistant insulating materials,
suitable for the above temperatures. Ceramic/ porcelain insulators shall be used to insulate
the resistor elements from the enclosure. The insulators and terminal bushings shall have
adequate minimum creepage values (total and protected) for the required voltage grade.
5.1.5 Resistor banks shall be provided in series and parallel combinations to achieve the overall
resistance value. Minimum two paths in parallel shall be provided in the system, unless
specified otherwise.
5.2 Enclosure
5.2.1 The resistor elements shall be housed in a naturally ventilated sheet steel enclosure with
minimum IP-31 degree of ingress protection and suitable for outdoor installation.
5.2.2 The enclosure thickness shall be min. 3 mm. The NGR shall have a suitable arrangement
for fixing it on concrete foundations/ grouting in floor.
5.2.3 The terminals for neutral connections (from transformer neutral to NGR) shall be housed in
a separate vermin-proof, weatherproof terminal box with minimum 1P-55 degree of ingress
protection. The terminal box shall be provided with a separate bolted removable undrilled
gland plate of non-magnetic material. This shall be drilled at site to suit the cable entry.
Suitable nickel plated brass double compression type cable glands & crimp type tinned cu
lugs shall be provided. For connection on earthing side, separate terminal bushing shall be
provided.
5.2.4 A separate canopy shall be provided above the enclosure roof with a suitable air gap
between them. It shall also cover the terminal compartment. Suitable lifting arrangement
shall be provided to lift the canopy.
Page 455 of 827
ENGINEERS FOR
Itgzn. fad&
(werr maw anagorm
INDIA UMITED
(A Govt of India Undertaking) NEUTRAL
6-51-0043 Rev. 6
5.2.5 Facility shall be provided to earth the enclosure at two points. For this purpose, suitably
sized studs shall be provided on the sides of the enclosure to accommodate the connection of
GI strip.
5.2.6 The bottom of the enclosure shall be provided with a drain plug to remove water that may
get collected in the enclosure.
5.3 Terminals
5.3.1 The two ends of the resistor shall be brought out to suitable epoxy/ porcelain bushing type
terminals of adequate rating for the neutral and earth connections. The terminals shall be
suitable for terminating the specified size of cables/ earthing strip and shall be supplied
complete with tinned-copper lugs. Bolted type link shall be provided for isolating the
resistor at the neutral end.
5.4 Space Heater
Suitable anti-condensation space heater shall be provided inside the NGR enclosure to
prevent condensation of moisture. This shall be rated to operate from a 240 V, 50 Hz, single
phase supply. The terminals of the space heater shall be brought out to a separate
weatherproof terminal box. The terminal box/M.B shall have minimum IP-55 degree of
ingress protection.
The space heater shall be controlled using a double pole MCB and thermostat provided in
the terminal box. The MCB shall be operable from the front of enclosure without opening
the terminal box cover.
5.5 The current transformer, if specified, shall be of cast resin type suitable for the applicable
voltage grade. The secondary connections of the current transformer shall be brought out to
suitable terminals in M.B and shall be provided with a shorting link.
5.6 Cooling
The Neutral Grounding Resistor shall be natural air cooled. Forced cooling shall not be
used. If required, louvers can be provided in the enclosure provided they are completely
guarded on the inside with a fine wire mesh.
5.7 Nameplate Marking
The equipment shall be provided with a stainless steel nameplate located prominently
indicating following minimum information
Make
Tag No.
Nominal resistance value in ohms
Rated voltage
System voltage and frequency
Rated current (Continuous & short time)
Time rating in seconds (Continuous & short time)
Temperature rise in °C
i. Enclosure protection class.

Page 456 of 827
Reit.7 ENGINEERS FOR
Igar tlfaltg
MIQVI elVvotevinJoTOvi)
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of India Undenaking) NEUTRAL
6-51-0043 Rev. 6
5.8 Painting
5.8.1 All metal surfaces shall undergo manufacturer's standard cleaning /painting cycle.
5.8.2 After preparation of the under surface, the panels shall be painted with two coats of epoxy
based final paint. Colour shade of final paint shall be 632 of IS:5 unless specified
otherwise.
5.8.3 All unpainted steel parts shall be suitably treated to prevent rust formation. If these parts are
moving elements then they shall be greased.
6.1 The offered NGR shall have been suitably type tested and manufacturer shall furnish test
certificates in this regard.
6.2 During fabrication, the equipment shall be subjected to inspection by EIL/ Owner or by an
agency authorised by the owner. Minimum four weeks advance notice shall be given to
owner for this purpose. Manufacturer shall furnish all necessary information concerning the
supply to Ell,/ Owner's inspector. Tests shall be carried out at manufacturer's works under his
care and expense.
6.3 The following tests shall be conducted:

Visual and dimension checking
Measurement of resistance value at prevailing ambient temperature
One minute power frequency high voltage withstand test
Insulation resistance measurement, both before and after the power frequency
high voltage test
e. Heat run test (on one NGR of each rating)
6.4 The heat run test shall be conducted by passing the rated current for rated time on a limited
resistor section in a proportionately sized test enclosure. The temperature rise shall be
measured under simulated conditions ensuring that heat produced (I 2 Rt) in the test enclosure
is more than or equal to the calculated value of energy dissipation required for the test
enclosure in proportion to the complete Neutral Grounding Resistor enclosure as per the
thermal model adopted.
All the equipment shall be divided into several sections for protection and ease of handling
during transportation. The equipment shall be properly packed for the selected mode of
transportation i.e. by ship/ rail or trailer and shall be wrapped in polythene sheets before
being placed in crates/ cases to prevent damage to finish. The crates/ cases shall have skid
bottom for handling. Special notations such as 'Fragile', 'This side up', 'Center of gravity',
`Weight',' Owner's particulars', 'PO nos.' etc., shall be clearly marked on the packages
together with other details as per purchase order.
shall be completely suitable for outdoor storage in areas with heavy rains/ high ambient
temperature unless otherwise agreed.

Page 457 of 827
lafsizeigh ENGINEERS FOR 6-51-0051 Rev. 6
ezialiteuvr INDIA LIMITED
(WM eliMAECISIWI) (A Govt of InOu Undeftalong)
MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
CABLES AND ACCESSORIES Page 1 of 10
Wig "CO ZW 41cit4A

c;sici Yd an'rgrkv
Iffq 141-44T
SPECIFICATION
FOR
CABLES & ACCESSORIES
REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD 42i4A411

6 11.04.11 S AMPS UAP )d. 4CAN DM
SPECIFICATION
5 20.04.09 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD PB
SPECIFICATION UAP JMS ND
4 15/03/04 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD RKM
SPECIFICATION MN VPS SKG
3 30/07/98 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD RKM
SPECIFICATION SKG VPS AS
2 08/12/92 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD
SPECIFICATION RKM SG GNT
1 04/06/84 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD RCD
SPECIFICATION SG GNT
StandardsCommitteeC Standards
Rev Bureau
Date Purpose Prepared Checked onvenor
by by Chairman
No
Approved by

Page 458 of 827
49.41
-ag,INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0051 Rev. 6

(A Govt of India Undertakmg) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
Abbreviations:
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials

BS British Standard
DGMS Director General of Mines and Safety
EPR Ethylene Propylene Rubber
FR Flame Retardant
HR PVC Heat Resistant Polyvinyl Chloride
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association
IEC International Electro technical Commission
IS Indian Standards
PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
UV Ultra Violet
XLPE Cross linked Polyethylene

Mr. MP Jain
Mr. BR Bhogal
Mr. Arun Kumar
Mr. KK Gera
Mr. Saeed Akhtar
Page 459 of 827

EiT lei ENGINEERS FOR
eiges 0151eg NW INDIA IJMITED 6-51-0051 Rev. 6
(A Govt of India Undertaking) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
2.0 STANDARDS 4
3.0 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION 5
4.0 CABLE ACCESSORIES 7
5.0 INSPECTION, TESTING AND ACCEPANCE 8
Page 460 of 827

d01 eJ MA ENGINEERS FOR
Ogem faVegNiie INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0051 Rev. 6
1.11,E71 (A Govt of Ind Undertalong) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
1.0 SCOPE
This specification along with data sheets covers requirements for design, manufacture, testing
at works and supply of Flame Retardant Medium & High Voltage cables and cable jointing /
terminating accessories for medium and high voltage systems.
2.0 STANDARDS
2.1 The cables and cables jointing & terminating accessories shall comply with the latest edition
of the following standards as applicable:
IS: 209 Specification for zinc.

IS: 1554 • PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables.
IS: 3961(Pt-2) : Recommended current ratings for cables: Part - 2 PVC Insulated and
PVC sheathed heavy-duty cables.
IS: 3975 Mild steel wires, strips and tapes for armouring of cables.
IS: 5831 PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables.
IS: 6380 Specification for elastomeric insulation and sheath of electric cables.
IS: 7098 Cross-linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables.
IS: 8130 Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords.
IS: 10418 Drums for electric cables.
IS: 10462 (Pt-1): Fictitious calculation method for determination of dimensions of
protective coverings of cables: Part - I Electrometric and thermo-
plastic insulated cables.
IS: 10810 Methods of test for cables:
Part 41: Mass of zinc coating on steel armour
Part 58: Oxygen index test
Part-61: Flame retardant test
Part-62:Fire resistance test for bunched cables.
IS: 13573 Joints and terminations for polymeric cables for working voltages
from 6.6kV up to and including 33kV.
IEC: 60331-21: Tests for electric cables under fire conditions circuit integrity —
Procedures and requirements — Cables of rated voltage up and
including 0.6/1.0kV.
IEC: 60332-3 : Tests on electric cables under fire conditions.
NEMA-WC70 : Standard for non shielded power cables rated 2000V or less for
the distribution of electrical energy.
NEMA-WC53 : Standard test methods for extruded dielectric power, control,
instrumentation and portable cables for test.
DIN-53387 Artificial weathering and ageing of plastics and elastomers by
exposure to filtered xenon arc radiation.
ASTM-G-154 : Standard practice for operating fluorescent light apparatus for UV
exposure of non metallic materials.
BS: 7846 Electric cables- 600/1000V armoured fire resistant cables having
thermosetting insulation and low emission of smoke and corrosive
gases when affected by fire.
2.2 The cables and accessories shall also conform to the provisions of CEA Regulations and other
statutory regulations, as applicable.
2.3 In case of any conflict between requirements specified in various applicable documents for the
project, the most stringent one shall prevail. However, Owner's decision in this regard will be
final and binding.
Page 461 of 827

Ofgtadital ENGINEERS FOR
Igar laPlegvair INDIALIMITED 6-51-0051 Rev. 6
IMIPM 010=713113,1071) IA Govt of !Ma Undertalong) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
3.0 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
3.1 The cables shall be suitable for laying in trays, trenches, ducts, and conduits and for
underground-buried installation with uncontrolled backfill and possibility of flooding by water
and chemicals.
3.2 Outer sheath of all cables shall be black in colour and the minimum value of oxygen index
shall be 29 at 27 + 2 ° C. In addition suitable chemicals shall be added into the PVC compound
of the outer sheath to protect the cable against rodent and termite attack.
3.3 All cables covered in this specification shall be flame retardant (FR). The outer sheath of
cables shall possess flame propagation properties meeting requirements as per IS-10810 (Part-
62) category AF.
3.4 Sequential marking of the length of the cable in metres shall be provided on the outer sheath at
every one metre. The embossing/engraving shall be legible and indelible.
3.5 The overall diameter of the cables shall be strictly as per the values declared by the
manufacturer in the technical information subject to a maximum tolerance of ±2 mm up to
overall diameter of 60mm and ±3mm for beyond 60mm.
3.6 PVC/ Rubber end caps shall be supplied free of cost for each drum with a minimum of eight
per thousand metre length. In addition, ends of the cables shall be properly sealed with caps to
avoid ingress of water during transportation and storage.
3.7 The cables meant to be used in mining area under the jurisdiction of DGMS shall comply with
the requirements as specified in the Job specification/ Datasheet.
3.8 Medium Voltage Cables
3.8.1 All power/control cables for use on medium voltage systems shall be heavy-duty type,
650/1100V grade with aluminium/ copper conductor, PVC insulated, inner-sheathed,
armoured/ unarmoured and overall PVC sheathed.
3.8.2 The conductors shall be solid for conductor of nominal area up to and including 6mm 2 and
stranded beyond 6mm2. Conductors of nominal area less than 16 mm 2 shall be circular only.
Conductors of nominal area 16 mm 2 and above may be circular or shaped as per IS 8130.
Cables with reduced neutral conductor shall have sizes as per Table 1 of IS 1554 (Part-1).
3.8.3 The core insulation shall be with PVC compound applied over the conductor by extrusion and
shall conform to the requirements of type 'A' compound as per IS: 5831. The thickness of
insulation and the tolerance on thickness of insulation shall be as per Table 2 of IS: 1554 (Part-
1). Control cables having 6 cores and above shall be identified with prominent and indelible
Arabic numerals on the outer surface of the insulation. Colour of the numbers shall contrast
with the colour of insulation with a spacing of maximum 50 mm between two consecutive
numbers. Colour coding for cables up to 5 cores shall be as per Indian standard.
3.8.4 The inner sheath shall be applied over the laid-up cores by extrusion and shall be of PVC
conforming to the requirements of Type ST-1 PVC compound as per IS: 5831. The minimum
thickness of inner sheath shall be as per IS: 1554 (Part-1). Single core cables shall have no
inner sheath.
Page 462 of 827

SPECIFICATION
laraelefah ENGINEERS FOR
STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
$gui laPleg INV INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0051 Rev. 6

,
taiRTI ekR617,413 10570 IA Govt of India undertaking) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
3.8.5 All cables shall be provided with armour except those specifically specified as unarmoured.
For multicore cables, the armour shall be by single round galvanised steel wires where the
calculated diameter below armouring does not exceed 13 mm and by galvanised steel strips
where this dimension is greater than 13 mm. Requirement and methods of tests for armour
material and uniformity of galvanisation shall be as per IS - 3975 and IS -10810 (Part 41). The
dimensions of armour shall be as per method (b) of IS - 1554 (Part -1). For single core cables,
the armour shall be with H4 grade hard drawn aluminium round wire of 2.5 mm diameter.
For mining cables, the size and type of armour shall be such that the combined conductance of
armour shall be equivalent to 75 percent of the conductance of the largest conductor of the
cable.
3.8.6 The outer sheath for the cables shall be applied by extrusion and shall be of PVC compound
conforming to the requirements of type ST-1 compound as per IS: 5831. The minimum and
average thickness of outer sheath for unarmoured cables and minimum thickness of outer
sheath for armoured cables shall be as per IS: 1554 (Part -1).
3.8.7 Where specified, 1100V grade power cables shall also be XLPE insulated and shall meet the
requirement specified in IS-7098 (Part-1).
3.8.8 If heat resisting PVC cables are specified in the data sheet, the following shall be the
requirements:
It shall be possible to continuously operate the cable at a maximum conductor temperature of
85° C. PVC compounds used for HR PVC cables shall be as follows:
Conductor insulation -Type C

Inner sheath -Type ST 2
c. Outer sheath -Type ST 2
3.8.9 The fire survival cables shall meet the following additional requirements :
The insulation shall be of EPR or equivalent material with glass mica tape below or
above insulation.
The cables shall meet requirement of circuit integrity test for a minimum period of 3
hours at max. Temperature of 9500 C.
3.9 High Voltage Cables
3.9.1 Power cables for 3.3kV up to and including 33kV systems shall be Aluminium/ Copper
conductor, XLPE insulated, sheathed, armoured/ unarmoured and overall PVC sheathed.
3.9.2 The conductors shall be stranded and compacted circular for all cables.
3.9.3 All cables rated 3.8/ 6.6kV and above shall be provided with both conductor screening and
insulation screening. The conductors shall be provided with non-metallic extruded semi
conducting screen.
3.9.4 The core insulation shall be with cross linked polyethylene insulating compound dry cured,
applied by extrusion. It shall be free from voids and shall withstand all mechanical and
thermal stresses under steady state and transient operating conditions. It shall conform to the
properties given in Table-1 of IS: 7098 (Part -2).

Page 463 of 827
st=4-zeigh ENGINEERS FOR
Ogeir figeg Tar INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0051 Rev. 6
MIETT (A Govt of India undertaking) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
3.9.5 The insulation screen shall consist of non-metallic extruded semi-conducting compound in
combination with a non-magnetic metallic copper screen. The copper screen for all the three
cores together shall be capable of carrying the single line to ground fault current value and the
duration specified in the data sheet.
3.9.6 The conductor screen, XLPE insulation and insulation screen shall all be extruded in one
operation by 'Triple Extrusion' process to ensure perfect bonding between the layers. The core
identification shall be by coloured strips or by printed numerals.
3.9.7 The inner sheath shall be applied over the laid up cores by extrusion and shall conform to the
requirements of type ST 2 compound of IS: 5831. The extruded inner sheath shall be of
uniform thickness. In case of single core cables, there shall be extruded inner sheath between
insulation metallic screen and armouring.
3.9.8 All cables shall be provided with armour except those specifically specified as unarmoured.
For multicore cables, the armour shall be by galvanised steel strips. Requirement and methods
of tests for armour material and uniformity of galvanisation shall be as per IS - 3975 and IS -
10810 (Part 41). The dimensions of armour shall be as per method (b) of IS - 7098 (Part -2).
For single core cables, the armour shall be with H4 grade hard drawn aluminium round wire of
2.5 mm diameter.
3.9.9 The outer sheath of the cables shall be applied by extrusion over the armouring and shall be of
PVC compound conforming to the requirements of Type ST 2 compound of IS: 5831. The
minimum and average thickness of outer sheath for unarmoured cables and minimum
thickness of outer sheath for armoured cables shall be as per IS: 7098 (Part-2).
3.9.10 The thickness of the insulation, inner sheath shall be governed by values given in IS: 7098
(Part -2).
4.0 CABLE ACCESSORIES
4.1 The termination and straight through jointing kits for use on the systems shall be suitable for
the type of cables offered as per this specification and shall meet requirements of IS 13573.
4.2 The accessories shall be supplied in kit form. Each component of the kit shall carry the
manufacturer's mark of origin.
4.3 The kit shall include all stress grading, insulating and sealing materials apart from conductor
fittings and consumable items. An installation instruction sheet shall also be included in each
kit.
4.4 The contents of the accessories kit including all consumable shall be suitable for storage
without deterioration at a temperature of 45° C, with shelf life extending to more than 5 years.
4.5 Terminating Kits
The terminating kits shall be suitable for termination of the cables to an indoor switchgear or
to a weatherproof cable box of an outdoor mounted transformer/ motor. For outdoor
terminations, weather shields/ sealing ends and any other accessories required shall also form
part of the kit. The terminating kits shall be from one of the makes/ types mentioned in the
data sheet.
Page 464 of 827

15iFEZRT M., ENGINEERS FOR
Ogea tatateumr INDIA LIMITED
INKRIOREINE,613411.0 IA Govt of inda Undertaking) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
6-51-0051 Rev. 6
4.6 Jointing Kits
The straight through jointing kits shall be suitable for installation on overhead trays, concrete
lined trenches, and ducts and for underground burial with uncontrolled backfill and possibility
of flooding by water and chemicals. These shall have protection against any mechanical
damage and suitably designed to be protected against rodent and termite attack. The inner
sheath similar to that provided for cables shall be provided as part of straight through joint.
The jointing kits shall be from one of the makes/ types mentioned in the data sheet.
The cables shall be tested and inspected at the manufacturer's works. Manufacturer shall
furnish all necessary information concerning the raw material supply to EIL/ Owner's
inspectors. The inspector shall have free access to the manufacturer's works for the purpose of
inspecting the process of manufacture in all its stages and he will have the power to reject any
material, which appears to him to be of unsuitable description or of unsatisfactory quality. For
HV cables, the vendor shall give at least 2 weeks advance notice to the purchaser, regarding
the date of testing to enable him or his representative to witness the tests.
5.1 Cables
5.1.1 After completion of manufacture of cables and prior to despatch, the cables shall be subjected
to type, routine, acceptance and special tests as detailed below. The test reports for all cables
shall be got approved from the Engineer before despatch of the cables.
5.1.2 All routine tests, acceptance tests, type tests and additional type tests for improved fire
performance shall be carried out as listed in IS: 1554 (Part-1) and IS: 7098 (Part-2) on PVC
and XLPE insulated cables respectively.
5.1.3 The test requirements for PVC insulation and sheath of cables shall be as per latest revision of
IS: 5831.
5.1.4 Test for Resistance to Ultra Violet Radiation: This test shall be carried out as per DIN 53387
or ASTM-G-154 on outer sheath. The retention value of tensile strength and ultimate
elongation after the test shall be minimum 60 % of tensile strength and ultimate elongation
before the test. Test certificates with respect to this test (not older than one year) from
recognised testing laboratory to be furnished for review by EIL before despatch clearance of
cables. In case test certificates are not available, test is to be conducted by vendor at his own
cost in any recognised test laboratory or in house testing laboratory, before despatch clearance
of cables. Sampling for this test is to be done randomly once for each order, provided outer
sheath remains same.
5.1.5 Acceptance tests as per IS-1554 (Part-1) and IS-7098 (Part-2) and the following special tests
to be performed on the cables as per sampling plan for all cables. However these tests are
required to be witnessed by EIL/ Owner for HV cables.
a. Accelerated water absorption test for insulation as per NEMA-WC-70. (For PVC
insulated cables) and as per NEMA-WC-53 (for XLPE/ EPR insulated cables). Test
certificates with respect to this test (not older than one year) from recognised testing
laboratory to be furnished for review by EIL before despatch clearance of cables. In
case test certificates are not available, test is to be conducted by vendor at his own cost
in any recognized test laboratory or in house testing laboratory, before despatch
clearance of cables. Sampling for this test is to be done randomly once for each order,
provided type of insulation remains same.
Page 465 of 827

ISMZelk, ENGINEERS FOR
e Elfaegmw INDIA LIMITED
(041eneiztofoON3M111.1) (A Govt of Inds undertaking) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
6-51-0051 Rev. 6
Dielectric Retention Test: The dielectric strength of the cable insulation tested in
accordance with NEMA-WC-70 at 75 ± 1° C shall not be less than 50 % of the
original dielectric strength. (For PVC insulated cables). Test certificates with respect
to this test (not older than one year) from recognised testing laboratory to be furnished
for review by EIL before despatch clearance of cables. In case test certificates are not
available, test is to be conducted by vendor at his own cost in any recognized test
laboratory or in house testing laboratory, before despatch clearance of cables.
Sampling for this test is to be done randomly and once for each order.
Oxygen Index Test: The test shall be carried out as per IS-10810 (Part 58). Sampling
to be done for every offered lot/size as per sampling plan.
Flammability Test: The test shall be carried out on finished cable as per IS-10810
(Part 61 & 62). Sampling for these tests is to be done randomly once for each order,
provided outer sheath remains same. The acceptance criteria for tests conducted shall
be as under:
Part-61-The cable meets the requirement if there is no visible damage on the test
specimen within 300 mm from its upper end
Part-62-The maximum extent of the charred portion measured on the test sample
should not have reached a height exceeding 2.5 m above the bottom edge of the burner
at the front of the ladder.
Test for rodent and termite repulsion property shall be done by analysing the property
by chemical method.
5.1.6 The test for circuit integrity for fire survival cables shall be carried out as per [EC-60331
(Part-21).
5.2 Cable Accessories
Type tests should have been carried out to prove the general qualities and design of a given
type of termination/ jointing system as per IS-13573. The type test certificates from
independent testing laboratory shall be submitted before despatch.
6.1 Cables shall be despatched in non-returnable wooden or steel drums of suitable barrel
diameter, securely battened, with the take-off end fully protected against mechanical damage.
The wood used for construction of the drum shall be properly seasoned, sound and free from
defects. Wood preservatives shall be applied to the entire drum. Ferrous parts used shall be
treated with a suitable rust preventive finish or coating to avoid rusting during transit or
storage.
6.2 On the flange of the drum, necessary information such as project title, manufacturer's name,
type, size, voltage grade of cable, length of cable in metres, drum no., cable code, BIS
certification mark, gross weight etc. shall be printed. An arrow shall be printed on the drum
with suitable instructions to show the direction of rotation of the drum.
Page 466 of 827

Oftefilk -, ENGINEERS FOR
og ar laRegvir INDIA LIMITED
Inerr zwmuanagins!) (A Govt India Undertaking) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
6-51-0051 Rev. 6
6.3 Cables shall be supplied in drum lengths as follows:
6.3.1 MV Cables
Multicore Power cables upto 6 mm2 1000 m
Multicore Power cables from 10 mm2 up to 300 mm2 500 m
Single Core Power cables upto 630 mm2 1000 m
Control cables upto 61 cores 1000 m
6.3.2 HV Power Cables Upto 11kV (E) Grade
Three Core cables upto 400 mm2 500 m

Single Core cables upto 400 mm2 1000 m
Single Core cables above 400 mm 2 and upto 1000 mm2 750 m
6.3.3 HV Power Cables Above 11kV (E) Grade and upto 33kV (E) Grade
Three Core cables upto 300 mm2 grade 350 m

Single Core cables upto 400 mm2 1000 m
Single Core cables above 400 mm 2 and upto 1000 mm2 500 m
However exact drum lengths shall be finalised during order execution. A tolerance of ± 3 %
shall be permissible for each drum. However overall tolerance on each size of cable shall be
limited to ±2%.
Page 467 of 827

eit4ENGINEERS COMMUNICATION AND
Ogar - 5
(FI R -
tifirdg
INDIA LIMITED
, 1,1 /V 11,41,11, I A Govt of Ind. Unclertaiong) FIRE ALARM CABLES
6-51-0052 Rev. 5
Page 1 of 10
• 31'17 31117 4ffrq91-

Th-R
SPECIFICATION
FOR
COMMUNICATION AND
FIRE ALARM CABLES
i .
REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD 1

P ■41/. ■
5 27/04/11 SPECIFICATION PS ' NP ' UAP DM

4 25/04/08 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD ANPS UAP JMS VC
SPECIFICATION
3 21/03/03 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD UAP AAN VPS SKG
SPECIFICATION
2 05/05/97 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD NS VPS SG AS
SPECIFICATION
1 08/07/84 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION UAP SGG GNT
Standards Standards
Committee Bureau
Prepared Checked
Rev. Date Purpose Convenor Chairman
by by
Approved by

Page 468 of 827
6.11 Reitil ENGINEERS
$1gar fai5ift INDIA LIMITED COMMUNICATION AND 6 - 51 - 0052 Rev. 5

1111/7N 0172172.(51.3,70,17 ,a Cov, Of Ind. Undertalong)
FIRE ALARM CABLES Page 2 of 10
Abbreviations:
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials

DOT Department of Telecommunications (Government of India)
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IS • Indian Standard
NEMA • National Electrical Manufacturers Association
PE • Polyethelene
PO Purchase Order
VDE Verband Deutscher Elecktrotechniker

Mr. MP Jain
Mr. BR Bhogal
Mr. Arun Kumar
Mr. KK Gera
Mr. Saeed Akhtar
Page 469 of 827

ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED COMMUNICATION AND 6-51-0052 Rev. 5
eleowt (A Govt of India undelialoogi
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
4.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR NON JELLY FILLED CABLES 5
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR JELLY FILLED CABLES 7
Page 470 of 827

IS115tietth ENGINEERS COMMUNICATION AND
lafa-ftW INDIA LIMITF_D 6-51-0052 Rev. 5
.axminsi) IA Govt of India Undertaking;
1.0 SCOPE
The intent of this specification is to define the requirements for design, manufacture and supply of
Flame Retardant type PVC sheathed cables for use in plant communication and fire alarm systems
and jelly filled telecommunication cables.
The equipment shall comply with the requirements of the latest revision of the following standards:
2.1 BIS and other Standards
ASTM D-883 Standard terminology relating to plastics.
ASTM D-924 Standard test method for dissipation factor (or power factor) and
relative permittivity (dielectric constant) of electric insulating liquids.
BS-6234 Specification for polythene insulation and sheath of electric cables.
IS-694 PVC insulated cables for working voltages upto and including 1100V.
IS-1554 (Part 1) PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables (Part-1 for working
voltages up to and including 1100V).
IS-5831 PVC insulation and sheath of electric cable.
IS-8130 Conductors for insulated cables and flexible cords.
IS-9938 Recommended colours for PVC insulation for LF wires and cables.
IS-10418 Drums for electric cables.
IS-10462 (Part 1) Fictitious calculation method for determination of dimensions of
protective coverings of cables (Part-1: Elastomeric and thermoplastic
insulated cables).
IS-10810 (Part 58) • Methods of test for cables (Part 58: Oxygen index test).
IS-10810 (Part 61) • Methods of test for cables (Part 61: Flame retardant test)
IS-10810 (Part 62) • Methods of test for cables (Part 62: Fire resistance test for bunched
cables).
IS-12444 Continuously cast and rolled electrolytic copper wire rods for electrical
conductors.
2.2 DOT Standards
GR/WIR-06/03 Specification for cable - switchboard (Screened and Unscreened) -

Generic requirements.
GR/CUG-01/03 Specification for solid polythene insulated fully filled, polythene
sheathed underground telecom cables.
2.3 In case of imported cables, standards of the country of origin shall be applicable, if these standards
are equivalent to or stringent than the applicable Indian standards.
2.4 The cables shall also conform to the provisions of the CEA Regulations and other statutory
2.5 In case Indian standards are not available for any material, standards issued by IEC / BS / VDE /
IEEE / NEMA or equivalent agency shall be applicable.
2.6 In case of any conflict between requirements specified in various applicable documents for the
project, the most stringent one shall prevail. However, Owner's decision in this regard will be final
and binding.
3.0 SITE CONDITIONS
Cables shall be suitable for installation in following conditions:
i. Above ground in open-air locations (trays/ ducts) in tropical, humid and corrosive atmosphere
prevalent in refineries/ petrochemical plants with severe weathering and exposure to solar
radiation.
Page 471 of 827
zafrzeTifiek ENGINEERS
e Evieu vrer INDIA LIMITED COMMUNICATION AND 6-51-0052 Rev. 5
, uneertakow
1417277 e4et/AP1513 11.0 IA Govt of India
Directly buried in underground trenches, conduits with uncontrolled back-fill and possibility
of flooding by water and chemicals.
Design ambient air temperature of 40°C/ ground temperature of 30°C.
4.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR NON JELLY FILLED CABLES
4.1 Non jelly filled communication and fire alarm cables shall in general conform to the requirements of
DOT specification GR/WIR-06/03.
4.2 Conductors
4.2.1 The size of conductor shall be as per job requirement.
4.2.2 The conductors shall consist of annealed, high conductivity solid copper wire, smoothly drawn,
circular in cross-section, uniform in quality, free from defects and uniformly coated with pure tin and
shall conform to Cl. 3.0 of DOT specification GR/WIR-06/03.
4.3 Insulation
4.3.1 The core insulation shall be with PVC compound applied over the conductor by extrusion.
4.3.2 PVC insulation shall meet the following requirements:
Conductor Diameter Thickness of Insulation

Type of Insulation
(Area) (Minimum)
Up to 0.5mm (0.2mm2) 0.18 mm
Above 0.5mm (0.2mm2) &
0.26 mm
up to 0.71mm (0 4mm2)
Above 0.71mm (0 4mm2)
0.31 mm
& up to 0.9mm (0 63mm2)
Above 0.9mm (0 63mm) Type-A or B as per IS-5831
0.39 mm
& up to 1.12mm (1mm2)
Above 1.12mm (1mm2) &
0.58 mm
up to 1.38mm (1.5mm2)
1.78mm (2.5mm2) 0.71 mm
2 26mm (4mm2) 0.80 mm
4.3.3 The colours used for insulation shall conform as nearly as practicable to the standard colours as per
IS-9938. The wire insulation shall have colours in accordance with Table-2 of DOT specification
GR/WIR-06/03. The applied colour shall neither have deleterious effect on the electrical, mechanical
or ageing properties of basic insulation nor shall get damaged by any friction etc.
4.3.4 For single pair cables, the colour shall be incorporated in the insulation.
4.3.5 For multi pair cables, cores shall have uniform pattern of continuous spiral (Pitch not exceeding
25mm) to facilitate easy identification. This may be done by the application of one or more coloured
strips on a base colour or by direct extrusion.
4.3.6 Alternately, colouring may consist of concentric coloured rings or dots or dashes on the base colour.
The coloured rings, dots or dashes shall have a width of not less than 1.0mm and shall be repeated
along the length of the insulation at an interval not less than 15mm and not more than 25mm.
4.3.7 The dots or dashes shall be applied on diametrically opposite sides of the insulation, so that all
colours are visible when the insulation is viewed from any side.
4.4 Twisting
The two insulated conductors of a pair shall be uniformly twisted with a suitable right hand lay,
which shall not exceed 80mm.
4.5 Core Formation
The core formation shall conform to Cl. 6.0 of DOT specification no. GR/WIR-06/03.

Page 472 of 827
1511a21d/M, ENGINEERS
Ogeir MVINDIA LIMITED COMMUNICATION AND 6-51-0052 Rev. 5
lanOrr ellonRcenageAFO (A Govt of India Undertaking)
4.6 Screen
4.6.1 The cables used for fire alarm and detection shall be provided with overall screen. The screen shall be
of aluminium tape with minimum thickness of 0.04mm. The overlap shall be minimum 3mm for
cables up to 50 pair & minimum 6mm for cables above 50 Pair. The screen shall be backed by an
outer protective layer of 0.13mm PVC tape or other non-hygroscopic material lapped applied
longitudinally or helically with overlap.
4.6.2 The cables shall be provided with a drain wire. Drain wire shall have a minimum cross-section of
0.5mm2, shall be composed of multistrand bare tinned annealed copper conductor. The drain wire
shall be in continuous contact with the aluminium side of the overall screen. The drain wire
resistance including screen shall not exceed 30 ohm/km.
4.7 Ripcord
A non-metallic ripcord of suitable quality shall be laid longitudinally under the inner sheath & screen.
The ripcord when pulled shall cut through the sheath and strip the core.
4.8 Inner Sheath
4.8.1 An extruded inner sheath of type ST1 PVC, as per IS-5831, with minimum thickness as per Table-4
of IS-1554 (Part-1) shall be applied over the laid up core, by extrusion to fit closely on it.
4.8.2 The inner sheath shall be as circular as possible. It shall be possible to remove the inner sheath
without damage to the insulation.
4.8.3 When one or more layers of non-hygroscopic tape is helically applied over the laid up cores, as a
binder, the thickness of such tape(s) shall not be construed as a part of the inner sheath.
4.9 Armour
4.9.1 The cables shall be provided with armouring, made of hot dip galvanised steel wire /strip over the
inner sheath.
4.9.2 The armour shall be by means of 1.4mm thick round wires for cables with under armour diameter
upto 13mm. For cables with an under armour diameter above 13mm, the armour shall either be of
steel strip or round wire with thickness as per IS-1554 (Part-1).
4.10 Outer Sheath
4.10.1 The cables shall be provided with an extruded PVC sheath for external protection. The PVC shall be
type ST1 PVC, as per IS-5831.
4.10.2 The other sheath shall be with oxygen index 29 at 27+2°C and possess flame retardant properties
meeting the requirements of IS 10810 Part-62 category - AF. In addition, suitable chemicals shall be
added to the PVC compound of the outer sheath to protect the cable against rodent and termite attack.
4.10.3 The thickness of outer sheath shall be as per IS-1554 (Part 1).
4.10.4 The outer sheath shall fit tightly on the armour and shall be applied in such a manner that no undue
residual strain is left in the material.
4.10.5 The outer sheath shall be red in colour for cables to be used for fire alarm system, grey in colour for
cables to be used for telephone & communication system and black in colour for all other functions.
4.10.6 Sequential marking of the length of the cable, in meters, shall be provided on the outer sheath at
every one meter. The marking shall be legible and indelible by suitable method.
4.10.7 The overall diameter of the cables shall be strictly as per the values declared in the data sheet, subject
to a maximum tolerance of +2mm.

Page 473 of 827
4ot eJ lb ENGINEERS SPECIFICATION FOR STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
Ogeji051-egNiff INDIA LIMITED COMMUNICATION AND 6-51-0052 Rev. 5
man maw ) (A Govt India Undertaking)
4.11 Cable Capacitance

4.11.1 The core to core capacitance of the cables shall not exceed 100nF/Icm at 11cHz.
4.11.2 The core to screen capacitance for the screened cables shall not exceed 250nF/km at 1 kHz.
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR JELLY FILLED CABLES
5.1 Jelly filled telecom cables shall in general conform to the requirements of DOT specification
GR/CUG-01/03.
5.2 Conductors
5.2.1 The conductors shall consist of annealed, high conductivity solid copper wire, smoothly drawn,
circular in cross-section, uniform in quality, free from defects and uniformly coated with pure tin and
shall conform to Cl. 3.0 of DOT specification GR/CUG-01/03.
5.3 Insulation
5.3.1 Each conductor shall be insulated with insulating grade PE conforming to Cl. 4.0 of DOT
specification GR/CUG-01/03.
5.4 Twisting
The two insulated conductors of a pair shall be uniformly twisted with a suitable right hand lay,
which shall not exceed 150mm
5.5 Core Formation
The core formation shall conform to Cl. 6.0 of DOT specification GR/CUG-01/03.
5.6 Filling Compound
5.6.1 The cable core shall be filled with a suitable stable water resistant compound, which shall be
compatible with the insulation, binders and tapes used in the cable.
5.6.2 It shall be homogeneous and uniformly mixed material containing an anti-oxidant.
5.6.3 The compound shall not obscure the identification of the colour of the insulation of the conductors.
5.6.4 It shall not contain dirt, metallic particles or other foreign matter.
5.6.5 The compound shall be readily removable from the insulated conductors by wiping.
5.6.6 It shall be free from any unpleasant odour and shall have no toxic or dermatic hazards.
5.6.7 The flash point of the compound shall not be less than 200°C.
5.6.8 The volume resistivity measured at 100°C shall not be less than 10 10 ohm-cm.
5.6.9 The permittivity at 1 MHz tested as per ASTM D-924 shall not be greater than 2.3 at 20°C.
5.7 Core Wrapping
At least one closed helical or longitudinal application of a nonhygroscopic and nonwicking polyester
tape or tape of any other suitable material shall be provided over the cable core.
5.8 Screen
5.8.1 The cables used for telephone system shall be provided with overall screen. The screen shall be of
aluminium tape with minimum thickness of 0.2mm. The overlap shall be minimum 3mm for cables
having maximum diameter over inner sheath < 30mm & minimum 6mm for cables having maximum
diameter over inner sheath 30mm. The screen shall be coated with 0.05 mm nominal thickness
polythene/copolymer on both sides. The thickness of the composite tape shall be 0.3mm ± 15%.
5.8.2 The aluminium tape shall be electrically continuous through out the length of the cable.

Page 474 of 827
,31(Rq_J II
-ENGINEERS
lgar taalegviv INDIA LIMITED COMMUNICATION AND 6-51-0052 Rev. 5
WW1 eiVaWoA mesa ) (A Govt o India Undertaking) FIRE ALARM CABLES Page 8 of 10
5.9 Inner Sheath

5.9.1 The inner sheath shall be as circular as possible and free from pinholes and other defects. It shall be
possible to remove the inner sheath without damage to the insulation.
5.9.2 The inner sheath shall be of polythene conforming to type 03C or HO3C of BS 6234 and shall contain
a suitable antioxidant system. The material shall be virgin as per ASTM D-883 and meet the
requirements of Cl. 10.1 of DOT specification no. GR/CUG-01/03.
5.9.3 The thickness of inner sheath shall conform to Table-6 of DOT specification no. GR/CUG-01/03.
5.9.4 The maximum diameter over inner sheath shall conform to Table-7 of DOT specification no.
GR/CUG-01/03 .
5.10 Armour
5.10.1 The cables shall be provided with bedding and armour over the inner sheath.
5.10.2 The bedding shall consist of two close helical lappings of polythene or polypropylene tape. Each tape
shall be applied with a minimum of 5% overlap.
5.10.3 The armour shall be made of hot dip galvanised steel tape of thickness as per Table-8 of DOT
specification GR/CUG-01/03 .
5.11 Outer Sheath
5.11.1 The external protection shall consist of a polythene sheath conforming to the material specification
defined in Clause 5.9 above.
5.11.2 The thickness of outer sheath shall conform to Table-9 of DOT specification GR/CUG-01/03.
5.11.3 The outer sheath shall be as circular as possible and free from pinholes and other defects.
5.11.4 Colour of outer sheath shall be grey.
5.11.5 The maximum diameter over outer sheath shall conform to Table-7 of DOT specification GR/CUG-
01/03 .
5.12 Cable Capacitance
The average mutual capacitance of the pairs measured at 800 to 1000Hz shall be 52 ± 3 nF/km.
However, the mutual capacitance of individual pairs shall be within the limits of 52 ± 4.5 nF/km.
6.1 The cables shall be tested and examined at the manufacturer's works. All the materials employed in
the manufacture of the cable shall be subjected to examination, testing and approval by EIL/ Owner.
Manufacturer shall furnish all necessary information concerning the supply to EIL/ Owner's
inspectors. The inspector shall have free access to the manufacturer's works for the purpose of
inspecting the process of manufacture in all its stages and he will have the power to reject any
material, which appears to be of unsuitable description or of unsatisfactory quality.
6.2 The following acceptance tests shall be conducted on the completed jelly filled cables as per the test
procedures given in DOT specification GR/CUG-01/03 and this specification:
Measurement of diameter of conductor, over inner sheath & over outer sheath.
Measurement of thickness of insulation, inner sheath, screen, armour & outer sheath.
Measurement of resistance of conductor.
Measurement of resistance unbalance.
Continuity check & measurement of resistance of Poly-al tape.
Colour coding.
Conductor continuity test.
Mutual capacitance test.
Capacitance unbalance test.
Cross talk test.

Page 475 of 827
COMMUNICATION AND 6-51-0052 Rev. 5
IA Govt of India Undertaking)
Attenuation test.
Dielectric strength test.
Drip test.
Armour galvanisation test.
Conductor annealing test.
xvii.Measurement of drum length.
6.3 The following tests shall be conducted on the completed non jelly filled cables as per the test
procedures given in DOT specification GR/WIR-06/03 and this specification:
6.3.1 Acceptance tests:
Measurement of diameter of conductor, over inner sheath & over outer sheath.
Measurement of thickness of insulation, inner sheath, screen, armour & outer sheath.
Measurement of resistance of conductor.
Colour coding.
Conductor continuity test.
Mutual capacitance test.
Capacitance unbalance test.
High voltage test.
Armour galvanisation test.
Conductor annealing test.
Measurement of drum length.
6.3.2 Special Tests
The non jelly filled cables shall also be subjected to following special tests.
Oxygen index test as per IS-10810 (Part 58).

Flammability test on finished cable as per IS-10810 (Part 61 & 62).
The special test shall be conducted on one sample from each lot. The sample will be selected by the
inspector.
7.1 Cables shall be despatched in non-returnable wooden drums of suitable barrel diameter, securely
battened, with the take-off end fully protected against mechanical damage. The wood used for
construction of the drum shall be properly seasoned, sound and free from defects. Wood
preservatives shall be applied to the entire drum. Ferrous parts used shall be treated with a suitable
rust preventive finish or coating to avoid rusting during transit and storage.
7.2 On the flange of the drum, necessary information such as project title, manufacturer's name, type,
size, length of cable in meters, drum no., cable code, BIS certification mark, gross weight, 'Owner's
particulars', 'P.O. numbers' etc., shall be printed. An arrow shall be printed on the drum with suitable
instructions to show the direction of rotation of the drum.
7.3 The drum lengths for cables shall be as below:
Upto 50 pairs 1000 meters

Above 50 pairs & upto 100 pairs 500 meters
Above 100 pairs As per job requirement (subject to max.
length of 500 meters)
7.4 A tolerance of ± 5% shall be permissible for each drum. However overall tolerance on each size of
cable shall be limited to ± 2%.
7.5 For non jelly filled cable, PVC/ rubber end caps shall be supplied free of cost for each drum with a
minimum of eight per thousand meter length. In addition, ends of the cables shall be properly sealed,
with caps, to avoid ingress of moisture/ water during transit and storage.
Page 476 of 827
ENGINEERS
lig-ZIT 21560 INDIA LIMITED COMMUNICATION AND 6-51-0052 Rev. 5

laiRrt armlJOmal, (A Gout d India Undertaking)
7.6 For jelly filled telephone cables, the ends of the cable shall be sealed by thermo shrinkable end caps
of adequate wall thickness. Alternately ends may be sealed by enclosing them in rubber or PVC caps
of wall thickness not less than 1 8mm. The caps shall be secured to the outer sheath with hose clips or
ties or black adhesive tape or heat shrinkable sleeves.
7.7 The cables may be stored outdoors for long periods before installation. The packing shall be
completely suitable for outdoor storage, in areas with heavy rains and high ambient temperature.

Page 477 of 827
Page 478 of 827
Page 479 of 827
Page 480 of 827
Page 481 of 827
Page 482 of 827
Page 483 of 827
Page 484 of 827
Page 485 of 827
Page 486 of 827
Page 487 of 827
Page 488 of 827
Page 489 of 827
Page 490 of 827
Page 491 of 827
Page 492 of 827
Page 493 of 827
Page 494 of 827
Page 495 of 827
Page 496 of 827
Page 497 of 827
Page 498 of 827
Page 499 of 827
Page 500 of 827
Page 501 of 827
Page 502 of 827
Page 503 of 827
Page 504 of 827
Page 505 of 827
Page 506 of 827
Copyright EIL— All rightsreserved
0'Aat,I Ld- L000-00-8 '0N leiwod
Aq peAwddv
aanIWW00
37
c-)
G)
uo4ewawaidw! 10} panssi ZOOZ 't,0'0£
O
panss!aj pue pas!Aau

L00 •60'8Z
Page 507 of 827

cn
G)
c)
panssmj pue p as!Aau
rs.)
O
ül
O
NOILVDIAIDadS
4 p, z-,
ro
>
cr
o
r-, ,-ri o tri -. c
-1z 5 .-= tTi P;
-1 = 4-
n '-r1 .....
cA n > o
o
a, rii
4 CD
QD CD
'• '-t
QD `''' •
0lted Ld-1000-00-8 "oN Tewiod

c:,
92. ... E r" '' '' '' '' '' ''' Z Z "1 -ri '-r1 tri t5
.... Innc-)(-) 1,:, ›-t:›-
E Fi),- a,- cc) Cf0 ci) `-C ci
».c, -0 i 3 i ),'-' = j E C-I ' ‘-• 9 6D (.1)
r)
'''' g •c". ) 7D 7
.) uct 2...-
:.5. Rcgr) ,L
:, . : ag. , ; g _. CD ,'"- 6-
,) .•c"-7-,' : —
a
eD -ci g; -6' -
-, -• -•
o ■-c, o
'-d
.-: ,,, o "'-. til ■-■ $=0 o o o-' >
e'
co
o o
,(-tt-' ii)';=,' o ,--, :....,,
, . o- ,-. :,,,.
.• o o
-1 c, c "'s (1) H '<:,- < a..
-. c" ::3
-,L=3,--- rr, " (CD') ,2., ji), ,-, rrl <$:,)
4 CD 0 CD
....---. c)f:2-o CDo. (1) CD ,..,'-' • (D ,.... <1) C7) cfc?eD "
Po
FD, 0 ='
.-1 (-),1 ~t
C) Hf:).• (1) (/) CD
H es p - CD cn CD ,-, (/) 0 e. • "OC/D
,--F cm u, ■-1- ■-■., CA
CD c, -,- ,-, ( . cn co
`'''• ',/,
' o-' '-d c>
" ,_,
a -c5 ::,,o -,eD ,_. ,, cl
›< c,... c)
.
< r'
clo '(-') o- o .--, —
',:5 -1 c'o
,, 5-i `" •-+ o fC) Cl..
s:,)o 00 er,
r),)" r •• o
CfQ 4 0
n (* r---- 1=D g° •G ,--t
P3 5 0 1:' o cr CD
cn
'-r1 tri
:,) (-) '<-5- o
.-1 .-I C7
0 co (-)
o a. 6' zt
CD t• '"C-D •
co cp s:0
'CA" rn
e) ci)
b"
..corri
44 o- ,z,.-i•
d cp
to
'-cs
lw E.
'
C.) '-' 15-.
= c
'gr- ›-ci
p)
cr
,'2:
., ii
o.
cp
n
< ,H ,H HcJto'-o'-o
-0 ,n n <4 .ri ,zi'-o o-ozzz44
o H 44
tri ^-• o (I)
0 4H `) n
1-d
•
C) C z...„-■
H CD
'-3 ppzJ ,o'-c o o .c1'o.t i-ci '.-L '-oz
.-1 CD z 44
pD oz(-c, 44
O CD
?,,, ,-. (I)
,-,CD f=1.. '-1 Q't • ,̀.2, cl s:ND ."-.1"' '''' • " ° zt '"--1- ;:d. o ,--, '''' '''' CD AD
o.. co ;=0 o., ,...., '- o ' .7.• --.., ,...,
, ';' {1- ; o " 'ci; i't, r) CIQ
t--, -, ..., _...up. ■-cl ',,,,' (7C? ,.... <-, < . r2 =L, '.6." ct,
d ,':•_L ,., n„ .-1 e., CD '-' 4.
o H f0 -c:f
-. ■-••) eD
t-, ,.....• .- " - CD p.,,..,, 1.■• et o (•-, »t CD
1:).• .-'')
o ,..) " ci) 5' - -, " ("(' ) ac) o >< 0.• o ,-,-
a, ,.., ..., c
-.• c./) g g+ ' dd %_
et CD '''
rb '"'t
- cp ,-. ,'c-;,"' • e. • ,—, re.
o 6:). CD QD 1.1-. r 0 r) CD o n
r ) g b
---
..sd, cs- cr, (4 ,':-I• — o.' .s :".h ci, ,-,- v,
'-< -t o c) cro r)
CD fZ).. ›'-' '''''• C) '-'• ,..)-
=' H ,-,
-. r-'i
ts H (1-
)
o ,.. f=1- 0 $:\ ) < :h
CD `-' c=) ,.'-'. eD sH
til o
,..t. a ,-/
,-,,CD r--t r2 6."'-' cm - CD re CD v, o
(!•)• c4 4 ` ,_ .--r C) er
0 "'' 5. a7
'-< ,C) rD cp " .-
,-..,,• o 1,) CfQ (1) cp
> ■
-n o CfQ
CfQ C) ›:) (I) ■
-n :L,
CD .-- • C) = er (-) cD
(-D ,-,-.
n 5. o
‘< o ao o , DD
QD. 0 "
CD CfQ
QD ,--S
0 (c)
0
Copyright EIL —Al lrightsreserved
UD
Aall1001-18-9
O rC)
•
O
STANDARD SPECIFICATION NO.
Page 508 of 827

STANDARDSPECIFICATION NO.
.nall1001-18-9
:adODSO'I
This Inspectionand TestPlancoverstheminimumtestingrequirementsofindoor, drawouttypeHighVoltage Switchboardsuptoand including 33 KV.

O
PO/PR/ Standardsreferred there in/Jobspecifications/Approved documents.
3.0 INSPECTION AND TEST REQUIREMENTS:
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
7. W
QUANTUM
STAGE/ ACTIVITY CHARACTERISTICS SUB
0
OF CHECK
■
■
ri1
›-
~
.-3
SUPPLIER
id
—■
SUPPLIER
0
l•—■
Procedures
:
1
0
ts.)
Material Inspection
IncomingMaterial like
Insulators,BusBars,
Fabricated items,Bus Bar
.
--„,
0 De E'
H
CD .—t c", v)
C)
CD
sleeves, Cablewire(FR), Visual,Dimensional, Operational checks,
IN.)
instrumenttransformers, Reviewof Manufacturer's Certificatesetc.
CD
as
—■
7ci
■
cr'
C) C1.,
H
0 v)
C)
pp
CD
—# CD
Relays,Indicating applicable
r3.
cn
CI1
co
,— t
■
Instruments, Switches,
Breakers,VacuumBottles
etc
Page 509 of 827

(.‘J
Inprocess Inspection
'0N 4eLwoj 07\92:1 L3- 1,000-00-9

CopyrightEIL—Allrightsreserved
c
z
rM
rM
o
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
:
C,)
0 t'l
QUANTUM
e1
r)
e)
-.3
,-,n-.3
rM
STAGE/ ACTIVITY SUB
OF CHECK
t.1
--1
i....1
1-0
SUPPLIER
•
SUPPLIER
.,—`
(....)
BreakerTruck Assembly Mechanical Operation includingspring

chargingmechanism, Breakeropening /
closingatnormal and worstvoltage
r-' cl, c,
-: °cr
—
---
-3
c::,_
,,7_, . .
/—.0
ci)
'
Cn CD rD
cn
c) r
conditions, Opening / closingtimeand
ct.
H 5° 5'
cr)
cn 'Ci
(, i
.
simultaneousclosingofallpoles, Contact
`-<
tri ;2
Cl.
c)
0
■
-t
resistancemeasurement, Gas leakage
.0
,--.1
check (for SF6 breakers), Power
Frequency Test.
Suppliers Test
o
o
I\)
(..,)
,--
(:,='
Wiringchecks Size,termination, ferruling,continuity
1
Records
0
Final Inspection
ACCEPTANCETESTS:
Visual check including layout,Tagplates,
Paintshade, Busmarkingand sleeving,
• Jointshrouding,Identification
• and location
• • •
ofcomponentsetc
Dimensioncheck includingoperational
height, Bus barsize, Clearances, Creepage
distances,
Page 510 of 827

Compartmentalization,cablegland size,
Paintthicknessetc.
Verificationof Bus barsupport
,-1
---
scl.
cou p
c5'0
0
■-■ n)
CA CD eD
cn
arrangementwith respecttotypetested c'
o
--
1--,
©
cr
CA
"
5
'--')
c)
Cfg
C/)
cn >li
CD
CD
r20
panel drawingsandprovision forexternal
i
,..
a
'4'
n
0
cabletermination.
Billofmaterial check.
0"nal{ Ld - 1.000-00-9"oN l ewiod

IIV— 113400doo patuasaJ
-I=• c4
i•-) CD
C/)
,-r-
,—,
n cic?
(-)
11
o,
E: ›.
0AG21 L3- 1000-00-9 'oN

•:-.., cn
cn
CD
Cr
SwitchgearAssembly
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
• . . . . • . . . . .
hi C5 2-'''o ,, rp co F)■- cs>,.,>

,.. "" - z cÊ ,-,:, .--, 4 ,_,, — CD (-) (1) (') .-
.P co 5- -t a. s=0 '-'" ,--, ,.,,_ • c> ,....
O 94 ›...-6T)
s>,> -, cx, o . c'D
0 o cL,
71 ° .-- . pp '-' . C) .7-''. C/) ,-,.. CD .-t o =
C '-i a') '-° rp C> cn C) 0D E5 • ° FL
'—: .-C (1) :::i . ,-1 ;(1) i'c:i (D (--) cc, • 9: ... $:,) Q., 0 '-') trcr
cp CD CL.
$:D cp
5. ,--■• cA CD r>0
»,, . ,3 0) ,:5 •• ■-t ...• ,-- <-, („0 P,> ,c)., cr
`-< CD
`'
w., <-4, 9 8) o c> • o ,H , c> >< o -. -9 :=': po
-,-
0, ° c/' 'c.$ cr-CD9:
- O " "'• cD •-• CD .-" °0-' •Cf' .'t•
Cl., <
0 -: -.... ct> '-h -x--
cr' c> ;» oL. cn
-• ,-,- :=,s
c") ,-t
$SD o
c> 0 ,-, CD CD ,-,
,-t, Cr C) .( 7) • 4e• n) FL>, ,,,, c) •-.< •-1 o c
° ,-,- ,::, o o ,-,. c> o -•-) ,-,-
.-n •-•., '" 4 z- ;:,, —•
a Q., <, s:» o o
-,- cm
,-1 o co -, 0 .--" C ,.., ,4 o
..,i , , •-4,
,c>
_. . „. ; Th. ( 1 ), . (s..D• ',...,-') o CD
'-
0-' °
..-t ›.' cr
TYPE TESTS:
0) CA " $:,, 2 • ,_,
c) rt,
'"
c-7
0) ,.5.
o :,, o
,o-1 .---,
o co r4 o .- -. ,-,.
':',- 6;-'.. oL.. .-o {PD -cs E7> 6- '"
Ci0 °
CHARACTERISTICS
s>0 co
Shorttimecurrentwithstand test
-•- =' o o ,-t
Temperature Risetest.
...•
,-+ i=■ :,> '"-: 1DD co '4
ci> "
• c> P> -, -• elD cn
,..., cp •Cil
• c>., ,„, r:,,• fD,) (1) i CD
CD Cr 0) c) 2• 2.- '0 =" ..) o
■-t 5
n -o‘.< .,;•• r, o co -• cr
cp
cn ,..„, ‘- ■L
! «.
) .
,-, ,.,-,
_. c n".
- s'I''* ''' e) +'. 0, ., ■ - C4
0 Cir0 0D 0 . 2,
C. v) C.. ' --- ?).' .-- 9+ CN 5
■
—■
C)
CD
c '''
QUANTUM
OF CHECK
Sample Basis
••
,-1
"" • ■••-■ CD
ro cn
cr, '"1:3 X
C/D CD eD r)
c> r, C
Reports
cL,
o cn
Test Agency
.-I
O. s"--
i 1
SUB
SUPPLIER
ro
CfQ
tft
*
IDGAJ8Sal S41.1öp ily - ii3 ;460doo
SUPPLIER
M
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
*
* .1:1
~
Page 511 of 827

£'Aall 1001-18-9
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
z v)
0 C''
QUANTUM
g
o
OF CHECK
ri:
,-,r
SUPPLIER
SUPPLIER
Internal Arctest.
Impulseand Power Frequencywithstand
test
Shortcircuittest duties.
Degreeofprotection forpanels.
cri
7:=
Painting
Paintingand Packing Visual

Suitableprotectiontoprevententryof Packing list/
.t.,-
z
Supplier' s
c>
foreignmaterial.
Properpackingtopreventany damage Records
duringtransportationand storage.
cr■
Documentationand IC
7::::,
Reviewof Internal TestReports

Supplier'sTest
•• • • Certification
• •from•supplier for•
complete
• • %00 I Records /
o,
z
__,
DocumentationandIC relayparameterizationof numerical relays

Inspection
atworks
Certificate
IC issuance.
Final data folder
Compilationof Inspectionreports,drawings,
z
i\.)
c)
o■
Final Documentsubmission /Completeness
Page 512 of 827

etcasperVDR / PR
certificate
0'Ae2:1L3- 1000-00-9 '0N eW.103

pamesai s4q 6!-I IIV— 11341.160doo
•
•
t...)
0 -3 Z
r, 5-
r> CD ',-„- • 0
2-
-- . C) CA
cc,
c C,i
,___, CIA et,
=
o
0'ned L3- 1000-00-8 '0N ew.iod

v, c v>
-n -cs
•o r>
0 -t.
.--: c C D
s>,> - 9
5- zt
ro CIZI
AD CD
C)
,-.4.
.-
< CD
.--:
,-4-. ?"'>'
FD
ci) C7
ci) ■–f-
• .–$
rà, ("D
.—. .C)
Cr
cp '41'
s:» co
cf)
'ts ro
ro c
O )
• `-<
1--ND
Cl.,
Cl) Cl.,
...
Cl. 0
AD IDD
.-t
C).. .-r.
cn CD
,-,-
CD o
-s
..-1
.--: —.
CD
Ct.
st co
CD C)
.-I ...
CD 0
.«..
cn
c->
o
o 'ts
cr co
cn r:4;
ro cn
,...
o 'ts
ri's cp
r>
..4-
• c.
cn
Pemesois11-161.1 11V— 11341-160d00 .
5.;
CD
£ *ita2iI001-18-9
Page 513 of 827

pamesei s;1161.1 11V— 1134460doo 0• AaidLd- 1000-00-8 '0N Ieltuod
0
O a>
o o
3
zs
0 C>
— • a>
o.
uoReweweidw! penssi
G)
ZOOZ 'LlYgZ
o
penss!-eld pue pas!neu
G)
LOOZ '60'8Z
Page 514 of 827

panss!-au pue p as!ned
CTI
O
N.>
Com''
z
o
z
.nam V001-18-9
ern
11:1
ra
oDZ
o d
STANDARD SPECFICATIN NO.
z
•
•
•
▪ - • •
•
•• •
._1 t=i C5 (") n n co 0:1 ›..

., (:.
.)
ieWJOd
Hnnn
4R) -cl ,-3-rirrirrin ,c7
HH H ri-1 >cl)
c.)
r -r1 o rri
-t Crl
n `Ti
suoDulnaiqqv
444
•.
CD .
Po •
'---- cl)
0.Aad Ld- 1000-00-9

,..., p,, GA .. g... ..
!lp- Zr :r .-,.-.2.
0c '?2g:g-1 T4Y nnnn17:'›I'''
-•0 C CD <•1) 0.-t.,.,..-,$:,
907,', -<
ccon.-1 nco
,-.(7q n ,..,:'" C/)
aa31
Ji c4) (
7
);0«-ciOn `-t:`< 0 0,•-•- A)o)C;)
rl 5, ,4 >c-DP-
ri 'c-' '"8'-
(:)"',-.1
,_ p., CrA H v) A)
.a- ,-r-
cp C cp )
— .6.
CD 0 CD n„,., n A)
.. ,--, Hn 9.6-9,00-0 Cr4"
SD■ n cp A)
• < 5"4 0.- n
t=.D
— nc'; Cfc? ,-r
w, r- crc CD .- • c).., CD
,-s
O P'D ',," A) g°9!)
A.) —0 ,:i"' r11
C p) (-) ..., rir
0 A) • —
CD CD n
::,,
Ei 7::
.
,,- <-)
cpeD t-' A)
-. co,g• CT1
A)
n Fi)F
0- Cl. 0
45-
C.:1 Z
n«
o
C...) v)
CC
A) p) A)
cr
r- r- c) 7; CD cp
0 n —
trl
H
«' -i'-3,(:)'»Ci'.0 '.1:"Z/ CIZZ

--(D0c.cn::000 A)0
" s'0C). o -r-
-.;.
CD '-'• CD .-1 cl) -'0"cpc)0-0
-t0,...,0.1:),.9 0% ,'--. <
][9InI.UN
c,,Q.. * (1) g, '

.._ ,.i- • F,.?-
. -• .0
,- co 5 , ,7-,4
-t o $0 ("D H n ,...,c).n ,Ct71-tnn
-t cD5-H2 -t-,-.co.c n ,-4-
5' ,2 1-"(Avt«HO,720A.)»0!" ..L7
• Cl., CD A) •-■ • ,-ti n — OAD. 7)--- '<=)
- 'F'
)*(1)
.7;0-C)Cr
,. 0 o 4 ,n. ,— ;-4.5,7,
'-'100(74n
— cc"-D' (D c ,-r- co
,oC/Do 0 CFA 4 (4,
.ti 5o O' cn ::,, 5.
c)
OIUOIJIInD
uogon.ijsuoD Jo FepoluN
iii
puoil uogons anmsod 1.aN.
n .t.,
CD ■-■ • 0 • co 9-,' 2 '2' ;:,)
n
::-.1A) n O o 0
n,-««. `-< 0 -t -t
AD cD 0..6, n
A) ..t
'<3- Cf)
pamasaJ sN 6P IIV—113 A BOdoo
O
Page 515 of 827

£.Aall1700 1-18-9
adODS
This Inspectionand Test Plancoverstheminimumtestingrequirementsof Relay & Control Panel/Desks.

O
PO/PR &Standardsreferred there in /Jobspecifications / Approved documents
3.0 INSPECTIONAND TEST REQUIREMENTS
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
0 C"
CA
QUANTUM
STAGE/ACTIVITY
0
r)
CHARACTERISTICS SUB
OF CHECK SUPPLIER EIL/TPIA
SUPPLIER
~
O
Procedures
,■i
I
t..1
7:=>
Material Inspection
■
Incomingmaterial like
panel fabrication, PCBs,
Lamps, Push Buttons, Visual, Physical, Finish, Dimensions, Make
ID.. )
switches, Protective
—■
of components, Manufacturer'stest
cl.,
C>
Cic",'
—■
v>>-
r)
o
to
-s
CD
Cf)
~t
■
relays, Lockoutrelays, certificates formodel,accuracyetc. asper
IndicatingMeters, relevantspecifications
Terminals,cable
wires(FR), PVC ducts, etc
Page 516 of 827

CD
CA
0•Aad 2.3- 1000-00-9 'oN wwiod pamasai s}1-1 6P IIV11341.1 6pAcloo

4, & (....) z w
■,
. © - 0
5.
>E"
fp
0.A 8d 2.3- 1000-00-2 'oN 4eLtuo3

Cl.
WiringChecks
Final Inspection
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
•• • • • • •• ••••• •
O
(-)
•
>>. M R° C) P ‹.g CD '" (:'D '

71 CD Cli .).. (") 't C7 0 - -C
r° .-, • 0
— c)
r OEC? C) ho
ro '
z
—1 —, ;,0-o 4::, -o ~ * N $D,D ... r2 1:à) , ,-. • .c
(1) c a) rD
■-t CD -,-. .-t - . c ) . -t 0
— 51) ,'o"'
: 9,;-' . ,.- -' rr) r ) •
4 c ;1,, '' • . 94 s.' $ '4 '1"; -- , ■-n t'''' '''') v)
0" C CD CirCi "---7" .-(5 ~ • 0 5 o o -,-, ,,, —• > H
CD ■-r- '-•
-- ..9 ., 5....1 '$7) • ci., ,f_=4 8
-,,
0 crc, o ,,., r) (D ,-1- ..,, (--, ,,.,. () cp erc? :.< cm CO CD ::,, (-)
(-) (.,
„,
ro '1
, $),) ch„.,
,_, ----- u) to -•
continuity
(,-- (,) •r./)•

.-1 p0 CD
C1 '- ',--". ■-• • .-y
0 cl., 1=0 ., g; _
p,., »... ---, ,=,.. -.-> 4;-,, ,...
()
.-, `..'
(t, .- • (- ) AD . €
cfc?
=Ei, , > CD- - ' CfCi 0 r)
■
-t 8 6''' co '-' ,I,
r> >< -% r) ") v, O , 54 cj' ( D r:)
'"- r, =-' ''' ■-n ,.., ,.., :=1-à o
o {12, co (-) :,,j -c
cr o co
-1
c' (1)
•- '')
CD CD cl, 'c'A' <'D
'LS ■
in
CHARACTERISTICS
< c) , 0 CD t-D P0 .
0 '-' •
Size,termination, ferruling,
CD c) C) ci) if).
AD ?■ -r- co P'› CD
lICi AD
Check forcorrectnessof wiring
CD C) cn '-- (D_
(/) r Cla
c.)
C
--,
cr) c,
c,
QUANTUM
OFCHECK
-,
CD
cn cn
r) ,..t. ot u)
- 0
~t 0- rA
1 i
SUB
SUPPLIER
SUPPLIER
— 313 }146pAcio0
M
SCOPEOF INSPECTION
i~
4
pamesei
..
£.nau 17001-18-9
Page 517 of 827

SCC
OPE OF INSPECTION
c4
QUANTUM
r)
o
g
c,)
c.)
,-.}
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
(-)
rm
(-)
SUB
Z
0
4
>
....
OF CHECK
:4
SUPPLIER
r,
SUPPLIER
::,
cii
Painting
PaintingandPacking Visual
Suitableprotectiontoprevententryof Packing list
--
z
c>
vl
,:::'
.z>
foreignmaterial. / Supplier' s
.
Properpackingtopreventanydamage Records
duringtransportationand storage.
cr■
Documentationand IC
Supplier' s
Reviewof Internal Test Reports,Test Test
,--
z
rn
c:,
c:,
.:.'
DocumentationandIC reports for degreeof protection Records /
.
IC issuance Inspection
Certificate
Final data
Final Document CompilationofInspectionreports folder
cr,
i\.)
z
z
c>
,::.'
<:::,
submission ,drawings,etcasper VDR / PR /Completene
sscertificate
•• • • •
Page 518 of 827

O
■
••
tN,
0'Aed L3-1000-00-9'0N iet.woj pamasei s1y 6P IIV— 113446pAcloo

Copyright EIL All rightsreserved
0'A0E1 Ld - L 000-00-8 '0N t 2111.10d
Aq penoiddv
z
P<
c
c
w
cn
uogewewaidw! Joj panssi
o
800Z.Z1:10
3".1
1J
'D
o
penss!elj pue p as!nad ZLOZ '90'6Z
Page 519 of 827

CD
o
penssmj pue pas!Aeij
<D
co
0
‹§.
Z'itallZI01-18-9
r7i
C
131
r— r"
"ONINOLLVDIAIDadS UTIVGNIVIS
•
• • •
•
• • •
,4444 , ,:::n'E' ,
•, = .0D m ,Innnneo to>
r--'4n-oH.rimrIn 7,
•4 , r,c ,,',-.1 xx .1. c , >v) taiqqv
nz x • Cr CD e'D nn n cf)
r -1 t,r=1
or=1 i
, rri im
.11
:..,.
....-.
n
n >
suol
o
tri
•
-, x
wo.
-....--
-))
0.AedLd- 1000-00-9 oN
c-)° .=-Itill:Jc;innnnoi>e,i>
44 .-R,5:6 »• cp E.,;,',..,.-1-.,-„.,_
CD CD CD "
r)c)0
.--
c-r-7 ,-.10 -..
,D'`9-, ,,,,- ..(3-
4,'.<
CD CD no,,, ,),R ,,-,,,
,-_-_-_,,,,.,-5
,-■- ‹-rV) "".CfQ
,-. P
'---. ro.cj g("5-c8-'-docp • CD "" t•-
o ri-i cc•-tc " v) ..-s (7) w o ‹.•-
,--,•-i•-s ■-, .--s •-o -
cp ,-,rp2..,,,,n
, 5,o-, 5"
CD n c to.. -..
9 ›:/ Ft, ,., -n -- O Q., w 0
,cC•r• m-
11.10LUWOJI 1.U0H
• ~:-.,
CD 0 CD n— n
'-hc)Hn 9a7,9g'Poo-o c
H (-5-r)
r..t-tn CD Ci.
5. (-D
,—,P 52cm 42r1 .'
'. 4
5 (1) 0. c c-; . cl
•c W c --
-
i-- e),,,
C.- '-.5'›c5-7, n
, cr.Q,w.
CD .
,-I-)
0 -
o
ocs. R. tri ›C
,
o c g c- '(1)n- t:i
C;I (5 •="-:
n n,....
7:JPL
.zzs :m w 1"0
c w rri
z-circ? '5. ...c rl -
ne.
c-o c CA
o. .-Es.
CD
4
:=3 M
5.
n n
x 14
.11 1ZO 0
0
p,)
Cr g °>
x
›C
✓.,,Izir. .-i ..-3
< C C■--3-1 c '-o '-izJ -,zi -:, i .,:i .izi z z z oH
-.) ,-In<4,orTiorrilzi- 4
4 4 4;,-,, ,_
o ›cl) 0 4Hcl) n n HH n g
trl ^-i
H z
›-I ril
n <CCHH7c,.0'"1-1:J'-cJ
8nnr '= °°
....o.,~t~:"'1 %2,
4' (:58
.
CD '"' • O .--t m n c) Jc2.(7).
t1 ■-t
- 0.Q 0 ,.(455-a§
-t.
CD
.. ■-t e-, r,
.-t cp
—,
5-■ °'-<,,r),-,-n)--,
JapJo asegoind
3,1,61.UAF5-1 -.)1.Ê":0
cr rD (4 4-w -1
cocmn
CD
•-■ •• .-1 k-l•
. c,,-o
n o-o :w <
-
,--
rrfnn C4 CD" -.
C) CfQ CD •-■-• CD
"::$ CZ ,.,. 0 CA
e CD (i) .-'•
,__.
-n- 2•C 5
w. > •-•.
p-eaH uogrnis anmsod lom
c - cm
n cn 7zio
(1) .--, • CD
!=ttc
cp ,-. n »5: - 20
c o ' •c ci. cig
0
o c
N 0
pamesei sp.i 6P 11V— 1134460doo
Z*AallZ101-I8-9
Page 520 of 827

Z*AallZ101-I8-9
AdODS0-1
This InspectionandTestPlancoverstheminimumtestingrequirementsof MV fixed typeswitchboard forpackageequipment.

c
,..z
4
n
m
0=1
n
ril
m
PO/PR/ Standardsreferred there in/Jobspecifications/Approved documents.

nöau ZSd L aNv moupadsm cr£
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
:
Z ci)
0r
QUANTUM
■
r)
r)
..,
v)
-3
g
0
n
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
n
)-
OF CHECK SUB
SUPPLIER EIL/TPIA
SUPPLIER
,-,
Procedures
.
,
t• . à
Material Inspection
IncomingMaterial like
Insulators, BusBars,
Fabricateditems,Bus bar •
Visual,Dimensional,operationalchecks, MaterialTest
sleevesand supports,
I.)
z
c,
c,
Manufacturer'stestcertificatesetc.
as Certificates /
InstrumentTransformers,
applicable TestRecords
Relays,Indicating
Instruments, Switches,
Breakers, Contactorsetc.
Page 521 of 827

t,à
SuppliersTest
,,,
z
,,z,
Switch board assembly

cp
.='
—
Visual, Dimensions, Bill of Material.
.
Records
0•nal{ Ld- 1000-00-9'0N 4eLwod

pamesai s t.1 6!J IIV— 1134116pAcloo
r •AallZI01-18-9
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
z CA
QUANTUM
n
C..)

SUPPLIER
Size,termination, ferruling,continuity,
SuppliersTest
trJ
C)
.....
i•J
Wiringchecks Functional checks/ Schemechecking, HV
i
Records
and IR
GD
•P
Final Inspection
C9:
›'
'-.
Cl)
Cr
PhysicalandDimensionalVerification,
.-9
e)
(/'
CFCi
VerificationofBOM.
Checkingof theschemesand simulating
them.
Operationcheck/Functional checks.
'-'
,.-, . • c)
c)
p.,
-.3
Power frequencyvoltagetest.
cr,
,=4: •-■ ft)
cn
CD 0 . ...t
,--
C.C)
4. c)
Ics
f=1., ..cs
-1=,
—
-,-
Insulationresistancetest beforeand after
-.,
v, iiCD
e
--,,■ 0
Cl
"
.•.,
theHVtest.
o
cn
o
e
(■
cr
,-,.,
Current injectiontest.
Verificationof Safety Features/Electrical
and Mechanical Interlocks
TestsonBreakers(if applicable).
• • • • •of Identical
Interchangeability • • Modules.
••
Page 522 of 827

0 nal{ L3- 1000-00-8 'oN ;eW10d
pamesai sp-I BP IIV— 1134q 6pAclo3
Z'AallZ0I-18-9
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
0 C'
QUANTUM
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
r)
o
g
CHARACTERISTICS SUB
SUPPLIER
Type Test Reports

Enclosure TC
Fault Level Certificate
Temperature Rise Certificate
-9'. a,
Submissionof
5.'
,-t-
9
-,o0.. c;
v>
cp
co cp
r> c>
CA
i.)
7:1
ShortCircuitMakingand Breaking
i
Cerificates/Documents
cr)
o)
-o
GrO
capacityof Isolators/Breakers(if
Applicable)
O
.—•-.
id
cro
Paintingand Packing Visual

Suitableprotectiontoprevententryof Packing list /
oe
c,
—
,z,"
foreignmaterial. Supplier' s
t
Properpackingtopreventany damage Records
• • • •during
• transportationand • •
•storage. ••
O
Documentationand IC
Supplier's Test
Reviewof Internal Test Reports Records /
_.
Documentationand IC
o
,--.
Page 523 of 827

.
IC Issuance Inspection
Certificate
0nal L3- 1.000-00-9oN wwioj

pamasa., sly 6u iiv — -113 41.1 60doo
t•.)
""
o
t■-c, O
-6D
E7),- ri?)
ec
CfQ o
(.1
o ro
si?)-■
0•nal{ L3- 1000-00-9 '0N 4eW.10d

o -s.
-=■D CD
C1)
CfQ
-s.
(1)
o
(I)
cp
cn
1-171
0 >
A.)
0
S2.)
C1.
cn CD
-t cn
CD
cn
o
ro
■ ■•••
cr' cp
cn
c-)
Q.)
.
cn
cn
c:i..
c=1..
co cn
cn
r2o
CD "Cl
r),) ca
CO
C3)
pamasaJ s4I-1 11V— 113411 6pAdo3
CS'
Z*Aall
cn
cn
Page 524 of 827

g INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN STANDARD SPECIFICATION NO.
INIRIzie? fit ENGINEERS
czar€12e MP INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-81- 1014 Rev. 2
k---- INDUSTRIAL TYPE CONTROL STATIONS Page 1 of 5
att-drfirw N' u t 4A
i *
ffift-ur titan q
INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN
FOR
INDUSTRIAL TYPE CONTROL STATIONS
2
A4..A
03-10-2012 Revised and Reissued 'IRKP HVJ DM
1 28.09.2007 Revised and Re-issued AKG PPM MVKK VC

0 30.04.2002 Issued for implementation RG AKC AKB GRR
Standards Committee Standards Bureau
Rev. Prepared Checked Convenor Chairman
No. Date Purpose by by
Approved by
Page 525 of 827

INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN STANDARD SPECIFICATION NO.
fit'azrel ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-81-1014 Rev. 2
5‘fg7t1151eg,
(A Gort of India Undertaking)
Page 2 of 5
Abbreviations:
AS Alloy Steel MPT/MT : Magnetic Particle Testing
BASEEFA British Approval Service for Electrical Equipment in Flammable MRT : Mechanical Run Test
Atmospheres
BIS Bureau of Indian Standard MTC : Material Test Certificate
CCE or CCOE Chief Controller of Explosives MOC : Material of Construction
CELL : Certification Engineers International Limited NPSH : Net Positive Suction Head
CIMFR : Central Institute of Mining & Fuel Research NDT Non Destructive Testing
CE : Carbon Equivalent NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
DFT Dry Film Thickness PO Purchase Order
DT : Destructive Testing PESO Pttroleum Explosive Safety Organization
DPT : Dye Penetrate Testing PQR Procedure Qualification Record
ERTL Electronics Regional Test Laboratory PR Purchase Requisition
FCRI Fluid Control Research Institute PMI Positive Material Identification
FM Factory Mutual PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride
FLP Flame Proof QC Quality Control
HT Heat Treatment RT Radiography Testing
HIC Hydrogen Induced Cracking TC : Test Certificate
ITP : Inspection and Test Plan TPI or TPIA Third Party Inspection Agency
IP : Ingress Protection UT : Ultrasonic Testing
IC : Inspection Certification UL : Under writer Laboratories
IGC : Inter Granular Corrosion VDR : Vendor Data Requirement
IEC International Electro technical Commission WPS : Welding Procedure Specification
JEC Japanese Electro technical Committee WPQ : Welders Performance Qualification
LPT Liquid Penetrate Testing XLPE Cross Linked Poly Ethylene
Inspection Standards Committee
Convenor : Mr. A.K. Chaudhary
Members:
Mr. S.C. Gupta Mr. RK Singh Mr. MP Jain(Projects)
Mr. G. Suresh Mr. Rajeev Kumar Mr. G. Poomachandra Rao

Page 526 of 827
ParaddlIS ENGINEERS
IlgTftleiglesW INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-81-1014 Rev. 2
IA etht of India Underviong)
INDUSTRIAL TYPE CONTROL STATIONS Page 3 of 5
1.0 SCOPE:
This Inspection and Test Plan covers the minimum testing requirements of Industrial type control stations.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS:
PO/PR/ Standards referred there in/Job specifications/Approved documents.
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANTUM
STAGE/ ACTIVITY CHARACTERISTICS RECORD SUB
NO. OF CHECK SUPPLIER EIL/TPIA
SUPPLIER
1.0 Procedures -- -- -- -- --
2.0 Material Inspection
TC's/ Inspection
Incoming material like
Physical & Chemical Properties, Material &
2.1 castings, glass , Meters, 100% H H/R R
Certificate, Accuracy, Make,Grade etc. Test records / Lab
Gasket, Fastners etc
Test Records
3.0 In process Inspection
3.1 Wiring checks

Sup p liers Test
Supp
Size, termination, ferruling, continuity 100% -- H R
Records

Page 527 of 827
ENGINEERS
Ogat eigteg e INDIA UMITED FOR 6-81-1014 Rev. 2
INDUSTRIAL TYPE CONTROL STATIONS Page 4 of 5
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANT UM
SUPPLIER
4.0 Final Inspection
ACCEPTANCE TESTS:
Visual & Dimension, Paint shade
Test Records /
Industrial Type Control Verification Of BOM.
100% Inspection H R
4.1 Stations Workmanship -
Witness Record
Electrical Operation test
High voltage test
IR test before and after High voltage
5.0 Painting
Painting of panels Pre treatment, primer and final paint, Supplier test
5.1 100% H W R
(prior to assembly) shade, thickness records
6.0 Documentation and IC

Review of Internal Test Reports. Supplier's Test
Certificate for suitability of degree of Records /
6.1 Documentation and IC 100% - H
protection. Inspection
IC issuance. Certificate

Page 528 of 827
patzleift ENc,INEERS
s ar felPeu e INDIA LimiTED
ig v
FOR 6-81-1014 Rev. 2
mien elkeare nn arrtani IA Gan al India Undertaking)
Page 5 of 5
Legends: H- Hold (Do not proceed without approval), Random 10% , R-Review, RW-Random witness, W- Witness (Give due notice, work may
proceed after scheduled date).
NOTES (As applicable):

I. Wherever W/R or H/W is indicated, Inspection Engineer shall decide the option to be exercised for the particular stage and supplier
2. In case of conflict between purchase specification, contract documents and ITP, more stringent conditions shall be applicable.
This document describes generally the requirements pertaining to all types of the item. Requirements specific to PO and the item are only applicable.
Acceptance Norms for all the activities shall be as per PO/PR/ Standards referred there in/ Job specifications /Approved documents

Page 529 of 827
pamasai sp46p —113 ;116pAdo3 0'Aod Ld- 1000-00-8'oN leauod
Aq penoiddv
O
cD
Cr C5
Dr
0.
uo!muawaidiu! panssi
O
G)
ZOOZ170'0£
panss!-GEI pue pas!nati LOOZ 'Z1:17Z
cn
panss!-abi pue pas!nad
cri
cn
O
G)
Page 530 of 827

.nallZE01-18-9
,-,
g) 0cn C:7 () (") C) (") CO CO >.
c
z .0et, '5,1 P1 C5' C.)' :-7,5 ,..z,
:>...1 '.1 ,.,;•
'-114-1(-•-1 rl .c1 C5
H ,-ri tri 5 rri (-) 7 > c4
cp - o- ro ,--innn HH H E:', rl ct
CD tID Z r,
••
rri
6D . ? ,, 0 R Cri
.-'. o (-) .rl
4 - c.
,- ,,, (-)
suoljuptaiqqv
'-'
tri
-, S 0..
sz..
r)
0'Aed Ld- 6000-00-9 'oN 4eLwo3

:
5 r _ , , ,, ,7 , 5 5. ,. 5.
cr, ,_; ( .1. .). ir 1 ;
1.- 6D
I: :f ,C. ,. s i ,, ,..,:., i
r ,22 ( - ) ,6
(-..,. .,) ) 1 z
> ; i
.4 .4 !•.,1)
-,- •"4: g c/D
H saD <,et, ,,, c. P ,2))) .' ,2 CD ..
'•C1 gp' '-'-' 6
D0CS
; • 'T1
..t ,'5• g '"'
,,-s ■-c$ CD
,4
) CL,
< , rri
ro e.) o <
E• _, __. o
,. CD o ct, (") -- Es.
0 on c)
, H co
- CD f=1. ,,, (1) 0 CD ■-• • c:;)
-t
.--1s CD
(1)
'i)
f' Cf.Q 0 ,,
(D
H,, COE:
~. .. ' « 5 , _ri, :' `.D, c' C4
co
A) ci,
fo (") 0 ■-0 zt. 4- () ,-,p., 9_, Crt:? ,.. ,rcDn)c .■r--iyI)&'
. ,-, ,./2 . o
,,, '-o ,,, -,vt -o t=:- ,(.7,- -
o o o (-) H
o- CD ,-.• „ AD
Cr4 '<')*.
AD 2- () 0 0 F
„. CD " CD
5-' ■-r
C4
›.. • CD ..-• • 0
C") (---; cra -,. r-'
AD R° ;' CD ,-1
0 t'' Z cr m
44 5 ro ° '-ri o,. c17
t:7 '-'' E:7 ,.--t
CD 7:i -<:•)•
-to o c7S. cn C''
crq PD 5 rri
6.
.6-.
cl..
.ta
ia-7 '"'
,,
CD
CD
-, -.
CD ..11
g Er
5
sa>
cr
•r-r;
r. r-1 7: C' '..' '..' "i '.,::, '.-c 't z z z 4 4 44

-,:, C
tzi r. --] '-H (-) H (-) < 4 ,c) m CD tr1 C-.: '-io cp y '.o
'-O o up o n- c4
0 4 -i cÊ (-) c) H '-3
tri ,-1 >
H '4
H
>
5,") < H H ,c) 'Ci '-1 "::i 'T/ >T1 'Ci Z Z Z 4

0 cp " , ~, >.> CD ;y
(1) CD 0 CD0..0 Ef Êr.D>) Êi F,, ,)- 0 e, ., '''' '''' .-
,'2 i•5..- r:L.-. o. c'D 1='D sc.. — '.=' -. CD . lz-.5
CD '-' • 0 "
,--s 0 ,-t AD p 0
'"ri .-•
.,■ 6) '"0 PD Cr5. `.'. < < AD 0.• CD cn
-, • c/) (I4 ,__, 0 CD
CD ,•=t ,
4 n c°
0 ■-1 , k..../ 't '-e- . - ,..i.,
'-' " `.0
7" eD ,...,' ~fl - ‘.._,.
CD ~t ,-, s,D ■-t nL til '"t CD 0 co
f=1. .-,7 .... CD 5-' cp ‘-<
eD >< C)-
cci «C <') ■- (4 (-) o
.-,, ri) (/) rh '-' ■--3 " lw
,---'-ci
,--eD
-s -t •• •<••
o ■
-9 9sà.
,-, CD r, AD ■=r• ."0 - ci> '`;- '' E)- - • o ,'_-, • t-D o ,,,
,.,:a cr eD cn .-1. AD 7) •
`.--' 6') (1)" 0 CD CIA e) ".. 0-' ,..1. ci)
›.-. ■-• • AD H ■-r „
co 3 '-1
ici)
lsaj, unx ueo!u
tri ,(-) c4 CD • s>,>-, C")-.. cra CDS=LCDcy c, f2r+'-"<"'" 4 (-4) 0 0

lo 5 o -. 'â•• c.A o '''' ,.J.., 5•
,C) r.,
n ,i, ?-
'-'D, . > oo o
OTC01.D.IOD IsaZ IMIOWN
,':-I ('..,
-h
Circ? (1)P)
'" • v) CI4 c-) ,-,-, CL.
co -- r)
CD A)
,-r
CD AD
r)
.-. C)
,':_h, PD 0 C)
c-> ,-. ,<" -t
ES -,
c:L. cra CD
.-,-r• 0 AD ,-t
VD
CD
0
N'• ›.
V)
C5 .
' CD
i=7;*
.nallZ£01-18-9
pemasai sly 6P IIV— 113 414.1Adoo

Page 531 of 827

DZ r- m
rrn
r
.Ant Z£01-18-9
al:103SO'I
This InspectionandTestPlancoverstheminimumtesting& inspectionrequirementsofthreephasemediumvoltagesquirrelcage inductionmotors.

O
PO/PR & Standardsreferred there in /Job specifications /Approved documents.

O
trà
INSPECTIONAND TEST REQUIREMENTS
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
:
&)
or
QUANTUM
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
r)
c.)
(-)
C)
n
ril
,-,-.
SUB
SUPPLIER
;:,
Procedures
,,
..
1
Material Inspection
is.,
,7: :,
RawMaterial:
Body(castingor
fabrication),
co —]
:-.-J.
CD
Page 532 of 827

Rotorshaft, Core Chemical,Physicalproperties, finishasper
t..,
-
.-,
,-i (-)
'O''"','
CD
CD
Z
,--4-
o
,'.--,
cn
--
I
laminations, Copper, relevantstandard
o..
,--r.
-1
'-1
o
cn
CD
("D
o
C/3
Insulationmaterial,
Bearings, Terminals,cable
boxes, Cableglands,etc.
0'Aod Ld- 1000-00-9 'oN — -113 11160doo pamesai

.nal Z£01-18-9
>
sp
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
o r
z cA
QUANTUM
g
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
e5
CHARACTERISTICS SUB
M
OF CHECK
>>
SUPPLIER
SUPPLIER
tb.à
Vacuum impregnationand bracingofwinding,

coreassembly, Rotor barsand endringsassembly,
‘''
—
,....)
0
0
Motor Assembly
—,
C:1,
Rotor balancing,Terminal boxmountingand
H
■
—r-
0
cp
cn
(-)
C/D
.-t
■
clearancesinbetween, Bearingsetting,etcasper
supplier's internal standards
o
FinalInspection
Visual check (Nameplate, Terminal box

location,terminal type,clearances,size,entries,
spaceadequacy&gland size, Directionof
rotationetc.)
Dimensionscheck (shaft heightetc.)
Cable Glands,cable lugssizeand no. of entries
in Terminal Box
Winding Resistance
• •• •• • •• ••
No Ioad testand measurementofVoltage,
Speed,Current, Power Input
C/)
,--‹
,--,,
,-#
C) 0
■-t aj
'0
CD CD
CD
cn
C/7
t...-> (i)
cp
ro
t•••
H
4
—
..--,
2,
,::.
C>
C>
■—■
<-r
,--,o
o
o
cp
cn
Measurementof StartingTorque, Starting
0
C:t
cn
...t
current, full Load Torque,Pullouttorque by
Page 533 of 827

JEC(Logarithmicproportion Currentmethod
II).
Reduced voltage Startingandrunning
InsulationresistanceBefore &after High
Voltagetest
HighVoltage
V ibration
0•nal{ L3- 6 000-00-9'oN iewiod pameseJ sq 6P IIV— 113114 60doo

.itau Z£01-18-9
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
0 t-
cA
STAGE/ACTIVITY QUANTUM
g
0
CHARACTERISTICS
n
SUB
t'l
›
~
OF CHECK
l
SUPPLIER
'4
i-d
SUPPLIER
Full load testand measurementof Voltage,
Current, Power,Slip,Power factor,Bearing
Noise.
EfficiencyandPf at100%, 75%and 50% load
TempRisetest
•-1 °
o <-D
0 '--
5.'
CA
r+
5-
,5
4)
c) c)
-,CD .6')CD
CD
co
-1=- <•:)
1...) CD
.- ~s",
i•-)
A
Motor(TypeTests) Momentaryoverload test
91 (1p0)
1
S:l.
~t
CA
Vibration
Cr4
NoiseLevel
Overspeed
Measurementof StartingTorque, Starting
Current, Full Load Tor.ue*
sn:1
.=
.....
C.F■
=
=
CP:
1»
Suitableprotectiontoprevententryof foreign Packing list /
,-,
k../1
material.
C>
C>
Supplier' s
i
Properpackingtopreventanydamage during Records
transportationand storage.
C=
Cl■
Documentation
• and IC
••••••• •• • •• • • ••
ReviewofInternal TestReports
Testcertificate fromrecognized testing
■—t .
s''' cn ,-• • n ,- •
CD ,__.
0 CD ---- H
4
r:,) ar, • ("'
'")
(...) :69
laboratory forareaclassification.
0 CD .-- ‹--r ■--I“)

a , ,-,
BIScertificate forFLPmotorsand accessories
Page 534 of 827

0) - Q- cl ,
"---. ,-1- ,—,'

2 .,-,
asapplicable.
CS■
—
C,
Documentationand IC
0
,---,
,-,, ,ts ("D • 1■r-t-
i
PESOapprovedcertificates formotorsand
...‘ "1:3 e-,
• ,4
,,, ,..,
accessoriesasapplicable.
Degreeof protectionof enclosure
~«.I
0
IC issuance
•
i\.)
CT
Final Documentsubmission CompilationofInspectionreports,drawings,etcas

0
CD
Finaldata
Z
i
0•AedLJ-1,000-00-9 'oN letwod
Copyright EI L — All rightsreserved
z
P
,(2,-,' 4 4 > °g-- H „,..„
• 9, rD 7. ,,...,
,... o o (0{--))~t
,--,• .-1 ..t ''0 Cl..
(I) CID e-1- ,-..
0
Cirq o A) v) C) CA
CD
a: d r) i
-,-
AD (i) ,-, CD s),)
o ,_7, CfC? rD
C'"?) tA 6-' ;11 ,_,.
0 (::-, ti., ,..1 CD
.nal{Ld- 1000-00-9 'oN 4ewiod

cD
c, CI., CL.
O cn
o -cr)
•o-b'1::1 -.
" -1 cs-
• Fi; • ._. s:"'" 9
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
,...,• :, 9, , st
(-D
5- ".
-t 3 Q cp•-• CrCi
CD
ro A.) CD
,-.1
(.,.. ,(7.+
D eA), ,-*. n
cn r) < -1
'-'s '"ci
CD '-•'''•• ~.
ci:1) < n) '-'' ?-
,,1) ,-f.
n)
r.,, ' ,-,/ c... v, cn
,-.4-
• er -t
z,) ;),) ro
.-1-)
CD CDcn = .fm
Cl. fZI., Cr en
CD :-"t •
CD :
o cp 5
ro
>
o .c=
-t ;,, CD ,r-
" cn
.t
''t • n
n) ;.7)1^' 0 > m
'-c) ,-F r) '"0 ----
'z'
s " 5s A)
0., ro cL, c.)
per VDR / PR
''- c.f) cl.,

ri) cn. F,,1- ''',-:
(5
:"Jn
'-'
r°
cn r::,.. = cA
t.)) ,-4 A)
c/) (.) Cl.,
'"ii CD cn •C-5-
.-I
co ■•••• • -,
cr) cn
,-e-
''Ci L-1" '-,) 0
-,
5), ..(1)-_, ..,.
rD CD
.,_,_
cr) Cl.. ,i)
" ''Ci
.--, ro
c)
cr
eD CfCi
-• 7.',
CDD ...
0
Measurementswillbemade inaccordancewith standardIEC(Logarithmicproportionmethod II)
,q 5'
—
',---•,„,-,‹,_,
CD ■-■• C) l=f
(,), 5. cr' rp
CD ■cm c.) -.
a., ••R ,,,
OF CHECK
QUANTUM
1c=
n1
Cr •••".• (-)
,..,.. :.... _,
-, I■• CD
ril
,,- %)
CD ,5'
' CD
■-3 ....Cia.
,..d -• (/) n
g, r) o
o
folder
cn '10
certificate
A) (/) .0 ,-t g
:,)
/Completeness
_ ,..cr c) c)
,--
5 ,H ., o,..
o
g. 6. r)
r)
`' = c CD
• '70) (..1) 9r-
SUB
cr)
5 E ,,, cn
SUPPLIER
r O)
"
0 C''' ■—•
" Cr A)
5. `< rn-
o
ro 4 Cf
CM $2
,-s ..• CD
A) A)
',5' • Cin 'C1
SUPPLIER
Frj (--).
cn ,- • O)
■
-r- ep 0"
_. . 51, t=1
n)
cn 15
.nallZ£01-18-9
-Samplesmust includemin 1 Noof each type),
Copyright EIL — Allrightsreserved
'Ci
CD 7
C)
■
•••■- cn
cn 4
.... >
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
Page 535 of 827

011iiireke ENGINE ERS FOR
Oactr faffleglIV INDIA LIMITED 6-81-1035 Rev. 2
-.7411.W31) under's.", HV SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR Page 1 of 6
CA CON CA IMO
t Ri.0)
f4fiaTur zfr-A-9r

FOR
HV SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR
2 29.06.12 Revised and Re-issued P RJD AKC DM
1 24.12.07 Revised and Re-issued SA CRM MVKK VC

Date Purpose by by
No. Approved by

Page 536 of 827
SiIIWIZIEtek ENGINEERS
z• iaalitg 'S INDIA
A LMTED FOR 6-81-1035 Rev. 2
HV SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR Page 2 of 6
Abbreviations
AS Alloy Steel MPT/MT : Magnetic Particle Testing

BASEEFA British Approval Service for Electrical Equipment in Flammable MRT Mechanical Run Test
Atmospheres
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards MTC : Material Test Certificate
CCE or CCOE Chief Controller of Explosives MOC : Material of Construction
CELL Certification Engineers International Limited NPSH Net Positive Suction Head
CIMFR Central Institute of Mining & Fuel Research NDT Non Destructive Testing
CE Carbon Equivalent NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
DFT Dry Film Thickness PO : Purchase Order
DT Destructive Testing PESO Petroleum Explosive Safety Organization
DPT Dye Penetrate Testing PQR : Procedure Qualification Record
ERTL Electronics Regional Test Laboratory PR : Purchase Requisition
FCRI Fluid Control Research Institute PMI : Positive Material Identification
FLP : Flame Proof QC Quality Control
HIC Hydrogen Induced Cracking RT Radiography Testing
ITP Inspection and Test Plan TC Test Certificate
IP Ingress Protection TPI or TPIA Third Party Inspection Agency
IC : Inspection Certification UT : Ultrasonic Testing
IGC Inter Granular Corrosion UL Under writer Laboratories
IEC : International Electro technical Commission VDR : Vendor Data Requirement
JEC Japanese Electro technical Committee WPS Welding Procedure Specification
LPT : Liquid Penetrate Testing WPQ : Welders Performance Qualification
XLPE : Cross Linked Poly Ethylene
Members:
Mr. S.C. Gupta Mr. RK Singh Mr. MP Jain (Projects)
Mr. G. Suresh Mr. Rajeev Kumar Mr. G. Poornachandra Rao

Page 537 of 827
at ENGINEERS INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN
FOR
g, wagsINDIA LIMITED HV SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR
6-81-1035 Rev. 2
Page 3 of 6
1.0 SCOPE
This Inspection and Test Plan covers the minimum testing & inspection requirements of HV Synchronous Generators.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
PO/PR & Standards referred there in /Job specifications / Approved documents.
3.0 INSPECTION AND TEST REQUIREMENTS
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANTUM
SUPPLIER
1.0 Procedures -- -- -- -- -- --

Raw Material:
Body(casting or
fabrication),
Rotor shaft, Core Visual, Mechanical & Chemical properties,
laminations, Copper, Surface finish, Dimensions as per Supplier's As per Material Test R
2.1 Insulation material, standard. Supplier's Certificates / H H/R (For major
Bearings, Space heater, standard Test records items only)
CT?PT, Lighting Arrestor, Shaft — MPT & UT
Power supply, RTD, BTD,
Instrument, cable boxes,
Cable glands, etc.
AVR, Forced Lubrication Manufacturer's

System for sleeve bearings Visual/Dimension/Pressure test/Material test
test
2.2 (if applicable), Forced certificate. Functional Tests, Lubrication system 100% H H/R R
Certificates/
Ventilation system, Heat check and performance check for guaranteed test records
Exchanger. performance of motors and fans

Page 538 of 827
ENONEERS INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN
ill tataieuw INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-81-1035 Rev. 2
"'"w""' HV SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR Page 4 of 6
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANTUM
NO. OF CHECK SUPPLIER EUL/TPIA
SUPPLIER
3.0 Inprocess Inspection
Resistance, HV Test, IR Test., Inter turn

In Process Checks for main
iinsulation, Dynamic Balancing of Rotor Assembly, Test Records - H -
3.1 stator, main rotor, exciter 100%
Radial air gap measurement
stator and exciter rotor.
General visual check, dimensional check,

nameplate details including punching of
statutory references and markings
Check calibration status of all testing
equipment.
Mounting, Shaft centre height.
Paint shade
Terminal box location and internal clearances
Winding Resistance measurement
1R before & after HV Test for main stator, main II/W
4.1 Generator (Routine Tests) 100% Inspection test - H
rotor, exciter stator, exciter rotor & space
records
ecords
Polarization Index Test
IR on RTDs & Snace heaters
HV Test on main stator, main rotor, exciter
stator exciter rotor and space heater.
No load Characteristics (OCC)
Short Circuit characteristics
Regulation test
Phase sequence test

Page 539 of 827
la1151zehelA ENGINEERS FOR 6-81-1035 Rev. 2
7 tii5tenlif INDIA LIMITED
us
IA Gov( oe Ind* -Mono) HV SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR Page 5 of 6
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANT UM
SUPPLIER
Pressure Test on coolers of closed circuit
cooling system [wherever applicable]
Measurement of bearing current/shaft voltage
(above 1000 KW) 100% Inspection test - H H/W
Vibration Measurement [under no-load-halflcey] records
Measurement of Shaft Vibrations
Functional Tests on AVR
Checks on line & Neutral cubicles
Checks on Excitation Panels
Temperature Rise test
Over speed Test
Determination of Efficiency
Waveform & Harmonic analysis, transient One sample
voltage dip, rise and recovery time. Inspection test H/W
4.2 Generator (Type Tests) from each H
Three phase short circuit withstand test and records
type/rating
measurement of reactance and time constants
(above 1000KW)
Measurement of Leakage Reactance and Potier
Reactance.
Test certificate from recognized testing
laboratory for area classification.
Supplier's Test
BIS certificate for FLP motors and accessories
Records /
Submission of Documents/ as applicable. 1 Machine/ H R
4.3 Certificates -
Certificates CCOE/PESO approved certificates for motors Type/rating ...
trom statutory
and accessories as applicable berliec
Tests for degree of protection of enclosure
Terminal Box fault level test certificate
5.0 Painting
Pre treatment, primer and final paint, H --
5.1 Painting of Motor frames 100% Test records -
shade, thickness

Page 540 of 827
lamzetibENONEERS INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN
flowegver INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-81-1035 Rev. 2
=am) IA GoN ot Ind. UndaMirgl HV SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR Page 6 of 6
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUTUM
AN
SUPPLIER
Supplier's Test
Review of Internal Test Records Records / H
6.1 Documentation and IC 100% - H
IC issuance Inspection
Certificate (IC)
•
Legends: H- Hold (Do not proceed without approval), Random -10% , R-Review, RW-Random witness, W- Witness (Give due notice, work may proceed
after scheduled date).

Wherever W/R or fl/W is indicated, Inspection Engineer shall decide the option to be exercised for the particular stage and supplier
In case of conflict between purchase specification, contract documents and ITP, more stringent conditions shall be applicable.
Format No. 8-00-0001-FT Rev. 0 Copyright EIL — All rights reserved

Page 541 of 827
pamasai s4116P IIV— 113Lq 6pAdo3 0'Aeld Ld- L000-00-9'0N Lewiod
Aq peAcuddv
a>
0
0
.O <
z1
nea
mE
u4s
aep
3 sp
o> i
-13
cn
co
co
uonevieweldw! Jo} ponssi
CO
CO
i•J
0
0
0
O
-o
penss!-au pue pesineu Z LOZ '90'6Z
o
penss!-eu pue pes!Aeu
0
Page 542 of 827

ct
Z'itallOP01-18-9
• • ••
• •
•• • • • - •
..,
ei, ©n z
.
CID r.,;"='rric)n ..ci,.."
Hnnn
(')";rjYPI2PIP.)-1 :..")(:]
Cr ro n 7 ,-11-H ,--3 '-'rri c4 cl)
n ,
.... -T•I' t'71
.1
(^ o o X `-'-)t rri
.-g o 0-11
(")
n ›
suo!julitaiqqy
444 4 7
ro, tri
4:'
ro. w
P CD $-A- n -%0.
,.< -, ,,,
= -- .cA
0*A92:1Ld- 1,000-00-9 'oN leiwod

-, aCi
-c:
,r
E. :,,t.=-, 5 1---
,,,, ,i'-.1'-lrillzinnneo>w›. ■-■- ■-t ■ —,
>ci - 94 CD CD
CD ,•-• •
co cl.n c),<4cnno
'xo w
n '5•oo'-co -., ),...
(
ti-1 ...sz •-• ,-, D ,-tj cp
‹,$z,, 5+coo-tcnn c
,-1 ..c ,42g-
,n— n •-•.,, • •-, o ` '' .1
onoo, o.9- —.~ - '-' cA o
o -,Cr1"_,. 0., n nn Ztli-9. <
44 „,
cp o c-cr 5 H n='0.,,, --14n- ,-.rn=q o P
H5'g • _Crlo
0-3:1 ▪ .91?--no. CD P ,-,^. cro (c2 '-h P ■-t, C/D
•
__,. '"=-•
, cn • -s—.., 4 CD rri
■-, • '-k:J "
:=0 (1) OP
• (I) = QD CD
P" P -' 5 .c4
-. _ E-> .-9 CD
• ,..,.., cn CfQ ,-t-v) f:L, ■—r,
■—t- cn
CD .' • 0
AF. '''' n--7 CfQ ■—t
7T' ■
.-4. P
o o trl
o '-t
(...) FD-'' ,g, .194. ci,
= ><7D"-
5 co (-)
,-,
'"-5 o -t.
n 5 ,.- X92- n
CD Mn
7.
M n,-•
n•-p- ..o
44 = o-.0
o. 0
-.—•
CD
c'o . o
n
lo 5"
z- cm ,.,
•C),-) ,,,.7'
5
.' g
P pu !w
cr'
'-6
o.
CD
n
.-+
.....,
›C c: ,0 hz) -0 4 4 4
r. r- ~-1 1,0 t=1 c) o
:)(
(5 ?-1:5
›
,.(,) < H "H ..l '"CJ '", Z Z

0 '"Ci '"CJ '-l:i '"
C) CD CD CD.:,-P-'5:2P=000CD,c, ■
•••■• .--s
P P., .-1 Pt • '.'2')-:$=°,2.-to
• f:L f=1- CD Q) Ci, 0 .-, O
r-, , 5,,,o -1 c. ()°,<"W2.ncm — (Too
• cnon
1 83-.= =
5 (-),<4 ci, ,5, o c.)
, ..v, •
:-, o-c —' ö
-_-t_ er) o
,....)
2_ .4,05' r-(,) H o5o
o5.n94nctil n.00›<o.n ,-
.0 ,22 -looioo ._-• o
O 5). 7:Jr-'4,c45'HE
co to -•-ci o -- o W -- or
, 1.-4 ...
lo.
O•• o ,,,, •
o n-• •-, ,
rfl CD , ,,,, ~1 :Y n.. • o :)"' ,_,, CD
e-1- /D s., (1) ■-r- 0 O'Q CD CD ■-r CD
,_,. •'''.-r-
'Ct 5,2, o P+ ocn o --•
'-C tO o CD ~ • > „c,
c
'T'Oc.o
) 5 'a'' ,-
pgaH uopons anlitsod laN
n
co—n cc. o
, co
(-) k- - o
n
o
n
n— ‘-< 5 oo
, .o:
o
■
—t- c o o.'"
CfQ CD
• cn
=
t•-i • >>
cn
P0 C/7
e-P-.
C)
'C-.5
Z"AailOP01-18-9
•
•
O
Copyright EIL All rightsreserved
Page 543 of 827

o •
yb
n
z .nall01701-48-9
0
adops o.i
This Inspectionand Test Plancoverstheminimumtesting& inspectionrequirementsof Emergency Generator.

SIKahlfI30a 331■1311aiallo.z
PO/PR &Standardsreferred there in /Job specifications / Approved documents.

O
INSPECTION ANDTEST REQUIREMENTS
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
7 Cp
0 t 4
QUANTUM
g
0
STAGE/ ACTIVITY CHARACTERISTICS
n
SUB
OFCHECK SUPPLIER EIL/TPIA
SUPPLIER
C5
—■
Procedures
■
,
1
..
1
G'.5
t•J
MaterialInspection
Incoming Material like

CTs, Auxiliarymotors, Manufacturer' s TC / Rawmaterial Test
• Material Test
t.)
;--
0
0
Fuel Tank,othermajor
z
c'
,--,
z
Certificates. Certificates /
Electrical itemsetc. Testrecords
0
trà
Page 544 of 827

EmergencyGenerator
,.--
(...)
0
0
Visual, Dimensional,Bill of Material

,--
z
Test Records
.
Assembly
0'ned Ld - 1000-00-2 'oN ;e1wod pamesai sw 61.1 11V— 11344 6pAcloo

P' : Z c4
i■.) — CZ) O
.i•-ii
q)
__,
gt
0
5
t r
Final Inspection
0'Aed Ld- 1.000-00-9 'oN 4euuod

co
0-3
cp
Alternator(Type Tests)*
cn
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
--,-
cn
s....,
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • q) H
'ZI .c, < 5 co

-• --• -•
4 ci)-,io t to
s2,, z co cp -• 6
<-2 1:0
'o.„,-t ,1 <
0 CD•--, 0 rp A) •--. (/) '-I')
cp q) w) .-t < < ed •-•- s=0 -t •-• 0
cn ....
c ' ) ›. Fl ,5s '-'. r—-'•' ' 8', " (' 5h Cr(?, .5t (-) (-) „, -, E 8
' )—
cr CD •-■ • 0/0 ■ ■
'a" (1)
CD ° -t - .-t cl) •-• -• CD
e-' 4 0 s-3 5 (i) ,.„ F) i.) '''
,-, P,) R, -,, -- .
■-•-
7zi
c fnr° ,..• cp -
t..D co < n) ,,,
z,) <-, ro 0-• CD o crq ..... ,.... CD CD ry 5 Crq
,,,, c,, ••.._, --t- -t- (4 cp (1) t-r ^' '-'" ::-
1. `-d. 7zi
li Crq . c) Q. C=2"' {-,,, ..-4
c') :7,,) ° = co
Overload Test
0 -1 -- CD "")
" • ''-< :› Zr. '-.1.) F.. r - -.4. ,
Overspeed Test
(1) Zr.
cn
0 .- • CD - :' X .-t (4
,..., 0 Cr4 . _ cn o CD • c) c;t 't:$ CD
•-<= rn
."--` ,n, 8
'1' o cr,' E.: <-I) F5 = '-.. ,--
1 < ;---t n •-< (,) .-t . ■-t . 1:)) ;C-); 9,
• r' D) '- i)s, i";)
<-1-1 Z 0 ,•-•, jEr. C./)
Temperature Rise Test.

›"") 0
o zr_ ; ,$,,-, < n c) •••
ty t.,_ CD •-+ > :57; o cn cn cp
(-) _
a0 r''' >< 0 Cfq
C2-• ° •-c 'cr r) -1 Po cp - CA
minimumasperapplicableIS/IEC
em
Noise Measurement(NoLoad)
CA CD
< '-..' ~c-::: '<7.) . Pt .... •-• v)
CHARACTERISTICS
Measurementof Residual Voltage

frri-
,", s....., 0 ;.
.."
(1) i
The followingtestsshall becarried outasa

qo r=1.
><
‘•-•
' q> c") O
cn
c7) . cl.. 6"
-:
Short Circuitwithstand testand measurement

$2
cn
ofReactanceand timeConstants(1000KWand
CI)
S=0
-C, c) .....
c)
Crqt
`CD 03
-----3 co
,.'"
QUANTUM
OF CHECK
5"
••••••
H
X ,. .-t '6')
0 »0
CD CD
tn (..D (") o r)
'-.
-t ■-3 -1 0
cl- cp 0..,
D,1) (,) <i)
4-/- -
(/)
e-t-
1 I
SUB
SUPPLIER
4).
SUPPLIER
0
<3)
M
Z*Aall Ot01-18-9
0...4
t".4
pamasai s3y 6u 11V — 11334 6pAcloo
4
,..t
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
Page 545 of 827

aDZ
E r—m
t .AaN OP01-18-9
m
`D`.
g
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
CD Cy
QUANTUM
>
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
t-1
n
g
0
,`Z1
cA
g
n
SUB
1-.
2
OF CHECK
4
ril
SUPPLIER
gl
,'2.'
SUPPLIER
Above)
Measurementof leakagereactanceandPotier
Reactance
Typetestcertificates forall typetestsas Statutory
Submissionof specified inrelevant IS/IEC Approval
Sample/Proto
-1=,
W
Degreeof Ingressprotectioncertificate(IP)as Certificates /
.
certificates/documents type
applicable. TypeTest
Certificates
th
0
Painting
Suitableprotectiontoprevententryof foreign Packing list/
th
c,
—
material.
,::;'
Supplier' s
,
Properpackingtopreventany damage during Records
transportationand storage.
4=
P.\
Documentationand IC
ReviewofInternal TestReportsand MTCs. Supplier's Test
IC issuance Records /
.,--,
C7\
Documentationand IC
.
.
• • • •• • •• Inspection
Certificate(IC)
Final data
Compilationof Inspectionreports,drawings,etcas folder
iV
Cj■
FinalDocumentsubmission
c'
c>
c>
x
per VDR / PR /Completeness
Page 546 of 827

certificate
* TypeTest Reports forasimilarrating/Frame Sizeshallbeprovided forreviewof EIL/TPIA, incaseof unavailabilitymanufacturer hastoconducttypetests.
0•tad L3- 1000-00-9 'oN pamasai sp.iöp iiv — ii 3 34 6p1(cloo

t..)
2. H Z
c) 0
c) eD 7.
CD ■-t
'"C/ a
c- til
r''-'' . Cp C/)
= rD
1
ra
Zc -= 2
o R,
'-' cL., sn...
0•AGI LA- 1000-00-8'0N lewi od

co
5) o ...2.
;2 ":-•-' CD
cn
5.-
CD
CD
°(1)
• CD
...... .-t
("--D
cn co
cA
.1
co
..— 0
0- ■:•1«
CD co
z)›
c.)
10 2
ci)
s-C1
>
`-<
1:0
01..
Cl-
,-4-
...
0
tn-
.-1 3:0
CIL., •-■.
■
-t cn
•-r-
CD
~b 0 z
CD ..1
V
.-, .
CD
.6i)
c)
>:J
ci)
.. —.
(t) 0 z
V)
,...., e>
0
0 '.0
Cr to
o
CD 4,Ê;
C)
... (1)
c) ,...
....
r.n
Z'Aall0170I-I8-9
pamaseJ siy6u IIV— 1131-1 6!.,Aclo3

Page 547 of 827

latiitaq s. ENGINEERS
o -9 teegs
g m INDIA LIMITED FOR
6-81-1043 Rev. 2
Page 1 of 5
4A141341
f4fterffr lam

FOR
2 29.06.12 Revised and Re-issued RJ 1KC

9--"I DM
0 25.07.02 Issued for implementation 1W AKC AKB GRR
Standards Committee Standards

Rev. Prepared Checked Convenor Bureau Chairman
No. Date Purpose by by
Approved by

Page 548 of 827
og7 NattegoINDIA
(
LIMITED
AWN U MN eUnd.1441.9)
FOR
6-81-1043 Rev. 2
Page 2 of 5
Abbreviations
AS Alloy Steel MPT/MT Magnetic Particle Testing

Atmospheres
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards MTC Material Test Certificate
CCE or CCOE Chief Controller of Explosives MOC Material of Construction
DPT Dye Penetrate Testing PQR Procedure Qualification Record
IC Inspection Certification UT Ultrasonic Testing
IEC International Electro technical Commission VDR Vendor Data Requirement
LPT Liquid Penetrate Testing WPQ Welders Performance Qualification
XLPE Cross Linked Poly Ethylene
nvenur. r. . LDauanaiy
Members:
Format No. 8-00-0001-F7 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL — AII rights reserved

Page 549 of 827
fte-ziegia ENGINEERS INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN
lit9 'Mere INDIA LIMITED
FOR 6-81-1043 Rev. 2
Page 3 of 5
1.0 SCOPE
This Inspection and Test Plan covers the minimum testing & inspection requirements of Neutral Grounding Resistors.
PO/PR & Standards referred there in /Job specifications / Approved documents.
3.0 INSPECTION AND TEST REQUIREMENTS
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANTUM
NO. OF CHECK SUPPLIER ElL/TPIA
SUPPLIER
1.0 Procedures -- -- -- -- --
Incoming Material like

Stainless steel grids,
Resistors, Insulators, Bus As per Sub-Supplier's
Visual, Dimensional, Chemical, Physical,
Bars, Bushings, Current supplier's TC / Supplier
2.1 Dielectric properties, Review of Manufacturer's H H R
Transformers, Isolators, sampling Test Records/
test certificates, etc.
etc as aapplicable
Sheet metal, cable gland, plan Third party lab
etc.

Page 550 of 827
satRad dark
ENIGINEERS
FOR 6-81-1043 Rev. 2
lig;alnleVar INDIA LIMITED
NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTOR Page 4 of 5
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANTUM
SUPPLIER
Physical and BoM Verification.
Check calibration status of all testing
equipment.
Dimension check including Bus size,
Clearances, Creepage distances, etc.
Verification for external cable termination, Non
magnetic gland plate and size of terminals/cable
gland.
Provision of lifting hooks and grouting of NGR
100% by
Panel.
supplier and
Series/parallel arrangements check of elements. Inspection test
4.1 NGR(Acceptance Tests) on random - H H
Measurement of Resistance records
basis by
Temperature Rise test in a proportionately sized
enclosure by passing rated current on a limited
resistor section as per specification
Temperature Rise Test on complete enclosure
for continuous duty as per specification if
specified in data sheet
Power frequency voltage (HV) withstand test
Insulation resistance before and after HV tests
Verify provision of earthing.
Space heater functioning.
Degree of protection certificate as applicable.
Statutory
Approval
Submission of certificates Sample/Proto
4.2 Certificates / - H R
/documents type
Type Test
Certificates

Page 551 of 827
littal &ape INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-81-1043 Rev. 2
IA Gov/ Of WAS LIIIIMIWor101 NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTOR Page 5 of 5
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANTUM
SUPPLIER
5.0 Painting
Pre treatment, primer and final paint, shade, H --

5.1 Painting of Resistors 100% Test records -
thickness

Review of Internal Test Reports and MTCs. Supplier's Test
IC issuance Records /
6.1 Documentation and IC - - H H
Inspection
Certificate (IC)
Legends: H- Hold (Do not proceed without approval), Random -10% , R-Rev ew, RW-Random witness, W- Witness (Give due notice, work may proceed
after scheduled date).

Wherever W/R or H/W is indicated, Inspection Engineer shall decide the option to be exercised for the particular stage and supplier

Page 552 of 827
46fl el
ligar tliWieg
- ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
FOR MEDIUM AND HIGH
STANDARD SPECFICATION NO.
6-81- 1051 Rev. 2
10771eiecrxe JOOSSO (A Govf Of Ind. Undedaloo9)
VOLTAGE CABLES & ACCESSORIES
Page 1 of 6
-Crq' e.8 Utir *4-1 Hi ct) Triffer

fitiaivr a trtroir
FOR
CABLES & ACCESSORIES
2 15.07.11 Revised and Re-issued GS AI4C DM

Date Purpose
No. by by
Approved by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F7 Rev. 0 Copyright El L — All rights reserved

Page 553 of 827
lalfaelt4 0177 ENGINEERS
$ifgar fat5itg INDIA LIMITED FOR MEDIUM AND HIGH 6-81-1051 Rev. 2
WWI 01-1215W LINJVC1571) IA Govt of India Undertaking)
VOLTAGE CABLES & ACCESSORIES Page 2 of 6
Abbreviations:

Atmospheres
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards MTC Material Test Certificate
CEIL Certification Engineers International Limited NPSH Net Positive Suction Head
DPT Dye Penetrate Testing PQR Procedure Qualification Record
IC Inspection Certification UT Ultrasonic Testing
IEC International Electro technical Commission VDR Vendor Data Requirement
LPT Liquid Penetrate Testing WPQ Welders Performance Qualification
XLPE Cross Linked Poly Ethylene
Members:
Mr. SS Lotay Mr. RK Singh Mr. Anoop Geol Mr. G. Poornachandra Rao
Mr. S.C. Gupta Mr. Raj eev Kumar Mr. G. Suresh Mr. MP Jain (Projects)

Page 554 of 827
ENGINEERS
Ifgar 015& INDIA LIMITED FOR MEDIUM AND HIGH 6-81-1051 Rev. 2
,atIETT etratot051.3M513) IA Govt of India Unclettakingt
1.0 SCOPE:
This Inspection and Test Plan covers the minimum testing requirements of PVC, XLPE insulated cables and cable jointing/terminating accessories for high and medium
voltage systems.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS:
PO/PR / Standards referred there in /Job specifications / Approved documents.
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANTUM OF
NO. CHECK SUPPLIER EIL/TPIA
SUPPLIER
1.0 Procedures -- -- -- -- -- --
Material Test
Incoming raw material Certificates/
like Copper, Aluminum, Purity, Dimensions, Physical and Chemical Test
2.1 100% H H/R R
PVC, XLPE, Galvanized Properties. Records/Thir
Armour. d Party Lab
certificates
Inspection during
Spark test, thickness of insulation, Conductor -- H R
3.1 insulation, sheathing 100% Test Records
Resistance

Visual, Drum details, Size, Ends Capping, 100% for Drum
Finished Cable Marking on outer sheath (such as Incremental details and Sample - H H/R***
4.1 Test Records
Length, Voltage grade, manufacturer's name), drums for balance
Colour coding, etc. details
Page 555 of 827

,31--1f-aele4 ENGINEERS
Ogeji 05teg
letlFnervatte ristJatesd
INDIA LIMITED
FOR MEDIUM AND HIGH 6-81-1051 Rev. 2
SL QUANTUM OF SCOPE OF INSPECTION

NO. CHECK
SUPPLIER SUPPLIER EIL/TPIA
Conductor Resistance.
Finished Cable(Routine Supplier's
4.2 High Voltage 100% H H/R***
Tests) Test Records
Partial Discharge (for XLPE only)
Dimension checks — overall dia, over/under

armour, thickness of insulation, sheath,
copper screen dimension, etc.
Conductor Resistance
Insulation resistance /Volume resistivity
High Voltage tests
Finished Cable As per sampling Inspection
4.3 Partial Discharge(for XLPE) H H/R***
(Acceptance tests) plan Test Records -
Hot Set (for XLPE insulation)
Tests on Conductor as applicable
Tests on PVC/XLPE Insulation & Sheath *
Armour Galvanization - dip test
Volume resistivity, Insulation resistance
Tensile and elongation (without ageing )
Flammability test as per IS 10810 part 61 1 sample/size/ lot
Flammability test as per IS 10810 part 62 1 sample /order
CAT AF
Accelerated water absorption test as per 1 sample/order
NEMA(Electrical method ) #
Test for resistance to Ultra Violet 1 sample/ order
Finished Cable Radiation # Inspection
4.4 1 sample/size/ lot H H/R***
(Special tests) Oxygen Index test as per IS 10810 Part 58 test records
Rodent & Termite repulsion check 1 sample/ lot
Drum length /surface finish check by re- 1 or 2 drums/ lot
winding
1 sample/ lot
Test for circuit integrity for fire survival
cables as per IEC 60331
Format No. 8-00-0001-F7 Rev. 0 Coovriaht EIL — All riahts reserved

Page 556 of 827
ENGINEERS
og ia&g
(OM riermeasaworw,
INDIA LIMITED FOR MEDIUM AND HIGH 6-81-1051 Rev. 2
VOLTAGE CABLES & ACCESSORIES
Page 5 of 6
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANTUM OF
NO. CHECK SUPPLIER EIL/TPIA
SUPPLIER
Dielectric Retention.
Type tests on PVC insulation and Sheath
High Voltage test (Water Immersion)
Finished Cable
4.5. Dielectric power factor tests as function of Sample Test Records H R
(Type tests **)
voltage, temperature. (XLPE cables)
Heating cycle test (XLPE Cables)
Impulse withstand test (XLPE cables
Visual
Dimensions
4.6 Cable accessories Sample Test Records H R
Type tests** as per IS 13573
5.0 Painting -- -- -- -- -- --

Review of Routine, Acceptance, Type test
reports. Supplier TC
6.1 Documentation and IC 100% - - H
IC issuance & IC
# In case TC (not older than one year) from independent test lab is available & type of compound used is same then the same may be accepted.
* Hot deformation, Heat shock and Shrinkage tests on insulation & sheath (One sample/Lot) shall be witnessed by EIIITPIA, all other tests as per IS-5831, 7098 shall
be carried out by supplier and test reports shall be reviewed by EIL/TPIA.
** Supplier to submit Routine, Acceptance and Type test reports before offering items for inspection to EIL/TPIA..
*** EIL witness for HT cables only
Legends: H- Hold (Do not proceed without approval), Random -10% , R-Review, RW-Random witness, W-Witness ( Give due notice, work may proceed
after scheduled date.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F7 Rev. 0 Coovriaht EIL — All riahts reserved

Page 557 of 827
t5-111Reit.-1„--A ENGINEERS INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN STANDARD SPECIFICATION NO.
og e11 Epteg giv INDIA LIMITED FOR MEDIUM AND HIGH 6-81-1051 Rev. 2
(A cola India Undertakong)
Wherever H/R or H/W is indicated, TPI/EIL Inspection Engineer shall decide the option to be exercised for the particular stage and supplier.
Acceptance Norms for all the activities shall be as per PO/PR/STANDARDS referred there in /Job Specification /Approved Documents.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F7 Rev. 0 Coovriaht EIL — All ri g hts reserved

Page 558 of 827
talltuOINDIA U MITED
IxRn IA Goff of AM Oneidaloo9I
FOR COMMUNICTION &
FIRE ALARM CABLES
6-81-1052 Rev.2
Page 1 of 7
Inv< stIR-
Wiarur trfieTur
FOR
COMMUNICATION AND
FIRE ALARM CABLES
pis
2 29.06.2012 Revised and Reissued RKP KC DM

Date Purpose by by
No.
Approved by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F7 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL— All rights reserved
Page 559 of 827

18ii2-43eg diti ENGINEERS INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN
rizir taRterew INDIA LIMITED FOR COMMUNICTION & 6-81-1052 Rev. 2
uncienaiong)
(A Govl d Inds FIRE ALARM CABLES Page 2 of 7
Abbreviations
BASEEFA British Approval Service for Electrical Equipment n Flammable MRT Mechanical Run Test
Atmospheres
BIS Bureau of Indian Standard MTC Material Test Certificate
DFT Dry Film Thickness PD Partial Discharge
DT Destructive Testing PO Purchase Order
DPT Dye Penetrate Testing PESO Petroleum Explosive Safety Organization
ERTL Electronics Regional Test Laboratory PQR Procedure Qualification Record
FCRI Fluid Control Research Institute PR Purchase Requisition
FM Factory Mutual PMI Positive Material Identification
FLP Flame Proof PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride
HT Heat Treatment QC Quality Control
HIC Hydrogen Induced Cracking TC Test Certificate
ITP Inspection and Test Plan TPI or TPIA Third Party Inspection Agency
IP Ingress Protection UT Ultrasonic Testing
IC Inspection Certification UL Under writer Laboratories
IGC Inter Granular Corrosion VDR Vendor Data Requirement
IEC International Electro technical Commission WPS Welding Procedure Specification
JEC Japanese Electro technical Committee WPQ Welders Performance Qualification
LPT Liquid Penetrate Testing XLPE Cross Linked Poly Ethylene
Members:

Copyright El L — All rights reserved
Page 560 of 827
ISRIZIEteb ENGINEERS
$.gar &Reg WIF INDIA LIMITED
e:Ragea,
FOR COMMUNICTION &
FIRE ALARM CABLES
6-81-1052 Rev. 2
Page 3 of 7
1.0 SCOPE
This Inspection and Test Plan covers the minimum testing requirements of flame retardant type PVC sheathed cables for use in Plant communication, Fire Alarm
systems and Jelly filled telecommunication cables.

PO/PR/ Standards referred there in/Job specifications/Approved documents.
3.0 INSPECTION AND TEST RE UIREMENTS

SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANTUM
SUPPLIER
1.0 Procedures -- -- -- -- -- --
Incoming raw material like Dimensional, Purity, Physical, Chemical Sub supplier
Copper Aluminium, PVC, Properties, Tests on jelly compound as per TC/Supplier's
2.1 Sample H H R
PE, Jelly Compound, DOT spec. Test Records/
Armour material, etc. Third party Lab
3.0 In process Inspection
Dimensions at various stages, Spark test, Stage Supplier's Test
3.1 Manufacturing Stage 100% - H R
Inspection Records
Visual, Drum details, Size, Ends Capping,
Drums Condition, Marking on outer sheath
100% by
(such as incremental length, voltage grade, Inspection
Final Inspection on suppli er and on
4.1 manufacturer's name and for jelly filled cables Witness - H H
completed cable random basis
marking as per DOT spec), Colour coding of Record
by EIL/TPIA
cores, etc.

Copyright El L — All rights reserved
Page 561 of 827
aftei prab- ENGINEERS INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN
$1g731 faRegle INDIA LIMITED FOR COMMUNICTION & 6-81-1052 Rev. 2
onEn aeon, timninil Govt Ins. UnSAISInfil
(A
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANTUM
SUPPLIER
Dimension checks.
Check calibration status of all testing As per sampling
equipment. plan
Test for insulation and sheath.
Continuity of conductors, absence of
crossed pairs and absence of contact
with poly-al tape
Continuity in poly-al tape
Colour coding
Conductor Resistance, Resistance
Final Inspection on Unbalance in pair.
completed Cable(Jelly Filled Mutual capacitance (pair/average),
Inspection
4.2 Cables) Capacitance Unbalance (pair to ground
Witness Record
- H H
Acceptance Test and pair to pair)
Cross talk
Attenuation
Drip test
Dielectric Strength
Insulation Resistance
Conductor Annealing
Armour Galvanization
Overall finish and Drum length by re- 1 or 2 drums per
winding lot.

Page 562 of 827
INIRZIEgOlith ENGINEERS
&leg MP' INDIA LIMITED FOR COMMUNICTION & 6-81-1052 Rev. 2
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANTUM
SUPPLIER
Type tests on insulated conductors,
compatibility of Insulation and filling
Final Inspection on compound as per DOT spec.
completed Cable( Jelly Filled
Type tests on Composite sheath and Supplier's Test
4.3 Cables) One Sample - H R
Jacket as per DOT spec Records
Type Tests
Oxidation Induction test
Water Penetration test
Cable bend test.
Dimension checks
Continuity of conductors
Colour code
Overlap in poly-al tape and drain wire
resistance (if shielding specified)
Conductor Resistance.
Mutual capacitance (pair/average),
Final Inspection on Capacitance Unbalance (pair to ground
completed Cable( Non Jelly and pair to pair) for communication
As per sampling Inspection
4.4 Filled Cables ) cables - H H
plan Witness Record
Acceptance Test Dielectric Strength
Insulation Resistance / Volume
Resistivity.
Tensile and Elongation (without
ageing)
Conductor Annealing
Armour Galvanization
Tests on Insulation and sheath as per
IS 5831*

Copyright El L - All rights reserved
Page 563 of 827
151fteialaiENONEERS INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN
Igar EVIes.W INDIA IJMITED FOR COMMUNICTION & 6-81-1052 Rev. 2
lemma IA Govi of India utStalong)
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
SL QUANTUM
SUPPLIER
Oxygen Index Test 1 sample/Lot
Final Inspection on Flammability test as per IS 10810 (Part 1 sample/Lot
completed Cable( Non Jelly 61 & 62) Inspection
4.5 Filled Cables ) Test for Rodent & termite repulsion 1 sample/Lot - H H
Witness Record
Special Test Surface finish and drum length check 1 or 2 drums/Lot
by wiring
Final Inspection on Type test on conductor as per spec
completed Cable( Non Jelly Type tests on insulation and Sheath as Supplier's Test
4.6 per spec Sample - H R
Filled Cables ) Records
Type Tests
5.0 Painting

Review of Internal Test Reports and MTCs. Supplier's Test
• IC issuance Records / ..
6.1 Documentation and IC - H H
Inspection
Certificate (IC)

Page 564 of 827
ENONEERS
klflegier INDIALIMITED FOR COMMUNICTION & 6-81-1052 Rev. 2
(A Govl of Ind. undertalcoM FIRE ALARM CABLES Page 7 of 7
* - Thermal Stability, Hot deformation, Heat shock and Shrinkage tests on insulation and sheath shall be witnessed by EIL (One Sample/Lot), all other tests as
per IS-5831 shall be carried out by supplier and test reports shall be reviewed by EIL.
Legends: H- Hold (Do not proceed without approval), Random 10% , R-Review, RW-Random witness, W- Witness (Give due notice, work may
proceed after scheduled date).

Wherever W/R or H/W is indicated, Inspection Engineer shall decide the option to be exercised for the particular stage and supplier

Copyright EIL—All rights reserved
Page 565 of 827
Copyright EIL — A ll rightsreserved
0'Aod Ld- L000-00-8'0N 1.e WJOd
Aq penoiddv
0
o
cn
co
o
o uo!T elmew eidw! Jol p enssi 800Z 'Z'80
Page 566 of 827

o
penss% pue pes!Aau Z L OZ '90'6Z
l<7
0
—
eo
QO
fJoi
›:J
O
-
, or. H '-ri '-il •-1-1 rri lz ti cr) ,c"..) nrm{.-_-) to >
cii Gn
5 fr, .-0 rri tri c --) .-, .-,,, ,(=. --1 r" 4 c) -,:J .-3 -1 rm >
Cr cc> n •-")n n '-cl rn C4 Cl]
ft Z ~.
.■• ,-1-1 r-' c rm
C, ©
...! "
rn
,?..) >
suoguptaiqqy
no
rn
c.,
..,
11
z.
0'1a2:1 L3- 1.000-00-8 'oN 4ewic3

©n
5 r s:, E 5 5" Er '-r1 '-11 '-r1 tri C;I 1Z-. t:,(--)nnne:,>1:ci>
-, -).
4 -,
4 -, '-t '0 Cl..
5 o. z., ..t (»-1 64 •E cp o ,u)
. -1.- "cr 2 (4 2:. 5, - ;.4.: - ~0
-,. _.• co CD CD .-t E> :t '4 ..1.; ' - ' > S>■> .
0 (1).-,
4 x ep ...0
cp c(./D> : ■-■ ■-• .
'-'<) 1,) , • AD 0 '-1 0 ° r11) ,. - •
QD • rri " '•-• 0 C>7') . ,14- < '-■•■ co -zz rD
,s:D Di> o g' --+ ,
el +-o ■-
■■-■■• CD D>o '-' : () (, o., i-,) ,-.. o 5
f ,(4) "- o '''' CD (") ., ,.+ <
,-- Cr4 .-+. -, rrl " cfc, H c, a C7
QD f.
■-i- ro o CD (--) -. g. (-9 CD t 5,; QD
5. .+4.
'. co CA `. (1) cjiPD
,c2 9 02
•-■. .--t C> CL-
ro 5-
cn -,
■-■ • r>■> '-] Cl. ■-• . C/)
■-■ ■-to CL.
<-) 0 CD CD F'.;
CM (') .o ,--' • ■--, CD
S>0 o ■-■ • 1--' ■-r
''' 0
c4 "r, ,-«,
CFQ --, CD .■ ' • ,0
(-)
0
F) ° CD
L
''
E' cs- '11 r'D ''' tri
(-) "•• •C-Ii
. . o " CD c)
zt
AD CD 5
'-' • CD $.,
2, c7' v,
cn eD
—• rm
._.
j2
p,D 5
p.,
>"1 CD
AD ,•■-
'-..
>"1-1
Er
5
5
cr'
. .
r:'
co
CD
'"0 $:,)
AD k ›-3 ›-] /(..3 '.1:: '..:( ":) '.-° ''''` Z Z Z 4 4 44
crq r- „ r- -.3 '-, (..-. c) < 4 ,,o n1 CD C7 rn ,, o H
-cs ,,, c-.) — ct '-ci
rri "-' o o 4 '-3 c4 C) (-)
>
.» rw t,.0 ..3 .-3
D ,-
-.,--; '>-‘
o.
CD
c)
C H'-i f+C.)'-Ci s-C'l:( '-l:14-1 'l:■ '"ZZ4 o t•i) 94

b"1 LD 1: =,)
CD ..7, CD CD , - ~f ■-;'• ,•-r.
cn .. •=. ;-.) f=2 cn QD ■,..< _,.... (-) (-) ,.., •-s (-) ,_. - . eN
cf) s-2-•fn- CD c).. -•
_,•• _,.., ;.-. CD (. aT
.--+ '-l:■ ,-)
,-1 "
■0-t .....
Co .„ ("),,. --.., < :., ct, CD t=■.> ■--+ '-' Ld 0 .... •
■-■ • c'' Cr+:? ,--, < rD ■-• • ■-• ep
-1:i ,..r.i 1...)
Q,D CD (-) ''' • CD
• '<
,__., oCD
,-, - n ■-.)« til v, ,... '-'. o r
.."' (D ....sr A.> :;'. 'a - '-',-'-n ° '-' ,__, < ■-■.>
° " 0 (•-?t H ,..,n P coCCTI +-1
(•-•),_, CD ,..., saZ
o -t co -o ><
0 o
O-•94 -, C)-• •-■-c'') 0 k. .1
0
•-cj n 6i)., ?,:i t-' (/) c/ "-CD <D i
:,,, o". ,-rzc ,_, .—
0
.■-• • . ,„, - " CIQ .-: < =
P■ D '&1 , . ',5 -
o
,-- .sn c-' <-1) cr, cp. cp o cn 33
'Z'i• ';--.•,. cn ??..', H ,..---- zt 1
'• () .,- n) '•••'
•-■• cD CA co -4- o CD ■-r-
_, CD ‹.-4-
ogp_
"cs O ,t- o C4 5x ,',- 1
,-< ,C) n) ,, '-'
„,• $D■D ■7IC? ° ai
('"'D . > .-n
p3 ,.., '-•
...,. DA Ct Q f") ' o -•.> c..,
CD .-- • c) n) 1:0
-t- co
c, ,.-
c)
cp •--■-. k.0 .-1 .
,••-■,. CfQ ■CD
0 QD -cnt
,-..
N v)
QD
pamasal sly 6u IIV— 1131./ 6pAcloo
,.... ve
0 0
r)
Z 'AallS501-18-9
Page 567 of 827

Nind 1S11UNV STANDARD SPECIFICATION NO.
Z*Aa21 5S01-18-9
3d03SO'I
This Inspectionand Test Plancoverstheminimumtestingrequirementsof Numerical Relays, Data Concentratorand MMI Systems.
O
PO/PR/ Standardsreferred there in/Job specifications/Approved documents.
3.0 INSPECTION AND TESTREQUIREMENTS
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
Z Uj
QUANTUM
o
r)
STAGE/ ACTIVITY CHARACTERISTICS
7:JM
SUB
0

SUPPLIER
t.J ■ —.
Procedures
Z:::, :::::,
..
,i
i
i
i
i
Material Inspection
-
5"
t`,.>
o 5
ceD,--', .--1. ■-ci ----,,,(1' ;>'.- 9... '-'---• ,-cs crc?
1,,, , AD
.,.,,, --,
, ci) ._.] 's• (-) ..— 0:i o

CD
' '•'.
(1)
,:i.
a
. -zi
r.
rD
-0o „-, -.<c4,,.,, (., a,.„,cp

,-,.
!zi -0 c-) -'.. ,,- ,_
S=0 cf)
■-3
4
(-)—, ..-
Manufacturers' TC / Compliance.
—. .,_-_,.
CD 94
•—t-
CD ep
(1)
n
o
cp
,__,
(I) 0
‹;
c)
94
rri o
c, c-) ,-,
co r' ,c)■-
Page 568 of 827

r) ..P,.,
FF
0
(....)
0*A92:1 L3- 1,000-00-9 '0Nlew.1o3

pamesei s}ti b!J IIV— 1134116pAcloo
Z'AaH SS01-18-9
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
QUANTUM
zci)
o r,
o
g
OF CHECK
ril
'4'
SUPPLIER
5,
SUPPLIER
:,
cz
Final Inspection
Visual checksand model verification
Self Diagnosticsand communication Supplier'sTest
FinalInspection-Numerical integrity includingtimesynchronization Recordsand
cp
'cT'D
.4.
—
Relays check,asperapplicablestandard Inspection

A11 functional characteristicschecksasper Witness Record
j ob requirement.
•• •
Page 569 of 827

0•Aad Ld-1000-00-8 oN eituoj
Copyright EIL — All rightsreserved
z &)
L., i.) or
(-)
c
CD
;y
.-%
;,,) ,--•
r-r,
0 cn
0•nal{ L3- 1000-00-8 oN ieLwoj

o
t-.
o ,,,,r-t-
,-,
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
CD QD
Type Tests-Numerical
,..,)
,.....,
• • • • • . • • . • . • . •
Ci) '-"' 1- 3 (.-.) zisc.,- x-;-.--Anc/D-iz
-••-c) e) ro
o " '< 1 CD (D 5-' O .- --co "
,-, CD n cp ,,,
-.
-t -•. cp r) rr2,,,,- o scL., ,- 5 cm CD ",__,:`•CA
CD ,_,~ " 0,- """
,_.., ,-,.,
'-' " ,--,. ,r, '0 CL, ,..,.., 0 1-'" CD et, '
.-1 •-■ t "''' =.
•-•■ t •-• t ---... '-t '^"“
•-• t CD .-t 5 cl. .--,-
_, 0 —. n --,. ---
(-)<")
12''t ) 9+ `", -- "' irp,D-•:":• 0 ■-• • ('(''-'). (2,•-•--,.• Z),,, L-9-: o ;)) c 0- • c.i)
..
'-',"
--,
0
.-, $:, ,. $.
'-" ,7-,. .-P- •••--
.-1 •-• • ,__
Th i=•'• ›,-
+' '.--- (. 3-
----- Iii o o 4.5,' o o
■-• • tri -,...., cm ,-.
,-,:i cmtw crcr
.-- 0-• f., o CD
r, o .
cp v) 0 0 r, O. "
CfC7 H 'Ct ,...) oo c„ CIO ,.., .--r-
cn
cp • .-1,
° ...., o &D CD 0-■ • ■
-t
eD ....., «, .--, cp ,-r1 ,..,\-'.
k. i .+1 <", (f) 0 '-''' CA C4 P') (•-, N• w, CD
n CDCD Ci) tw E7-, CD r-•( H ›,- = 94 <-t- C) ro
,.; <,, co 6" 7::, ct..

cn
0 cn ,-,., $:„
r) (.,-
r))•
o -% ,... -- x o
'ci co
»ct ,,,-4.;
•- •tn -t < C) "
, CD CD C/) o
" ..-,•, 77' cr 0 cD
,,,- > r).. = > :•) CA
ec, CD
.--s 0 - • .0 5 ,r_Dt »C1 0
.... ■
-t
CHARACTERISTICS
o P S:0 S)) ,-•- ,..- cn

CD CD ,-1- '—: 5- cD o • sn-
.-, ......., - •
,-.., ,,, • o -0• r-t• (5. ' .-0
o ,--■ t:))
Cr - o" o =
(7 ,-.<C7 ,p o cr
,......, A)
o
CA Z'D
(1) 4 -:::‘, ,i) rn C) , 1.
•••• • ro o '-cJ ' '''' o
CIO
TypetestcertificatesasperrelevantIndian
c.4 -t
Relays /International standards. Typetestsshall

-• 5s ,+ .." 4
—
cz,
o>
,::'
each model
QUANTUM
OF CHECK
Prototype for
■
-1
cp
-,_c.) n
CD C
li
0
Statutory
Approval
i I
SUB
SUPPLIER
SUPPLIER
pamasai sp.16!.1 IIV — 11341-16p Adoo

Z'Aall5501-18-9
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
›:J Z
'ONNOI1VDLIDadSIDIVONVIS
EIL/TPIA
Page 570 of 827

Z"Aa21SS01-18-9
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
QUANTUM
0 r'4
n
OF CHECK
••
■
id
14
ril
rd
SUPPLIER
SUPPLIER
,, .4.
...,.
includeasminimum butnot be limited tothe
r=h a '-''
'"c"-;
following
—•
Temperaturewithstand
v)
Disturbance immunity
Electromagneticcompatibility(EMC)
HVwithstandstest forpanel
Functionaltests and Communication
integrity
Relaycharacteristicsverification
Degreeof protectionasper latest IS/IEC, for
relaysand Data Concentrator Panels(DCP).
Mechanical stress/ vibrationtest
0
fi
Painting
Visual
Suitableprotectiontoprevententryof Packing list /
Paintingand Packing • • •foreign •• •
• • material. •• • •
Z
C)
,--
Supplier' s
t."
...—
1
1
Protection against damage during Records
transportation.
0
Documentationand IC
Cs■
Page 571 of 827

Inspection
Certificate
cp..,
:--
DocumentationandIC IssuanceofIC
1
Format
Final data folder
'
Compilationof Inspectionreports,drawings,
Z
0
0
/Completeness
.—
cr■
FinalDocumentsubmission
iN.)
1
etcasper VDR /PR
certificate
0'Aed Ld- 1000-00-9'0N TeWJOJ

paivasa., sA BLI IIV —113 4q 60doo
-
▪
(....) t..) 1-..+
(--) 2 •-• (;)

'-d er, (/-m''os 1-3
t cl.. CII
,E-), • co =,) 5
L, 'I
9- :),
rp
0lked L3- 1000-00-9'oN lewi od

•
cn cn
t-rcn
.....'
i., .0 r)
v) o o ".
cn
0- -
CD = CD
CD AD CfCi
ro
•O
-•-) -,-,-• rp
-s < -1
ri) •D" <-4-
1:1- cn cp
•-1
CD
,..0
C■I ,--r,
O tp :■"S .
cr CD
cp 5
— -ko
AD ep
`-cn .cns.-
'"C:t
0 >
'-<
P
0.:
0.
,(4- r4:
AD
0.: 0
4:0 32
CL
C/1 CD
t-t cn
t-■-
(L)
-+)
•CD o
.-1
.- .
co 4/:
)
IZI..
5,- ro
C)
..-t •-■ .
CD 0
v,
(-)
, o
o
0"
'0
CD
cn .:-.4.;
'0
r) ..ic:
n
,-■-. co
O Cl.
cn S'
....›.. . (-)
o
.os o
.to -,
o sw
< -t-
ro c).,
ci.. 0
0., o
o
r)
ro
ro V)
,t-
cn (4,
FD
pamasai sly BP IIV— 113114 6pAclo9
Z*Aall5501-18-9
Page 572 of 827

EQUIPMENT EARTHING SCHEDULE, DOCUMENT No.
INTEGRATED REFINERY
EXPANSION PROJECT-KOCHI,
A307-000-16-50-DS-1013 Rev. 0
CLIENT: BPCL-KR Page 1 of 1
EQUIPMENT EARTHING SCHEDULE
Sl. No. Type of Equipment Earth conductor size

1. Motors upto 3.7 kW 10 mm2
2. Welding receptacles 25 mm2
3. Motors from 5.5 kW to 30 kW 25 mm2
4. Motors from 30 kW to 110 kW 120 mm2
5. Motors above 110 kW and HT motors 185 mm2
6. Building columns 185 mm2
7. Storage tank (Vertical and Horizontal) 185 mm2
8. Loading racks 185 mm2
9. Pipe racks, vessels and heat exchangers 25 mm2
10. Small equipment, panels and instruments 10 mm2
11. Lighting, power and instrument panels 25 mm2
12. Main earth bus 2 Nos. 300mm2
13. Transformers and switchgears 300 mm2
14. Receptacles & pushbuttons 10 mm2
15. Street light poles 25 mm2
16. Bonding of piping system 25 mm2 flexible Cu cable
17. Lighting transformer 120 mm2
NOTE:
1. Earth connections to individual equipment from nearest earth plate / grid shall be done using
single core, Aluminium conductor, PVC insulated cable as per above specified. Connections
shall be made using crimp type tinned copper lugs.
2. Green color sleeving (about 50 mm length) shall be provided at both ends to denote
earthing.
0 03.07.2013 ISSUED WITH PR PB SV BRB
A 31.12.2012 ISSUED WITH TENDER SS DA BRB

Prepared Checked
Rev. No Date Purpose Approved by
by by
Page 573 of 827
JOB SPECIFICATION No.
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 1 of 17
Client : BPCL Dept./Sect. : 16/43

Project : IREP
Location : KOCHI, KERALA Pipe Class : A1A Sheet 1 of 8
PIPE CLASS : A1A

RATING : 150
BASE MATERIAL : CARBON STEEL
CORROSION ALLOWANCE : 1.5 MM
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT :
TEMPERATURE (Deg. C) AND PRESSURE ( Kg/Sq. cm g ) RATINGS
TEMP -29 38 93 149 204 260 316 343 371
PRESS 20.03 20.03 18.28 16.17 14.06 11.95 9.84 8.78 7.73
SERVICE
NON CORROSIVE/ FLAMMABLE / NON FLAMMABLE/ NON LETHAL -PROCESS & HYDROCARBONS; LUBE OIL BEFORE
FILTER; AMMONIA, STEAM & CONDENSATE (NON IBR); UTILITIES- INST AIR, PLANT AIR, NITROGEN AND
CARBONDIOXIDE (BEYOND A3A); COOLING WATER - BEYOND A91A AND A10A; IN OFFSITES ONLY BEYOND A10A; CBD
(U/G) - UPTO 14"; PRESSURISED OWS (A/G & U/G) - UPTO 14".
NOTES
5 FOR PERMANENT 'T' TYPE BW STRAINERS,REFER EIL'STD 7-44-0303 & 7-44-0304; AND FOR TEMPORARY
STRAINERS,REFER EIL'STD 7-44-0300.
7 FOR RESTRICTION ON USE OF BALL,PLUG & BUTTERFLY VALVES,REFER GENERAL NOTES.
36 THIS IS A PRESSURE BALANCED PLUG VALVES WHICH SHALL BE USED ONLY IF SPECIFIED IN P&ID.
92 GATE VALVES OF SIZE 26" AND ABOVE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH B-16.34/ BS-1414 AND FLANGE ENDS SHALL
BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME B16.47 SERIES B.
107 FOR SIZES ABOVE 24", SPACER AND BLIND SHALL BE AS PER JOB 'STD. A307-000-16-43-SK-0004.
151 NDT REQUIREMENT SHALL BE AS PER JOB SPECIFICATION A307-6-44-0016.
152 FIRST ISOLATION VALVE ON ALL FLOW, PRESSURE AND LEVEL TAPPINGS SHALL BE METAL TO METAL SEATED
BALL VALVE.
168 BRANCH CONNECTION FOR SIZE 84" SHALL BE WITH HALF COUPLING FOR BRANCHES UP TO 1.5", PIPE TO PIPE
WITH REINFORCEMENT PAD FOR 2"AND ABOVE BRANCHES.
363 PIPE THICKNESS IS VALID ONLY FOR FCC UNIT WITH LINE CONDITION (371 DEG.C. & .3.5 KG/CM2G)
376 JACKETED VALVE FOR SRU.
SPECIAL NOTES
ITEM SIZE DESCRIPTION A.CODE

MAINTAINENCE ALL FLANGED, TO BE KEPT MINIMUM
JOINTS
PIPE JOINTS 1.5" & BELOW SW COUPLING
2.0" & ABOVE BUTTWELDED
DRAINS ON LINES <= 1.5" REFER EILSTD 7-44-0350, DF3
ON LINES >= 2.0" AS PER P&ID OR 0.75". REFER EIL STD. 7-44-0351, D4
VENTS ON LINES <= 1.5" REFER EIL STD. 7-44-0350, VF3
ON LINES >= 2.0" AS PER P&ID OR 0.75". REFER EIL STD 7-44-0351, V4
TEMP.CONN 1.5" FLANGED. REFER EIL STD 7-44-0353
PRESS.CONN 0.75" SW NIPPLE WITH VALVE TO SPEC AS PER EIL STD 7-44-0354
A1A
Page 574 of 827
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. Copyright EIL- All rights reserved
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 2 of 17

Project : IREP
72. 72.
70. 70.
68. 68.
66. 66.
64. 64.
62. 62.
60. 60.
58. 58.
56. 56.
54. 54.
52. 52.
50. 50.
48. T 48.
46. T R 46.
44. T R R 44.
BRANCH PIPE (SIZE IN INCHES)

BRANCH PIPE ( SIZE IN INCHES)
42. T R R R 42.
40. T R R R R 40.
38. T R R R R R 38.
36. T R R R R R R 36.
34. T R R R R R R R 34.
32. T R R R R R R R R 32.
30. T R R R R R R R R R 30.
28. T R R R R R R R R R R 28.
26. T R R R R R R R R R R R 26.
24. T R R R R R R R R R R R R 24.
22. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R 22.
20. T P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 20.
18. T P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 18.
16. T P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 16.
14. T P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 14.
12. T P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 12.
10. T P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 10.
8.0 T P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 8.0
6.0 T P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 6.0
5.0 5.0
4.0 T P P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 4.0
3.5 P 3.5
3.0 T P P P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 3.0
2.5 2.5
2.0 T P P P P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 2.0
1.5 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1.5
1.25 1.25
1.0 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1.0
0.75 T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 0.75
0.5 T T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 0.5
10.000
12.000
14.000
16.000
18.000
20.000
22.000
24.000
26.000
28.000
30.000
32.000
34.000
36.000
38.000
40.000
42.000
44.000
46.000
48.000
1.000
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
3.000
3.500
4.000
5.000
6.000
8.000
.500
.750
RUN PIPE (SIZE IN INCHES)
CODE DESCRIPTION
F SADDLE FUSED JT T TEES J THREADOLET
H H. COUPLING W WELDOLETS
P PIPE TO PIPE I INSTRUMENT TEE
R REINFORCED X Refer Notes
S SOCKOLETS L SWEEPOLET
Page 575 of 827

A1A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 3 of 17

Project : IREP
Note :(The shaded portion of PMS body shows Field Fabricated Items)
Input Item Lower Upper Sch/ Commodity Note

Size Size Thk Dmn. STD Material Description Code No
Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Pipe Group
PIP PIPE 0.50 0.75 S160 B-36.10 ASTM A 106 GR.B PE, SEAMLESS PI21977Z0
PIP PIPE 1.00 1.50 XS B-36.10 ASTM A 106 GR.B PE, SEAMLESS PI21977Z0
PIP PIPE 2.00 2.00 XS B-36.10 ASTM A 106 GR.B BE, SEAMLESS PI21917Z0
PIP PIPE 3.00 14.00 STD B-36.10 ASTM A 106 GR.B BE, SEAMLESS PI21917Z0
PIP PIPE 16.00 36.00 STD B-36.10 ASTM A 672 BE, E.FS.W PI2A813Z0
GR.B60 CL.12
PIP PIPE 38.00 38.00 XS B-36.10 ASTM A 672 BE, E.FS.W PI2A813Z0
GR.B60 CL.12
PIP PIPE 40.00 48.00 XS B-36.10 ASTM A 672 BE, E.FS.W PI2A813Z0
GR.B60 CL.12
PIP PIPE 84.00 84.00 16.0 B-36.10 ASTM A 672 BE, E.FS.W PI2A813Z0 363
GR.B60 CL.12
NIP NIPPLE 0.50 0.75 M B-36.10 ASTM A 106 GR.B PBE, SEAMLESS PN21967Z0
NIP NIPPLE 1.00 1.50 M B-36.10 ASTM A 106 GR.B PBE, SEAMLESS PN21967Z0
Flange Group
FLG/60 FLNG.SW 0.50 1.50 M B-16.5 ASTM A 105 600, RF/125AARH FSC0167Z0
0
0
FLG FLNG.WN 0.50 20.00 M B-16.5 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FWC0127Z0
FLG FLNG.WN 22.00 22.00 M MSS-SP44 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FWH0127Z0
FLG FLNG.WN 24.00 24.00 M B-16.5 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FWC0127Z0
FLG FLNG.WN 26.00 48.00 M B-16.47-B ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FWB0127Z0
FLG/15 FLNG.WN 0.50 24.00 M B-16.5 ASTM A 105 1500, RTJ/63AARH FWC0189Z0
00
FLG/90 FLNG.WN 3.00 24.00 M B-16.5 ASTM A 105 900, RTJ/63AARH FWC0179Z0
0
FLG/30 FLNG.WN 26.00 48.00 M B-16.47-B ASTM A 105 300, RF/125AARH FWB0147Z0
0
FLG/60 FLNG.WN 2.00 24.00 M B-16.5 ASTM A 105 600, RF/125AARH FWC0167Z0
0
0
FLB FLNG.BLIND 0.50 24.00 B-16.5 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FBC0127Z0
FLB FLNG.BLIND 26.00 48.00 B-16.47-B ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FBB0127Z0
Page 576 of 827

A1A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 4 of 17

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Flange Group
FLB/90 FLNG.BLIND 3.00 24.00 B-16.5 ASTM A 105 900, RTJ/63AARH FBC0179Z0
0
FLB/60 FLNG.BLIND 0.50 24.00 B-16.5 ASTM A 105 600, RF/125AARH FBC0167Z0
0
FLB/30 FLNG.BLIND 0.50 24.00 B-16.5 ASTM A 105 300, RF/125AARH FBC0147Z0
0
FLB/15 FLNG.BLIND 0.50 24.00 B-16.5 ASTM A 105 1500, RTJ/63AARH FBC0189Z0
00
FEF FLNG.FIG.8 0.50 8.00 ASME- ASTM A 105 150, FF/125AARH FGK0121Z0
B16.48
FEF SPCR&BLND 10.00 24.00 ASME- ASTM A 105 150, FF/125AARH FCK0121Z0
B16.48
FEF SPCR&BLND 26.00 48.00 JOB'STD ASTM A 516 GR.70 150, FF/125AARH FCF6321Z0 107
Fitting Group
ELB90 ELBOW.90 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WA602D3Z0
ELB90 ELBOW.90 2.00 14.00 M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WAG684Z10
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
ELB90 ELBOW.90 84.00 84.00 M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WAN754Z10
GR.WPB-W
ELB90/ ELBOW.90 18.00 18.00 M B-16.28 ASTM A 234 BW, 1D WAA754Z20
1 GR.WPB-W
ELB45 ELBOW.45 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WB602D3Z0
ELB45 ELBOW.45 2.00 14.00 M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WBG684Z10
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
ELB45 ELBOW.45 84.00 84.00 M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WBN754Z10
GR.WPB-W
ELB45/ ELBOW.45 18.00 18.00 M B-16.28 ASTM A 234 BW, 1D WBA754Z20
1 GR.WPB-W
TEQ T.EQUAL 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WE602D3Z0
TEQ T.EQUAL 2.00 14.00 M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WEG684ZZ0

GR.WPB
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50
Page 577 of 827
A1A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 5 of 17

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
GR.WPB-W
TEQ T.EQUAL 84.00 84.00 M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WEN754ZZ0
GR.WPB-W
TRED T.RED 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WR602D3Z0
TRED T.RED 2.00 14.00 M, M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WRG684ZZ0

GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
TRED T.RED 84.00 84.00 M, M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WRN754ZZ0
GR.WPB-W
REDC REDUC.CONC 2.00 14.00 M, M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WUG684ZZ0
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
REDC REDUC.CONC 84.00 84.00 M, M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WUN754ZZ0
GR.WPB-W
REDE REDUC.ECC 2.00 14.00 M, M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WVG684ZZ0
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
REDE REDUC.ECC 84.00 84.00 M, M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WVN754ZZ0
GR.WPB-W
SWGC SWAGE.CONC 0.50 3.00 M, M BS-3799 ASTM A 105 PBE WNH026ZZ0
SWGE SWAGE.ECC 0.50 3.00 M, M BS-3799 ASTM A 105 PBE WPH026ZZ0
CAP CAP 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SCRF, 6000 WF60283Z0
CAP CAP 2.00 48.00 M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WFG684ZZ0

GR.WPB
CAP CAP 84.00 84.00 M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WFN684ZZ0
GR.WPB
PLG PLUG 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SCRM, 6000 WH60293Z0
CPLF CPLNG.FULL 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WJ602D3Z0
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50
Page 578 of 827
A1A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 6 of 17

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
CPLH CPLNG.HALF 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WK602D3Z0
CPLL CPLNG.LH 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WL602D3Z0
CPLR CPLNG.RED 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WM602D3Z0
CRS CROSS 2.00 4.00 M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WTG684ZZ0

GR.WPB
Valves Group
GAV VLV.GATE 0.25 1.50 API 602/ ISO BODY-ASTM A SW, 800, 3000, B- 51001ZZZ0
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 51001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR.STEEL
GAV VLV.GATE 2.00 42.00 API 600/ ISO BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 51301ZZZ0 92
10434 GR.WCB,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 51301
GLV VLV.GLOBE 0.25 1.50 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A SW, 800, 3000, B- 52001ZZZ0
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 52001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR STEEL
GLV VLV.GLOBE 2.00 16.00 BS-1873 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 52301ZZZ0
GR.WCB,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52301
GLV VLV.GLOBE 20.00 20.00 ANSI-B- BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 52930ZZZ0
16.34 GR.WCB,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52930
CHV VLV.CHECK 0.25 1.50 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A SW, 800, 3000, B- 53001ZZZ0
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 53001
STELLITED
CHV VLV.CHECK 2.00 24.00 BS 1868 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 53301ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 53301
CHV VLV.CHECK 26.00 36.00 API-594 BODY-ASTM A216 FLGD, 150, B-16.47 B, 53925ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 53925
CHV/1 VLV.CHECK 3.00 8.00 API-594 BODY-ASTM A 216 WAFL, 150, B-16.5, 533AAZZZ0
GR.WCB,TRIM- WAF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 533AA
BLV VLV.BALL 0.50 16.00 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A 105 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 54301ZZZ0
17292 /A RF/125AARH, SHT
216GR.WCB,TRIM- NO.- 54301
BODY SEAT-
RPTFE
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50
Page 579 of 827
A1A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 7 of 17

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Valves Group
BLV VLV.BALL 24.00 24.00 API-6D BODY-ASTM A FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 54925ZZZ0
216GR.WCB,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
BODY SEAT : NO.- 54925
RPTFE
BLV VLV.BALL 26.00 30.00 API-6D BODY-ASTM A FLGD, 150, B-16.47 B, 54934ZZZ0
BODY SEAT : NO.- 54934
RPTFE
BLV/4 VLV.BALL 26.00 26.00 API-6D BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.47 B, 54930ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 54930
BLV/3 VLV.BALL 12.00 16.00 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 54933ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 54933
BLV/2 VLV.BALL 2.00 8.00 BS EN ISO BODY- ASTM A FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 543AAZZZ0 152
17292 216GR.WCB,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 543AA
BLV/1 VLV.BALL 0.50 1.50 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A SW, 800, 3000, B- 540AAZZZ0 152
17292 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.-
STELLITED,STEM- 540AA
13% CR.STEEL
PLV VLV.PLUG 0.50 24.00 BS-5353 BODY-ASTM A 105 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 55301ZZZ0
/A RF/125AARH, SHT
PLUG-HARDENED
PLV/2 VLV.PLUG 26.00 30.00 API-6D BODY-ASTM A FLGD, 150, B-16.47 B, 553JAZZZ0 376
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 553JA
PLV/1 VLV.PLUG 0.50 36.00 BS-5353 BODY-ASTM A 105 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 55315ZZZ0 36
/A RF/125AARH, SHT
PLUG-HARDENED
BFV VLV.BTRFLY 3.00 24.00 BS EN 593 BODY-ASTM A 216 WAFL, 150, B-16.5, 56301ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56301
BFV VLV.BTRFLY 26.00 48.00 BS EN 593 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.47 B, 56315ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56315
BFV/2 VLV.BTRFLY 26.00 60.00 BS EN 593 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.47 B, 56928ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56928
BFV/1 VLV.BTRFLY 3.00 24.00 BS EN 593 BODY-ASTM A 216 WAFL, 150, B-16.5, 56935ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56935
ANV VLV.ANGLE 0.50 2.00 MNF'STD BODY-ASTM A FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 603AAZZZ0
105,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
STELLITED NO.- 603AA
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50
Page 580 of 827
A1A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 8 of 17

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Bolt Group
BOS BOLT.STUD 0.50 48.00 B-18.2 BOLT:A193 GR.B7, BS40404Z0
NUT:A194 GR.2H
Gasket Group
GAS GASKET 0.50 20.00 B-16.20- SP.WND SPIRAL, 150 GK65072Z0
ANSI B16.5 SS316+GRAFIL
MSS-SP-44 SS316+GRAFIL
ANSI B16.5 SS316+GRAFIL
ANSI SS316+GRAFIL+ I
B16.47B RING
GAS/15 GASKET 0.50 24.00 B-16.20- SOFT IRON OCT-RING, 1500 GK67238Z0
00 ANSI B16.5
GAS/30 GASKET 26.00 48.00 B-16.20- SP.WND SPIRAL, 300 GK56274Z0
0 ANSI SS316+GRAFIL+ I
B16.47B RING
GAS/90 GASKET 3.00 24.00 B-16.20- SOFT IRON OCT-RING, 900 GK67237Z0
0 ANSI B16.5
0 ANSI B16.5 SS316+GRAFIL
Trap/Strainer Group
TRP TRAP.STEAM 0.50 1.50 MNF'STD B:A105;T:13%CR;S: FLGD, THRMDNMC, TR3065530
SS304 150,RF/125AARH
TSR STRNR.TEMP 1.50 24.00 EIL'STD B:A516GR.70;INT:S CONETYPE, ST16831Z0
S304 150,FF/125AARH
PSR STRNR.PERM 0.50 1.50 MNF'STD B:A105;INT:SS304 SW, Y-TYPE, 800 SP303D510
PSR STRNR.PERM 2.00 14.00 M EIL'STD B:A234GR.WPB;IN BW, T-TYPE SP13344Z0

T:SS304
PSR STRNR.PERM 16.00 24.00 M EIL'STD B:A234GR.WPBW;I BW, T-TYPE SP13644Z0
NT:SS304
PSR STRNR.PERM 26.00 30.00 M MNF'STD B:A234GR.WPBW;I BW, T-TYPE SP33644Z0
NT:SS304
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50
Page 581 of 827
A1A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 9 of 17

Project : IREP
PIPE CLASS : A91A

RATING : 150
BASE MATERIAL : CARBON STEEL
CORROSION ALLOWANCE : 1.5 MM
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT :
TEMPERATURE (Deg. C) AND PRESSURE ( Kg/Sq. cm g ) RATINGS
TEMP 0 38 50 65
PRESS 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6
SERVICE
CATEGORY 'D' FLUID-A/G & U/G COOLING WATER, U/G BEARING COOLING WATER RETURN, CONSTRUCTION WATER,
PRESSURISED CRWS (A/G & U/G ) - UPTO 24".
NOTES
6 FOR FABRICATED REDUCERS,REFER EIL'STD 7-44-0485 & 7-44-0487. FOR MITRES, REFER EIL'STD 7-44-0033.
64 AWWA C207 CL.D FLANGES SHALL BE OF HUB TYPE.
65 FORGINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE IN LIEU OF PLATE MATERIAL FOR BLIND FLANGES AND SPACER & BLINDS.
86 BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR THE SPEC ARE PN10 RATED WITH A MAXIMUM PRESSURE OF 10.2 KG/CM2G.
102 FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING, PIPE WALL THICKNESSES ARE CALCULATED BASED ON SOIL PARAMETERS AND
BURIAL DEPTH OF 600 MM TO 1650 MM FOR SIZES UPTO 30" , 600 MM TO 1350 MM FOR SIZES ABOVE 30"& UPTO 60"
AND 600 MM TO 1200 MM FOR SIZES ABOVE 60"
104 FOR PERMANENT AND TEMPORARY T-TYPE BW STRAINERS REFER EIL STD 7-44-0303 AND 7-44-0304
105 USE 5-PIECE 90 DEG. MITRE FOR SIZES FROM 16" TO 42" , 6-PIECE 90 DEG. MITRE FOR SIZES 44" TO 62" & 7-PIECE 90
DEG. MITRE FOR SIZES 64" TO 84". 45 DEG. MITRE SHALL REQUIRE ONE PIECE LESS.
151 NDT REQUIREMENT SHALL BE AS PER JOB SPECIFICATION A307-6-44-0016.
152 FIRST ISOLATION VALVE ON ALL FLOW, PRESSURE AND LEVEL TAPPINGS SHALL BE METAL TO METAL SEATED
BALL VALVE.
197 BRANCH CONNECTION FOR SIZES ABOVE 72" SHALL BE WITH HALF COUPLING FOR BRANCHES UP TO 1.5", PIPE TO
PIPE WITH REINFORCEMENT PAD FOR 2" AND ABOVE BRANCHES.
198 ASTM A 516 GR.70 MATERIAL IS ALSO ACCEPTABLE IN PLACE OF ASTM A 285 GR.C
199 BLIND FLANGES AND SPACER & BLINDS SPECIFIED TO JOB STANDARD HAS BEEN DESIGNED FOR 65 DEG.C AND 7.6
KG/CM2G TO SUIT 150#, FF, 125AARH, AWWA C207 CL.D FLANGES.
331 USE BUTTERFLY VALVES INSTEAD OF GATE VALVES FROM 26" ONWARDS.
369 FOR SIZES > 24", SPACER & BLIND HAS BEEN DESIGNED AS PER ASME B31.3. REFER JOB STANDARD NO. A307-000-16-
43-SK-0005.
370 FOR FLANGE SIZES 56",74" & 80" , REFER JOB STD. A307-000-16-43-SK-0001 AND BLIND FLANGES THICKNESSES ARE
56" - 75 MM, 74" - 95 MM & 84"- 102 MM.
375 USE OF BUTTERFLY VALVES UPTO 24" ARE FOR EJECTOR PACKAGE OF CDU/VDU ONLY.
Package
Report No.
: IPMCS
: 50
A91A
Page 582 of 827
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 10 of 17

Project : IREP
SPECIAL NOTES
ITEM SIZE DESCRIPTION A.CODE

MAINTAINENCE ALL FLANGED, TO BE KEPT MINIMUM
JOINTS
PIPE JOINTS 1.5" & BELOW SW COUPLING 3000 LBS.
2.0" & ABOVE BUTTWELDED
DRAINS ON LINES <= 1.5" REFER EILSTD 7-44-350, DF3
ON LINES >= 2.0" 0.75" OR AS PER P&ID. REFER EIL STD. 7-44-351, D4
VENTS ON LINES <= 1.5" REFER EIL STD. 7-44-350, VC1
ON LINES >= 2.0" 0.75" OR AS PER P&ID. REFER EIL STD 7-44-351, V3
TEMP.CONN 1.5" FLANGED. REFER EIL STD 7-44-353
PRESS.CONN 0.75" SW, SH HVY NIPPLE WITH VALVE TO SPEC AS PER EIL STD 7-44-
354
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50
Page 583 of 827
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 11 of 17

Project : IREP
72.
70.
68.
66. T
64. T R
62. T R R
60. T R R R
58. T R R R R
56. T R R R R R
54. T R R R R R R
52. T R R R R R R R
50. T R R R R R R R R
48. T R R R R R R R R R
46. T R R R R R R R R R R
44. T R R R R R R R R R R R
BRANCH PIPE ( SIZE IN INCHES)
42. T R R R R R R R R R R R R
40. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R
38. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
36. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
34. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
32. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
30. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
28. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
26. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
24. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
22.
20. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
18. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
16. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
14. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
12. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
10. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
8.0 T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
6.0 T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
5.0
4.0 T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
3.5
3.0 T P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
2.5
2.0 T P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
1.5 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
1.25 H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
1.0 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
0.75 T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
0.5 T T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
10.000
12.000
14.000
16.000
18.000
20.000
22.000
24.000
26.000
28.000
30.000
32.000
34.000
36.000
38.000
40.000
42.000
44.000
46.000
48.000
50.000
52.000
54.000
56.000
58.000
60.000
62.000
64.000
66.000
1.000
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
3.000
3.500
4.000
5.000
6.000
8.000
.500
.750
RUN PIPE (SIZE IN INCHES)
CODE DESCRIPTION
F SADDLE FUSED JT T TEES J THREADOLET
H H. COUPLING W WELDOLETS
P PIPE TO PIPE I INSTRUMENT TEE
R REINFORCED X Refer Notes
S SOCKOLETS L SWEEPOLET
Package
Report No.
Page 584 of 827
: IPMCS
: 50 A91A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 12 of 17

Project : IREP
T 72.
T R 70.
T R R 68.
R R R 66.
R R R 64.
R R R 62.
R R R 60.
R R R 58.
R R R 56.
R R R 54.
R R R 52.
R R R 50.
R R R 48.
R R R 46.
R R R 44.
BRANCH PIPE (SIZE IN INCHES)
R R R 42.
R R R 40.
R R R 38.
R R R 36.
R R R 34.
R R R 32.
R R R 30.
R R R 28.
R R R 26.
R R R 24.
22.
R R R 20.
R R R 18.
R R R 16.
R R R 14.
R R R 12.
R R R 10.
R R R 8.0
R R R 6.0
5.0
R R R 4.0
3.5
R R R 3.0
2.5
R R R 2.0
H H H 1.5
H H H 1.25
H H H 1.0
H H H 0.75
H H H 0.5
68.000
70.000
72.000
Package
Report No.
: IPMCS
: 50
Page 585 of 827
A91A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 13 of 17

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Pipe Group
PIP PIPE 0.50 1.50 HVY IS-1239-I IS-1239 (BLACK) PE, C.WELDED PI6D471Z0
PIP PIPE 2.00 6.00 HVY IS-1239-I IS-1239 (BLACK) BE, C.WELDED PI6D411Z0
PIP PIPE 8.00 18.00 6.0 IS-3589 IS-3589 GR.330 BE, WELDED PI7D919Z0
NIP NIPPLE 0.50 1.50 M IS-1239-I IS-1239 (BLACK) PBE, C.WELDED PN6D461Z0
Flange Group
FLG FLNG.SW 0.50 1.50 M B-16.5 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FSC0127Z0
0
0
FLG/30 FLNG.WN 28.00 28.00 M B-16.47-B ASTM A 105 300, RF/125AARH FWB0147Z0
0
0
0
FLG FLNG.SO 2.00 24.00 B-16.5 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FNC0127Z0
FLG FLNG.SO 26.00 54.00 AWWA-C207 ASTM A 105 150, FF/125AARH FN40121Z0
CL.D
FLG FLNG.SO 56.00 56.00 JOB'STD ASTM A 105 150, FF/125AARH FNF0121Z0 370
CL.D
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50
Page 586 of 827
A91A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 14 of 17

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Flange Group
CL.D
CL.D
FLB FLNG.BLIND 0.50 24.00 B-16.5 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FBC0127Z0
FLB FLNG.BLIND 26.00 28.00 AWWA-C207 ASTM A 285 GR.C 150, FF/125AARH FB45321Z0
CL.D
FLB FLNG.BLIND 30.00 54.00 AWWA-C207 ASTM A 516 GR.70 150, FF/125AARH FB46321Z0
CL.D
FLB FLNG.BLIND 56.00 56.00 JOB'STD ASTM A 516 GR.70 150, FF/125AARH FBF6321Z0 370
FLB FLNG.BLIND 60.00 72.00 AWWA-C207 ASTM A 516 GR.70 150, FF/125AARH FB46321Z0
CL.D
FLB FLNG.BLIND 74.00 84.00 JOB'STD ASTM A 516 GR.70 150, FF/125AARH FBF6321Z0 370
FEF FLNG.FIG.8 0.50 8.00 ASME- ASTM A 105 150, FF/125AARH FGK0121Z0
B16.48
FEF SPCR&BLND 10.00 24.00 ASME- ASTM A 105 150, FF/125AARH FCK0121Z0
B16.48
FEF SPCR&BLND 26.00 54.00 JOB'STD-1 ASTM A 285 GR.C 150, FF/125AARH FCQ5321Z0 369
FEF SPCR&BLND 56.00 84.00 JOB'STD-1 ASTM A 516 GR.70 150, FF/125AARH FCQ6321Z0 369
Fitting Group
ELB90 ELBOW.90 2.00 6.00 STD B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WAG684Z10
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
ELB45 ELBOW.45 2.00 6.00 STD B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WBG684Z10
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
MIT90 MITRE.90 16.00 84.00 M EIL'STD IS-3589 GR.330 BW, 1.5D WDKF141Z0
MIT45 MITRE.45 16.00 84.00 M EIL'STD IS-3589 GR.330 BW, 1.5D WGKF141Z0
TEQ T.EQUAL 2.00 6.00 STD B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WEG684ZZ0

GR.WPB
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50
Page 587 of 827
A91A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 15 of 17

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
GR.WPB-W
TEQ T.EQUAL 56.00 56.00 M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WEN754ZZ0
GR.WPB-W
TRED T.RED 2.00 6.00 STD, B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WRG684ZZ0

STD GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
TRED T.RED 56.00 56.00 M, M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WRN754ZZ0
GR.WPB-W
REDC REDUC.CONC 2.00 6.00 STD, B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WUG684ZZ0
STD GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
REDC REDUC.CONC 16.00 84.00 M, M EIL'STD IS-3589 GR.330 BW WUKF14ZZ0
REDE REDUC.ECC 2.00 6.00 STD, B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WVG684ZZ0

STD GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
REDE REDUC.ECC 16.00 84.00 M, M EIL'STD IS-3589 GR.330 BW WVKF14ZZ0
SWGC SWAGE.CONC 0.50 3.00 STD, BS-3799 ASTM A 105 PBE WNH026ZZ0
STD
SWGE SWAGE.ECC 0.50 3.00 STD, BS-3799 ASTM A 105 PBE WPH026ZZ0
STD
CAP CAP 2.00 6.00 STD B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WFG684ZZ0

GR.WPB
CAP CAP 8.00 48.00 M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WFG684ZZ0
GR.WPB
CAP CAP 50.00 84.00 M ASME-VIII ASTM A 285 GR.C BW WF3J54ZZ0
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50
Page 588 of 827
A91A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 16 of 17

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
UNN UNION 0.50 1.50 BS-3799 ASTM A 105 SW, 3000 WQH02D2Z0
Valves Group
GAV VLV.GATE 0.25 1.50 API 602/ ISO BODY-ASTM A SW, 800, 3000, B- 51001ZZZ0
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 51001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR.STEEL
GAV VLV.GATE 2.00 24.00 API 600/ ISO BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 51321ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 51321
GLV VLV.GLOBE 0.25 1.50 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A SW, 800, 3000, B- 52001ZZZ0
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 52001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR STEEL
GLV VLV.GLOBE 2.00 16.00 BS-1873 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 52321ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52321
GLV VLV.GLOBE 18.00 20.00 ANSI-B- BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 52923ZZZ0
16.34 GR.WCB,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52923
CHV VLV.CHECK 0.25 1.50 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A SW, 800, 3000, B- 53001ZZZ0
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 53001
STELLITED
CHV VLV.CHECK 2.00 24.00 BS 1868 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 53321ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 53321
CHV VLV.CHECK 26.00 48.00 API-594 BODY-ASTM A FLGD, 150, 53316ZZZ0
216GR.WCB,TRIM- AWWAC207,
13% CR.STEEL FF/125AARH, SHT
NO.- 53316
BLV VLV.BALL 0.50 16.00 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A 105 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 54321ZZZ0
17292 /A RF/125AARH, SHT
BODY SEAT-
RPTFE
BLV/2 VLV.BALL 2.00 8.00 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 543BDZZZ0 152
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 543BD
BLV/1 VLV.BALL 0.50 1.50 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A SW, 800, 3000, B- 540AAZZZ0 152
17292 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.-
STELLITED,STEM- 540AA
13% CR.STEEL
BFV VLV.BTRFLY 3.00 24.00 BS EN 593 BODY-ASTM A 216 WAFL, 150, B-16.5, 56321ZZZ0 375
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56321
BFV VLV.BTRFLY 26.00 48.00 BS EN 593 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, 56316ZZZ0
GR.WCB/ASTM A AWWAC207,
516 GR.70,TRIM- FF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56316
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50
Page 589 of 827
A91A
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. 0
SPECIFICATION
Page 17 of 17

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Valves Group
BFV VLV.BTRFLY 54.00 80.00 BS EN 593 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, 56395ZZZ0
GR.WCB/ASTM A AWWAC207,
516 GR.70,TRIM- FF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56395
Bolt Group
BOS BOLT.STUD 18.00 84.00 B-18.2 BOLT:A193 GR.B7, BS40404Z0
NUT:A194 GR.2H
BOM BOLT.M/C 0.50 16.00 B-18.2 BOLT:A307 GR.B, BM41418Z0
NUT:A563 GR.B
Gasket Group
GAS GASKET 0.50 24.00 B-16.21- NONASBESTOS RING, 150, 2 MM GKBAX52Z0
ANSI B16.5 BS7531 GR X
GAS GASKET 26.00 84.00 AWWA-C207 NONASBESTOS FULLFACE, 150, 2 MM GK2AX22Z0
CL.D BS7531 GR X
0 ANSI SS316+GRAFIL+ I
B16.47B RING
Trap/Strainer Group
PSR STRNR.PERM 0.50 1.50 MNF'STD B:A105;INT:SS304 SW, Y-TYPE, 800 SP303D510
PSR STRNR.PERM 2.00 6.00 STD EIL'STD B:A234GR.WPB;IN BW, T-TYPE SP13344Z0 104
T:SS304
PSR STRNR.PERM 8.00 24.00 M EIL'STD B:A234GR.WPBW;I BW, T-TYPE SP13644Z0 104
NT:SS304
PSR STRNR.PERM 26.00 54.00 M MNF'STD B:A234GR.WPBW;I BW, T-TYPE SP33644Z0
NT:SS304
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50
Page 590 of 827
A91A
Page 591 of 827
Approved Sub-Vendor List DOCUMEMENT NO.
INSTRUMENTATION A307-0IY-16-51-VL-02 Rev A
BPCL-IREP Page 1 of 11
APPROVED VENDOR LIST
INSTRUMENTATION
PROJECT : INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT (IREP)
OWNER : BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD. (BPCL)
PMC : ENGINEERS INDIA LTD.
JOB NO. : A307
A 11.02.14 ISSUED FOR BIDS AK DP PS

Rev. Prepared Checked
Date Purpose Approved by
No by by
Format No. EIL-1641-1924 Rev.1 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 592 of 827
INSTRUMENTATION VENDOR LIST FOR EDG PACKAGE
TUBE FITTINGS
ARYA CRAFTS & ENGINEERING PVT LTD. INDIA
ASTEC VALVES & FITTINGS PVT. LTD. INDIA
AURA INC. INDIA
AUTOCLAVE ENGINERS FLUID COMPONENTS USA
CIRCOR INSTR. TECHNOLOGIES INC-FORM. H608 INDIA
COMFIT & VALVES PVT. LTD. INDIA
EXCEL HYDRO PNEUMATICS PVT LTD. INDIA
EXCELSIOR ENGG. WORKS INDIA
FLUID CONTROLS PVT. LTD. INDIA
HAM-LET (ISRAEL-CANADA) LTD. ISRAEL
MULTIMETAL INDUSTRIES INDIA
PANAM ENGINEERS INDIA
PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION INDIA
PRECISION ENGINEERING INDUSTRIES INDIA
PRIME ENGINEERS INDIA
RELIANCE ENGINEERING & ELECTRICALS CORPN INDIA
SSP FITTINGS CORPORATION U.S.A.
SWAGELOK CO. INDIA
SWASTIK ENGINEERING WORKS INDIA
AIR FILTER REGULATORS

ABB LTD-FARIDABAD INDIA
DIVYA CONTROL ELEMENTS PVT LTD INDIA
JANATICS INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
MARSH BELLOFRAM INDIA
PLACKA INSTRUMENTS INDIA P LTD INDIA
SCHRADER DUNCAN LIMITED INDIA
SHAH PNEUMATICS INDIA
SHAVO NORGREN (I) PVT LTD INDIA
THOMPSON VALVES LTD U.K.
VELJAN HYDRAIR PVT LTD INDIA
SIGNAL CABLES
ASSOCIATED CABLES PVT LTD. INDIA
ASSOCIATED FLEXIBLES AND WIRES (P) LTD. INDIA
CMI LIMITED INDIA
CORDS CABLE INDUSTRIES LTD. INDIA
DELTON CABLES LIMITED INDIA
ELKAY TELELINKS LTD. INDIA
KEI INDUSTRIES LIMITED INDIA
PARAMOUNT COMMUNICATION LIMITED INDIA
POLYCAB WIRES PVT LTD. INDIA

Page 593 of 827
RALLISON ELECTRICALS PVT. LTD. INDIA

SUYOG ELECTRICALS LTD. INDIA
THERMO CABLES LTD. (FORM. T-150) INDIA
UDEY PYROCABLES PVT. LTD. INDIA
SOLENOID VALVES
ALCON ALEXANDER CONTROLS LIMITED U.K.
ASCO JOUCOMATIC LTD INDIA
ASCO JOUCOMATIC SA FRANCE
ASCO NUMATICS (INDIA) P. LIMITED INDIA
AVCON CONTROLS PVT. LTD. INDIA
HERION WERKE GERMANY
PRECISION INSTRUMENT COMPANY INDIA
ROTEX AUTOMATION LTD. INDIA
SCHRADER DUNCAN LIMITED INDIA
THOMPSON VALVES LTD U.K.
VERSA BV NETHERLANDS
CONTROL VALVES
ARCA REGLER GMBH INDIA
CCI VALVE TECHNOLOGY GMBH INDIA
CONTINENTAL VALVE LTD INDIA
DRESSER PRODUITS INDUSTRIELS INDIA
DRESSER VALVE INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT CHENNAI LTD. INDIA
FLOWSERVE INDIA CONTROL PVT LTD-BANGALOR INDIA
FLOWSERVE PTE LTD INDIA
FORBES MARSHALL ARCA P LTD.(FORMRLY A214 INDIA
INSTRUMENTATION LTD. (PALGHAT) INDIA
ITALVALV S.N.C ITALY
KENT INTROL UK LTD (FORM. A-718) INDIA
KOSO FLUID CONTROLS (PVT) LTD INDIA
KOSO INDIA PVT LTD (FORM.K176) INDIA
METSO SINGAPORE PTE LTD (FORMERLY NELES) INDIA
MIL CONTROLS LIMITED INDIA
MOTOYAMA ENGG WORKS LTD JAPAN
SAMSON AG MESS-UND REGELTECHNIK INDIA
SAMSON CONTROLS PVT LTD INDIA
SEVERN GLOCON LTD INDIA
SEVERN GLOCON INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
SPX VALVES & CONTROLS (FORMERLY DEZURIK) INDIA
WEIR VALVES & CONTROLS UK LTD U.K.
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

ANDERSON GREENWOOD CROSBY INDIA
BHEL (TRICHY) INDIA

Page 594 of 827
BLISS ANAND PVT LTD INDIA

CURTISS WRIGHT FLOW CONTROL CORPORATION INDIA
DRESSER INC. INDIA
FUKUI SEISAKUSHO CO LTD JAPAN
LESER GMBH & CO. KG GERMANY
MEKASTER ENGINEERING LTD INDIA
NAKAKITA SEISAKUSHO CO LTD JAPAN
TYCO SANMAR LTD INDIA
INSTRUMENT VALVES& MANIFOLDS

ARYA CRAFTS & ENGINEERING PVT LTD INDIA
ASTEC VALVES & FITTINGS PVT. LTD. INDIA
AURA INC. INDIA
AUTOCLAVE ENGINERS FLUID COMPONENTS USA
CHEMTROLS INDUSTRIES LTD INDIA
CIRCOR INSTR. TECHNOLOGIES INC-FORM.H608 INDIA
COMFIT & VALVES PVT. LTD. INDIA
EXCEL HYDRO PNEUMATICS PVT LTD INDIA
EXCELSIOR ENGG. WORKS INDIA
HAM-LET (ISRAEL-CANADA) LTD. ISRAEL
HYD-AIR VALVES PVT. LTD. INDIA
MICRO PRECISION PRODUCTS PVT LTD INDIA
PANAM ENGINEERS INDIA
PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION INDIA
PRECISION ENGINEERING INDUSTRIES INDIA
PRIME ENGINEERS INDIA
SWAGELOK CO. INDIA
SWASTIK ENGINEERING WORKS INDIA
TECNOMATIC INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
WAAREE INSTRUMENTS LIMITED INDIA
ON-OFF VALVES
CAMERON ITALY SRL (FORM. D659) SINGAPORE
CONTINENTAL VALVE LTD INDIA
EL-O-MATIC INDIA (PVT) LTD. INDIA
FLOWSERVE INDIA CONTROL PVT LTD-BANGALOR INDIA
FLOWSERVE PTE LTD INDIA
ITALVALV S.N.C ITALY
KITAMURA VALVE MANUFACTURING CO LTD INDIA
KITZ CORPORATION OF EUROPE S.A. JAPAN
KOSO FLUID CONTROLS (PVT) LTD INDIA
METSO SINGAPORE PTE LTD (FORMERLY NELES) INDIA
MOTOYAMA ENGG WORKS LTD JAPAN
PERRIN GMBH GERMANY

Page 595 of 827
PIBIVIESSE S.P.A. ITALY

ROTEX MANUFACTURERS & ENGINEERS P LTD. INDIA
SPX VALVES & CONTROLS (FORMERLY DEZURIK) INDIA
TYCO VALVES & CONTROLS INDIA
TYCO VALVES & CONTROLS INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
VIRGO ENGINEERS LIMITED INDIA
WEIR BDK VALVES-A UNIT OF WEIR INDIA PVT INDIA
WEIR VALVES & CONTROLS UK LTD U.K.
SELF ACTUATED PR.CONTROL VALVES

DRESSER PRODUITS INDUSTRIELS INDIA
DRESSER VALVE INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
ELSTER-INSTROMET NV-FORMER. I563 INDIA
EMERSON PROCES MGMT ASIA PACIFIC PTE LTD INDIA
EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT CHENNAI LTD. INDIA
ESME VALVES LTD. U.K.
GORTER CONTROLS B.V. NETHERLANDS
NIRMAL INDUSTRIAL CONTROL PVT. LTD. INDIA
PIETRO FIORENTINI SPA ITALY
RICHARDS INDUSTRIES (FORMERLY TRELOAR) U.S.A.
RMG REGEL+MESSTECHNIK GMBH GERMANY
ORIFICE PLATES & FLANGES

BALIGA LIGHTING EQUIPMENTS (P) LIMITED INDIA
CAMERON LTD. U.K.
DANIEL MEASURMNT & CONTROL ASIA PACIFIC SINGAPORE
EUREKA INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENTS (P) LTD. INDIA
GENERAL INSTRUMENTS CONSORTIUM INDIA
GURU NANAK ENGG WORKS INDIA
PETROL VALVES SRL ITALY
PIETRO FIORENTINI SPA ITALY
STAR-MECH CONTROLS (INDIA) PVT LTD INDIA
TM TECNOMATIC SPA ITALY
FLOW ELEMENTS:(VENTURI,FLOW NOZZLES)

STAR-MECH CONTROLS (INDIA) PVT LTD INDIA

Page 596 of 827
TEMP.ELEMENTS,THERMOWELLS
ABB AUTOMATION LTD INDIA
ALTOP INDUSTRIES LTD. INDIA
BAUMER BOURDON HAENNI SAS INDIA
DAILY THERMETRICS CORPORATION USA
DETRIV INSTRUMENTATION & ELECTRONICS LTD INDIA
GAYESCO LLC USA
JAPAN THERMOWELL CO LTD JAPAN
PYRO-ELECTRIC INSTRUMENTS GOA PVT LTD INDIA
TECHNO INSTRUMENTS INDIA
TEMP-TECH INDIA
TEMPSENS INSTRUMENTS INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
THERMO ELECTRIC CO. INC. INDIA
THERMO-COUPLE PRODUCTS CO INDIA
THERMO-ELECTRA B.V NETHERLANDS
WIKA ALEXANDER WIEGAND & CO GMBH INDIA
PRESSURE GAUGES
AN INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD INDIA
ASHCROFT INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
BADOTHERM PROCESS INSTRUMENTS B.V. NETHERLANDS
BRITISH ROTOTHERM CO.LTD U.K.
BUDENBERG GAUGE CO. LTD U.K.
DRESSER INC. USA
H GURU INSTRUMENTS(SOUTH INDIA)PVT. LTD INDIA
H.GURU INDUSTRIES INDIA
MANOMETER (INDIA) PVT. LTD. INDIA
NAGANO KEIKI SEISAKUSHO LTD JAPAN
WALCHANDNAGAR INDUSTRIES LTD(TIWAC DIVN) INDIA
WIKA INSTRUMENTS INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES

FORBES MARSHALL (HYD) PVT. LTD INDIA
HIRLEKAR PRECISION ENGINEERING PVT LTD INDIA
SWITZER INSTRUMENT LTD INDIA

Page 597 of 827
TEMP.GAUGES(BI METALLIC,FILLED SYSTEM)

ASHCROFT INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
BADOTHERM PROCESS INSTRUMENTS B.V. NETHERLANDS
DRESSER INC. USA
FORBES MARSHALL (HYD) PVT. LTD INDIA
H GURU INSTRUMENTS(SOUTH INDIA)PVT. LTD INDIA
H.GURU INDUSTRIES INDIA
NAGANO KEIKI SEISAKUSHO LTD JAPAN
PYRO-ELECTRIC INSTRUMENTS GOA PVT LTD INDIA
SOLARTRON ISA U.K.
WALCHANDNAGAR INDUSTRIES LTD(TIWAC DIVN) INDIA
VARIABLE AREA FLOW METERS(I,T)

ABB AUTOMATION PRODUCTS GMBH INDIA
ALFLOW GLASS EQUIPMENTS INDIA
ASA SPA ITALY
BROOKS INSTRUMENT INDIA
EUREKA INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENTS (P) LTD. INDIA
HEINRICHS MESSTECHNIK GMBH GERMANY
INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. INDIA
KROHNE MARSHALL PVT. LTD INDIA
KROHNE MESSTECHNIK GMBH & CO KG INDIA
PLACKA INSTRUMENTS INDIA P LTD INDIA
ROTA YOKOGAWA GMBH & CO. KG INDIA
TOKYO KEISO CO LTD JAPAN
TRANSDUCERS AND CONTROLS PVT LTD INDIA
YOKOGAWA INDIA LIMITED INDIA
VORTEX FLOW METER

BOPP & REUTHER MESSTECHNIK GMBH GERMANY
EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
ENDRESS + HAUSER INSTRUMNTS INTL. AG INDIA
ENDRESS+HAUSER (I) PVT. LTD. INDIA
KROHNE MARSHALL PVT. LTD INDIA
OVAL CORPORATION SINGAPORE
RMG REGEL+MESSTECHNIK GMBH GERMANY
YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION INDIA

Page 598 of 827
MASS FLOW METERS

BRONKHORST HIGH TECH BV NETHERLANDS
BROOKS INSTRUMENT INDIA

ENDRESS + HAUSER INSTRUMNTS INTL. AG INDIA
ENDRESS+HAUSER (I) PVT. LTD. INDIA
FLUID COMPONENTS INTERNATIONAL LLC USA
FOX THERMAL INSTRUMENT INC. USA
HEINRICHS MESSTECHNIK GMBH GERMANY
KURZ INSTRUMENTS INC USA
MAGNETROL INTERNATIONAL N.V INDIA
RHEONIK MESSGERATE GMBH INDIA
ROTA YOKOGAWA GMBH & CO. KG INDIA
GAUGE GLASSES & COCKS

ASIAN INDUSTRIAL VALVES & INSTRUMENTS INDIA
CESARE BONNETTI S.P.A. INDIA
CHEMTROLS SAMIL (INDIA) PVT LTD INDIA
JERGUSON GAUGE & VALVE USA
KLINGER SPA ITALY
LEVCON INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD INDIA
NIHON KLINGAGE CO LTD JAPAN
NISAN SCIENTIFIC PROCESS EQUIP. P LTD INDIA
PENBERTHY INC INDIA
PHOENIX SYSTEMLEMENTE UND MESSTECHNIK GERMANY
PRATOLINA INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD INDIA
PUNE TECHTROL PVT LTD INDIA
R.K. DUTT CONCERNS INDIA
SIGMA INSTRUMENTS CO INDIA
MAGNETIC LEVEL INSTRUMENTS

ABB INC (FORMLY K622) INDIA
CESARE BONNETTI S.P.A. INDIA
CHEMTROLS INDUSTRIES LTD INDIA

Page 599 of 827
KLINGER SPA ITALY

KSR KUEBLER NIVEAUMESS-TECHNIK AG SINGAPORE
LEVCON INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD INDIA
MAGNETROL INTERNATIONAL N.V INDIA
NIHON KLINGAGE CO LTD JAPAN
PHOENIX SYSTEMLEMENTE UND MESSTECHNIK GERMANY
PRATOLINA INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD INDIA
SPL. LEVEL INSTRUMENTS (GUIDED WAVE RADAR)

ABB INC (FORMLY K622) INDIA
ENDRESS + HAUSER INSTRUMENTS INTL. AG INDIA
ENDRESS + HAUSER (I) PVT LTD. INDIA
L & J TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE
MAGNETROL INTERNATIONAL N.V. INDIA
FIELD INSTRUMENTS (P,DP,F,L,T,TD)

FUJI ELECTRIC SYSTEMS CO. LTD INDIA
HONEYWELL AUTOMATION INDIA LTD-FORM.T115 INDIA
HONEYWELL INC. INDIA
INVENSYS INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED INDIA
YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION INDIA
SPEED TRANSMITTERS
ASEA BROWN BOVERY LTD (ABB LTD) INDIA
HANS TURCK GMBH & CO. KG INDIA
JAPAN SERVO CO LTD. JAPAN
PEPPERL + FUCHS GMBH INDIA
CONTROL PANEL & ACCESSORIES

ACCUSONIC CONTROLS PVT LTD INDIA
ELECTRONIC CORPORATION OF INDIA LTD. INDIA
ELECTRONIC INSTRMNTATION & CONTROL P LTD INDIA
INDUSTRIAL CONTROLS & APPLIANCES PVT LTD INDIA
INSTRUMENTATION LTD INDIA
KERALA STATE ELECT DEV CORP LTD (AROOR) INDIA
POSITRONICS PVT LTD INDIA

Page 600 of 827
PRIMA AUTOMATION INDIA PVT LTD INDIA

PYROTECH ELECTRONICS PVT LTD INDIA
RADHA KRISHNA CONTROLS INDIA
ALARM ANNUNCIATORS
DIGICONT INDIA
ELECTRONIC CORPORATION OF INDIA LTD. INDIA
IDEC IZUMI CORPORATION JAPAN
INSTALARM INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD. INDIA
MINILEC (INDIA) PVT LTD INDIA
MTL INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD INDIA
PROCON INSTRUMENTATION PVT LTD INDIA
RONAN ENGINEERING COMPANY U.S.A.
RUPTURE DISCS
BS & B SAFETY SYSTEMS (INDIA) LTD INDIA
BS&B SAFETY SYSTEMS INC INDIA
ELFAB HUGHES LTD U.K.
FIKE CORPORATION-USA INDIA
OKLAHOMA SAFETY EQUIPMENTS CO. INC. SINGAPORE
REMBE GMBH SAFETY+CONTROL GERMANY
SAFETY SYSTEMS UK LTD (MARSTON DIVN) U.K.
LOOP POWER INDICTORS

BEKA ASSOCIATES LTD C/o Pepperl + Fuchs India P.L. INDIA
HONEYWELL AUTOMATION INDIA LTD-FORM.T115 INDIA
INVENSYS INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED INDIA
MTL INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD INDIA
PREFABRICATED HOOK UPS

CAMERON ( SINGAPORE) PTE LTD SINGAPORE
EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT INDIA
PARKAR HANNFIN INDIA
SCHENIDER CLOSE COUPLINGs GERMANY
POSITIONERS (SMART /FF)

METSO INDIA
FISHER INDIA
DRESSER INDIA
SAMSON INDIA

Page 601 of 827
TANK PR. PROTECTS. DEVICES / FLAME ARRSTR

ANDERSON GREENWOOD VAREC INDIA
BRAUNSCHWEIGER FLAMMENFILTER INDIA
GROTH CORPORATION WIN INDIA
L & J TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE
PROTEGO EQUIPMENT PVT LTD INDIA
SAFETY SYSTEMS UK LTD U.K.
PRESSURE & FLOW CONTROL INNDSUTIES INDIA
HORIBA INSTRUMENTS (S) PTE LTD INDIA
GE SENSING EMA (FORMERLY P-593) INDIA
SIEMENS AG INDIA
TELEDYNE ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS INDIA
SICK MAIHAK GMBH GERMANY
INSTRUMENT TUBING
HEAVY METALS & TUBES LIMITED (MEHSANA) INDIA
JINDAL SAW LTD ( NASHIK WORKS) INDIA
RATNAMANI METALS AND TUBES LTD INDIA
REMI EDELSTAHL TUBULARS LTD. ( FORM RMIL) INDIA
PILOT OPERATED SAFETY VALVE

CURTISS WRIGHT FLOW CONTROL CORPORATION INDIA
DRESSER INC INDIA
CAMERON LTD. U.K.
TYCO SANMAR LTD INDIA
WEIR VALVES & CONTROLS FRANCE (FORM S791) FRANCE
Note: Package vendor to confirm sub-vendor status from EIL/BPCL before placing order.

Page 602 of 827
VENDOR LIST DOCUMENT NO.
(ELECTRICAL)
A307-0IY-16-50-OD-5880
EDG PACKAGE
BPCL-KR Page 1 of 4
VENDOR LIST
(ELECTRICAL)
EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR

(MR NO. A307-0IY-MD-MR-5880)
PROJECT : INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT,KOCHI
OWNER : M/s BPCL-KR
PMC : M/s ENGINEERS INDIA LTD.
JOB NO. : A307

Rev.
Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
No

(ELECTRICAL)
A307-0IY-16-50-OD-5880
EDG PACKAGE
BPCL-KR Page 2 of 4
1. MAKES OF EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS

1.1. List of approved vendors for Electrical equipment/components is as mentioned below :
EQUIPMENTS COMPONENTS
EMERGENCY GENERATOR (MV) CONTACTORS
CUMMINS GENERATOR TECHNOLOGIES ABB LTD (BANGALORE)
CROMPTON GREAVES LTD BCH ELECTRIC LTD
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER GE INDIA INDUSTRIAL PVT LTD
GE INDIA INDUSTRIAL PVT LTD LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-AHMEDNAGAR
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-POWAI SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INDIA PVT LTD
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INDIA PVT LTD SIEMENS LIMITED
SIEMENS LIMITED CONTROL SWITCHES (BREAKER)
FUSES ALSTOM T & D INDIA LTD (FORMLY A347)
RELIABLE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS PVT
COOPER BUSSMAN INDIA PVT LTD LTD
GE INDIA INDUSTRIAL PVT LTD SWITRON DEVICES
CONTROL SWITCHES / SELECTOR
NOVATEUR ELECTRICAL & DIGITAL SYSTEMS SWITCHES
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-AHMEDNAGAR ALSTOM T & D INDIA LTD (FORMLY A347)
SIEMENS LIMITED HOTLINE SWITCHGEAR & CONTROLS
FUSE SWITCH COMBINATION UNIT KAYCEE INDUSTRIES LTD.
ABB LTD (BANGALORE) LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-AHMEDNAGAR
RELIABLE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS PVT
GE INDIA INDUSTRIAL PVT LTD LTD
HAVELLS INDIA LTD SIEMENS LIMITED
NOVATEUR ELECTRICAL & DIGITAL SYSTEMS SWITRON DEVICES
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-AHMEDNAGAR EARTH LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INDIA PVT LTD ABB LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED GE INDIA INDUSTRIAL PVT LTD
STANDARD ELECTRICALS LTD HAVELLS INDIA LTD
NOVATEUR ELECTRICAL & DIGITAL
INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS CT & PT (MV) SYSTEMS
GILBERT & MAXWELL ELECTRICALS PVT LTD LEGRAND (INDIA) PVT. LTD (FORM. M-006)
KALPA ELECTRIKAL PVT LTD SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INDIA PVT LTD
NARAYAN POWERTECH PVT LTD SIEMENS LIMITED
PRAGATI ELECTRICALS PVT LTD METERS
PRECISE ELECTRICALS AUTOMATIC ELECTRIC LTD.
SILKAANS ELECTRICALS MFG.CO.PVT.LTD MECO INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD
BATTERIES-LEAD ACID NIPPEN ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTS CO.
EXIDE INDUSTRIES LTD RISHABH INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD
HBL POWER SYSTEMS LTD SECURE METERS LTD.
AUX. RELAYS HEAVY DUTY SWITCHES
NOVATEUR ELECTRICAL & DIGITAL
ABB LTD (BANGALORE) SYSTEMS
ALSTOM T & D INDIA LTD (FORMLY A347) LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-AHMEDNAGAR
JYOTI LIMITED SIEMENS LIMITED
BIMETAL RELAYS PUSH BUTTON AND INDICATING LAMPS
ABB LTD (BANGALORE) BCH ELECTRIC LTD (ONLY PB)
BCH ELECTRIC LTD ESSEN DEINKI
GE INDIA INDUSTRIAL PVT LTD HOTLINE SWITCHGEAR & CONTROLS
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-AHMEDNAGAR LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-POWAI

(ELECTRICAL)
A307-0IY-16-50-OD-5880
EDG PACKAGE
BPCL-KR Page 3 of 4
PRECIFINE PRODUCTS PVT. LTD. (LED TYPE

SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INDIA PVT LTD INDICATION LAMP ONLY)
SIEMENS LIMITED SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INDIA PVT LTD
MCB SHRI TULSI SWITCHGEARS PVT LTD
ABB LTD SIEMENS LIMITED
HAVELLS INDIA LTD TEKNIC CONTROLS
INDIANA CURRENT CONTROL LTD MCCB
NOVATEUR ELECTRICAL & DIGITAL SYSTEMS GE INDIA INDUSTRIAL PVT LTD
LEGRAND (INDIA) PVT. LTD (FORM. M-006) LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-POWAI
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INDIA PVT LTD SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INDIA PVT LTD
SIEMENS LIMITED TIMERS
STANDARD ELECTRICALS LTD BCH ELECTRIC LTD
CABLES-MEDIUM VOLTAGE-POWER-PVC ELECTRONIC AUTOMATION PVT LTD
ASSOCIATED FLEXIBLES AND WIRES [P] LTD LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-AHMEDNAGAR
CORDS CABLE INDUSTRIES LTD SIEMENS LIMITED
FINOLEX CABLES LTD. INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS CT & PT (HV)
GEMSCAB INDUSTRIES LTD ABB LTD (BARODA)
HAVELLS INDIA LTD ELECTRICAL CONTROLS & SYSTEMS
KEC INTERNATIONAL LTD (FORM. R133) KALPA ELECTRIKAL PVT LTD
KEI INDUSTRIES LIMITED KAPPA ELECTRICALS
POLYCAB WIRES PVT LTD PRAGATI ELECTRICALS PVT LTD
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INFRA. LTD(FORM
RALLISON ELECTRICALS PVT. LTD. A347)
RAVIN CABLES LTD PROTECTION RELAYS
TORRENT CABLES LTD ABB LTD (BARODA)
UNIVERSAL CABLES LTD ALSTOM T & D INDIA LTD (FORMLY A347)
NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTORS-H.V. EASUN REYROLLE LTD
BCH ELECTRIC LTD GE INDIA INDUSTRIAL PVT LTD
RESITECH ELECTRICALS PVT LTD LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-POWAI
S.R. NARKHEEDE ENGINEERING PVT LTD SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INDIA PVT LTD
SCHWEITZER ENGINEERING
SYNCHRONOUS GENERATORS (HV) LABORATORIES
ANSALDO ENERGIA SPA SIEMENS LIMITED
ASEA BROWN BOVERY LTD (ABB LTD) VACUUM INTERRUPTER
AVK DEUTSCHLAND GMBH & CO. KG ABB GLOBAL INDUSTRIES & SERVICES LTD
FUJI ELECTRIC CO LTD CROMPTON GREAVES LTD.
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INFRA. LTD(FORM
JEUMONT SA / FRAMATONE ANP A347)
MEIDENSHA CORP RELAY & CONTROL PANEL
SIEMENS AG ABB LTD (BANGALORE)
TOSHIBA CORPORATION ALSTOM T&D INDIA LTD. (FORMLY A347)
TOYO DENKI SEIZO K.K. EASUN REYROLLE LTD.
T D POWER SYSTEMS LIMITED ENPRO INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION PVT LTD.
CONTROL CABLES-FIRE ALARM AND
COMMUNICATION GE INDIA INDUSTRIAL PVT LTD
CMI LIMITED SIEMENS LIMITED
CORDS CABLE INDUSTRIES MV MOTORS- SAFE AREA
DELTON CABLES LIMITED ABB LTD , BANGALORE
ELKAY TELELINKS LTD. ABB LTD, FARIDABAD
KEI INDUSTRIES LIMITED BHARAT BIJLEE LTD

(ELECTRICAL)
A307-0IY-16-50-OD-5880
EDG PACKAGE
BPCL-KR Page 4 of 4
CROMPTON GREAVES LTD

KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC CO LTD
LAXMI HYDRAULICS PVT LTD
MARATHON ELECTRIC MOTOR LTD
SIEMENS LTD
1.2. All electrical equipment shall be brand new with state of art technology and proven track
record. No prototype shall be offered. The make and type of equipment, if not specified in this
bid document, shall be subject to approval of owner/ EIL.
1.3. Additional makes of imported items shall be subject to Owner/EIL’s approval during detailed
engineering.
1.4. Vendor can offer components of makes other than specified in the PR during order execution.
The alternate make of components will be evaluated post order, based on the satisfactory track
record and test certificates to be furnished by the Vendor/Vendor. In case the alternate makes
are not found acceptable, components shall be strictly as per vendor list enclosed with the PR
1.5. Vendor may procure material from any of the listed vendors. However current validity and
range of approval as per EIL enlistment letter, workload, stability and solvency need to be
verified by the vendor before placement of order.
1.6. Vendor shall ensure the availability of spare parts and maintenance support services for the
offered equipment at least for 15 years from the date of supply. Vendor/ sub-vendor shall give a
notice of at least one year to the end user of equipment and PMC before phasing out the
products/spares to enable the end user for placement of order for spares and services

COSTRUCTIONSUPERVISION &
MANAGEMENT FOR EMERGENCY DIESEL
GENERATOR (EDG) PACKAGE OF A307-00-0IY-19-41-0006
INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION Rev 0
PROJECT, KOCHI Page 1 of 26
CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION AND

MANAGEMENT
MR FOR EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR

(EDG) PACKAGE
(ITEM No. A307-DG-001 & A307-DG-002)
PROJECT : INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT
OWNER : BPCL
JOB NO. : A307
0 10.02.2014 ISSUED FOR BIDS PKR RK MD

Date Purpose
No by by by
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 607 of 827

CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION AND MANAGEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS
____________________________________________________________________
CLAUSE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.
_____________________________________________________________________
1.0 General 3
2.0 Execution on works 5
3.0 Execution Plans 8
4.0 Temporary Facilities 9
5.0 Construction Planning, Scheduling, Monitoring 10
& Reporting
6.0 Quality assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) 10
7.0 Warehouse Management & Material Control 10
8.0 Field Engineering 11
9.0 Field Tendering 12
10.0 Field Purchase 12
11.0 Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Management 12
12.0 House Keeping 12
13.0 Industrial Labour Relations 12
14.0 Construction Equipments 13
15.0 Construction Manpower 14
16.0 ODC Criteria 15
17.0 Implementation Plan and site requirement 15
18.0 Interface with other CONTRACTORS 16
19.0 Check List for Inspection of Flanged Joints 16
20.0 Submission of Document by Contractor 16
APPENDIX - A QUALITY ASSURRANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL MANAGEMENT DURING

CONSTRUCTION
APPENDIX - B HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT (HSE) MANAGEMENT DURING

CONSTRUCTION
List of Attachments:
Attachment-I Procedure for Identification and Boxing-up of 5-7700-0120, Rev.2

Flange Joints not Subjected to Hydrostatic tests
Attachment-II Standard Specification for Application of Torque 6-76-0002, Rev.1
and Hydraulic Bolt Tension for Flange Joints
Attachment-III Standard specification for Health Safety and A307-00-6-82-0001, Rev.0
Environment
Attachment-IV Observation on Quality Aspect A307-00-0IY-19-41-0006 F1
Attachment-V Control of Monitoring and Measuring devices A307-00-0IY-19-41-0002, Rev.0
Attachment-VI Observation on Safety Aspect A307-00-0IY-19-41-0006 F2
Attachment-VII Standard Specification for Erection of Equipment 6-76-0001, Rev.2
and Machinery
Attachment-VIII Procedure for Safe Operation with Hydra Crane A307-5-1940-9500, Rev.0
Attachment-IX Qualification And Experience Requirement of Key 9-1940-0001, Rev.1
Construction Personnel and Penalty for their non
mobilization
Attachment-X Technical Compliance Format A307-00-0IY-19-41-TC05
Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Page 608 of 827
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall construct Plant/Facilities in accordance with the requirements
of the Technical Standards/ Specifications, with proven/good engineering practices and
procedures. Such Facilities shall be safe, reliable and suitable for their intended
purpose.
1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall provide all supervision, labour, construction equipments, tools
& tackles, materials and consumables, temporary facilities, Construction utilities etc. and
render all support services necessary for the construction. Provision of construction
power and water shall be as per Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)/ General
Conditions of Contract (GCC).
1.3 The CONTRACTOR shall plan, execute, manage and control all the construction
activities for the facilities forming a part of this contract.
1.4 The CONTRACTOR shall arrange insurance coverage for all the personnel engaged by
him for the work as per statutory rules, regulations and local laws.
1.5 The CONTRACTOR shall insure all the materials and equipments against fire, flood,
earthquake, theft, etc. as per SCC/ GCC brought for the job till the Plant/Facilities are
commissioned and handed over to the OWNER.
1.6 The CONTRACTOR to ensure mechanizing the construction activities to a great extent.
1.7 The CONTRACTOR is deemed to have full knowledge of the applicable laws and
regulations, conditions of labour, local conditions, the site conditions, environmental
aspects and shall comply with the requirements thereof.
1.8 The CONTRACTOR is required to organize and mobilize Construction Management
Services in a systematic and sequential manner to ensure that the Plant installation is
carried out in accordance with the approved engineering drawings, specifications,
standards, QA/QC procedures etc. and its mechanical completion is achieved within
targeted time schedule. Construction Management and Supervision is to be carried out
by the CONTRACTOR himself by deploying persons on his rolls and this activity is not to
be sub-contracted in any case.
For this purpose, the Contractor shall deploy a Construction Management Team headed
by a qualified & experienced person at site. The Construction Management team shall
include engineers/ specialists in QA/QC, Project Control (Planning, scheduling,
monitoring), contracts, construction supervision, progress measurement/billing, safety,
warehousing, purchasing etc. Key personnel including the Head should have sufficient
qualification/experience and should not be changed without concurrence from
Owner/PMC.
Curriculum vitae of all key Construction Personnel shall be submitted to Owner/PMC at
least 3 months before deployment. Owner/PMC reserves the right to interview these
personnel before their mobilization.
1.9 The CONTRACTOR shall ensure delegation of adequate and sufficient powers
(including financial) to the Head of his Construction Team for effective and smooth
functioning of the construction management. HO support shall be provided to the Head
of Construction Team at site during construction on all matters of project execution
including the following:
- Field engineering.
- Vendor specialists required during construction.
- Rectification/replacement of defective supplies, if any, noticed during
construction.

Page 609 of 827
- Expediting replacement of imported items found short/damaged.

- Required documentation for the material inspection at site
- Compilation and submission of Field Inspection documents in requisite copies as
per contract
- Documentation to meet Statutory requirements.
1.10 The construction supervision, co-ordination and management activities shall be carried
out by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the construction procedures developed
and submitted by the CONTRACTOR and approved by Owner/PMC. CONTRACTOR
shall prepare construction schedules within the framework of overall contract schedule
and submit to Owner/PMC for approval. CONTRACTOR shall plan, execute, monitor
and control construction activities as per the approved construction schedule. The
schedule so prepared shall be reviewed periodically and backlog if any related to
availability of work front/ materials shall be brought to the notice of Engineer-in- Charge
and corrective actions to be taken to meet the monthly/ overall Construction targets.
CONTRACTOR shall depute a project team at site during construction phase under a
project coordinator for providing above-mentioned support to the Head of Construction
Team.
1.11 The CONTRACTOR shall procure material like cement, reinforcement bars and
structural steel from approved vendors only. The CONTRACTOR shall establish and
maintain a material testing laboratory for carrying on field tests during execution of
contracts under different disciplines by sub-contractor’s, at no extra cost to Owner. The
entire test equipments deployed shall have valid test/calibration certificates traceable to
relevant national/ international standards. Such material tests, for which testing facility at
site is not established, shall be carried out by CONTRACTOR at testing laboratories
approved by Owner/PMC at no extra cost. CONTRACTOR shall maintain the test
records and the same shall be made available for review/ inspection of Owner/PMC.
Further, Owner/PMC reserve the right to witness/ inspect testing at the laboratory at no
extra cost to Owner/PMC.
1.12 Construction supervision and management functions to be performed by the
CONTRACTOR shall include the following as key functions for effective execution,
monitoring and control:
- Planning, scheduling, monitoring & reporting.
- Construction supervision, discipline wise.
- Quality assurance and quality control, discipline wise.
- Shipping, custom clearances, inland transportation
- Warehouse management and material control.
- Field engineering/Purchase.
- Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Management
- Statutory clearances and enforcement of statutory rules/ regulations and Labour
Laws
- Personnel/administration/Industrial Relations
- Billing and invoicing
- Finance and Accounts
- Security

Page 610 of 827
1.13 Whenever the hookup is to be done with the facilities under operation, efforts shall be
made by the CONTRACTOR to complete the work and restore the system expeditiously.
If required the work shall be continued round the clock.
1.14 All equipments pertaining to Package is included in the scope of the CONTRACTOR.
The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the route survey and report shall be submitted to
Owner/PMC well in advance. All the clearances, approval from government agencies,
local bodies, private parties, police, electricity / telephone departments, Railway
authorities, PWD, Highway authorities, various departments of Owner etc. for moving
the ODC cargo is included in the CONTRACTOR’s scope. Before each movement,
copy of the major clearance obtained shall be forwarded to Owner/PMC. The cost
/deposits of such approval, which may be incurred by the CONTRACTOR, shall be
included in the lump sum price.
1.15 Any modification, dismantling, re-routing etc. of the permanent / temporary facilities
belonging to Owner, private parties, public / government facilities including provision of
ramps at bridges to enable the ODC movement are in CONTRACTOR’s scope.
1.16 Restoration of the all the modified, dismantled facilities to original condition is in the
scope of the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall obtain no claim certificates from
such parties.
2.0 EXECUTION OF WORKS
The CONTRACTOR'S work during construction shall include but not be limited to the
following:
i) Prepare and submit all the Plans, Procedures and documents to Owner/PMC as
specified in the contract.
ii) Establish requisite site organization staffed by competent and experienced
specialists, supervisors and inspectors.
iii) Supervise, Coordinate and manage the activities performed at site by him and by
his sub-contractors for execution of work and render all technical/specialist
services.
v) Plan and schedule the construction work, monitor and take timely corrective
action when required to adhere to approved execution schedule.
vi) Plan, allocate and mobilize required resources, manpower, and construction
equipment/materials, commensurate with construction plan/schedule.
vii) Provide all temporary facilities required for Construction including drinking water,
lighting, office space, electronic transmission of drawings & documents, printing
facilities, rest rooms, crèches, first-aid, fire protection system, toilets, canteen
facilities, labour hutments, transport facilities for the workers and staff. However
no space shall be provided for labour camp by the Owner.
viii) Prepare & implement Quality Control and Quality Assurance plan.
ix) Prepare & implement Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) plan.
x) Report beforehand and take approval from Owner/PMC regarding use of any
equipment and/or material not conforming to the contract, drawings and
specifications.
xi) Execute and supervise all additional works and modification works as required or
suggested by Owner/PMC as a part of approved change orders.
xii) Erect and install the equipments and materials according to the approved
specifications and procedures.

Page 611 of 827
xiii) Establish required Field Inspection and Testing Laboratories at site to carryout
tests as specified in the standards/specifications of the contract.
xiv) To organize and obtain all applicable clearances/approvals from statutory
bodies/authorities, as required by the laws of land for the work executed at site
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor under the contract.
xv) Obtain approval of Owner/ PMC for Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS)/
Procedure Qualification Records (PQR) as required. Carry out inspection, non-
destructive tests and analyze and certify acceptability of all welds and materials
in accordance with specified Technical Standards. Carry out inspection and
testing of incoming materials as per agreed procedures.
xvi) Prepare detailed schemes for Heavy/Critical Equipments' movement / erection /
lifting / rigging and submit the same for review / approval to Owner/PMC before
undertaking such Critical/Heavy lifts/movements. Contractor to study the
Heavy/Critical Equipments' movement from yard to erection site and make all
arrangements, necessary developments and strengthening if required for
transportation of equipments. Any modifications required including dismantling
and re-erection of structures/piping, etc for the existing facilities for smooth flow
of such heavy equipment shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR at his own
cost. However, prior approval for such modifications shall be required from the
Owner.
xvii) The Contractor shall carry out erection of heavy lift of equipments in line with
technical specification No. A307-6-82-0005 enclosed as Attachment-I.
xviii) Organize and conduct Weekly Project Review meeting related to site
construction activities.
xviii) Provide daily work progress reports and detailed weekly and monthly progress
reports summarizing percentage completion of the work including status of
drawings, materials and effects on approved schedule, areas of concern and
corrective actions required thereof. Contractor shall also identify any foreseeable
delays in any aspect of the WORK and take corrective actions to
eliminate/minimize the effect on Overall Completion Schedule. All progress shall
be quantified.
xix) Take photographs and video recording of Project Construction Progress on
regular basis and submit the same to Owner/PMC on monthly basis along with
the Monthly Progress Report.
xx) DELETED.
xxi) Prepare and submit safety and labour relation procedures in line with all
applicable codes, regulations and OWNER'S requirements.
xxii) Supervise and monitor all safety and labour relation functions as per agreed
procedures and applicable laws of the land and report to Owner immediately for
any violations and injuries.
xxiii) If any part of the facilities is completed and is under operation, while other parts
of the facilities are under construction, or work is to be carried in running Plant , it
is essential that rigid safety rules be prepared and maintained for all works in
accordance with the requirements of Owner/PMC.
xxiv) Maintaining all the records generated during project execution up-to-date and
made available to Owner/PMC whenever requested. These records shall be
handed over to Owner on completion of the work at no extra cost to Owner.

Page 612 of 827
xxv) Carryout warehouse management and material control in accordance with

approved procedure.
xxvi) Take all necessary precautions and required actions to protect construction work
and materials from damage by local weather conditions and ongoing construction
activities in the vicinity, theft and pilferage etc. till handing over of the plant to
Owner.
xxvii) Damages, if any, occurred to the existing facilities at the site during execution of
the job shall be intimated to Owner / PMC immediately and the damages shall be
rectified promptly.
xxviii) Take insurance policies for materials in transit and storage-cum-erection risk and
other insurance covers required for men and materials at site as per SCC/ GCC
in consultation with Owner.
xxviii) Undertake housekeeping including sweeping, clean up to maintain cleanliness,
sanitation, removing excess materials, temporary facilities, scaffolding, etc. on
regular basis till handed over to Owner.
xxix) Prepare and submit to Owner/PMC the following daily reports for construction
activities covering the following:
a. Weather
b. Manpower deployment category wise
c. Construction Equipments
d. Work Progress
xxx) Ensure the control of all works with regard to its impact on the surrounding
environment.
xxxi) Ensure all hot works are performed outside hazardous areas and in compliance
with OWNER'S Safety Permit System requirements wherever applicable.
xxxii) Arrange and coordinate the visits of suppliers representatives/specialists at site.
xxxiii) All material handling equipment, tools, tackles, hoisting and lifting equipments/
machineries should be subjected to required load test initially and then
periodically, to ensure safe/stable operation.
xxxiv) Organize field engineering work, wherever required and ensure timely resolution
of interface problems / site constraints in consultation with Owner/PMC.
xxxv) Prepare and certify material reconciliation statement on completion of work to
enable Owner to take over the surplus materials, as applicable.
xxxvi) Organize the codification and handing over of surplus materials (as applicable)
and spares/ tools and tackles to the Owner on completion of work.
xxxvii) Provide weekly/daily activity plan for site inspection.
xxxviii) Develop a phased mechanical completion program to facilitate sequential Pre-
commissioning/Commissioning activities in a logical manner to meet the Overall
Project Schedule.
xxxix) Remove / demolish all temporary structures/ establishments/ facilities created by
the Contractor / his sub-contractors during the execution of the work and restore
the site to its original condition.
xl) Carry out tightening of flange joints by using hydraulic tensioner/ torque wrench
as per specifications. Contractor shall ensure that stud bolts are ordered extra
long to facilitate tensioning.

Page 613 of 827
xli) Organize safety induction programme for their manpower before deployment on
work and at regular intervals thereafter.
CONTRACTOR shall draw up a detailed activity list of pre shutdown activities and
shutdown activities (wherever applicable) and submit the same for the approval of the
Owner/PMC. All endeavors shall be made to maximize the pre-fabrication before the
planned shut down and to minimize the work during shutdown period. All such activities
shall be identified and appropriately planned for temporary supports, scaffolding,
clamping arrangements, enabling works, etc. so that the quantum of the work during the
shutdown can be minimized.
3.0 EXECUTION PLANS
CONTRACTOR shall submit Construction Execution Plan to Owner/PMC for
review/approval during kick-off meeting. The Plan shall detail the execution
methodology of the CONTRACTOR during construction phase of the PROJECT
covering following aspects as minimum –
3.1 Construction Management Plan
CONTRACTOR shall submit Construction Management Plan to Owner/PMC for
approval during kick-off meeting. The Plan shall detail the management methodology to
be applied during the construction phase of the PROJECT, along with a list of
procedures to be utilized in undertaking the work.
All reference procedures and detail work plans referred to in this document must be
submitted for review and approval by Owner/PMC at least (4) four weeks in advance of
actual commencement of the activity concerned.
3.2 Construction Execution Plan:
It shall include the following as minimum:
3.2.1 Contractor’s manpower and man-hour histogram by major section and discipline and
their manpower deployment schedule on monthly basis.
3.2.2 Major equipment mobilization plan on monthly basis with short description.
CONTRACTOR to develop this plan with due consideration to maximize the
mechanization of construction activities.
Other plans of Contractor and procedures to be submitted at least four (4) weeks prior to
start of respective activity at site, include the following as a minimum:
a. Develop/ prepare pre-shut down/ shut down and post shut down plan including
resource mobilization plan and submit to Owner/PMC for approval(where
applicable).
b. Develop/ prepare construction/erection plan/procedures and submit to Owner/
PMC for approval.
c. Temporary facilities, etc.
d. Barricading Plan (if applicable)
e. Heavy transport and heavy lifting plan (Rigging Plan)
f. Pre-fabrication plan
g. Other activity plans e.g. piping, equipment and steel structure erection plan etc
h. Monsoon counter measures and preparation
i. Emergency Evacuation Procedure
j. Schemes to carry out works in inclement weather

Page 614 of 827
Contractor shall ensure that lay down area (as applicable) given to him shall be utilized
optimally.
3.3 Sub-Contracting Plan
A minimum of the following activities shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR
directly and shall not be subcontracted:
a) Project Management
b) Planning
c) Procurement
d) Construction Management
e) Commissioning
If CONTRACTOR proposes to engage sub-contractor(s) for the execution of some of the
activities at site, a preliminary sub-contracting plan along with the identified scope of
work for each sub-contract shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR to the Owner/PMC
at the time of bid submission. However, the credentials of proposed Sub-contractor(s)’s
shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR on award of work, which shall be evaluated by
Owner/PMC at SITE for acceptance. CONTRACTOR shall not be permitted to change
the sub-contractor under any circumstances without prior approval of Owner/PMC.
Non-compliance of the above shall be strictly dealt within relevant provision(s) of the
contract.
The sub-contracting plan shall cover
i) Sub-contracting philosophy and plan
ii) List and scope of work of each subcontract
iii) Subcontract administration plan
iv) Organization chart of each sub-contractor.
The list and major scope of each subcontract shall not be changed from those of the
CONTRACTOR’S plan unless specially approved by OWNER.
4.0 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
The CONTRACTOR shall arrange the following temporary facilities as the minimum
(including for his sub-contractors also):
i) Exact location of temporary work area, access and general layout inside the
area.
ii) Planning and description of the temporary facilities (as applicable) such as.:
a. Temporary roads including access road to Plant, fencing and gates

b. Security, watch & ward, security gates, etc.
c. Utility supply systems viz. Construction power with DG Sets, construction
water, drinking water etc.
d. Area lighting
e. Fire fighting equipments
f. Drainage and Sanitation
g. Camp Accommodation
h. Field Testing Laboratory
i. Radiography Source Pit as per BARC Guidelines
j. Film processing and viewing labs

Page 615 of 827
k. Communication facilities viz. Telephone, Fax, E-mail, electronic

transmission of drawings./ documents, etc.
l. Hutments, transport, Pantry and Canteen for staff and workers.
Hutments/ labour colony shall not be allowed inside the refinery complex.
m. Vehicle parking area including construction equipments.
n. First aid arrangement/ medical and health care facilities
o. Gate pass for workmen/officials/ vehicles as per OWNER security
system.
p. Work Permits as per Owner’s prevailing system.
CONTRACTOR shall develop the temporary facilities layout for approval of Owner/PMC.
Limited space for the following specific purpose will be provided at erection site.
 The equipments are to be completely assembled at vendor works,

transported in single piece to site from Vendor works by sea/port at
Wellington Island, Kochi and by road to BPCL Project site at
Ambalamugal.
 Space shall be provided at erection site to assemble the equipments,

if required, before erection.
 Contractor shall provide and maintain office as Portable Cabins within

a space of 8 m. X 16 m. at the site for accommodation for his
Officers and staff and shall relocate as and when required to facilitate
Site Works. Suitable space for the same shall be provided inside the
Refinery complex by Owner/ Engineer In-Charge.
Contractor shall take land outside refinery/ Project area (if required) for the following:
 Warehouse (Pre- fabrication yard, Covered storage yard and Open

storage yard) for all materials including piping, structural etc.
 Covered work shop / Yard along with monsoon protection measures
for prefabrication of piping, structural works, Surface preparation and
Primer/ finish paint etc.
 Site office for their staff.
5.0 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING, SCHEDULING, MONITORING & REPORTING

The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for construction Planning, Scheduling,
Monitoring and Reporting activities at site in line with the overall master schedule and
details stipulated elsewhere in the document.
6.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL (QA/QC)
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring quality of construction (including
materials) carried out by him/his approved sub-contractors in accordance with the
requirements given in Appendix-A for Quality Assurance / Quality Control (QA/QC)
during construction including all documents referred therein.
7.0 WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT & MATERIAL CONTROL
The CONTRACTOR shall construct/ build warehousing facilities (both covered and
open) appropriate for storing materials required for the job. The facilities shall include
proper lighting, fire protection system, office/rest rooms/toilets for warehouse personnel.

Page 616 of 827
The CONTRACTOR shall obtain all statutory approvals from concerned authorities for
all warehouse equipment, instruments etc. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with
statutory regulations for storage of any material covered under Explosives rules.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for carrying out the Warehouse Management
and Material Control in accordance with the approved warehousing procedure and
material control procedure, which is to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR during kick-
off meeting. The activities shall include but not limited to:
- Transport Liaison, both for imported materials as well as materials procured
indigenously, from the time of dispatch up to receipt at site.
- Transportation Plan (i) from source to site (ii) site to erection location.
- Receipt, Handling, Identification, Inspection (including confirmation by an Alloy
Analyzer for Alloy Steel, Stainless Steel and other Exotic Materials) and
Acceptance, Storage and Preservation of Materials, Codification of all materials
including free issue materials to be supplied by OWNER.
- Filing of insurance Claims and follow up.
- Documentation for control and accounting of materials.
- Generation and upkeep of Traceability Records for materials.
- Materials Control & Issue.
- Inventory Checks.
- Field Requisition and Purchase.
- Spare & Tools including handing over of mandatory Spares/Tools to the OWNER
as per the terms of the contract.
- Material Appropriation and Handing Over of all items to OWNER with Owner’s
codification system as per terms of contract.
- Security.
- Taking up with suppliers on short supplied items and placing replacement orders
for lost/damaged items.
- Intimating to there HO regarding short/lost/damaged items received at site and
further replacement action, as applicable.
-
CONTRACTOR shall generate and issue following reports:
- Fortnightly statement of consignments in transit.
- Daily report of material received.
- Material receipt status and inventory status w.r.t. material delivery schedule
- Material Inspection Report with respect to materials received at site
- Report on Over/Short/Reject/Damage (OSRD) receipts against each
consignment on receipt at warehouse.
- Weekly status of consignments, Material Receipt Report (MRRs)
- Monthly status of field purchase.
- Monthly status of over, short, reject & damage (OSRD) settlement.
- Monthly status of piping material MTO V/s Actual receipt.
- Log Register of Rotating Equipments maintenance
- Daily Stock Position of Cement
- Any other report as desired by Owner/PMC.
8.0 FIELD ENGINEERING

CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for controlling and issue of technical drawings and
documents, preparation of field sketches, field modifications, checking/preparation of as-
built drawings, etc. CONTRACTOR should have adequate facilities for incorporating field
changes, preparation of As-built drawings, Printing machines and Drawing & Document
Control System.

Page 617 of 827
9.0 FIELD TENDERING

CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for carrying out field tendering activities, as
required from the site itself.
10.0 FIELD PURCHASE
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for carrying out field purchase activities, as
required.
Field Purchase items are restricted to those required for running and maintenance of the
field offices, items required to expedite construction work and items found short, missing
or damaged against the main order when received at the site. Any material purchased
from field for usage in the plant should have proper inspection certificate and should be
purchased from Owner/PMC approved suppliers. If required by OWNER/ PMC, check
testing of the material samples selected by Owner/PMC shall be carried out by
CONTRACTOR without any extra commercial implication.
11.0 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT (HSE) MANAGEMENT
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)
Management at construction site for the construction activities to be carried out by the
him/his approved sub-contractors in accordance with the requirements mentioned in
Appendix-B for Health, Safety and Environment Management during construction.
CONTRACTOR shall be prepare and submit HSE Plan for approval by Engineer In-
charge. CONTRACTOR shall have to ensure safe construction practices by deploying
adequate number of Safety Officers.
CONTRACTOR shall be working in an operating refinery. All measures required for safe
construction are to be ensured. Besides all personnel employed in the job to follow
safety requirements of Owner/PMC, the movement of CONTRACTOR’s personnel will
be restricted to their workplace only.
12.0 HOUSE KEEPING
It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to maintain general cleanliness and proper
housekeeping at work site. CONTRACTOR shall organize disposal of excavated earth
/garbage/ rubbish/scrap, etc. on day to day basis to identified disposal areas/safe areas
and forward daily report for the same indicating the details of men and machinery
deployed for the purpose; if asked by Owner/PMC.
Wastage and serviceable/ unserviceable scrap generated during dismantling and regular
works shall be segregated and dumped in designated locations in consultation with
Owner/PMC. Earth and landfill materials shall be dumped at locations identified by
Owner/PMC, otherwise outside the Project Site and the required fees charged by the
local authorities shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR without any extra cost to
OWNER.
13.0 INDUSTRIAL LABOUR RELATIONS
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for industrial relation functions and implementation
of labour laws at site. CONTRACTOR'S staff shall be suitably trained and experienced
in Labour Relation functions so as to ensure a good relationship with labour and to
prevent the occurrence of industrial disputes resulting in subsequent delays or work
stoppages. In particular, CONTRACTOR shall maintain close liaison with Owner/PMC.
CONTRACTOR shall maintain proper liaison with Statutory Authorities and local bodies
and shall be responsible to implement and observe all statutory laws at site.
CONTRACTOR must have in his staff; a well experienced Labour Relation Officer,
preferably from local area.

Page 618 of 827
CONTRACTOR shall maintain the records of wages paid in a wage register, PF, etc. as
per statutory regulations.
CONTRACTOR shall report immediately to Owner/PMC any problems including labour
disputes, fight, and work stoppages. A written report shall be submitted to Owner/PMC
within 24 hours of the incident.
CONTRACTOR must submit a Labour Relation Plan including their sub-contractor(s)
prior to the start of the work/within one month of award of the contract, whichever is
earlier, mentioning as a minimum:
A detailed estimate of the number of labour, both indirect and direct, sorted by
-
craft.
- Outline recruiting plans for all manpower requirements.
- Identify personnel involved with labour relations and outline procedures to
mitigate labour disputes & problems.
- Labour welfare plan
CONTRACTOR shall hold labour relations meeting twice a month with their work force
as well as a separate meeting with the Owner.
14.0 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENTS
The CONTRACTOR is required to organize and mobilize the construction equipments
and other tools/tackles in a sequential manner and ensure that plant installation is
carried out in a mechanized manner to the extent possible and its mechanical
completion is achieved within targeted time schedule.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure deployment of the following construction equipment as a
minimum as per requirement to the maximum extent –
i. Crane of Suitable capacity
ii. Hydra
iii. Hydraulic Axle Trailer for transportation of equipments
iv. X-ray and Radiography sources (if required).
v. Blast cleaning and Painting Shop (if required)
vi. Welding machines
vii. DG sets
viii. Test Pumps
ix. Compressors (if required)
x. Gas and Mechanical cutting devices
xi. Various inspection / measuring devices
The CONTRACTOR shall, without prejudice to his responsibility to execute and

complete the work strictly as per the specifications and other laid down procedures,
execute all the work by mechanizing the construction activities to the maximum extent by
deploying all necessary construction equipments/machinery of adequate capacities and
numbers.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging all facilities for torque

tightening/tensioning of bolts/fasteners as specified. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that
stud bolts are ordered extra long by one diameter to facilitate tensioning. Guidelines for
torque tightening/tensioning are specified in specifications for boxing up of flanged joints,
as referred in APPENDIX- A.
For the purpose of Equipment Erection, the CONTRACTOR shall deploy a Rigging team
headed by a Rigging Foreman/Engineer reporting to concerned Area Engineer. Area
Engineer should be well conversant with various erection techniques and shall
be responsible for preparing erection schemes in accordance with the approved

Page 619 of 827
procedures and based on crane manuals and suiting to plant layout. Area Engineer shall
have to foresee various other construction activities in the surroundings areas while
planning erection schemes including safety aspects of man and machinery also.
Contractor shall prepare erection schedule in line with the overall project schedule of the
Plant in phased manner with erection schemes of various equipments etc. and submit to
Owner/PMC for approval, Monitoring and control of erection schedule and erection
activities shall be carried out by the contractor as per the approved construction
procedures.
Contractor shall submit the construction equipment deployment schedule. Daily

construction equipment deployment report will also be submitted by the Contractor to
Owner/PMC in the performa approved by Engineer In charge.
Contractor shall ensure the timely augmentation of the men, equipments and machinery
depending upon the exigencies of the work to meet the overall project schedule and as
per instructions of Owner/PMC.
15.0 CONSTRUCTION MANPOWER

The CONTRACTOR is required to organize and mobilize construction staff/ manpower
in a sequential manner to ensure that the work is carried out in accordance with the
construction schedule. Mobilization of construction staff should be such that the
progress achieved in phased manner should match with the overall Project Schedule.
For this purpose, the CONTRACTOR shall clearly indicate in his construction
methodology whether work shall be done departmentally or by engaging sub-contractor
or the combination of both. CONTRACTOR shall prepare detailed methodology for the
work to be carried out departmentally as well as through sub-contractors clearly, defining
the scope and responsibility of CONTRACTOR and his sub-contractors.
The works of all sub-contractors shall be managed by the construction staff of the main
CONTRACTOR who shall perform the duties of construction management and shall
administer, coordinate, and inspect the works of the sub-contractor(s) and be
responsible for the Quality and timely completion of respective works. The
CONTRACTOR shall establish the pre-requisites for successful completion of sub-
contractor (s) work. However, by deploying the sub-contractor (s), as approved by
Owner/PMC for any discipline, does not absolve the CONTRACTOR of his total
responsibility under the subject contract.
The CONTRACTOR must note that in case of any sub-contractors' failure to execute the
works as per standards/specifications/drawings and/or negligence & disobedience in
carrying out any order or instruction of Owner/PMC, the same shall be viewed very
seriously and any action as deemed fit in accordance with provision(s) of the contract
shall be taken by Owner/PMC.
CONTRACTOR must submit the construction manpower deployment schedule along
with the bid. Daily construction manpower deployment report shall also be submitted by
the CONTRACTOR to Owner/PMC on approved format. Any additional manpower of
any category required to be deployed during the actual execution of the work to meet the
Project time schedule and as instructed by Owner/PMC, shall be mobilized by the
CONTRACTOR within a reasonable time. Mobilization of such additional manpower by
the CONTRACTOR shall not entitle him for any additional compensation at all.
All construction supervision, coordination and management activities shall be carried out
by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the construction procedures approved by
Owner/PMC. CONTRACTOR shall prepare construction schedules based on the
Overall Project Schedule of the PLANT and submit the same to Owner/PMC for

Page 620 of 827
approval. Monitoring and control of the construction activities shall be carried out as per
the approved construction schedule & procedures.
During the execution of works at site, if the CONTRACTOR engages sub-contractor (s)
for execution of works at site as per approval obtained from Owner/PMC in line with
contract provision(s) and in the event sub-contractor complains in writing to the OWNER
with regard to the non-payment of their dues from the CONTRACTOR for the works
executed by them (excluding final payments and payments due after termination of sub-
contractors' services by the main CONTRACTOR), Owner/PMC reserves the right to
make such payment to the sub-contractors directly based on approved measurements
with due notice to the CONTRACTOR. Owner/PMC shall release such payments to sub-
contractor at the cost and risk of the CONTRACTOR in order to ensure smooth
execution of work at site. All such payments made by Owner/PMC to the sub-
contractor(s) shall be deducted from the running account bills or any other payments
due to the CONTRACTOR.
The above provisions shall also be applicable in case of construction materials procured
at site by the CONTRACTOR from the suppliers.
16.0 ODC Criteria
The Maximum Transportable dimensions (inclusive of all projections & saddle height)/
weight in the 2 routes are as under:
 All equipments with Consignment size 6 Mtr X 6 Mtr can be transported from Vendor
works to Port at Wellington Island and transported in hydraulic axles with maximum
weight of the consignment limited to 100 MT.
 By road from various vendors in Gujarat, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, A.P., Haryana to
Kochi – site Length- 25 Mtrs x Width 4.5 Mtrs x Height 4 Mtrs.
For equipment of consignment sizes less than or equal to 6 mtr, Vendor shall arrange
space outside refinery to assemble and supply the equipments.
Transportation of all equipment from shop to site and unloading the same at
designated location. Transportation responsibility of contractor shall include route
survey from vendor workshop to refinery gate, from refinery gate to erection / assembly
site inside the refinery, arranging and providing loading/ unloading facilities, obtaining
clearances from statutory organizations like PWD, state electricity boards etc. All
equipments above 49 MT weight are to be transported by Hydraulic axles only.
Contractor to submit the detail report and Transportation Procedure.
17.0 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN AND SITE REQUIREMENTS

Contractor scope covers supply, assembly, erection, Testing and commissioning of
3.4 MW Emergency Diesel Generator (A307-DG-001) and 1250 KVA Emergency
Diesel Generator (A307-DG-002) including mechanical, electrical and instrumentation
and controls recommended by bidder for safe, smooth and efficient operation of
complete package. However, Complete civil works including construction of the DG
shed, foundation for all equipments (such as DG set, stack etc) are excluded from
Contractor’s scope.
Implementation Plan is based on constraints pertaining to limitation in transportation of

ODC, Space constraints within refinery, availability of skilled manpower and heavy
monsoon at Integrated Refinery Expansion Project (IREP) site. Based on above

Page 621 of 827
constraint and the following objective, Contractor shall-
a) Maximize the pre-fabrication work at vendor works.

b) Maximize simultaneous / parallel working on multiple fronts.
c) Maximize work at ground to ensure good progress, quality, and safety.
Bidder shall visit the site at bid stage and furnish detail execution schedule and
resource mobilization plan at vendor shop and IREP site to meet the Project schedule
requirements at Pre bid stage itself. Bidders shall also arrange a presentation on
execution methodology at Pre bid stage.
18.0 INTERFACE WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS

CONTRACTOR shall ensure that his interface with other CONTRACTORS is smooth
and cordial. In case of any dispute, Owner/PMC decision shall be binding.
Owner/PMC may arrange weekly/fortnightly/monthly interface meetings. The
CONTRACTOR shall depute concerned personnel to attend these meetings.
Generally, the following interfaces may be present:
 CONTRACTOR shall allow movement of persons/ material/ equipment/ vehicles
belonging to other CONTRACTORS or Owner/PMC through the roads
constructed by him.
 CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with ‘neighboring’ contractors for maintaining
elevations/levels of various interconnecting services.
 CONTRACTOR shall not dump his earth, scrap or any material in other
Contractors’ area. He shall cooperate with Owner/PMC in maintaining good
housekeeping throughout the complex.
 CONTRACTOR shall ensure proper drainage and no water logging in his
area/other areas.
 If requested by the Owner/PMC, CONTRACTOR shall allow testing of materials
of other Contractors in his laboratory, in case of emergency.
 CONTRACTOR shall clearly define in the interface meeting with other
contractors their erection / construction interface at their Battery limits.
19.0 CHECKLIST FOR INSPECTION OF FLANGED JOINTS
Standard Procedure for boxing of interface joints, not subjected to hydrostatic tests at
site, shall be strictly followed (Refer Procedure No. 5-7700-0120). In addition,
requirements specified in EIL standard specification for application of torque and
hydraulic bolt tension for flange joints No. 6-76-0002 shall also be followed by the
CONTRACTOR.
20.0 SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS BY THE CONTRACTOR
The CONTRACTOR shall submit following documents as a part of his bid:
a) An overall Execution Schedule in the form of Bar Chart covering all the key activities
involved in Assembly /fabrication / erection and Transportation Works.
b) Replies of Technical Compliance Format, Doc. No. A307-00-0IY-19-41-TC05
enclosing the required documents, as specified in different clauses.

Page 622 of 827
The CONTRACTOR shall submit following documents during Kick of Meeting:
a) Site Organization Chart proposed for the job with reporting sequence of the
personnel.
b) Bio-data of Key construction personnel such as Resident Construction Manager,
Lead QA/QC Engineer, Lead Mechanical Engineer, Lead Civil Engineer & Safety
Officer in compliance with the qualification and experience requirements specified in
doc. No 9-1940-0001 enclosed elsewhere in the bid package.
c) List of Equipments and Manpower proposed to be deployed during execution.
d) Submit HSE Plan to be implemented in line with HSE Specifications attached in the
bid document.

Page 623 of 827
APPENDIX - A
QUALITY ASSURANCE
AND
QUALITY CONTROL
DURING CONSTRUCTION

Page 624 of 827
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_____________________________________________________________________
CLAUSE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.
_____________________________________________________________________
1.0 SCOPE 20
2.0 RESPONSIBILITY 20
3.0 METHODOLOGY
3.1 PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS REQUIRED 20

FOR THE CONSTRUCTION WORKS
3.2 EXECUTION OF WORKS 20
3.3 QA/ QC AUDITS 22
4.0 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS 23

Page 625 of 827
1.0 SCOPE
This document shall be applicable to all construction works to be executed by
CONTRACTOR.
2.0 RESPONSIBILITY
It is Contractor’s prime responsibility to arrange/produce the product conforming to
contract specifications and inspect all equipment, materials and works at various stages
of execution as per the approved QA Plans. In addition, they have to coordinate all
efforts in this regard directly with the Owner/PMC and other involved agencies to give
adequate confidence that the activities are performed as per agreed ITPs and necessary
documentation is available. Contractor shall deploy an exclusive team of Quality control
Engineers and Supervisors for ensuring the quality of works executed at site on day to
day basis. Verification by Owner/PMC or his representative at any stage shall not relieve
CONTRACTOR of his responsibility towards quality of the product.
The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all statutory rules & regulations in force during
execution of work and interface with such authorities as required.
3.0 METHODOLOGY
The management of construction quality control is divided into the following categories:-
(1) Procurement of materials required for the construction work.
(2) Execution of work
(3) QA/QC Audits
3.1 PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION
WORK
The CONTRACTOR shall develop list(s) defining the items to be procured along with
proposed Vendors for approval of the Owner/PMC. The list shall comprise of all items
except vessels, equipments, pumps, electrical/ instrumentation panels etc. which may
be available directly ready for installation or requiring small fabrication as per
requirement. The vendor list shall be in line with the contract document. In case, no
vendor list exists in the contract for a particular item, the CONTRACTOR shall propose
a list of Vendors to Owner/PMC. CONTRACTOR has to satisfy himself with the
capability of the vendor to deliver the product in time with quality before proposing him
as a prospective vendor. CONTRACTOR shall submit the QA/QC plans for all major
items and carry out their procurement in line with the approved plans. The categorization
plan shall be submitted by contractor in line with the contract requirement/ bid package.
The CONTRACTOR can either provide his own adequate qualified staff for inspection or
employ a separate third- party inspection agency with prior approval to carry out these
functions. Involvement of Owner/PMC in the quality control plan, if required, shall be
defined during approval of the same.
CONTRACTOR’s procurement shall cover the purchasing including order and supply,
inspection, expediting, custom clearance (where applicable), transportation to site,
stores management (which shall include preservation / storage of equipment and
materials, covered / open storage for all items) required to complete the package in all
respect.
3.2 EXECUTION OF WORK
(i) The QA plans for execution shall be developed by the CONTRACTOR. OWNER/
PMC’s approval for the same shall be taken well before start of the work. The final
Inspection & Test Plans (ITPs) and formats, based on the indicative ITPs (if
any, enclosed elsewhere in package), shall be developed by the

Page 626 of 827
CONTRACTOR as per contract specifications for approval by Owner/PMC. For the

activities which are identified as Witness or Hold Point, specific inspection call shall
be raised by the CONTRACTOR with Owner/PMC in the requisite format well in
advance.
The indicative ITPs (if any) enclosed in the bid package are for guidance to the
CONTRACTOR and may not cover some of the activities to be performed during
execution of works under the scope of this contract. The CONTRACTOR shall
develop Inspection & Test Plans and Formats for all such activities also and submit
the same to Owner/PMC for approval, before actually undertaking such activities
CONTRACTOR shall be completely responsible for management of approved
quality plans and Owner/PMC involvement will be only of Surveillance in nature to
randomly check the works at selective/critical junctures. Their role shall be to
monitor that the CONTRACTOR is executing the quality plans as per the approved
drawings, employing adequately qualified staff and other resources for various items
of works. Any deviation to the specifications shall be brought to the notice of
Owner/PMC in prescribed formats by CONTRACTOR for approval.
(ii) It is likely that the CONTRACTOR may engage sub-contractor(s)/vendors for
performance of the work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring the
implementation of approved QA plan, contract specifications and contract conditions
through their sub-contractors to achieve the quality during all stages of construction.
It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to ensure proper coordination
between his sub- contractor(s) and other agencies working at site.
The sub-contractor(s)/vendors selection shall be done after evaluation by the
CONTRACTOR in line with contract requirements and shall be got approved by
Owner/PMC before engaging them for the works.
(iii) Storage
All the materials procured shall be stored/stacked as per the standard norms and as
recommended in various clauses of relevant codes and contract document. The
storage of material shall be such as to avoid damage to life/properties (physical and
chemical) of the materials. The storage shall not cause deterioration, rusting,
mix-up etc. and hamper the other related works in any way. CONTRACTOR shall
submit his detailed warehouse plan for Owner/PMC approval to manage the above
in open/covered areas.
The materials susceptible to fire shall be kept away in a separate protected place.
In general, the materials shall be kept systematically in order of their class, batch
number and identification number, so that they are accessible for the inspection by
Owner/PMC whenever required and to avoid the mix up in those materials.
(iv) Use
The materials shall be stacked in such a way that the lot, which is procured first, will
be consumed first. For materials which are having specific expiry date/ shelf life
shall not be used beyond that date and shall be removed from site. Wherever there
is any doubt about the change in properties of the materials, such materials shall be
sent to reputed approved laboratory for testing and acceptance.
(v) Inspection
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for carrying out inspection of the materials
brought at site and conducting tests/ checks (at site or in approved laboratories) at
predefined frequencies as per contract. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR
to ensure that the materials used at site shall conform to relevant codes/ standards
and Manufacturer Test Certificates are available for correlation as and when

Page 627 of 827
required. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the records of all materials brought at
site and tests conducted on them.
(vi) In process and final Inspection
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to arrange verification of products during in-
process and final inspection. Relevant checks and tests shall be arranged for the
works performed and records maintained. Tolerances achieved with respect to
contract specification and execution drawings for various activities/processes shall
be ascertained and submitted to Owner/PMC for approval. Efforts shall be made to
keep checks and controls in such a way that a non-conforming product is avoided.
However, if in an isolated case, the tolerances are beyond the acceptable values
given in the contract/execution drawings/codes, non-conformance
resolution/Deviation permit need to be raised by the CONTRACTOR and got
approved/resolved from Owner/PMC.
The CONTRACTOR shall arrange verification of ingredients used and validation of
the software used at the batching plant(s). Owner/PMC reserve the right to inspect
the working of batching plant including validation of the software used and
calibration of measuring & monitoring devices any time. The CONTRACTOR shall
ensure the quality of the concrete delivered by the transit mixers, as applicable and
maintain verifiable records.
CONTRACTOR will carryout Inspection, Non-destructive Tests and analyze and
certify acceptability of all welds, materials and works in accordance with specified
technical standards/International standards and carryout inspection and testing of
incoming materials as per agreed procedures.
CONTRACTOR shall mobilize Portable Alloy Analyser(s) with printout facility and
carry out 'Positive Material Identification (PMI)' of incoming materials and welds after
erection/installation but prior to hydro-testing inline with specification no. 6-76-0002.
Any non-conformance detected shall be removed and replaced prior to final hydro
testing.
The CONTRACTOR shall develop color coding scheme of stored piping materials
to avoid mixing up of material at different stages of construction and submit it to
Owner/PMC for approval
vii) Any Observation on quality aspects , Owner/PMC shall raise observation in
attached OQA format which has to be acknowledged & compliance to be done by
the contractor within the agreed time period.
viii) The CONTRACTOR shall follow the requirements given for control of monitoring
and measuring devices (Refer Document no. A307-00-0IY-19-41-0002).
3.3 QA/QC AUDITS
During the execution of the works, CONTRACTOR shall carry out periodical Quality
Audits at least quarterly in all areas of work. These audits will be conducted by a team
of specialists in the respective areas. The auditors shall not be directly involved in the
jobs being audited.
The CONTRACTOR shall prepare an Audit Plan and Procedure and submit the same to
Owner/PMC for approval.
A copy of the Audit Report containing the findings of the Audit team will be submitted to
Owner/PMC. After completion of rectification/modifications/corrective actions on the
issues indicated in Audit Report, Compliance Report shall be submitted by the
CONTRACTOR to Owner/PMC for review.

Page 628 of 827
Over and above the Contractor’s Internal QA/QC Audits outlined above, Owner/PMC
shall also reserve the right to conduct QA/QC audits at the frequency decided by them.
CONTRACTOR shall participate and provide full support to the Audit Team and furnish
all documents/reports/records as desired by the Audit Team. The CONTRACTOR shall
take all actions required to comply with the findings of the Audit Report and issue regular
Compliance Reports for the same to Owner/PMC till all the findings of the Audit Report
are fully complied.
In case major Non conformities are observed during execution of the works Owner/PMC
reserve the right to appoint an independent person/Third Party Agency to conduct
QA/QC Systems Audit for full/part of the facilities being executed by the
CONTRACTOR. This audit will be in addition to the audits described above
and may be carried out intermittently/continuously for all or part of the facilities being
executed by the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall bear the total cost of such
audits and shall participate & provide full support to the Audit Team and ensure
compliance of the audit observations.
4.0 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS
All the necessary documentation & records shall be maintained by CONTRACTOR till
completion of project and handed over to Owner/PMC in requisite copies as a part of
completion documents. Wherever Owner/PMC personnel were directly involved
particularly in witness and hold point, the copies of the records shall also be provided to
personnel on completing inspection of those activities. The documentation & records
shall include the following as a minimum but not limited to:
i) Approved Quality Assurance Plan
ii) Approved Inspection and Test Plans
iii) Inspection and test documents covering
a) Manufacturer Test Certificate

b) Material Receipt Report including Inspection Release Note, if
applicable and Site Inspection and acceptance Report on quality
and quantity of material
c) Site test/laboratory test Report reviewed by CONTRACTOR for
acceptance vis-à-vis to contract/code requirements for
materials/including PMI report at warehouse.
d) In process Verification reports of CONTRACTOR representative
and OWNER/ PMC as applicable
e) Final verification report including any test checks done for
compliance
f) As-built vis-à-vis to contract/drawings including tolerances
g) As-built for erection
h) Non conformance resolution raised by CONTRACTOR/OWNER/
PMC
i) Concession/Deviation approval by Owner/PMC
j) Change order approval by Owner/PMC incase there is variation
from contract
k) QA/QC Audit Reports and compliance Reports thereof
l) Mechanical Completion formats

Page 629 of 827
APPENDIX-B
HEALTH, SAFETY AND
ENVIRONMENT (HSE) MANAGEMENT
DURING CONSTRUCTION

Page 630 of 827
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.0 Specification for Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Management (Spec. No. A307-
00-6-82-0001), is required to be followed by CONTRACTOR during Construction Phase
at site.
2.0 CONTRACTOR shall have a documented HSE policy to cover commitment of the
organization to ensure Health, Safety and Environment aspects in the line of operation.
3.0 It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to ensure that safe construction procedures
are complied with. CONTRACTOR will also ensure that adequate First Aid medical
facilities are available for emergency purpose and that safety practices as per the
approved safety procedure are followed by his sub-contractors also.
CONTRACTOR to ensure safety measures at the minimum like:
a) The use of safety gadgets, viz. safety goggles, helmets, safety shoes, full body
harness, provision of safety net for construction at higher elevations and
provision of toe boards in scaffolding platforms, etc.
b) All hot works must be performed by ensuring compliance to the requirements as
specified by the Owner from time to time.
c) Barricading of crane movement areas / Radiography areas
d) Proper earthing of equipments.
e) Proper shoring / strutting of Excavated Areas, as applicable.
f) Cylinders of inflammable gases to be stacked upright.
To assist in the development of an effective safety program, a safety checklist for

various jobs shall be developed by the CONTRACTOR and the same shall be adhered
to by the Contractor's Site-In-charge.
The responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR will include but not limited to:
- Coordination and supervision of the details of the job safety programme.

- Initiation of accident reporting, investigation and follow-up actions.
- Preparation of periodic accident summaries.
- Periodic Accident Analysis Reports
- Tallying safety inspection of the job and submission of summary inspection
report to OWNER/PMC.
- Obtaining work permits from the OWNER, wherever applicable.
- Check the fitness of cranes and other hoisting equipments on periodic
basis/before all major lifts and submit to Owner/PMC valid/latest test certificates
of tackles used for lifting.
- Submission of any other report required by Owner/ PMC.
- Conduct HSE Audit at predefined frequencies and assist OWNER/EIL/TPI during
conductance of their HSE Audits.
- Ensure closure of NCs observed during the above audits.
4.0 Guidelines on Safety Practices during Construction and Contractor Safety prepared by
Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) Nos. OISD-GDN-192 & OISD-GDN-207 shall be
followed by the contractor at site. Safety Recommended Practices for Electrical System
(OISD-RP-147) shall be followed by the contractor at site. These are supplementary
requirements in addition to specification for Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)
Management (Spec. No. A307-00-6-82-0001) to be followed by the CONTRACTOR at
site.

Page 631 of 827
5.0 Any Observation on Safety aspects ,EIL/PMC shall raise observation in attached
OSA format, which has to be acknowledged & compliance to be done by the
contractor within the agreed time period.
6.0 Procedure for Safe Operation with Hydra Crane (Refer Document No. A307-5-1940-
9500, Rev.0) shall be followed during the entire period of execution.

Page 632 of 827
ATTACHMENT – I
Page 633 of 827

PROCEDURE FOR IDENTIFICATION Document No.
AND BOXING UP OF FLANGE JOINTS 5-7700-0120
NOT SUBJECTED TO HYDROSTATIC Rev. No. 2
TEST AT SITE Page 1 of 9
___________________________________________________________________________________
PROCEDURE FOR
IDENTIFICATION AND BOXING UP
OF
FLANGE JOINTS NOT SUBJCTED TO
HYDROSTATIC TEST AT SITE
2 10.08.2010 General Review DDC DRC D(P)
1 31-7-2002 Transition to ISO-9000-2000 DDC DRC D(P)
0 9-8-2000 Issued for implementation KPS TPR D(P)

Reviewed Approved
Rev. No Date Purpose Prepared by
by by
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved
Page 634 of 827

TEST AT SITE
Page 2 of 9
ABBREVIATIONS :
EIL : ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED

FJNHT : FLANGE JOINT NOT SUBJECTED TO HYDROSTATIC TEST
FJOFF : FLANGE JOINT OPENED FOR FLUSHING
GAD : PIPING GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
HPV : HIGH POINT VENT
ISO : PIPING ISOMETRIC DRAWING
LPD : LOW POINT DRAIN
PFD : PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM
P&ID : PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM
PMI : POSITIVE MATERIAL IDENTIFICAITON
PMS : PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
VMS : PIPING VALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Document Drafting Committee Members
Shri Satish Murgai, GM (Projects)

Shri S.V. Narasimham, DGM (Planning)
Shri A. Soni, DGM (Projects)
Document Review Committee Members
Shri N. Duari, ED (Projects & Engineering)

Shri P. Mahajan, ED (Projects)
Shri D. Moudgil, ED (Projects & Infrastructure)
Page 635 of 827

TEST AT SITE
Page 3 of 9
CONTENTS
CLAUSE NO. TITLE PAGE
1.0 SCOPE 4
2.0 REFERENCES 4
3.0 DEFINITIONS 4
4.0 METHODOLOGY AND CONTROL 4
5.0 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS 10
6.0 ATTACHMENTS
FORMAT NO. : 5-7700-0120-F1
Page 636 of 827

TEST AT SITE
Page 4 of 9
1.0 SCOPE
After Mechanical Completion, the Plant is handed over to the commissioning team/client for
pre-commissioning/commissioning activities. At this stage, interface joints connecting
equipments like compressors pumps, columns, vessels etc. and in line instruments joints like
Control Valves, Safety Valves, Turbine Flow Meters, are not subjected to hydrostatic test.
These joints are required to be tagged and identified to enable commissioning team to take
care of these joints during leak test prior to start-up. Similarly joints which are opened up during
flushing, blowing/clearing also need to be identified.
The scope of this Procedure is to give a methodology for identification and boxing up of such
interface joints in-line instrument flange joints and joints opened up during flushing at site.
This Procedure is intended to provide leak proof flanged joints for safe and smooth
commissioning/operation of process plants.
The requirements of this Procedure shall be taken care of during detailed Engineering,
Construction and Pre-commissioning/Commissioning stages of project execution.
2.0 REFERENCES
6-44-17 Standard Specification for Pressure testing of Piping System
6-44-16 Standard Specification for Non-destructive examination of Piping System
6-44-12 Standard Specification for Fabrication and Erection of Piping
3.0 DEFINITIONS
NONE
4.0 METHODOLOGY AND CONTROL
4.1 Identification of flange Joints not subjected to Hydrostatic Testing
Such joints are broadly classified as under :
a) Joints where spades/plate flanges/blind flanges are used for isolating

equipments like pressure vessels, rotating equipments, heat exchangers etc.
b) Joints where Spades/Plate Flanges/Blind Flanges are used at piping for system
isolation due to pressure test limits.
c) Joints where Spools with temporary flanges are used to isolate control valves
and other in-line instruments, etc.
d) Joints where spades/plat flanges/blind flanges are used for isolating

pressure/temperature safety valves, non-return (check) valves and on line
instruments like thermo wells, temperature indicator (TI), flow transmitters etc.
e) Joints where spectacle blind may need reversal due to operational requirement
after hydro test.
f) Joints opened up during flushing and pre-commissioning.
4.1.2.1 Numbering of Flange Joints :

Page 637 of 827
TEST AT SITE
Page 5 of 9
Flange joints which are not subjected to hydro test and flange joints opened for
flushing shall be numbered and marked up on Isometric drawing as follows:
FJNHT 1, FJNHT 2 etc.
FJOFF 1, FJOFF 2 etc.
No two flange joints in a unit shall have the same number. For offsites where
isometrics are not prepared this numbering shall be marked on Piping GADs for each
line.
4.1.2.2 Flange Joints Checking and History Sheets :
4.1.2.3 Contractor shall check all components of flange joints and shall fill in details in the
enclosed format No. 5-7700-0120-F1 for all flange joints which are not subjected to
Hydrostatic tests and those opened up during flushing as specified in Clause 4.1.
These complete history sheets shall form an integral part of hydro testing test packs.
Owner/Owner's representative shall verify the record on the history sheets for its
completeness and accept the same.
4.1.2.4 Hydrostatic test loops/lines shall not be released for hydro test until the history sheets
are accepted by Owner/Owner's representative.
4.1.3 A schematic loop diagram (need not be to scale but elevation difference will be
shown) for each hydro test loop shall be prepared by the contractor. This diagram
shall show test battery limits i.e. location of spades, high point vents (HPV), Low
Point Drains (LPD), pressure gauge locations, pressuring point and any other desired
information.
4.1.4 Marking of FJNHT/FJOFF :
4.1.4.1 After completion of hydro testing, all flange joints defined in Clause 4.1 shall be
clearly circled on the schematic loop diagram as well as isometric drawings/GAD. A
copy of schematic loop diagram clearly showing all FJNHT and FJOFF shall be
handed over by construction engineers to pre-commissioning team/Owner. An
acknowledgement shall be obtained and shall be kept in records. FJNHT/FJOFF
shall also be marked in flange history sheets.
4.1.4.2 It is expected that for the purpose of flushing during pre-commissioning the joints will
be selected from such FJNHT. In case any other joint is selected by the
commissioning team, the same needs to be identified in the flange history sheet as
FJOFF.
4.1.4.3 All the above identified joints shall be tagged by the contractor at site for physical
identification.
4.2 Boxing up of interface joints :
Following procedure and checks shall be carried out during boxing up of interface
joints and joints opened during flushing and inspection so that the joints are made
leak proof.
4.2.1 Check for compliances of the following with respect to Isometric, PMS, Equipment
drawings, Pumps/Compressor drawings for compatibility of the following :
Page 638 of 827

TEST AT SITE
Page 6 of 9
4.2.1.1 Flange rating type of the flange, flange gasket contact surface finish & condition of
the flange and flange material. Gasket contact surface shall be inspected for any
damage and shall be free from dirt, foreign material e.g. rust and grease/lubricant.
4.2.1.2 Gasket material, gasket type and gasket finish & condition. Cleaning & lapping of
gasket face to bring back to the original requirement in case of any grease, dirt or
superficial rust is on the face.
4.2.1.3 Damaged gaskets and gaskets opened after tightening once shall not be reused and
shall be replaced.
4.2.1.4 Bolting (type, thread specification, size and length). Compatibility of threads for
nuts/studs/bolts should be ensured so that there is to be no mix up of
ISO/Metric/UNC threads.
4.2.1.5 It is essential to identify the correct bolting material specified for the service.
4.2.1.6 Hardness of gasket and flange gasket face (as applicable) re-establishment of
hardness (if required) shall be done but not on the gasket face but very near to the
gasket face.
4.2.1.7 Bolt hole diameter in flange with respect to bolting diameter for proper clearance.
4.2.1.8 In case of tapped holes, tap specifications & corresponding stud/nut specification.
Tapped holes should be checked for the correct specifications with respect to studs
thread specification.
4.2.2 The stud/bolt shall be longer by one diameter to accommodate bolt tensioner. Excess
thread shall be protected by threaded cap. The caps shall have threaded nipple for
greasing in case of ambient design conditions of the flange. On nuts, there should be
holes on all the faces to tighten the nut, after tensioning the stud/bolts.
4.2.3 In case material stamping is not marked on the bolts, then bolts shall be subjected to
allow analyser for chemical composition. Particular care shall be taken to prevent mix
up between low-temperature, low-alloy & carbon steel bolts.
4.2.3.1 Many a time, it is observed at site stores that there is a mix up of bolting material. It is
essential to identify each lot of bolting material specification ASTM A-193 B7/A, 193
B8, A 193 B16 etc. and also low temperature bolting materials like ASTM A 320 L7,
ASTM A 320 gr. B8, etc. Particular colour coding or punch marking on the ends for
identification. In addition to identification of materials and manufacturer logo it is
required to punch size of the stud/bolts/nuts on end for easy identification during
installation at project. Site. The strong, handling and categorization shall be done in
such a ay so that there is no mix up of these materials at site. A check with PMI
instrument shall be done at the time of receipt of materials for correct composition.
Positive material identification (PMI) shall be carried out for flange/fittings, studs,
bolts, nuts and for RTJ gaskets and any other bulk material identified by EIL at site.
4.2.3.2 Similar to the identification and storage specified above for the bolting, all gaskets
shall also be identified and stored so that there is no mix up of different material
specification and source of supply.
4.2.3.3 It is essential to keep the following facility in the contractor stores to rule out any
confusion to sort out any accidental mix up.
a) Portable hardness tester :

Page 639 of 827
TEST AT SITE
Page 7 of 9
To test the hardness of RTJ gasket. Care should be exercised not to make
indentation on the gasket contact surface.
b) Special Chemical Analysis Equipment :
Where a quick analysis of chemical composition of material can be established,

by PMI (Positive Material Identification) tests having accuracy level of 0.1%.
4.2.3.4 The contractor shall ascertain the correct diameter of the studs and also the
threading type by use of micrometer. This is particularly necessary for tapped holes
like in case of compressor discharge volume bottle etc.
4.2.3.5 In case of tapped holes the size shall be clearly punch marked on the face without
damaging the contact surface. This requirement shall be taken care of by the
equipment (compressor, pump etc.) manufacturer.
4.2.3.6 In order to avoid mix up of different diameter of studs, the studs/nuts shall be
procured with size clearly punch marked on end/face, in addition to the specification
and manufacturers symbol as desired by the code.
4.2.4 BOLT TENSIONING :
4.2.4.1 Hydraulic bolt tensioning shall be used for the following :
Nominal bolt diameter Condition

2" and over All joints
1-½" and over a) Class 600 and over
b) Hydrogen service
c) Toxic service
d)
1" and over a) Joints subject to high temperature or cyclic
duties
b) Joints with leakage history
c) Joints where high accuracy is required
d) Other duties specified by Process Licensor
e) Hydrogen service, temperature greater than
260ºC
4.2.4.2 For assembly and erection of high pressure & critical service joints, only adequately
trained and skilled fitters shall be employed. Following should be ensured at the time
of final assembly/boxing up :
i) alignment of flanges
ii) gasket alignment
iii) fasteners tightened up to required depth in tapped holes
iv) application of anti galling compound/lubricant as applicable
In case any constituent does not meet the above requirements as per PMS, VMS
and other relevant engg. document then replace the same with new one before
boxing up.
4.2.4.3 While doing the tightening case shall be taken to ensure sufficient clearance
particularly when bolting in limited spaces in valves, compressors, accessories,
instruments, pumps etc.
4.2.4.4 Pre-tightening to ensure full contact of gasket face & subsequently tightening using
bolt tensioner.
Page 640 of 827
TEST AT SITE
Page 8 of 9
4.2.4.5 Torque value/hydraulic pressure - tension requirement to provide leak proof joint in
all conditions including hydro test shall be furnished to EIL/Owner/Inspection
authorities for approval along with calculations, catalogues, details of bolt tensioner
etc.
However, the following guidelines shall be followed :
1. Design the flanged joint as per ASME Sec. VIII Div. 1 using the specified
parameters and the following :
a) Test pressure of line/equipment.
b) Friction co-efficient (new) applicable for type of lubricant, surface

condition of bolt and nut.
c) Care should be exercised for above friction value because it varies from
0.06 to 0.3.
d) Gasket seating stress, allowable bolt stresses, external loads (like

safety valve reaction loads).
e) Bolt forces to take care of flange misalignment.
4.2.5 Bolt Torqueing :
4.2.5.1 For flange assemblies not covered under the requirements of hydraulic bolt
tensioning, given in Clause 4.2.4.1 but falling in the following categories Bolt
Torqueing using pre-specified torque value shall be employed :
i) 900#, 1500# and 2500# - NB of pipe 2" and above
ii) 600# for Hydrogen and - NB of pipe 6" and above

H2S service only
iii) 150# & 300# for Hydrogen - NB of pipe 14" and above
and H2S service only
4.2.5.2 Bolt torque values shall be pre-specified based on the guidelines given in Clause
4.2.4.5. First pass shall be made using 40% of the maximum torque value. Second
pass shall be made using 80% of the maximum torque value and in the final pass the
nuts are to be tightened upto the final torque values.
5.0 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS
5.1 Flange History Sheet and bolt torque/bolt tensioning record for FJNHT/FJOFF:
The following shall be recorded at site for each flange joint :
i) Identification
- Flange set number

- Flange size/rating
- Pipe Class
ii) Flange fit-up
- Gasket size and type

Page 641 of 827
- Bolt diameter, length and number of bolts
TEST AT SITE
Page 9 of 9
- Bolt material
- Flange alignment
iii) Pre-box up Inspection
- Any damage i.e. dents, tool marks etc.

- Cleanliness/roughness
iv) Bolt Tensioning/Torqueing
- Tool number
- Bolt Torque value
- Lubricant used
v) Inspectors name and signatures with date
(Use Format No. 5-7700-0120-F1)
5.2 QUALITY RECORDS
Flare History sheets generated using Format No. 5-7700-0120-F1, Schematic loop
diagrams showing FJNHT/FJOFF and Isometric drawings/GADs with flange joints
numbers and FJNHT/FJOFF circled with acknowledgement from EIL/Process
Licensor/Owner shall form part of the Quality records generated using this procedure.
Page 642 of 827

ATTACHMENT – II
Page 643 of 827

Page 644 of 827
Page 645 of 827
Page 646 of 827
Page 647 of 827
Page 648 of 827
Page 649 of 827
Page 650 of 827
Page 651 of 827
Page 652 of 827
Page 653 of 827
Page 654 of 827
Page 655 of 827
Page 656 of 827
Page 657 of 827
Page 658 of 827
Page 659 of 827
Page 660 of 827
Page 661 of 827
Page 662 of 827
Page 663 of 827
Page 664 of 827
Page 665 of 827
Page 666 of 827
Page 667 of 827
Page 668 of 827
Page 669 of 827
Page 670 of 827
Page 671 of 827
ATTACHMENT – III
Page 672 of 827

SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT A307-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 0
MANAGEMENT AT IREP BPCL KOCHI Page 1 of 83
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
(HSE) MANAGEMENT
AT IREP BPCL KOCHI
0 12.09.2012 ISSUED AS JOB SPECIFICATION SM SM RKD
Rev Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 673 of 827
SPECIFICATION FOR SPECIFICATION No.
MANAGEMENT AT IREP BPCL KOCHI
Page 2 of 83
Abbreviations:
AERB : Atomic Energy Regulatory Board

ANSI : American National Standards Institute
BARC : Bhabha Atomic Research Centre
BS : British Standard
EIL : Engineers India Limited
ELCB : Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker
EPC : Engineering, Procurement and Construction
EPCC : Engineering, Procurement, Construction and Commissioning
ESI : Employee State Insurance
GCC : General Conditions of Contract
GM : General Manager
GTAW : Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
HOD : Head of Department
HSE : Health, Safety & Environment
HV : High Voltage
IS : Indian Standard
IE : Indian Electricity
JSA : Job Safety Analysis
LOTO : Lock Out & Tag Out
LPG : Liquefied Petroleum Gas
LSTK : Lump Sum Turn Key
MV : Medium Voltage
PPE : Personal Protective Equipment
RCM : Resident Construction Manager or Site-in-Charge, as applicable
ROW : Right of Way
SCC : Special Conditions of Contract
SLI : Safe Load Indicator
TBM : Tool Box Meeting

Page 674 of 827
Page 3 of 83
CONTENTS
PAGE
CLAUSE TITLE
NO.
1.0 Scope 5
2.0 References 5
3.0 Requirement of Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) 5
Management System to be complied by Bidders
3.1 Management Responsibility 5
3.1.1 HSE Policy & Objective 5
3.1.2 Management System 5
3.1.3 Indemnification 5
3.1.4 Deployment & Qualification of Safety 6
Personnel
3.1.5 Implementation, Inspection & 7
Monitoring
3.1.6 Behavior Based Safety 8
3.1.7 Awareness 9
3.1.8 Fire prevention & First-Aid 9
3.1.9 Documentation 9
3.1.10 Audit 9
3.1.11 Meetings 10
3.1.12 Intoxicating drinks & drugs and 11
smoking
3.1.13 Penalty 11
3.1.14 Accident/Incident investigation 13
3.2 House Keeping 14
3.3 HSE Measures 14
3.3.1 Construction Hazards 14
3.3.2 Accessibility 15
3.3.3 Personal Protective Equipments 16
(PPEs)
3.3.4 Working at height 16
3.3.5 Scaffoldings 18
3.3.6 Electrical installations 19
3.3.7 Welding/Gas cutting 21
3.3.8 Ergonomics and tools & tackles 21
3.3.9 Occupational Health 22
3.3.10 Hazardous substances 22
3.3.11 Slips, trips & falls 23
3.3.12 Radiation exposure 23
3.3.13 Explosives/Blasting operations 23
3.3.14 Demolition/Dismantling 23
3.3.15 Road Safety 24
3.3.16 Welfare measures 25
Contd to page 4 …

Page 675 of 827
Page 4 of 83
CONTENTS (contd. from page 3)

3.3.17 Environment Protection 25
3.3.18 Rules & Regulations 25
3.3.19 Weather Protection 25
3.3.20 Communication 25
3.3.21 Confined Space Entry 26
3.3.22 Heavy Lifts 26
3.3.23 Key performance indicators 27
3.3.24 Unsuitable Land Conditions 27
3.3.25 Under Water Inspection 27
3.4 Tool Box talks 28
3.5 Training & Induction Programme 28
3.6 Additional safety requirements for working Inside a 29
3.7 running
Self plant and Enhancement
Assessment 30
3.8 HSE Promotion 31
3.9 LOTO for isolation of energy source 31
4.0 Details of HSE Management System by Contractor
4.1 On Award of Contract 31
4.2 During Job Execution 32
4.3 During short listing of the sub-contractors 33
5.0 Records 33
Appendices
1. Standards/Codes on HSE Appendix-A
2. Details of First AID Box Appendix-B
3. Types of Fire Extinguishers & their Appln. Appendix-C
4. Indicative List of statutory Acts & Rules Appendix-D
5. Construction Hazards and their mitigation Appendix-E
6. Training subjects / topics Appendix-F
7. Construction Power Board ( typ) Appendix-G
8. List of HSE procedures Appendix-H
Attachments (Reporting Formats)
I. Safety Walk through Report HSE-1 Rev.0
II. Accident/Incident Report HSE-2 Rev.0
III. Suppl. Accident/Incident Investigation HSE-3 Rev.0
Report
IV. Near Miss Incident Report/Dangerous HSE-4 Rev.0
occurence
V. Monthly HSE Report HSE-5 Rev.0
VI. Permit for Working at height HSE-6 Rev.0
VII. Permit for Working in Confined Space HSE-7 Rev.0
VIII. Permit for Radiation work HSE-8 Rev.0
IX. Permit for Demolishing/ Dismantling HSE-9 Rev.0
X Daily Safety Checklist HSE-10 Rev.0
XI Housekeeping assessment & compliance HSE-11 Rev.0
XII Inspection of temporary electrical booth / HSE-12 Rev.0
installation
XIII Inspection for scaffolding HSE-13 Rev.0
XIV Permit for erection / modification & HSE-14 Rev.0
dismantling of scaffolding
XV Permit for heavy lift/critical erection HSE-15 Rev.0
XVI Permit Energy Isolation & De-Isolation HSE-16 Rev 0

Page 676 of 827
Page 5 of 83
1.0 SCOPE
This specification establishes the Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) management
requirement to be complied by Contractors/Vendors including their sub-contractors/sub
vendors during construction.
This specification is not intended to replace the necessary professional judgment needed to
design & implement an effective HSE system for construction activities and the contractor is
expected to fulfill HSE requirements in this specification as a minimum. It is expected that
contractor shall implement best HSE practices beyond whatever are mentioned in this
specification.
Requirements stipulated in this specification shall supplement the requirements of HSE

Management given in relevant Act(s)/legislations, General Conditions of Contract (GCC),
Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) and Job (Technical) Specifications. Where different
documents stipulate different requirements, the most stringent shall apply.
2.0 REFERENCES
The document should be read in conjunction with following:
- General Conditions of Contract (GCC)

- Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)
- Building and other construction workers Act,
- Factories Act
- Job (Technical) specifications
- Relevant International / National Codes (refer Appendix-A for standards/codes on HSE)
- Relevant State & National Statutory requirements.
- Operating Manuals Recommendation of Manufacturer of various construction
Machineries
3.0 REQUIREMENTS OF HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM TO BE COMPLIED BY BIDDERS
3.1 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY
3.1.1 HSE Policy & Objectives
The Contractor should have a documented HSE policy duly & objectives to demonstrate
commitment of their organization to ensure health, safety and environment aspects in their line
of operations.
HSE Policy shall be made available to Owner / EIL at the place of execution of specific contract
works, as a valid document.
3.1.2 Management System
The HSE management system of the Contractor shall cover the HSE requirements &
commitments to fulfill them, including but not limited to what are specified under clause 1.0
and 2.0 above. The Contractor shall obtain the approval of its site specific HSE Plan from EIL /
Owner prior to commencement of any site works. Corporate as well as Site management of the
Contractor shall ensure compliance of their HSE Plan at work sites in its entirety & in true
spirit.
3.1.3 Indemnification
Contractor shall indemnify & hold harmless, Owner/EIL & their representatives, free from any
and all liabilities arising out of non-fulfillment of HSE requirements or its consequences.
Page 677 of 827
Page 6 of 83
3.1.4 Deployment & qualifications of Safety personnel
The Contractor shall designate/deploy various categories of HSE personnel at site as indicated
below in sufficient number. In no case, deployment of safety Supervisor / Safety Steward shall
substitute deployment of Safety Officer / Safety Engr what is indicated in relevant statute of
BOCW Act i.e deployment of safety officer/Safety Engineer is compulsory at project site. The
Safety supervisors, Safety stewards etc. would facilitate the HSE tasks at grass root level for
construction sites and shall assist Safety Officer / Engineers.
a) Safety Steward
For every 250 workmen, one safety steward shall be deployed.
As a minimum, he shall preferably possess High School leaving Certificate (of Class
XII with Physics & Chemistry etc.) and trained in fire-fighting as well as in
safety/occupational health related subjects, with minimum two year of practical
experience in construction work environment and preferably have adequate knowledge
of the language spoken by majority of the workers at the construction site.
b) Safety Supervisor
For every 500workmen, one safety Supervisor shall be deployed.
As a minimum, he shall possess a recognized Degree in Science (with Physics &

Chemistry) or a diploma in Engg. or Tech. with minimum Two years of practical
experience in construction work environment and should possess requisite skills to deal
with construction safety & fire related day-to-day issues.
c) Safety Officer / Safety Engineer
One for every 1000 workers or part thereof shall be deployed.
Safety officer/Engineer Should Possess following Qualification & Experience :

(i) Recognized degree in any branch of Engg. or Tech. or Architecture with
practical experience of working in a building or other construction work in supervisory
capacity for a period of not less than two years, or possessing recognized diploma in
any branch of Engg. or Tech with practical experience of building or other construction
work in supervisory capacity for a period of not less than five years.
(ii) Recognized degree or diploma in Industrial safety with one paper in Construction
Safety
(iii) Preferably have adequate knowledge of the language spoken by majority of the
workers at the construction site.
Alternately
(i) Person possessing Graduation Degree in Science with Physics & Chemistry and
degree or diploma in Industrial Safety (from any Indian institutes recognized by AICTE
or State Council of Tech. Education of any Indian State) with practical experience of
working in a building, plant or other construction works (as Safety Officer, in line with
Indian Factories Act, 1958) for a period of not less than five years, may be considered
as Safety Officer, in case Owner/Client of the project agrees for /approves the same.
d) HSE In-Charge

Page 678 of 827
Page 7 of 83
In case there is more than one Safety Officer at any project construction site, one of
them, who is senior most by experience (in HSE discipline), may be designated as HSE
In-Charge. Duties & responsibilities of such person shall be commensurate with that of
relevant statute and primarily to coordinate with top management of Client and
contractors.
In case the statutory requirements i.e. State or Central Acts and / or Rules as applicable like the
Building and Other Construction Workers‟ Regulation of Employment and Conditions of
Service- Act,1996 or State Rules (wherever notified), the Factories Act, 1948 or Rules
(wherever notified), etc. are more stringent than above clarifications, the same shall be
followed.
Contractors shall ensure physical availability of safety personnel at the place of specific work
location, where Hot Work Permit is required / granted. No work shall be started at any of the
project sites until above safety personnel & concerned Site Engineer of Contractor are
physically deployed at site. The Contractor shall submit a HSE organogram clearly indicating
the lines of responsibility and reporting system and elaborate the responsibilities of safety
personnel in their HSE Manual / Program/ Plan.
The Contractor shall verify & authenticate credentials of such safety personnel and furnish Bio-
Data/ Resume/ Curriculum Vitae of the safety personnel as above for EIL/Owner‟s approval, at
least 1 month before the mobilization. The Contractor, whenever required, shall arrange
submission of original testimonials/certificates of their Safety personnel, to EIL/Owner (for
verification/scrutiny, etc.)
Imposition / Realization of penalty shall not absolve the Contractor from his/her responsibility
of deploying competent safety officer at site.
Adequate planning and deployment of safety personnel shall be ensured by the Contractor so
that field activities do not get affected because of non-deployment of competent & qualified
safety people in appropriate numbers.
3.1.5 Implementation, Inspection/Monitoring
 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for planning, reporting, implementing and
monitoring all HSE requirements and compliance of all laws & statutory requirements.
 The Contractor shall also ensure that the HSE requirements are clearly understood &
implemented conscientiously by their site personnel at all levels at site.
 The Contractor shall ensure physical presence of their field engineers / supervisors,
during the continuation of their contract works / site activities including all material
transportation activities. Physical absence of experienced field engineers / supervisors
of Contractor at critical work spot during the course of work, may invite severe
penalization as per the discretion of EIC, including halting / stoppage of work.
 Contractor shall furnish their annual Inspection Plan, with regard to project issues
/subjects, frequency and performers to EIL/Owner.
 The Contractor shall regularly review inspection report internally and implement all
practical steps / actions for improving the status continuously.
 The Contractor shall ensure important safety checks right from beginning of works at
every work site locations and to this effect format No: HSE-10 “Daily Safety Check
List” shall be prepared by field engineer & duly checked by safety personnel for
conformance.
 The Contractor shall carry out inspection to identify various unsafe conditions of work
sites/machinery/equipments as well as unsafe acts on the part of
workmen/supervisor/engineer while carrying out different project related works.
 Adequate records for all inspections shall be maintained by the Contractor and the same
shall be furnished to EIL/Owner, whenever sought.

Page 679 of 827
Page 8 of 83
 To demonstrate involvement/commitment of site management of Contractor, at least

one Safety Walk through in a month shall be carried out by Contractor‟s head of site
(along with his area manager/field engineers) and a report shall be furnished to
EIL/Owner as per format No: HSE-1” Safety walk through report” followed by
compliance for unsatisfactory remarks.
 As a general practice lifting tools/tackles, machinery, accessories etc. shall be inspected
and examined by competent people (approved by concerned State authorities) before
being used at site and also at periodical interval (e.g. during extension, modification,
elongation/reduction of machine/parts, etc.) as per relevant statutes. Hydra, cranes,
lifting machinery, mobile equipments / machinery / vehicles, etc. shall be inspected
regularly by only competent / experienced personnel at site and requisite records for
such inspections shall be maintained by every contractor. Contractor shall also maintain
records of maintenance of all other site machinery (e.g. generators, rectifiers,
compressors, cutters, etc.) & portable tools/equipments being used at project related
works (e.g. drills, abrasive wheels, punches, chisels, spanners, etc.).
 Site facilities /temporary. installations, e.g. batching plant, cement godown, DG-room,
temporary electrical panels/distribution boards, shot-blasting booth, fabrication yards,
etc. and site welfare facilities, like labour colonies, canteen/pantry, rest-shelters, motor
cycle/bicycle-shed, site washing facilities, First-aid centers, urinals/toilets, etc. should
be periodically inspected by Contractor (preferably utilizing HR/Admn. personnel to
inspect site welfare facilities) and records to be maintained.
3.16 Behaviour Based Safety
 The contractor shall develop a system to implement Behaviour-Based Safety (BBS)

through which work groups can identify, measure and change the behaviours of
employees and workers
 The BBS process shall include the following:
- Identify the behaviours critical to obtaining required safety performance.
- Communicate the behaviours and how they are performed correctly to all
- Observe the work force and record safe/at risk behaviours. Intervene with
workers to give positive reinforcement when safe behaviours are observed.
Provide coaching/correction when at risk behaviours are observed
- Collect and record observation data
- Summarize and analyze observation data
- Communicate observation data and analysis results to all employees
- Provide recognition or celebrate when safe behaviour improvements occur
- Change behaviours to be observed or change activators or change consequences
as appropriate.
- Communicate any changes to workforce
 Contractor through its own HSE committee shall implement the above process.
 The necessary procedures and reporting formats shall be developed by the contractor
for approval by EIL/Owner.
 The HSE committee of contractor shall observe individual‟s behavior for safe practices
adapted for utilization/execution of work for following as a minimum:-
- PPE
- Tools & equipment
- Hazard Identification & control
- House keeping
- Confined space entry
- Hot works
- Excavation
- Loading & unloading
- Work At height
- Stacking & storage
- Ergonomics
Page 680 of 827
Page 9 of 83
- Procedures
3.1.7 Awareness and Motivation
 The Contractor shall promote and develop awareness on Health, Safety and
Environment protection among all personnel working for the Contractor.
 Regular awareness programs and fabrication shop / work site meetings at least on
monthly basis shall be arranged on HSE activities to cover hazards/risks involved in
various operations during construction.
 Contractor to motivate & encourage the workmen & supervisory staff by issuing /
awarding them with tokens/ gifts/ mementos/ monetary incentives / certificates, etc.
3.1.8 Fire prevention & First-Aid
 The Contractor shall arrange suitable First-aid measures such as First Aid Box (Refer
Appendix-B for details), trained personnel/nurse (male) to administer First Aid, stand-
by Ambulance vehicle and
 Install fire protection measures such as adequate number of steel buckets with sand &
water and adequate number of appropriate portable fire extinguishers (Refer Appendix-
C for details) to the satisfaction of EIL/Owner.
 The Contractor shall deploy trained supervisory personnel / field engineers to cater to
any emergency situation.
 In case the number of workers exceeds 500, the Contractor shall position an Ambulance
/ vehicle on round the clock basis very close to the worksite.
 The Contractor shall arrange FIRE DRILL at each site at least once in three months,
involving site workmen and site supervisory personnel & engineers. The Contractor
shall maintain adequate record of such fire drills at project site
3.1.9 Documentation
The Contractor shall evolve a comprehensive, planned and documented system covering the
following as a minimum for implementation and monitoring of the HSE requirements and the
same shall be submitted for approval by owner/EIL.
- Site specific HSE Plan
- Safety Procedures, forms and Checklist. Indicative list of HSE procedures is
attached as Appendix :H
- Inspections and Test Plan
- Risk Assessment & Job Safety Analysis Report.
 The monitoring for implementation shall be done by regular inspections and compliance
of the observations thereof. The Contractor shall get similar HSE requirements
implemented at his sub-contractor(s) work site/office. However, compliance of HSE
requirements shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Any review/approval by
EIL/Owner shall not absolve contractor of his responsibility/liability in relation to
fulfilling all HSE requirements.
3.1.10 Audit
The Contractor shall submit an Audit Plan to EIL/Owner indicating the type of audits and
covering following as minimum:
 Internal HSE audits regularly at least on quarterly basis by engaging internal qualified
auditors (Lead Auditor Course :OSHA 18001).
 External HSE audits regularly at least on every six months by engaging qualified
external auditors (Lead Auditor Course :OSHA 18001)
All HSE shortfalls/ non-conformances on HSE matters brought out during review/audit internal
audit team, as well as by EIL/Owner‟s representative shall be resolved forthwith ( generally
within a week) by Contractor & compliance report shall be submitted to EIL/Owner.
Page 681 of 827
Page 10 of 83
Failure to carry-out HSE Audits & its compliance (internal & external) by Contractor, shall
invite penalization.
3.1.11 Meetings
 The Contractor shall ensure participation of his top most executive at site (viz. Resident
Construction Manager / Resident Engineer / Project Manager / Site-in-Charge) in Safety
Committee / HSE Committee meetings arranged by EIL/Owner usually on monthly
basis or as and when called for. In case Contractor‟s top most executive at site is not in
a position to attend such meeting, he shall inform EIL/Owner in writing before the
commencement of such meeting indicating reasons of his absence and nominate his
representative – failure to do so may invite very stringent penalization against the
specific Contractor, as deemed fit in Contract. The obligation of compliance of any
observations during the meeting shall be always time bound. The Contractor shall
always assist EIL/Owner to achieve the targets set by them on HSE management during
the project implementation.
 In addition, the Contractor shall also arrange internal HSE meetings chaired by his top
most executive at site on weekly basis and maintain records. Such internal HSE
meetings shall essentially be attended by field engineers / supervisors (& not by safety
personnel only) of the Contractor and its associates. Records of such internal HSE
meetings shall be maintained by the Contractor for review by EIL/Owner or for any
HSE Audits.
 Agenda of internal HSE meeting should broadly cover: -
a) Confirmation of record notes / minutes of previous meeting

b) Discussion on outstanding subjects of previous points / subjects, if any
c) Incidents / Accidents (of all types) at project site, if any
d) Current topics related to site activities / subjects of discussion
e) House keeping
f) Behavioral Safety
g) Information / views / deliberations of members / site sub Contractors
h) Report from Owner / Client
i) Status of Safety awareness, Induction programs & Training programs
The time frame for such HSE meeting shall be religiously maintained by one and all.
3.1.12 Intoxicating drinks & drugs and Smoking
 The Contractor shall ensure that his staff members & workers (permanent as well
casual) shall not be in a state of intoxication during working hours and shall abide by
any law relating to consumption & possession of intoxicating drinks or drugs in force.
 The Contractor shall not allow any workman to commence any work at any locations of
project activity who is/are influenced / effected with the intake of alcohol, drugs or any
other intoxicating items being consumed prior to start of work or working day.
 Awareness about local laws on this issue shall form part of the Induction Training and
compulsory work-site discipline.
 The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel working for him comply with “No-
Smoking” requirements of the Owner as notified from time to time. Cigarettes, lighters,
auto ignition tools or appliances as well as intoxicating drugs, dry tobacco powder, etc.
shall not be allowed inside the project / plant complex.

Page 682 of 827
Page 11 of 83
 Smoking shall be permitted only inside smoking booths exclusively designated &
authorized by the Owner/EIL.
3.1.13 Penalty
The Contractor shall adhere consistently to all provisions of HSE requirements. In case of non-
compliances and also for repeated failure in implementation of any of the HSE provisions,
EIL/Owner may impose stoppage of work without any cost & time implication to the Owner
and/or impose a suitable penalty.
The amount of penalty to be levied against defaulted Contractor shall be up to a cumulative

limit of
2.0% (Two percent) of the contract value for Item Rate or Composite contracts with an overall
ceiling of 1, 00, 00, 000 (Rupees One crore)
0.5% (Zero decimal five percent) of the contract value for LSTK, OBE, EPC, EPCC or Package
contracts with an overall ceiling of 10, 00.00.000 (Rupees ten crores)
This penalty shall be in addition to all other penalties specified elsewhere in the contract. The
decision of imposing stop-work-instruction and imposition of penalty shall rest with
EIL/Owner. The same shall be binding on the Contractor. Imposition of penalty does not make
the Contractor eligible to continue the work in unsafe manner.
The amount of penalty applicable for the Contractor on different types of HSE violations is
specified below:
Sl.
Violation of HSE norms Penalty Amount
No.
For not using personal protective equipment
1. (Helmet, Shoes, Goggles, Gloves, Full body Rs 500/- per day/ Item / Person.
harness, Face shield, Boiler suit, etc.)
2. Working without Work Permit/Clearance Rs 20000/- per occasion
Execution of work without deployment of
3 requisite field engineer / supervisor at work Rs. 5000/- per violation per day
spot
Unsafe electrical practices (not installing
ELCB, using poor joints of cables, using
4. naked wire without top plug into socket, Rs 10000/- per item per day.
laying wire/cables on the roads, electrical jobs
by incompetent person, etc.)
Working at height without full body harness,
using non-standard/ rejected scaffolding and
5. not arranging fall protection arrangement as Rs. 10000/- per case per day.
required, like hand-rails, life-lines, Safety
Nets etc.
Unsafe handling of compressed gas cylinders
6. (No trolley, jubilee clips double gauge Rs 500/- per item per day.
regulator, improper storage/handling).
Use of domestic LPG for cutting purpose / not
7. using flash back arresters on both the Rs. 3000/- per occasion.
hoses/tubes on both ends.
No fencing/barricading of excavated areas /
8. Rs.1, 000/- 3000/- per occasion.
trenches.
Page 683 of 827
Page 12 of 83
Not providing shoring/strutting/proper slope

9. and not keeping the excavated earth at least Rs.5, 000/- per occasion.
1.5M away from excavated area.
Non display of scaffold tags, caution boards,
10. list of hospitals, emergency services available Rs.1000/- per occasion.
at work locations.
Traffic rules violations like over speeding of
vehicles, rash driving, talking on mobile
phones during vehicle driving, wrong parking,
11. Rs. 2000/- per occasion.
not using seat belts, vehicles not fitted with
reverse horn / warning alarms / flicker lamps
during foggy weather.
Absence of Contractor‟s RCM/SIC or his
nominated representative (prior approval must
be taken for each meeting for nomination)
12. from site HSE meetings whenever called by Rs10000/- per meeting.
EIL/Owner & failure to nominate his
immediate deputy (in the site-organogram) for
such HSE meetings.
Failure to maintain HSE records by Contractor
13. Safety personnel, in line with approved HSE Rs 10000/- per month.
Plan/Procedures/Contract specifications..
Failure to conduct daily site safety inspection
(by Contractor‟s safety engineers/safety
officers), internal HSE meeting, internal HSE
14. Rs.10000/- per occasion.
Awareness/Motivation Program, Site HSE
Training and HSE audit at predefined
frequencies (as approved in HSE Plan).
Failure to submit the monthly HSE report by
Rs. 10000/- per occasion and Rs.
15. 5th of subsequent month to Project‟s Engineer-
1000/- per day of further delay.
in-Charge / Owner
Rs. 5000/- per occasion per
16. Poor House Keeping
subject
Failure to report & follow up accident
17. (including Near Miss) reporting system within Rs. 20000/- per occasion
specific time-frame.
Degradation of environment (not confining
18. toxic spills, spilling oil/lubricants onto Rs10000/- per occasion
ground)
Not medically examining the workers before
allowing them to work at height / to work in
confined space / to work in shot-blasting / to
work for painting / to work in bitumen or Rs 5000/- per occasion per
19.
asphalt works, not providing ear muffs while worker
allowing them to work in noise polluted areas,
made them to work in air polluted areas
without respiratory protective devices, etc.

Page 684 of 827
Page 13 of 83
Violation of any other safety condition as per

job HSE plan / work permit and HSE
conditions of contract (e.g. using crowbar on
20. cable trenches, improper welding booth, not Rs. 5000/- per occasion
keeping fire extinguisher ready at hot work
site, unsafe rigging practices, non-availability
of First-Aid box at site, etc.)
Failure to carry-out Safety audit in time
21. Rs. 20,000/- per occasion
(internal & external)
Carrying out sand blasting instead of shot
22. Rs. 50,000/- per day
blasting
Failure to deploy adequately qualified and
23. Rs. 10000/- per day per Officer
competent Safety Officer
Utilization of hydra for material shifting or
24. Rs 25,000/- per occasion
any other unauthorized /unsafe lifting works
Any incident / accident at project site has been
caused because of willful negligence or gross
25. violation of safety measures / provisions on Rs 10,00,000/-per occasion
the part of the Contractor or any of its sub-
agencies
26. Any violation not covered above To be decided by EIL/Owner.
 The Contractor shall make his field engineers/supervisors fully aware of the fact that
they keep track with the site workmen for their behavior and compliance of various
HSE requirements. Safety lapses / defects of project construction site shall be
attributable to the concerned job supervisor / engineer of the Contractor, (who remains
directly responsible for safely executing field works). For repeated HSE violations,
concerned job supervisor / engineer shall be reprimanded or appropriate action, as
deemed fit, shall be initiated (with an information to EIL & Owner) by the concerned
Contractor.
Contractor shall initiate verbal warning shall be given to the worker/employee during his first
HSE violation. A written warning shall be issued on second violation and specific training shall
be arranged / provided by the Contractor to enhance HSE awareness/skill including feedback on
the mistakes/ flaws. Any further violation of HSE stipulations by the erring individuals shall
call for his forthright debar from the specific construction site. A record of warnings for each
worker/employee shall be maintained by the Contractor, like by punching their cards / Gate
passes or by displaying their names at the Project entry gate. Warnings, penalizations,
appreciations etc. shall be discussed in HSE Committee meetings &/or in HSE Awareness
program.
3.1.14 Accident/ Incident investigation
All accidents / incidents shall be informed to EIL/Owner at least telephonically by Contractor

immediately and in writing within 24 hours on Format No. HSE-2 as applicable , by Contractor.
Thereafter, a Supplementary Accident / Incident investigation Report on Format No. HSE-3
shall be submitted to EIL/Owner within 72 hours. Near Miss incident(s),Dangerous
accidents/incident shall also be reported on Format No. HSE-4 within 24 hours. The accident/
incident shall be investigated by a team of Contractor‟s senior Site personnel (involving Site-in-
Charge or at least by his deputy) for establishing root-cause and recommending corrective &
preventive actions. Findings shall be documented and suitable actions taken to avoid
recurrences shall be communicated to EIL/Owner. Owner/EIL shall have the liberty to
independently investigate such occurrences and the Contractor shall extend all necessary help

Page 685 of 827
Page 14 of 83
and cooperation in this regard. EIL/Owner shall have the right to share the content of this report
with the outside world.
3.2 HOUSE KEEPING
The Contractor shall ensure that a high degree of house keeping is maintained and shall ensure
inter alia; the followings:
a) All surplus earth and debris are removed/disposed off from the working areas to
designated location(s).
b) Unused/surplus cables, steel items and steel scrap lying scattered at different places
within the working areas are removed to identify location(s).
c) All wooden scrap, empty wooden cable drums and other combustible packing materials,
shall be removed from work place to identified location(s).
d) Roads shall be kept clear and materials like pipes, steel, sand, boulders, concrete, chips
and bricks etc shall not be allowed on the roads to obstruct free movement of men &
machineries.
e) Fabricated steel structural, pipes & piping materials shall be stacked properly for
erection.
f) Water logging on roads shall not be allowed.
g) No parking of trucks/trolleys, cranes and trailers etc shall be allowed on roads, which
may obstruct the traffic movement.
h) Utmost care shall be taken to ensure over all cleanliness and proper upkeep of the
working areas.
i) Trucks carrying sand, earth and pulverized materials etc. shall be covered while moving
within the plant area/ or these materials shall be transported with top surface wet.
j) The contractor shall ensure that the atmosphere in plant area and on roads is free from
particulate matter like dust, sand, etc. by keeping the top surface wet for ease in
breathing.
k) At least two exits for any unit area shall be assured at all times – same arrangement is
preferable for digging pits / trench excavation / elevated work platforms / confined
spaces etc.
l) Welding cables and the power cable must be segregated and properly stored and used
.The same shall be laid away from the area of movement and shall be free from
obstruction.
m) Schedule for upkeep/cleaning of site to be firmed up and implemented on regular basis
The Contractor shall carry-out regular checks (minimum one per fortnight) as per format No:
HSE-11 for maintaining high standard of housekeeping and maintain records for the same.
3.3 HSE MEASURES
3.3.1 Construction Hazards
The Contractor shall ensure identification of all Occupational Health, Safety & Environmental
hazards in the type of work he is going to undertake and enlist mitigation measures. Contractor
shall carry out Job Safety Analysis (JSA) specifically for high risk jobs, like
a) Working at height (+2.0 Mts height) for cold (incl. colour washing, painting, insulation
etc.) & hot works.
b) Work in confined space,
c) Deep excavations & trench cutting (depth > 2.0 mts.)
d) Operation & Maintenance of Batching Plant.
e) Shuttering / concreting (in single or multiple pour) for columns, parapets & roofs.
f) Erection & maintenance of Tower Crane.
g) Erection of structural steel members / roof-trusses / pipes at height more than 2.0 Mts.
with or without crane.
Page 686 of 827
Page 15 of 83
h) Erection of pipes (full length or fabricated) at height more than 2.0 Mts. height with
Crane of 100T capacity.
i) All lifts using 100T Crane plus mechanical pulling.
j) All lifts using two cranes in unison (Tandem Lifting).
k) Any lift exceeding 80% capacity of the lifting equipments (hydra, crane etc.).
l) Laying of pipes (isolated or fabricated) in deep narrow trenches – manually or
mechanically.
m) Maintenance of crane / extension or reduction of crane-boom on roads or in yards.
n) Erection of any item at >2.0 Mts. height using 100T crane or of higher capacity
o) Hydrostatic test of pipes, vessels & columns and water-flushing.
p) Radiography jobs (in-plant & open field)
q) Work in Live Electrical installations / circuits
r) Handling of explosives & Blasting operations
s) Demolishing / dismantling activities
t) Welding / gas cutting jobs at height (+2.0 Mts.)
u) Lifting / placing roof-girders at height (+2.0 Mts.)
v) Lifting & laying of metallic / non-metallic sheet over roof/structures.
w) Lifting of pipes, gratings, equipments/vessels at heights (+2.0 Mts) with & without
using cranes
x) Calibration of equipment, instruments and functional tests at yards / work-sites.
y) Operability test of Pump, Motors (after coupling) & Compressors.
z) Cold or Hot works inside Confined Space.
aa) Transportation & shifting of ODC consignments into project areas.
bb) Working in “charged/Live” elect. Panels
cc) Stress Relieving works (Electrically or by Gas-burners).
dd) Pneumatic Tests
ee) Card board blasting
ff) Chemical cleaning
and take feedback from EIL/Owner. The necessary HSE measures devised shall be put in to
place, prior to start of an activity & also shall be maintained during the course of works, by the
Contractor. Copies of such JSAs shall be kept available at work sites by the Contractor to enable
all concerned carrying out checks / verification.
A list of typical construction hazards along with their effects & preventive measures is given in
Appendix-E.
3.3.2 Accessibility
 The Contractor shall provide safe means of access & efficient exit to any working place
including provisions of suitable and sufficient scaffolding at various stages during all
operations of the work for the safety of his workmen and EIL/Owner.
 The Contractor shall implement use of all measures including use of “life line”, “fall-
arresters”, “retractable fall arresters” , “safety nets” etc. during the course of using all
safe accesses & exits, so that in no case any individual remains at risk of slip & fall
during their travel.
 The access to operating plant / project complex shall be strictly regulated. Any person
or vehicle entering such complex shall undergo identification check, as per the
procedures in force / requirement of EIL/Owner.
 Accessibility to „confined space‟ shall be governed by specific system / regulation, as

established at project site.
3.3.3 Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs)

Page 687 of 827
Page 16 of 83
 The Contractor shall ensure that all their staff, workers and visitors including their sub-
contractor(s) have been issued (records to be kept) & wear appropriate PPEs like nape
strap type safety helmets preferably with head & sweat band with ¾” cotton chin
strap (made of industrial HDPE), safety shoes with steel toe cap and antiskid sole, full
body harness (CЄ marked and conforming to EN361), protective goggles, gloves, ear
muffs, respiratory protective devices, etc. All these gadgets shall conform to applicable
IS Specifications/CE or other applicable international standards. The Contractor shall
implement a regular regime of inspecting physical conditions of the PPEs being issued /
used by the workmen of their own & also its sub-agencies and the damaged /
unserviceable PPEs shall be replaced forthwith.
 Owner/EIL may issue a comprehensive color scheme for helmets to be used by various
agencies. The Contractor shall follow the scheme issued by the owner/EIL and shall
choose any colour other than white (for Owner) or blue (for EIL) All HSE personnel
shall preferably wear dark green band on their helmet so that workmen can approach
them for guidance during emergencies. HSE personnel shall preferably wear such
dresses with fluorescent stripes, which are noticeable during night, when light falls on
them.
 For shot blasting, the usage of protective face shield and helmets, gauntlet and
protective clothing is mandatory. Such protective clothing should conform relevant IS
Specification.
 For off-shore jobs/contracts, contractor shall provide PPEs (new) of all types to EIL &
Owner's personnel, at his (contractor's) cost. All personnel shall wear life jacket at all
time.
 An indicative list of HSE standards/codes is given under Appendix-A.
 Contractor shall ensure procurement & usage of following safety equipments/

accessories (conforming to applicable IS mark / CE standard) by their staff, workmen &
visitors including their subcontractors all through the span of project construction / pre-
commissioning/ Commissioning:-
a. PPEs (Helmet, Spectacle, Ear-muff, Face shield, Hand gloves, Safety Shoes, Gum boot)
b. Barricading tape / warning signs
c. Rechargeable Safety torch (flame-proof)
d. Safety nets (with tie-chords)
e. Fall arresters
f. Life-lines (steel wire-rope, dia not less than 8.0 mm)
g. Full body harness
h. Retractable fall arresters (various length)
i. Portable fire extinguishers (DCP type) – 5 kg capacity
j. Portable Multi Gas detector
k. Sound level meter
l. Digital Lux meter
m. Fire hoses & flow nozzles
n. Fire blankets / Fire retardant cloth (with eyelets)
3.3.4 Working at height
 The Contractor shall issue permit for working (PFW) at height after verifying and
certifying the checkpoints as specified in the attached permit (Format No. HSE-6). He
shall also undertake to ensure compliance to the conditions of the permit during the
currency of the permit including adherence of personal protective equipments.
Contractor‟s Safety Officer shall verify compliance status of the items of permit
Page 688 of 827
Page 17 of 83
document after implementation of action is completed by Contractor‟s execution / field

engineers at work site. Job Safety Analysis (JSA) for specific works at height duly
commented by EIL/Owner, shall be kept attached with particular Permit for Work
(PFW) at site for ready reference & follow-up.
 Such PFW shall be initially issued for one single shift or expected duration of normal
work and extended further for balance duration, if required. EIL/Owner can devise
block-permit system at any specific area, in consultation with project specific HSE
Committee to specify the time-period of validity of such PFW or its renewal. This
permit shall be applicable in areas where specific clearance from Owner‟s operation
Deptt. /Safety Deptt. is not required. EIL / Owner‟s field Engineers/Safety
Officers/Area Coordinators may verify and counter sign this permit (as an evidence of
verification) during the execution of the job.
 All personnel shall be medically examined & certified by registered doctor, confirming
their „medical fitness for working at height. The fitness examination shall be done once
in six months.
 In case work is undertaken without taking sufficient precautions as given in the permit,
EIL /Owner Engineers may exercise their authority to cancel such permit and stop the
work till satisfactory compliance/rectification is arranged made. Contractors are
expected to maintain a register for issuance of permit and extensions thereof including
preserving the used permits for verification during audits etc.
 The Contractor shall arrange (at his cost) and ensure use of Fall Arrester Systems by his
workers. Fall arresters are to be used while climbing/descending tall structures or
vessels / columns etc. These arresters should lock automatically against the anchorage
line, restricting free fall of the user. The device is to be provided with a double security
opening system to ensure safe attachment or release of the user at any point of rope. In
order to avoid shock, the system should be capable of keeping the person in vertical
position in case of a fall.
 The Contractor shall ensure that Full body harnesses conforming EN361 and having
authorized CЄ marking is used by all personnel while working at height. The lanyards
and life lines should have enough tensile strength to take the load of the worker in case
of a fall. One end of the lanyard shall be firmly tied with the harnesses and the other end
with life line. The harness should be capable of keeping the workman vertical in case of
a fall, enabling him to rescue himself.
 The Contractor shall provide Roof Top Walk Ladders for carrying out activities on
sloping roofs in order to reduce the chances of slippages and falls.
 The Contractor shall ensure that a proper Safety Net System is used wherever the
hazard of fall from height is present. The safety net, preferably a knotted one with
mesh ropes conforming to IS 5175/ ISO 1140 shall have a border rope & tie cord of
minimum 12mm dia. The Safety Net shall be located not more than 6.0 meters below
the working surface extending on either side up to sufficient margin to arrest fall of
persons working at different heights.
 In case of accidental fall of person on such Safety Net, the bottom most portion of
Safety Net should not touch any structure, object or ground.
 The Contractor shall ensure positive isolation while working at different levels like in
the pipe rack areas. The working platforms with toe boards & hand rails shall be
sufficiently strong & shall have sufficient space to hold the workmen and tools &

Page 689 of 827
Page 18 of 83
tackles including the equipments required for executing the job. Such working
platforms shall have mid-rails, to enable people work safely in sitting posture.
3.3.5 Scaffoldings & Barricading
 Suitable scaffoldings shall be provided to workmen for all works that cannot be safely
done from the ground or from solid construction except such short period work that can
be safely done using ladders or certified (by 3rd party competent person) man-basket.
When a ladder is used, an extra workman shall always be engaged for holding the
ladder.
 The Contractor shall ensure that the scaffolds used during construction activities shall
be strong enough to take the designed load. Main Contractor shall always furnish duly
approved construction-design details of scaffold & SWL (from competent designers)
free of charge, before they are being installed / constructed at site. Owner/EIL reserves
the right to ask the Contractor to submit certification and or design calculations from
his HQ / Design/ Engineering expert regarding load carrying capacity of the
scaffoldings.
 All scaffolds shall be inspected by a competent Scaffolding Inspector of the Contractor.

He shall paste a GREEN tag (duly signed by competent Scaffolding Inspector) on each
scaffold found safe and a RED tag (duly signed by competent Scaffolding Inspector)
on each scaffold found unsafe. Scaffolds with GREEN tag only shall be permitted to be
used and Scaffolds with RED ones shall immediately be made inaccessible. Work
being found continuing on scaffolds with RED tag shall be considered unauthorized
work by Contractor and may invite penalization from EIL/Owner. For every 120-125
m2 /m3 area / volume or its parts thereof minimum one TAG shall be provided.
 The Contractor shall ensure positive barricading (indicative as well as protective) of

the excavated, radiography, heavy lift, high pressure hydrostatic & pneumatic testing
and other such areas. Sufficient warning signs shall be displayed along the barricading
areas.
3.3.6 Electrical installations

 All electrical installations/ connections shall be carried out as per the provisions of
latest revision of following codes/standards, in addition to the requirements of Statutory
Authorities and IE/applicable international rules & regulations:
- OISD STD 173: Fire prevention & protection system for electrical installations
- SP 30 (BIS) : National Electric Code
 All electrical installations shall be approved by the concerned statutory authorities.
 All temporary electrical installations / facilities shall be regularly checked by the

licensed/competent electricians of the Contractor and appropriate records shall be
maintained in format no: HSE-12” Inspection of temporary electrical booth/installation
at project construction site”. Such inspection records are to be made available to
EIL/Owner, whenever asked for.
3.3.6.1 The Contractor shall meet the following requirements:
a. Shall make Single Line Diagram (SLD) for providing connection to each equipments &
machinery and the same (duly approved by EIL/Owner) shall be pasted on the front
face of DBs (distribution boards) or JBs (Junction boxes) at every site. ( A typical
Switch Board Sketch is attached as Appendix -G )

Page 690 of 827
Page 19 of 83
b. Ensure that electrical systems and equipment including tools & tackles used during
construction phase are properly selected, installed, used and maintained as per
provisions of the latest revision of the Indian Electrical/ applicable international
regulations.
c. Shall deploy qualified & licensed electricians for proper & safe installation and for
regular inspection of construction power distribution system/points including their
earthing. A copy of the license shall be submitted to EIL / Owner for records.
Availability of at least one competent (ITI qualified) / licensed electrician (by State
Elec. authorities) shall be ensured at site round the clock to attend to the
normal/emergency jobs.
d. All switchboards / welding machines shall be kept in well-ventilated & covered shed/
with rain shed protection. The shed shall be elevated from the existing ground level to
avoid water logging inside the shed . Installation of electrical switch board must be
done taking care of the prevention of shock and safety of machine.
e. No flammable materials shall be used for constructing the shed. Also flammable
materials shall not be stored in and around electrical equipment / switchboard.
Adequate clearances and operational space shall be provided around the equipment.
f. Fire extinguishers and insulating mats shall be provided in all power distribution centers.
g. Temporary electrical equipment shall not be employed in hazardous area without

obtaining safety permit.
h. Proper housekeeping shall be done around the electrical installations.
i. All temporary installations shall be tested before energizing, to ensure proper earthing,
bonding, suitability of protection system, adequacy of feeders/cables etc.
j. All welders shall use hand gloves irrespective of holder voltage.
k. Multilingual (Hindi, English and local language) caution boards, shock treatment charts
and instruction plate containing location of isolation point for incoming supply, name &
telephone No. of contact person in emergency shall be provided in substations and near
all distribution boards / local panels.
l. Operation of earth leakage device shall be checked regularly by temporarily connecting

series test lamp (2 bulbs of equal rating connected in series) between phase and earth.
m. Regular inspection of all installations at least once in a month. (Ref. Format HSE-12).
3.3.6.2 The following features shall also be ensured for all electrical installations during
construction phase by the contractor:
 Each installation shall have a main switch with a protective device, installed in an
enclosure adjacent to the metering point. The operating height of the main switch shall
not exceed 1.5 M. The main switch shall be connected to the point of supply by means
of armoured cable.
 The outgoing feeders shall be double or triple pole switches with fuses / MCBs. Loads
in a three phase circuit shall be balanced as far as possible and load on neutral should
not exceed 20% of load in the phase.

Page 691 of 827
Page 20 of 83
 The installation shall be adequately protected against overload, short circuit and earth
leakage by the use of suitable protective devices. Fuses wherever used shall be HRC
type. Use of rewirable fuses shall be strictly prohibited. The earth leakage device shall
have an operating current not exceeding 30 mA.
 All connections to the hand tools / welding receptacles shall be taken through proper
switches, sockets and plugs.
 All single phase sockets shall be minimum 3 pin type only. All unused sockets shall be
provided with socket caps.
 Only 3 core (P+N+E) overall sheathed flexible cables with minimum conductor size of
1.5 mm2 copper shall be used for all single phase hand tools.
 Only metallic distribution boxes with double earthing shall be used at site. No wooden
boxes shall be used.
 All power cables shall be terminated with compression type cable glands. Tinned
copper lugs shall be used for multi-strand wires / cables.
 Cables shall be free from any insulation damage.
 Minimum depth of cable trench shall be 750 mm for MV & control cables and 900 mm
for HV cables. These cables shall be laid over a sand layer and covered with sand, brick
& soil for ensuring mechanical protection. Cables shall not be laid in waterlogged area
as far as practicable. Cable route markers shall be provided at every 25 M of buried
trench route. When laid above ground, cables shall be properly cleated or supported on
rigid poles of at least 2.1 M high. Minimum head clearance of 6 meters shall be
provided at road crossings.
 Under ground road crossings for cables shall be avoided to the extent feasible. In any
case no under ground power cable shall be allowed to cross the roads without pipe
sleeve.
 All cable joints shall be done with proper jointing kit. No taped/ temporary joints shall
be used.
 An independent earthing facility should preferably be established within the temporary

installation premises. All appliances and equipment shall be adequately earthed. In case
of armoured cables, the armour shall be bonded to the earthing system.
 All cables and wire rope used for earth connections shall be terminated through tinned
copper lugs.
 In case of local earthing, earth electrodes shall be buried near the supply point and earth
continuity wire shall be connected to local earth plate for further distribution to various
appliances. All insulated wires for earth connection shall have insulation of green
colour.
 Separate core shall be provided for neutral. Earth / Structures shall not be used as a
neutral in any case.
 ON/OFF position of all switches shall be clearly designated / painted for easy isolation
in emergency.

Page 692 of 827
Page 21 of 83
3.3.7 Welding/ Gas cutting
 Contractor shall ensure that flash back arrestors conforming to BS: 6158 or equivalent
are installed on all gas cylinders as well as at the torch end of the gas hose, while in use.
 All cylinders shall be mounted on trolleys and provided with a closing key.
 The burner and the hose placed downstream of pressure reducer shall be equipped with
Flash Back Arrester/Non Return Valve device.
 The hoses for acetylene and oxygen cylinders must be of different colours. Their
connections to cylinders and burners shall be made with a safety collar.
 At end of work, the cylinders in use shall be closed and hoses depressurized.
 Cutting of metals using gases, other than oxygen & acetylene, shall require written
concurrence from Owner.
 All welding machines shall have effective earthing at least at distinctly isolated two
points.
 In order to help maintain good housekeeping, and to reduce fire hazard, live electrode
bits shall be contained safely and shall not be thrown directly on the ground.
 The hoses of Acetylene and Oxygen shall be kept free from entanglement & away from
common pathways / walkways and preferably be hanged overhead in such a manner
which can avoid contact with cranes, hydra or other mobile construction machinery.
 Hot spatters shall be contained / restricted appropriately (by making use of effective
fire-retardant cloth/fabric) and their flying-off as well as chance of contact with near-by
flammable materials shall be stopped.
 The Contractor shall arrange adequate systems & practices for accumulation / collection
of metal & other scraps and remnant electrodes and their safe disposal at regular
interval so as to maintain the fabrication and other areas satisfactorily clean & tidy.
3.3.8 Ergonomics and tools & tackles
 The Contractor shall assign to his workmen, tasks commensurate with their
qualification, experience and state of health.
 All lifting tools, tackles, equipment, accessories including cranes shall be tested
periodically by statutory/competent authority for their condition and load carrying
capacity. Valid test & fitness certificates from the applicable authority shall be
submitted to Owner/EIL for their review/acceptance before the lifting tools, tackles,
equipment, accessories and cranes are used.
 The contractor shall not be allowed to use defective equipment or tools not adhering to
safety norms.
 Contractor shall arrange non-sparking tools for project construction works in operating
plant areas / hydrocarbon prone areas.
 Wherever required the Contractor shall make use of Elevated Work Platforms (EWP)
or Aerial Work Platforms (mobile or stationary) to avoid ergonomical risks and
workmen shall be debarred to board such elevated platform during the course of their
shifting / transportation.
 Contractor shall ensure installation of Safe Load Indicator (SLI) on all cranes (while in
use) to minimize overloading risk. SLI shall have capability to continuously monitor
and display the load on the hook, and automatically compare it with the rated crane
capacity at the operating condition of the crane. The system shall also provide visual
and audible warnings at set capacity levels to alert the operator in case of violations.
 The contractor shall be responsible for safe operations of different equipments
mobilized and used by him at the workplace like transport vehicles, engines, cranes,
mobile ladders, scaffoldings, work tools, etc.
 The Contractor shall arrange periodical training for the operators of hydra, crane,
excavator, mobile machinery, etc. at site by utilizing services from renowned
manufacturers

Page 693 of 827
Page 22 of 83
3.3.9 Occupational Health
 The contractor shall identify all operations that can adversely affect the health of its
workers and issue & implement mitigation measures.
 For surface cleaning operations, sand blasting shall not be permitted even if not
explicitly stated elsewhere in the contract.
 To eliminate radiation hazard, Tungsten electrodes used for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
shall not contain Thorium.
 Appropriate respiratory protective devices shall be used to protect workmen from

inhalation of air borne contaminants like silica, asbestos, gases, fumes, etc.
 Workmen shall be made aware of correct methods for lifting, carrying, pushing &
pulling of heavy loads. Wherever possible, manual handling shall be replaced by
mechanical lifting equipments.
 For jobs like drilling/demolishing/dismantling where noise pollution exceeds the

specified limit of 85 decibels, ear muffs shall be provided to the workers.
 To avoid work related upper limb disorders (WRULD) and backaches, Display Screen
Equipments' workplace stations shall be carefully designed & used with proper sitting
postures. Power driven hand-held tools shall be maintained in good working condition
to minimize their vibrating effects and personnel using these tools shall be taught how
to operate them safely & how to maintain good blood circulation in hands.
 The Contractor shall arrange health check up (by registered medical practitioner) for all
the workers at the time of induction. Health check may have to be repeated if the nature
of duty assigned to him is changed necessitating health check or doubt arises about his
wellness. EIL/Owner reserves the right to ask the contractor to submit medical test
reports. Regular health check-ups are mandatory for the workers assigned with
Welding, Radiography, Blasting, Painting, Heavy Lift and Height (>2m) jobs. All the
health check-ups shall be conducted by registered Medical practitioner and records are
to be maintained by the Contractor.
 The Contractor shall ensure vaccination of all the workers including their families,
during the course of entire project span.
3.3.10 Hazardous substances
 Hazardous, inflammable and/or toxic materials such as solvent coating, thinners, anti-
termite solutions, water proofing materials shall be stored in appropriate containers
preferably with lids having spillage catchment trays and shall be stored in a good
ventilated area. These containers shall be labeled with the name of the materials
highlighting the hazards associated with its use and necessary precautions to be taken.
Respective MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheet) shall be made available at site & may
be referred whenever problem arises.
 Where contact or exposure of hazardous materials are likely to exceed the specified
limit or otherwise have harmful affects, appropriate personal protective equipments
such as gloves, goggles/face-shields, aprons, chemical resistant clothing, respirator, etc.
shall be used.
 The work place shall be checked prior to start of activities to identify the location, type
and condition of any asbestos materials which could be disturbed during the work. In
Page 694 of 827
Page 23 of 83
case asbestos material is detected, usage of appropriate PPEs by all personnel shall be
ensured and the matter shall be reported immediately to EIL/ Owner.
3.3.11 Slips, trips & falls
The contractor shall establish a regular cleaning and basic housekeeping programme
that covers all aspects of the workplace to help minimize the risk of slips, trips & falls.
The contractor shall take positive measures like keeping the work area tidy, storing
waste in suitable containers & harmful items separately, keeping passages, stairways,
entrances & exits especially emergency ones clear, cleaning up spillages immediately
and replacing damaged carpet/ floor tiles, mats & rugs at once to avoid slips, trips &
falls.
3.3.12 Radiation exposure
 All personnel exposed to physical agents such as ionizing & non-ionizing radiation,
including ultraviolet rays or similar other physical agents shall be provided with
adequate shielding or protection commensurate with the type of exposure involved.
 For ionizing radiation, requirements of Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC)/

Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) shall be followed.
 The Contractor shall implement an effective system of control at site for handling
radiography-sources & for avoiding its misuse.
 The contractor shall generate the Format No: HSE-8 “Permit for radiation work” before
start of work.
3.3.13 Explosives/Blasting operations
 Blasting operations shall be carried out as per latest Explosive Rules (Indian /
International) with prior permission. The Contractor shall obtain license from Chief
Controller of Explosives (CCoE) for collection, transportation, storage of explosives as
well as for carrying out blasting operations.
 The Contractor shall prepare exclusive method statement (in cognizance with statutory
requirements) for diffusing unfired explosives, if any, at project site before carrying out
actual task. Nowhere blasting shall be carried out by the Contractor or its agency
without the involvement of competent supervisor and licensed blaster / shot blaster.
3.3.14 Demolition/ Dismantling
 The contractor shall adhere to safe demolishing/ dismantling practices at all stages of
work to guard against unsafe working practices.
 The contractor shall disconnect service lines (power, gas supply, water, etc.)/ make
alternate arrangements prior to start of work and restore them, if required as directed by
EIL/ Owner at no extra cost.
 Before carrying out any demolition/ dismantling work, the contractor shall take prior
approval of EIL/Owner and generate the Format No.HSE-9. For revamp jobs in
operating plants where location of underground utilities is not known with certainty, the
contractor shall depute an experienced engineer for supervision and shall make
adequate arrangements for Fire fighting & First-Aid during the execution of these
activities.
 The Contractor shall arrange approved Job Safety Analysis (JSA) / Method Statement
for the specific demolition / dismantling task and corresponding action plan
commensurate with hazards / risks associated therein. In no case any activity related to

Page 695 of 827
Page 24 of 83
demolition / dismantling shall be carried out by the Contractor without engaging own
supervision / field engineer.
3.3.15 Road Safety
 The Contractor shall ensure adequately planned road transport safety management
system.
 The vehicles shall be fitted with reverse warning alarms & flashing lights / fog-lights
and usage of seat belts shall be ensured.
 The Contractor shall also ensure a separate pedestrian route for safety of the workers
and comply with all traffic rules & regulations, including maintaining speed limit of 20
kmph or indicated by owner for all types of vehicles / mobile machinery. The maximum
allowable speed shall be adhered to.
 In case of an alert or emergency, the Contractor must arrange clearance of all the routes,
roads, access. The Contractor shall deploy sufficient number of traffic controllers at
project site routes / roads/ accesses, to alert reversing movement of vehicles &
machinery as well as pedestrians.
 Dumpers, Tippers, etc. shall not be allowed to carry workers within the plant area and
also to & from the labour colony to & from project sites.
 Hydras shall only be allowed for handling the materials at fabrication/ storage yards and
in no case shall be allowed to transport the materials over project / plant roads.
 The Contractor shall not deploy any such mobile machinery / equipments, which do not
have competent operator and / or experienced banks-man / signal-man. Such machinery
/ equipments shall have effective limit-switches, reverse-alarm, front & rear-end lights
etc. and shall be maintained in good working order.
 The Contractor shall not carry-out maintenance of vehicles / mobile machinery

occupying space on project / plant roads and shall always arrange close supervision for
such works.
 For pipeline jobs, the contractor shall submit a comprehensive plan covering
transportation, loading / unloading of pipes, movement of side booms, movement of
vehicles on the ROW, etc.
3.3.16 Welfare measures
Contractor shall, at the minimum, ensure the following facilities at work sites:
 A crèche at site where 10 or more female workers are having children below the age of 6
years.
 Adequately ventilated / illuminated rooms at labour camps & its hygienic up-keeping.
 Reasonable canteen facilities at site and in labour camps at appropriate location depending
upon site conditions. Contractor shall make use of “industrial” variety of LPG cylinder &
satisfactory illumination at the canteens. Necessary arrangement for efficient disposal of
wastes from canteens shall also be made and regular review shall be made to maintain the
ambience satisfactorily hygienic & shall also comply with all applicable statutory
requirements.
 Adequately lighted & ventilated Rest rooms at site (separate for male workers and female
workers).
 Urinals, Toilets, drinking water, washing facilities, adequate lighting at site and labour
camps, commensurate with applicable Laws / Legislation.
3.3.17 Environment Protection

Page 696 of 827
Page 25 of 83
Contractor shall ensure proper storage and utilization methodology of materials that are
detrimental to the environment. Where required, Contractor shall ensure that only the
environment friendly materials are selected and emphasize on recycling of waste materials,
such as metals, plastics, glass, paper, oil & solvents. The waste that can not be minimized,
reused or recovered shall be stored and disposed of safely. In no way, toxic spills shall be
allowed to percolate into the ground. The contractor shall not use the empty areas for dumping
the wastes.
The contractor shall strive to conserve energy and water wherever feasible.
The contractor shall ensure dust free environment at workplace by sprinkling water on the
ground at frequent intervals. The air quality parameters for dust, poisonous gases, toxic releases,
harmful radiations, etc. shall be checked by the contractor on daily basis and whenever need
arises.
The contractor shall not be allowed to discharge chemicals, oil, silt, sewage, sullage and other
waste materials directly into the controlled waters like surface drains, streams, rivers, ponds. A
discharge plan suggesting the methods of treating the waste before discharging shall be
submitted to EIL/Owner for approval.
For pipeline jobs, top soil shall be stacked separately while making ROW through fields. This
fertile soil shall be placed back on top after backfilling.
For offshore construction barges, arrangements shall be made for safe disposal of human, food
& other wastes and applicable laws in this regard shall be followed.
3.3.18 Rules & Regulations
All persons deployed at site shall be knowledgeable of and comply with the environmental laws,
rules & regulations relating to the hazardous materials, substances and wastes. Contractor shall
not dump, release or otherwise discharge or disposes off any such materials without the express
authorization of EIL/Owner. An indicative list of Statutory Acts & Rules relating to HSE is
given under Appendix-D.
3.3.19 Weather Protection
Contractor shall take appropriate measures to protect workers from severe storms, rain, solar
radiations, poisonous gases, dust, etc. by ensuring proper usage of PPEs like Sun glasses, Sun
screen lotions, respirators, dust masks, etc. and rearranging/ planning the construction activities
to suit the weather conditions. Effective arrangement (without creating inconvenience to project
facilities & permanent installations) for protecting workmen from hailstorm, drizzle in the form
of temporary shelter shall be made at site.
3.3.20 Communication
All persons deployed at the work site shall have access to effective means of communication so
that any untoward incident can be reported immediately and assistance sought by them.
All health & safety information shall be communicated in a simple & clear language easily
understood by the local workforce.
For information to all, typical subjects that should be communicated are: -
Inside the company (Top to down) –
a. Quality Policy
Page 697 of 827
Page 26 of 83
b. HSE Policy contents

c. Environment Policy
d. HSE Objectives
e. Safety Cardinal Rules
f. HSE Target – reached or missed
g. Praises & Warnings to personnel for HSE Management
h. Safety Walk Through Reports and safety defects / shortfalls (by management)
i. HSE Audit results
j. Revised Statutory Health & Safety provisions, if any
k. H & S publicity
l. Suggestions
Inside the Company (Bottom to up) –
a. Complaints
b. Compliances on safety defects / shortfalls
c. Suggestions
d. Proposals for changes & improvements
e. HSE Reports (including near-miss reports)
3.3.21 Confined Space Entry
The contractor shall generate a work permit (Format No. HSE -7) before entering a confined
space. People, who are permitted to enter into confined space, must be medically examined &
certified by registered doctor, confirming their „medical fitness for working in confined space‟.
All necessary precautions mentioned therein shall be adhered to. An attendant shall be
positioned outside a confined space for extending help during an emergency. All appropriate
PPEs and air quality parameters shall be checked before entering a confined space. It shall be
ensured that the piping of the equipment which has to be opened is pressure- free by checking
that blinds are in place, vents are open and volume is drained. Inside confined space works, only
electrical facilities / installations of 24V shall be permitted. Contactor shall ensure usage of safe
& suitable arrangement of oxygen supply for individual workmen (during the course of work in
confined space), if oxygen concentration is found to be less than 19.5% (v/v) there.
3.3.22 Heavy Lifts
 The contractor shall submit detailed rigging studies plan for EIL/ Owner approval prior
to lifting equipment which cannot be erected with a crane of approx. 100 MT capacity
due to constraints of its dimensions, location of foundation height, approach & weight.
 Contractor shall generate the format no:HSE-15 “Permit for heavy lift/critical erection”
 Prior to actual lifting activities, contractor shall check the validity of the crane
inspection certificate issued by statutory/ competent authority. This requirement shall
also apply to all rigging equipments utilized for the job.
 The contractor shall, at all times, be responsible for all rigging activities.
 Adequate safety measures such as positive barricading, usage of appropriate PPEs,

permit to work, etc. shall be taken during all heavy or critical lifts.
 For lifting any material (irrespective of shape, size or volume), at any height, it is
always advisable to prepare a Plan of Erection (PoE) taking into consideration hazards
& risks associated therein – this can enable people to put their own experiences of
various natures & side-by-side establish a practical method for risk-free erection / lifts.
The contractor shall prepare PoE & shall document the same, when risks are identified
Page 698 of 827
Page 27 of 83
as “medium” or “high” and the same shall be approved by its competent / qualified
engineer.
3.3.23 Key Performance Indicators
The contractor shall measure an activity in both leading & trailing indicators for statistical and
performance measurement. The activities pertaining to key performance indicators are covered
in Monthly HSE Report (Format No. HSE-5). The contractor shall try to achieve a statistically
fair record and strive for its continual improvement.
Leading Indicators viz:-:
- Number of Safety Inductions carried-out at site (for workmen & staff members)
- Number of HSE inspections carried out
- Number of “Safety Walk Through” carried-out by site-head.
- Number of HSE shortfalls / lapses identified per contractor & closed-out in time.
- Number of Safety Meetings conducted (in-house / with contractors)
- Number of HSE Audits made (internal & external) vis-à-vis non conformances raised
- Number of HSE Awareness / Motivational program conducted by contractors
- Number of HSE Trainings conducted at site for supervisors & workmen
- Study of Near miss case reported
- Encouragements / Awards / Recognitions to workmen, job supervisors & field
engineers.
- Suggestions for improvement
Trailing Indicators viz:-:
- Calculation of HSE statistics viz frequency rate, severity rate, LAT free manhours,etc
- Analysis of incidents / accidents (nature, severity, types etc.)
- Study of Incident / Accident with respect to :-
 Variety
 Period of the year / project span
 Timings of the incident / accident
 Age profile of victims
 Body parts involved
 Penalty levied for causing incident / accident
3.3.24 Unsuitable Land Conditions
Contractor shall take appropriate measures and necessary work permits/clearances if work is to
be done in or around marshy areas, river crossings, mountains, monuments, etc. The Contractor
shall make right assessment and take all necessary action for developing work areas to make
them safe & suitable for crane operations or other vehicular movement before carrying out any
project related activity / operation. Contractor shall take all necessary actions to make the
surroundings of its site establishments (site office, stores, lay-down area etc.) work-worthy
safe and secure.
3.3.25 Under Water Inspection
Contractor shall ensure that boats and other means used for transportation, surveying &
investigation works shall be certified seaworthy by a recognized classification society. It shall
be equipped with all life saving devices like life jackets, adequate fire protection arrangements
and shall posses communication facilities like cellular phones, wireless, walkie-talkie. All
divers used for seabed surveys, underwater inspections shall have required authorized license,
suitable life saving kit. Number of hours of work by divers shall be limited as per regulations.
EIL/ Owner shall have the right to inspect the boat and scrutinize documents in this regard.

Page 699 of 827
Page 28 of 83
3.4 TOOL BOX TALKS (TBT)
Contractor shall conduct daily TBT with workers prior to start of work and shall maintain
proper record of the meeting. A suggested format is given below. The TBT is to be conducted
by the immediate supervisor of the workers
The Contractor shall conduct TBT before start of every morning or evening shift or night shift
activities, for alerting the workers on specific hazards and their appropriate dos & don‟ts. The
Contractor shall provide sufficient rests to the site workmen and their foremen to avert fatigue
& thereby endangering their lives during the course of site works.
TOOL BOX TALK RECORDING SHEET

Date & Time
Work Location
Subject (Nature of work)
Presenter
Hazards involved
Precautions to be taken
Worker's Name Signature Section
Remarks, in any
The topics during TBT shall include
- Hazards related to work assigned on that day and precautions to be taken.

- Any forthcoming HSE hazards/events/instruction/orders, etc.
The above record can be kept in local language, which workers can read. These records shall be
made available to EIL/ Owner whenever demanded.
3.5 TRAINING & INDUCTION PROGRAMME
 Initial induction of workers into Construction oriented activities and appraising them
about the methodology of works and how to carry-out the same safely should not be
inter mixed with Tool Box Talks or HSE Training. In this regard careful action should
be made & maintained for imparting HSE induction to every individual, irrespective of
his task/designation/level of employment, whereas, HSE Training should be imparted to
specific person/group of people who are to carry-out that specific task more than once –
for example, Riggers must be trained for working at heights, welders must be trained
for work in confined space, fitters/carpenters, mesons must be trained for work at
heights, etc.
 Contractor shall conduct Safety induction programme on HSE for all his workers and
maintain records. The Gate Pass shall be issued only to those workers who successfully
qualify the Safety induction programme.
 The Contractor shall brief the visitors about the HSE precautions which are required to
be taken before their proceeding to site and make necessary arrangements to issue
appropriate PPEs like Aprons, hard hats, ear-plugs, goggles & safety shoes etc., to his
visitors. The Contractor shall always maintain relevant acknowledgement from visitor
on providing him brief information on HSE actions.

Page 700 of 827
Page 29 of 83
 Contractor shall ensure that all his personnel possess appropriate training to carry out
the assigned job safely. The training should be imparted in a language understood by
them and should specifically be trained about
- Potential hazards to which they may be exposed at their workplace

- Measures available for prevention and elimination of these hazards
The topics during training shall cover, at the minimum: -
- Why safety should be considered during work - explanation

- Education about hazards and precautions required
- Employees‟ duties & responsibilities
- Emergency and evacuation plan
- HSE requirements during project activities
- Fire fighting and First-Aid
- Use of PPEs
- Occupational health issues – dos & don‟ts
- Local laws on intoxicating drinks, drugs, smoking in force
- Common environmental subjects – lighting, ventilation, vibration, smoke/fumes etc.
 Records of the training shall be kept and submitted to EIL/ Owner.
 The Contractor shall make regular program for conducting Safety Training on various
topics related to various activities & their safe-guarding utilizing experienced persons /
outside agency / faculty. A program for Safety Training (indicative list as per Appendix
–F) shall be furnished by the Contractor in its HSE Plan .
 For offshore and jetty jobs, contractor shall ensure that all personnel deployed have
undergone a structured sea survival training including use of lifeboats, basket landing,
use of radio communication etc. from an agency acceptable to Owner/EIL.
3.6 ADDITIONAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR WORKING INSIDE A RUNNING

PLANT
As a minimum, the contractor shall ensure adherence to following safety requirements while
working in or in the close vicinity of an operating plant:
a) Contractor shall obtain permits for Hot work, Cold work, Excavation and Confined Space
from Owner in the prescribed format.
b) The contractor shall monitor record and compile list of his workers entering the operational
plant/unit each day and ensure & record their return after completing the job.
c) Contractor‟s workers and staff members shall use designated entrances and proceed by
designated routes to work areas only assigned to them. The workers shall not be allowed to
enter units' area, tanks area, pump rooms, etc. without work authorization permit.
d) Work activities shall be planned in such a way so as to minimize the disruption of other
activities being carried out in an operational plant/unit and activities of other contractors.
e) The contractor shall submit a list of all chemicals/toxic substances that are intended to be
used at site and shall take prior approval of the Owner.
f) Specific training on working in a hydrocarbon plant shall be imparted to the work force
and mock drills shall be carried out for Rescue operations/First-Aid measures.
Page 701 of 827
Page 30 of 83
g) Proper barricading/cordoning of the operational units/plants shall be done before starting

the construction activities. No unauthorized person shall be allowed to trespass. The
height and overall design of the barricading structure shall be finalized in consultation with
the Owner and shall be got approved from the Owner.
h) Care shall be taken to prevent hitting underground facilities such as electrical cables,
hydrocarbon piping during execution of work.
i) Barricading with water curtain shall be arranged in specific/critical areas where

hydrocarbon vapors are likely to be present such as near horton spheres or tanks.
Positioning of fire tenders (from owner) shall also be ensured during execution of critical
activities.
j) Emergency evacuation plan shall be worked out and all workmen shall be apprised about
evacuation routes. Mock drill operations may also be conducted.
k) Flammable gas test shall be conducted prior to any hot work using appropriate measuring
instruments. Sewers, drains, vents or any other gas escaping points shall be covered with
flame retardant tarpaulin.
l) Respiratory devices shall be kept handy while working in confined zones where there is a
danger of inhalation of poisonous gases. Constant monitoring of presence of Gas/
Hydrocarbon shall be done.
m) Clearance shall be obtained from all parties before starting hot tapping, patchwork on live
lines and work on corroded tank roof.
n) Positive isolation of line/equipment by blinding for welding/cutting/grinding shall be done.

Closing of valve will not be considered sufficient for isolation.
o) Welding spatters shall be contained properly and in no case shall be allowed to fall on the
ground containing oil. Similar care shall be taken during cutting operations.
p) The vehicles, cranes, engines, etc. shall be fitted with spark arresters on the exhaust pipe
and got it approved from Safety Department of the Owner.
q) Plant air should not be used to clean any part of the body or clothing or use to blow off dirt
on the floor.
r) Gas detectors should be installed in gas leakage prone areas as per requirement of Owner's
plant operation personnel.
s) Experienced full time safety personnel shall be exclusively deployed to monitor safety
aspects in running plants.
3.7 SELF ASSESSMENT AND ENHANCEMENT
The contractor shall develop a method of check & balance through self assessment &
enhancement techniques and shall explore the opportunities for continual improvement in the
HSE system.
3.8 HSE PROMOTION
The contractor shall encourage his workforce to promote HSE efforts at workplace by way of
organizing workshops/seminars/training programmes, celebrating HSE awareness weeks &
National Safety Day, conducting quizzes & essay competitions, distributing pamphlets, posters
Page 702 of 827
Page 31 of 83
& material on HSE, providing incentives for maintaining good HSE practices and granting
incentives / bonus for completing the job without any lost time accident.
3.9 LOCK OUT AND TAG OUT (LOTO) for isolation of energy source
 Contractor shall follow the LOTO/Isolation procedure of owner for all energy source
isolations installed/under purview by /of owner ie. “Brown field”
 For all the other energy source (not under purview of client/owner) i.e “Green field”
Contractor shall develop a system to ensure the isolation of equipments, pipelines, Vessel,
electrical panels from the energy source covering following as minimum:-
- Identification of all energy source viz
electrical,mechanical,hydraulic,pneumatic,chemical,thermal,gravitational,radiation and
other forms of stored or kinetic energy.
- Establishing the energy isolation devices viz: manually operated electrical circuit
breakers, disconnection switches, blind flanges, etc
- Installation of Lock Out devices for preventing the inadvertent release of stored energy
and Tag Out devices ( “Danger”, “Do Not operate” or Do not Remove” tags) to indicate
that testing, maintenance or servicing is underway and the device cannot be operated
until the tag out device is removed.
- Lock Out and Tag out log book
- Permit for isolation and de-isolation of energy source as per format NO: HSE-16
- Availability of competent persons.
 Contractor shall ensure that all the sources are locked out and tagged properly before giving
clearance to start the job.
 After the completion of job, contractor shall ensure all tools and tackles are removed
and nobody is present in the working area and signing on LOTO log book.
 Only on confirmation of above the contractor will remove their lock and tag from the
isolation points and give instructions for energizing the same. Only the person carrying out
the task shall himself carry the key for the lock in /Lock out.
4.0 DETAILS OF HSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BY CONTRACTOR
4.1 ON AWARD OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall submit a comprehensive Health, Safety and Environment Plan or
programme for approval by EIL/Owner prior to start of work. The Contractor shall participate in
the pre-start meeting with EIL/Owner to finalize HSE Plans which shall including the
following:
- HSE policy & Objectives

- Job procedure to be followed by the Contractor for construction activities including
handling of equipments, scaffolding, electric installations, etc. describing the risks involved,
actions to be taken and methodology for monitoring each activity. Indicative list of
procedures is enclosed as Annexure-H
- EIL/Owner review/audit requirement.
- Organization structure along with responsibility and authority, on HSE activities.
- Administrative & disciplinary steps involving implementation of HSE requirements
- Emergency evacuation plan/ procedures for site and labour camps
- Job Safety Analysis for high risk jobs
- Procedures for reporting & investigation of accidents and near misses.
- HSE Inspection
- HSE Training programmes at project site
- HSE Awareness programmes, at project site
- Reference to Rules, Regulations and statutory requirements.
- HSE documentation viz reporting, analysis & record keeping.
Page 703 of 827
Page 32 of 83
4.2 DURING JOB EXECUTION
Contractor shall implement approved Health, Safety and Environment management programme
including but not limited to as brought out under para 3.0. Contractor shall also ensure:
 to arrange workmen compensation insurance, registration under ESI Act, third party liability
insurance, registration under BOCW Act, etc, as applicable.
 to arrange all HSE permits before start of activities (as applicable), like permits for hot work,
working at heights (Refer Format No. HSE-6), confined space (Refer Format No. HSE-7),
Radiation Work Permit (Refer Format No. HSE-8), Demolishing/ Dismantling Work Permit
(Refer Format No. HSE-9),Permit for erection/modification & dismantling of scaffolding(Refer
Format No:HSE-14), Permit for heavy lift/critical erection (Refer Format No:HSE-15) ,Permit
for energy Isolation & De-isolation” (HSE-16) ,storage of chemical / explosive materials & its
use and implement all precautions mentioned therein. In this regard, requirements of Oil
industry Safety Directorate Standard No. Std -105 "Work Permit Systems” shall be complied
with while working in existing Oil or Gas processing plants.
 to submit, timely, the completed checklist on HSE activities in Format No.HSE-1, Monthly
HSE report in Format No.HSE-5 (use of web based package (www.eil.co.in/conthse) is
compulsory wherever the facility is available else a hard copy is to be submitted), accident/
incident reports, investigation reports etc. as per EIL/Owner requirements. Compliance of
instructions on HSE shall be done by Contractor and informed urgently to EIL/Owner.
 that his top most executive at site attends all the Safety Committee/HSE meetings arranged by
EIL/Owner and carries out safety walk through regularly. Only in case of his absence from site
that a second senior most person shall be nominated by him, in advance, and communicated to
EIL/Owner for performing the above tasks.
 display at site office and at prominent locations HSE Policy, caution boards, list of hospitals,
emergency services available, safety signs like Men at work, Speed Limits, Hazardous Area,
various do‟s & don‟ts, etc.
 provide posters, banners for safe working to promote safety consciousness.
 identify, assess, analyze & mitigate the construction hazards & incorporate relevant control
measures before actually executing site works. (HIRAC = Hazard Identification, Risk Analysis
and Control).
 arrange testing, examination, inspection of own as well as borrowed construction equipments /

machinery (stationary & mobile) before being used at site and also at periodical interval,
through own resources and also by 3rd party competent agencies (as deemed fit in statutes).
Records of such test, examination etc. shall be maintained & shall be submitted to EIL/Owner
as & when asked for.
 carryout audits/inspection (internal & external) at his works as well as sub contractor works as
per approved HSE plan/procedure/programme & submit the compliance reports of identified
shortfalls for EIL/Owner review.
 arranging HSE training for site workmen (of his own & sub contractors) through internal or
external faculty at periodical intervals.
 assistance & cooperate during HSE audits by EIL/Owner or any other 3rd party and submit
compliance report.

Page 704 of 827
Page 33 of 83
 generate & submit of HSE records/report as per this specification.
 apprise EIL/Owner on HSE activities at site regularly.
 carry-out all dismantling activities safely, with prior approval of EIL/Owner representative.
4.3 DURING SHORT LISTING OF THE SUB-CONTRACTORS
The contractor shall review the HSE management system of the sub-contractors in line with the
requirements given in this specification. The contractor shall be held responsible for the
shortcomings observed in the HSE management system of the sub-contractor(s) during
execution of the job.
5.0 RECORDS
At the minimum, the contractor shall maintain/ submit HSE records in the following
reporting formats/:
Safety Walk Through Report HSE-1

Accident/ Incident Report HSE-2
Supplementary Accident/ Incident Investigation report HSE-3
Near Miss Incident Report HSE-4
Monthly HSE Report HSE-5
Permit for working at height HSE-5
Permit for working in confined space HSE-7
Permit for radiation work HSE-8
Permit for demolishing/ dismantling HSE-9
Daily Safety checklist HSE-10
House keeping Assessment & compliance HSE-11
Inspection of temporary electrical booth/installation HSE-12
Inspection for scaffolding HSE-13
Permit for erection/modification &dismantling of HSE-14
scaffolding
Permit for heavy lift/critical erection. HSE-15
Permit for Energy isolation and de-isolation. HSE-16
Inspection reports of Equipment/tools/tackles *
Report of Toolbox talks As indicated in
specification
PPE issue report/register *
Site inspection reports *
Training records *
(*) The formats shall be developed in consultation with EIL/Owner

Page 705 of 827
Page 34 of 83
APPENDIX-A
(Sheet 1 of 2)
A. IS CODES ON HSE
SP: 53 Safety code for the use, Care and protection of hand operated tools.
IS: 838 Code of practice for safety & health requirements in electric and gas welding
and cutting operations
IS: 1179 Eye & Face precautions during welding, equipment etc.
IS: 1860 Safety requirements for use, care and protection of abrasive grinding wheels.
IS: 1989 (Pt -II) Leather safety boots and shoes
IS: 2925 Industrial Safety Helmets
IS: 3016 Code of practice for fire safety precautions in welding & cutting operation.
IS: 3043 Code of practice for earthing
IS: 3764 Code of safety for excavation work
IS: 3786 Methods for computation of frequency and severity rates for industrial injuries
and classification of industrial accidents
IS: 3696 Safety Code of scaffolds and ladders
IS: 4083 Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction materials and
components at site
IS: 4770 Rubber gloves for electrical purposes
IS: 5121 Safety code for piling and other deep foundations
IS: 5216 (Pt-I) Recommendations on Safety procedures and practices in electrical works
IS: 5557 Industrial and Safety rubber lined boots
IS: 5983 Eye protectors
IS: 6519 Selection, care and repair of Safety footwear
IS: 6994 (Pt-I) Industrial Safety Gloves (Leather & Cotton Gloves)
IS: 7293 Safety Code for working with construction Machinery
IS: 8519 Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for body protection
IS: 9167 Ear protectors
IS: 11006 Flash back arrestor (Flame arrestor)
IS: 11016 General and safety requirements for machine tools and their operation
IS: 11057 Specification for Industrial safety nets
IS: 11226 Leather safety footwear having direct moulded rubber sole
IS: 11972 Code of practice for safety precaution to be taken when entering a sewerage
system
IS: 13367 Code of practice-safe use of cranes
IS: 13416 Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at working place

Page 706 of 827
Page 35 of 83
APPENDIX-A
(Sheet 2 of 2)
B. INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ON HSE
Safety Glasses : ANSI Z 87.1, ANSI ZZ 87.1, AS 1337, BS 2092,

BS 1542, BS 679, DIN 4646/ 58311
Safety Shoes : ANSI Z 41.1, AS 2210, EN 345
Hand Gloves : BS 1651
Ear Muffs : BS 6344, ANSI S 31.9
Hard Hat : ANSI Z 89.1/89.2, AS 1808 , BS 5240, DIN 4840
Goggles : ANSI Z 87.1
Face Shield : ANSI Z 89.1
Breathing Apparatus : BS 4667, NIOSH
Welding & Cutting : ANSI Z 49.1
Safe handling of compressed: P-1 (Compressed Gas Association Gases in cylinders 1235
Jefferson Davis Highway,
Arlington VA 22202 - USA)

Page 707 of 827
STANDARD
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
A307-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 0
Page 36 of 83
APPENDIX-B
DETAILS OF FIRST AID BOX
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SL. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
NO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Small size Roller Bandages, 1 Inch Wide (Finger Dressing small) 6 Pcs.
2. Medium size Roller Bandages, 2 Inches Wide (Hand & Foot Dressing) 6 Pcs.
3. Large size Roller Bandages, 4 Inches Wide (Body Dressing Large) 6 Pcs.
4. Large size Burn Dressing (Burn Dressing Large) 4 Pkts.
5. Cotton Wool (20 gms packing) 4 Pkts.
6. Antiseptic Solution Dettol (100 ml.) or Savlon 1 Bottle
7. Mercurochrome Solution (100 ml.) 2% in water 1 Bottle
8. Ammonia Solution (20 ml.) 1 Bottle
9. A Pair of Scissors 1 Piece
10. Adhesive Plaster (1.25 cm X 5 m) 1 Spool
11. Eye pads in Separate Sealed Pkt. 4 pcs.
12. Tourniqut 1 No.
13. Safety Pins 1 Dozen
14. Tinc. Iodine/ Betadin (100 ml.) 1 Bottle
15. Polythene Wash cup for washing eyes 1 No.
16. Potassium Permanganate (20 gms.) 1 Pkt.
17. Tinc. Benzoine (100 ml.) 1 Bottle
18. Triangular Bandages 2 Nos.
19. Band Aid Dressing 5 Pcs.
20. Iodex/Moov (25 gms.) 1 Bottle
21. Tongue Depressor 1 No.
22. Boric Acid Powder (20 gms.) 2 Pkt.
23. Sodium Bicarbonate (20 gms.) 1 Pkt.
24. Dressing Powder (Nebasulf) (10 gms.) 1 Bottle
25. Medicinal Glass 1 No.
26. Duster 1 No.
27. Booklet (English & Local Language) 1 No. each
28. Soap 1 No.
29. Toothache Solution 1 No.
30. Vicks (22 gms.) 1 Bottle
31. Forceps 1 No.
32. Note Book 1 No.
33. Splints 4 Nos.
34. Lock 1 Piece
35. Life Saving/Emergency/Over-the counter Drugs As decided at site
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Box size: 14" x 12" x 4"
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note : The medicines prescribed above are only indicative. Equivalent medicines can also be used.
A prescription, in this regard, shall be required from a qualified Physician.

Page 708 of 827
Page 37 of 83
APPENDIX-C
TYPE OF FIRES VIS-À-VIS FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
Fire
Fire
Multi purpose
Water Foam CO2 Dry Powder
Extinguisher (ABC)
Originated from can control can control

  minor surface minor 
paper, clothes, wood surface
fires fires
Inflammable liquids
like alcohol, diesel,
    
petrol, edible oils,
bitumen
Originated from
gases like LPG,     
CNG, H2
Electrical fires     
LEGEND :  : CAN BE USED
 : NOT TO BE USED
Note: Fire extinguishing equipment must be checked at least once a year and after every use by an
authorized person. The equipment must have an inspection label on which the next inspection date is
given. Type of extinguisher shall clearly be marked on it.

Page 709 of 827
Page 38 of 83
APPENDIX-D
List of Statutory Acts & Rules Relating to HSE
- The Indian Explosives Act and Rules

- The Motor Vehicle Act and Central Motor Vehicle Rules
- The Factories Act and concerned Factory Rules
- The Petroleum Act and Petroleum Rules
- The Workmen Compensation Act
- The Gas Cylinder Rules and the Static & Mobile Pressure Vessels Rules
- The Indian Electricity Act and Rules
- The Indian Boiler Act and Regulations
- The Water (Prevention & Control & Pollution) Act
- The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Cess Act
- The Mines & Minerals (Regulation & Development) Act
- The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act
- The Atomic Energy Act
- The Radiation Protection Rules
- The Indian Fisheries Act
- The Indian Forest Act
- The Wild Life (Protection) Act
- The Environment (Protection) Act and Rules
- The Hazardous Wastes (Management & Handling) Rules
- The Manufacturing, Storage & import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules
- The Public Liability Act
- The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Condition of
service) Act
- Other statutory acts Like EPF, ESIS, Minimum Wage Act.

Page 710 of 827
Page 39 of 83
APPENDIX-E (Sheet 1 of 12)
CONSTRUCTION HAZARDS, THEIR EFFECTS & PREVENTIVE MEASURES

ACTIVITY TYPE OF EFFECT OF PREVENTIVE MEASURES
HAZARD HAZARD
(A) Falling into pit Personal injury Provide guard rails/ barricade with warning
EXCAVATIO signal
N Provide at least two entries/ exits.
Provide escape ladders.
Pit Excavation Earth Collapse Suffocation/ Provide suitable size of shoring and strutting, if
upto 3.0m Breathlessness required.
Buried Keep soil heaps away from the edge equivalent to
1.5m or depth of pit whichever is more.
Don't allow vehicles to operate too close to
excavated areas. Maintain at least 2m distance
from edge of cut.
Maintain sufficient angle of repose. Provide
slope not less than 1:1 and suitable bench of 0.5m
width at every 1.5m depth of excavation in all
soils except hard rock.
Battering/benching the sides.
Contact with Electrocution Obtain permission from competent authorities,
buried electric Explosion prior to excavation, if required.
cables Locate the position of buried utilities by referring
Gas/ Oil to plant drawings.
Start digging manually to locate the exact
Pipelines position of buried utilities and thereafter use
mechanical means.
Pit Excavation Same as above Can cause Prevent ingress of water
beyond 3.0m plus drowning situation Provide ring buoys
Flooding due to Identify and provide suitable size dewatering
excessive rain/ pump or well point system
underground
water
Digging in the Building/Structure Obtain prior approval of excavation method from
vicinity of may collapse local authorities.
existing Building/ Loss of health & Use under-pining method
Structure wealth Construct retaining wall side by side.
Movement of May cause cave-in Barricade the excavated area with proper lighting
vehicles/ or slides. arrangements
equipments close Persons may get Maintain at least 2m distance from edge of cut
to the edge of cut. buried. and use stop blocks to prevent over-run
Strengthen shoring and strutting

Page 711 of 827
Page 40 of 83
APPENDIX-E: (Sheet 2 of 12)

CONSTRUCTION HAZARDS, THEIR EFFECTS & PREVENTIVE MEASURES (…Contd.)
HAZARD HAZARD
Narrow deep Same as above May cause severe Battering/benching of sides
excavations for plus injuries or prove Provide escape ladders
pipelines, etc. Frequent cave-in fatal
or slides
Flooding due to May arise drowning Same as above plus
Hydro- static situation Bail out accumulated water
testing Maintain adequate ventilation.
Rock by Improper May prove fatal Ensure proper storage, handling & carrying of
excavation handling of explosives by trained personnel.
blasting explosives Comply with the applicable explosive acts &
rules.
Uncontrolled May cause severe Allow only authorized persons to perform
explosion injuries or prove blasting operations.
fatal Smoking and open flames are to be strictly
prohibited
Scattering of Can hurt people Use PPE like goggles, face mask, helmets etc.
stone pieces in
atmosphere
Rock Entrapping of May cause severe Barricade the area with red flags and blow siren
excavation by persons/ animals. injuries or prove before blasting.
blasting fatal
(Contd) Misfire May explode Do not return to site for at least 20 minutes or
suddenly unless announced safe by designated person.
Piling Work Failure of pile- Can hurt people Inspect Piling rigs and pulley blocks before the
driving beginning of each shift.
equipment
Noise pollution Can cause deafness Use personal protective equipments like ear
and psychological plugs, muffs, etc.
imbalance.
Extruding Can hurt people Barricade the area and install sign boards
rods/casing Provide first-aid
Working in the Can cause Keep sufficient distance from Live-Electricity as
vicinity of 'Live- electrocution/ per IS code.
Electricity' Asphyxiation Shut off the supply, if possible
Provide artificial/rescue breathing to the injured
(B) Air pollution by May affect Wear respirators or cover mouth and nose with
CONCRETING cement Respiratory System wet cloth.
Handling of Hands may get Use gloves & other PPE.
ingredients injured
Protruding Feet may get Use Provide platform above reinforcement for
reinforcement injured movement of workers.
rods.

Page 712 of 827
Page 41 of 83
APPENDIX-E : (Sheet 3 of 12)


HAZARD HAZARD
Earthing of Can cause Ensure earthing of equipments and proper
electrical electrocution/ functioning of electrical circuit before
mixers, asphyxiation commencement of work.
vibrators, etc.
not done.
Falling of Persons may get Use hard hats
materials from injured Remove surplus material immediately from work
height place.
Ensure lighting arrangements during night hours
Continuous Cause tiredness of Insist on shift pattern
pouring by same workers and may Provide adequate rest to workers between
gang lead to accident. subsequent pours.
Revolving of Parts of body or Allow only mixers with hopper
concrete mixer/ clothes may get Provide safety cages around moving motors
vibrators entrapped. Ensure proper mechanical locking of vibrator
Super-structure Same as above Shuttering/props Avoid excessive stacking on shuttering material
plus may collapse and Check the design and strength of shuttering
Deflection in prove fatal material before commencement of work
props or Rectify immediately the deflection noted during
shuttering concreting.
material
Passage to work Improperly tied and Ensure the stability and strength of passage
place designed before commencement of work.
props/planks may Do not overload and stand under the passage.
collapse
(C) Curtailment and Persons may get Use PPE like gloves, shoes, helmets, etc.
REINFOR- binding of rods injured Avoid usage of shift tools
CEMENT Carrying of rods Workers may get Provide suitable pads on shoulders and use safety
for short injured their hands gloves.
distances/at and shoulders. Tie up rods in easily liftable bundles
heights Ensure proper staging.
Checking of Rods may cut or Use measuring devices like tape, measuring rods,
clear distance/ injure the fingers etc.
cover with hands
Hitting projected Persons may get Use safety shoes and avoid standing
rods and injured and fell unnecessarily on cantilever rods
standing on down Avoid wearing of loose clothes
cantilever rods.

Page 713 of 827
Page 42 of 83


HAZARD HAZARD
Falling of material May prove fatal Use helmets
from height Provide safety nets
Transportation of Protruded rods may Use red flags/lights at the ends

rods by trucks/ hit the persons Do not protrude the rods in front of or by the side
trailers of driver's cabin.
Do not extend the rods 1/3rd of deck length or
1.5m whichever is less
(D)WELDING Welding radiates Radiation can Use specified shielding devices and other PPE of
AND GAS invisible damage eyes and correct specifications.
CUTTING ultraviolet and skin. Avoid thoriated tungsten electrodes for GTAW
infra-red rays
Improper Explosion may occur Move out any leaking cylinder
placement of Keep cylinders in vertical position
oxygen and Use trolley for transportation of cylinders and
acetylene cylinders chain them
Use flashback arrestors
Leakage/ cuts in May cause fire Purge regulators immediately and then turn off
hoses Never use grease or oil on oxygen line
connections and copper fittings on acetylene lines
Inspect regularly gas carrying hoses
Always use red hose for acetylene & other
fuel gases and black for oxygen
Opening-up of Cylinder may burst Always stand back from the regulator while
cylinder opening the cylinder
Turn valve slowly to avoid bursting
Cover the lug terminals to prevent short
circuiting
Welding of tanks, Explosion may occur Empty & purge them before welding
container or pipes Never attach the ground cable to tanks, container
storing flammable or pipe storing flammable liquids
liquids Never use LPG for gas cutting

Page 714 of 827
Page 43 of 83

CONSTRUCTION HAZARDS, THEIR EFFECTS & PREVENTIVE MEASURES …(Contd.)

HAZARD HAZARD
(E) Ionizing Radiations may react Ensure Safety regulations as per BARC/AERB
RADIOGRAPHY radiation with the skin and can before commencement of job.
cause cancer, skin Cordon off the area and install Radiation warning
irritation, dermatitis, symbols
etc. Restrict the entry of unauthorized persons
Wear appropriate PPE and film badges issued by
BARC/AERB
Transpor-tation Same as above Never touch or handle radiography source with

and Storage of hands
Radiog-raphy Store radiography source inside a pit in an
source exclusive isolated storage room with lock and
key arrangement. The pit should be approved by
BARC/AERB.
Radiography source should never be carried
either in passenger bus or in a passenger
compartment of trains.
BARC/AERB has to be informed before source
movement.
Permission from Director General of Civil
Aviation is required for booking radio isotopes
with airlines.
Loss of Radio Same as above Try to locate with the help of Survey Meter.
isotope Inform BARC/AERB (*)
(F) ELECTRICAL Short circuiting Can cause Use rubberized hand gloves and other PPE
INSTALLATION Electrocution or Fire Don't lay wires under carpets, mats or door ways.
AND USAGE Allow only licensed electricians to perform on
electrical facilities
Use one socket for one appliance
Ensure usage of only fully insulated wires or
cables
Don't place bare wire ends in a socket
Ensure earthing of machineries and
equipments
Do not use damaged cords and avoid
temporary connections
Use spark-proof/flame proof type field
distribution boxes.
(*) Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB),
Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC)
Anushaktinagar, Mumbai – 400 094

Page 715 of 827
Page 44 of 83


HAZARD HAZARD
Do not allow open/bare connections
Provide all connections through ELCB
Protect electrical cables/equipment's from water
and naked flames
Check all connections before energizing
Overloading of Bursting of system Display voltage and current ratings prominently
Electrical can occur which with 'Danger' signs.
System leads to fire Ensure approved cable size, voltage grade and
type
Switch off the electrical utilities when not in use
Do not allow unauthorized connections.
Ensure proper grid wise distribution of Power
Improper laying Can cause Do not lay unarmoured cable directly on ground,
of overhead and electrocution and wall, roof of trees
underground prove fatal Maintain at least 3m distance from HT cables
transmission All temporary cables should be laid at least 750
lines/cables mm below ground on 100 mm fine sand
overlying by brick soling
Provide proper sleeves at crossings/ inter-
sections
Provide cable route markers indicating the type
and depth of cables at intervals not exceeding
30m and at the diversions/termination
(G) FIRE Small fires can Cause burn injuries In case a fire breaks out, press fire alarm system
PREVENTION become big ones and may prove fatal and shout "Fire, Fire"
AND and may spread Keep buckets full of sand & water/ fire
PROTECTION to the extinguishing equipment near hazardous
surrounding locations
areas Confine smoking to 'Smoking Zones' only.
Train people for using specific type of fire
fighting equipments under different classes of fire
Keep fire doors/shutters, passages and exit doors
unobstructed
Maintain good housekeeping and first-aid boxes
(for details refer Appendix-B)
Don't obstruct assess to Fire extinguishers.
Do not use elevators for evacuation during fire.
Maintain lightening arrestors for elevated
structures
Stop all electrical motors with internal
combustion

Page 716 of 827
Page 45 of 83

HAZARD HAZARD
Move the vehicles from dangerous locations
Remove the load hanging from the crane booms
Remain out of the danger areas.
Improper It may not Ensure usage of correct fire extinguisher meant
selection of Fire extinguish the fire for the specified fire (for details refer Appendix-
extinguisher C).
Do not attempt to extinguish Oil and electric
fires with water. Use foam cylinders/CO2/sand
or earth.
Improper storage Same as above Maintain safe distance of flammable substances
of highly from source of ignition
inflammable Restrict the distribution of flammable materials
substances to only min. necessary amount
Construct specifically designed fuel storage
facilities
Keep chemicals in cool and dry place away from
heat. Ensure adequate ventilation
Before welding operation, remove or shield the
flammable material properly
Store flammable materials in stable racks,
correctly labeled preferably with catchment
trays.
Wipe off the spills immediately
Short circuiting Same as above Don't lay wires under carpets, mats or door ways
of electrical Can cause Use one socket for one appliance.
system Electrocution Use only fully insulated wires or cables
Do not allow open/bare connections
Provide all connections through ELCB
Ensure earthing of machineries and equipments
(H) Crossing the Personal injury Obey speed limits and traffic rules strictly
VEHICULAR Speed Limits Always expect the unexpected and be a
MOVEMENT (Rash driving) defensive driver
Use seat belts/helmets
Blow horn at intersections and during
overtaking operations.
Maintain the vehicle in good condition
Do not overtake on curves, bridges and slopes
Adverse weather Same as Above Read the road ahead and ride to the left
condition Keep the wind screen and lights clean
Do not turn at speed.
Recognize the hazard, understand the defense
and act correctly in time.

Page 717 of 827
Page 46 of 83

HAZARD HAZARD
Consuming Same as above
Alcohol and driving do not mix well. Either
alcohol before choose alcohol or driving.
and during the If you have a choice between hitting a fixed
driving object or an on-coming vehicle, hit the fixed
operation object
Quit the steering at once and become a passenger.
Otherwise take sufficient rest and then drive.
Do not force the driver to drive fast and round the
clock.
Do not day dream while driving
Falling objects/ May prove fatal Ensure effective braking system, adequate
Mechanical visibility for the drives, reverse warning alarm..
failure Proper maintenance of the vehicle as per
manufacturer instructions
(I) PROOF Bursting of May cause injury Prepare test procedure & obtain EIL/owner's
TESTING piping and prove fatal approval
(HYDROSTATI Collapse of Provide separate gauge for pressurizing pump
C /PNEUMATIC tanks and piping/equipment
TESTING) Tanks flying off Check the calibration status of all pressure
gauges, dead weight testers and temperature
recorders
Take dial readings at suitable defined intervals
and ensure most of them fall between 40-60% of
the gauge scale range
Provide safety relief valve (set at pressure
slightly higher than test pressure) while testing
with air/ nitrogen
Ensure necessary precautions, stepwise increase
in pressure, tightening of bolts/nuts, grouting, etc.
before and during testing
Keep the vents open before opening any valve
while draining out of water used for hydro-testing
of tanks.
Pneumatic testing involves the hazard of released
energy stored in compressed gas. Specific care
must therefore be taken to minimize the chance
of brittle failure during a pneumatic leak test.
Test temperature is important in this regard and
must be considered when the designer chooses
the material of construction.

Page 718 of 827
Page 47 of 83

HAZARD HAZARD
A pressure relief device shall be provided, having
a set pressure not higher than the test pressure
plus the lesser of 345 KPa (50 psi) or 10% of the
test pressure.
The gas used as test fluid, if not air, shall be
nonflammable and nontoxic.
(J) Person can fall May sustain severe Provide guard rails/barricade at the work place
WORKING AT down injuries or prove Use PPE like full body harness, life line, helmets,
HEIGHTS fatal safety shoes, etc.
Obtain a permit before starting the work at height
above 3 meters
Fall arrest and safety nets, etc. must be installed
Provide adequate working space (min. 0.6 m)
Tie/weld working platform with fixed support
Use roof top walk ladder while working on a
slopping roofs
Avoid movement on beams
May hit the Keep the work place neat and clean
scrap/material Remove the scrap immediately
stacked at the
ground or in
between
Material can fall May hit the workers Same as above plus
down working at lower Do not throw or drop materials or equipment
levels and prove from height. I.e. do not bomb materials
fatal All tools to be carried in a tool-kit
Bag or on working uniform
Remove scrap from the planks
Ensure wearing of helmet by the workers
working at lower levels
(K) CONFINED Suffocation/ Unconsciousness, Use respiratory devices, if reqd.
SPACES drowning death Avoid over crowding inside a confined space
Provide Exhaust fans for ventilation
Do not wear loose clothes, neck ties, etc
Fulfill conditions of the permit

Page 719 of 827
Page 48 of 83

HAZARD HAZARD
Check for presence of hydrocarbons, O2 level
Obtain work permit before entering a confined
space
Ensure that the connected piping of the
equipment which is to be opened is pressure
free, fluid has been drained, vents are open and
piping is positively isolated by a blind flange
Presence of Inhalation can pose Same as above plus

foul smell and threat to life Check for hydrocarbon and Aromatic compounds
toxic before entering a confined space
substances Depute one person outside the confined space for
continuous monitoring and for extending help in
case of an emergency
Ignition/ flame Person may sustain Keep fire extinguishers at a hand distance
can cause fire burn injuries or Remove surplus material and scrap immediately
explosion may occur Do not smoke inside a confined space
Do not allow gas cylinders inside a confined
space
Use low voltage (24V) lamps for lighting
Use tools with air motors or electric tools with
max. voltage of 24V
Remove all equipments at the end of the day
(L) Failure of load Can cause accident Avoid standing under the lifted load and within
HANDLING lifting and and prove fatal the operating radius of cranes
AND moving Check periodically oil, brakes, gears, horns and
LIFTING equipments tyre pressure of all moving machinery
EQUIPMENTS Check quality, size and condition of all chain
pulley blocks, slings, U-clamps, D-shackles, wire
ropes, etc.
Allow crane to move only on hard, firm and
leveled ground.
Allow lifting slings as short as possible and
check gunny packings at the friction points
Do not allow crane to tilt its boom while moving
Install Safe Load Indicator
Ensure certification by applicable
authority

Page 720 of 827
Page 49 of 83

HAZARD HAZARD
Overloading of Same as above Safe lifting capacity of derricks and winches
lifting written on them shall be got verified
equipments The max. safe working load shall be marked on
all lifting equipments
Check the weight of columns and other heavy
items painted on them and accordingly decide
about the crane capacity, boom and angle of
erection
Allow only trained operators and riggers during
crane operation.
Overhead Can cause Do not allow boom or other parts of crane to
electrical wires electrocution and come within 3m reach of overhead HT cables
fire Hook and load being lifted shall preferably
remain in full visibility of crane operators.
(M) Person can fall Person May sustain Provide guard rails for working at height
SCAFFOLDI down severe injuries and Face ladder while climbing and use both hands.
NG, prove fatal Ladders shall extend about 1m above landing for
FORMWOR easy access and tying up purpose
K Do not place ladders against movable objects and
AND maintain base at 1/4 unit of the working length of
LADDERS the ladder.
Suspended scaffolds shall not be less than 500
mm wide and tied properly with ropes
No loose planks shall be allowed
Use PPE, like helmets, safety shoes,etc
Failure of Same as above Inspect visually all scaffolding materials for
scaffolding stability and anchoring with permanent
material structures.
Design scaffolding for max. load carrying
capacity.
Scaffolding planks shall not be less than 50X250
mm full thickness lumber or equivalent. These
shall be cleated or secured and must extend over
the end supports by at least 150mm and not more
than 300mm
Don't overload the scaffolds
Do not splice short ladders to make a longer one.
Vertical ladders shall not exceed 6m.
Material can Persons working at Remove excess material and scrap immediately
fall down lower level gets Carry the tools in a tool-kit bag only
injured Provide safety nets

Page 721 of 827
Page 50 of 83

HAZARD HAZARD
(N) Personal Can cause injury or Do not take rest inside rooms built for welding
STRUCTUR negligence and casualty machines or electrical distribution system.
AL WORKS danger of fall Avoid walking on beams at height
Wear helmet with chin strap and full body
harness while working at height.
Use hand gloves and goggles during grinding
operations
Cover or mark the sharp and projected edges
Do not stand within the operating radius of
cranes
Lifting/ slipping Same as above Do not stand under the lifted load
of material Stack properly all the materials. Avoid slippage
during handling
Control longer pieces lifted up by cranes from
both ends
Remove loose materials from height
Ensure tightening of all nuts & bolts
(O) Erection/ Can cause injury Do not stand under the lifted load
PIPELINE lowering failure Do not allow any person to come within the
WORKS radii of the side boom handling pipes
Check the load carrying capacity of the lifting
tools & tackles
Use safe Load Indicators
Use appropriate PPEs
Other Same as above Wear gum boots in marshy areas
Allow only one person to perform signaling
operations while lowering of pipes
Provide night caps on pipes
Provide end covers on pipes for stoppage of pigs
while testing/ cleaning operations

Page 722 of 827
Page 51 of 83
APPENDIX-F
TRAINING SUBJECTS / TOPICS

(For contractors‟ personnel)
1. The Law & Safety – Statutory Requirement / Applicable statutes / Duties of employer / employee
2. Policy & Administration – Why HSE? / Duties & Responsibilities of Safety Personnel at project
site / Effect of incentive on accident prevention
3. HSE & Supervision – Duties of Supervisor / HSE integrated supervision / Who should be held
responsible for site accidents?
4. Safety Budget / Cost of Accidents – Direct costs / Indirect costs
5. Hazard Identification / Type of hazards / HIRAC
6. Behavioural Safety & Motivation
7. Housekeeping – Storage / Stacking / Handling of materials / Hydra handling
8. Occupational Health in Construction sector
9. Personal Protective Equipments – Respiratory & Non- respiratory
10. Electricity & Safety – ELCB / Fuse / Powered tools / Project illumination
11. Handling of Compressed Gas – Transportation / Storage / FBAs / Fire prevention
12. Machine Safety – Machine guarding / Maintenance
13. Transportation – Hazards & risks in transp. of materials / ODC consignments
14. Cranes & Other Lifting machinery – Legal requirements vis-à-vis essential safety requirements.
15. Communication – HSE Induction / TBTs / Safety Committee / Safety meeting / Safety
propaganda / Publicity.
16. Excavation – Risks & Dangers / Safety measures
17. Working at Heights – Use of ladder / Work on roofs / Scaffolds / Double harness lanyards /
Life-line / Fall arrester / Safety Nets / Floor openings
18. Hazards in Welding & important safety precautions
19. Gas Cutting – Hazards & safety measures
20. Fire prevention & fire protection

Page 723 of 827
Page 52 of 83
APPENDIX - G
CONSTRUCTION POWER BOARD( typ)

Page 724 of 827
Page 53 of 83
APPENDIX-H
LIST OF PROCEDURES (MINIMUM) TO BE FORMING PART OF HSE PLAN:-
A. HSE Management Procedures:

 HSE Risk Management (including JSA/HIRA)
 HSE Legal Compliance and Other Requirements
 HSE Objectives & Performance
 HSE Training and Competence
 HSE Motivation & Award Scheme
 HSE Audits
 HSE Meetings
 HSE Sub Contractor Management
 HSE Emergency Management
 HSE Incidents Reporting and Management
 HSE Reports
 HSE Management System Review
 HSE Change Management
 HSE procedure for Behaviour based Safety
 First Aid & Management
 Roles, Responsibility, accountabilities and Authorities
B. Job procedures/Safe Operating procedures
 Setting Up Site & Signage‟s

 Handling of Electrical Appliances
 Working at Height & Confined Space Entry
 Permit to Work (including hot works)
 Housekeeping
 Lifting Operations
 Transportation of materials including Manual Handling
 Compressed Air Tools and Units
 Earthmoving Operations & excavation
 Scaffolding
 Fire extinguisher
 Personal Protective Equipment
 Hazardous Substance handling & Storage

Page 725 of 827
Page 54 of 83
FORMAT NO. : HSE-1 REV 0

(Sheet 1 of 6)
SAFETY WALK-THROUGH REPORT
(Name & signature of walk through performer to be inserted at the bottom of each page)
Project : _____________ Report no. : ___________
Date : _____________ Contractor : ___________
Inspection by :_____________ Owner : ___________
Frequency : Monthly Job no. : ___________
Note : Write „NA‟ wherever the item is not applicable

SL. Satisafc Non
NO. ITEM tory/ satisfac Remarks Action
Yes tory/No
1. HOUSEKEEPING
a) Waste containers provided and used
b) Sanitary facilities adequate and Clean
c) Passageways and Walkways Clear
d) General neatness of working areas
e) Other
2. PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
a) Goggles; Shields
b) Face protection
Hearing protection
Foot protection
e) Hand protection
f) Respiratory Masks etc.
g) Full body harness conforming to CЄ, EN 361
h) Hard hat (HDPE)
i) Other
3. EXCAVATIONS/OPENINGS
a) Openings properly covered or barricaded

b) Excavations shored
c) Excavations barricaded
d) Overnight lighting provided
e) Other
Safety walk-through performer (Name & Signature)……………………………………………..

Page 726 of 827
Page 55 of 83

(Sheet 2 of 6)
Satisafc Non
ITEM tory/ satisfac Remarks Action
Yes tory/No
4. WELDING & GAS CUTTING
a) Gas cylinders chained upright
b) Cables and hoses not obstructing
c) Screens or shields used
d) Flammable materials protected
e) Live electrode bits contained properly
f) Fire extinguisher (s) accessible
g) Other
5. SCAFFOLDING & BARRICADING
a) Fully decked platforms
b) Guard and intermediate rails in place
c) Toe boards in place
d) Adequate shoring
e) Adequate access
f) Positive barricading for critical activities
g) Installation of warning signs
h) Other
6. LADDERS
a) Extension side rails 1 m above
b) Top of landing
c) Properly secured
d) Angle + 700 from horizontal
e) Other
Safety walk-through performer (Name & Signature)……………………………………………..

Page 727 of 827
Page 56 of 83

(Sheet 3 of 6)
Sl. Satisafc Non

No. ITEM tory/ satisfac Remarks Action
Yes tory/No
7. HOISTS, CRANES AND DERRICKS
a) Condition of cables and sheaves OK
b) Condition of slings, chains, hooks and eyes O.K.
c) Inspection and maintenance log-books

maintained
d) Outriggers used
e) Reverse horn installed / active / coupled with

gear
f) Signs/barricades provided
g) Signals observed and understood
h) Qualified operators
i) Other
8. MACHINERY, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
a) Proper instruction
b) Safety devices
c) Proper cords
d) Inspection and maintenance
e) Other
9. VEHICLE AND TRAFFIC
a) Rules and regulations observed
b) Inspection and maintenance
c) Licensed drivers
d) Other
Safety walk-through performer (Name & Signature)…………………………………………

Page 728 of 827
Page 57 of 83

(Sheet 4 of 6)
Sl. Satisafc Non

No ITEM tory/ satisfac Remarks Action
Yes tory/No
10. TEMPORARY FACILITIES
a) Emergency instructions posted
b) Fire extinguishers provided
c) Fire-aid equipment available
d) Secured against storm damage
e) General neatness
f) In accordance with electrical requirements
g) Other
11. FIRE PREVENTION
a) Personnel trained & instructed to make use of

facility
b) Fire extinguishers checked periodically & record
maintained
c) No smoking in Prohibited areas.
d) Fire Hydrants not obstructed Clear
e) Other Regular fire drill conducted
12. ELECTRICAL
a) Use of 3-core armored cables everywhere
b) Usage of 'All insulated' or 'double-insulated'

electrical tools
c) All electrical connection are routed through ELCB
d) Natural Earthing at the source of power (Main DB)
e) Continuity and tightness of earth conductor
f) Effective covering of junction boxes, panels and

other energized wiring places
g) Ground fault circuit interrupters provided
h) Prevention of tripping hazards maintained
f) DCP extinguishers arranged & licensed electrician

engaged at site

Page 729 of 827
Page 58 of 83

(Sheet 5 of 6)
Satisafc Non
Sl.
No
Yes tory/No
14. HANDLING AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS
a) Safely stored or stacked
b) Passageways clear / free from obstructions
c) Fire fighting facility in place
15. FLAMMABLE GASES AND LIQUIDS
a) Containers clearly identified / protected from fire
b) Safe storage & transportation arrangement made
c) Fire extinguishers positioned nearby

d) Facilities kept away from electric spark, hot
spatters & ignition source.
16. WORKING AT HEIGHT
a) Approved Erection plan and work permit in place
b) Safe access, Safe work platform & Safety nets

provided
c) Life lines, Fall arrester, Full body harness and with
double lanyards used;
d) Health Check record available for workers going
up?
e) Protective handrails arranged around floor
openings
17. CONFINED SPACE
a) Work Permit obtained from requisite authority
b) Test for toxic gas and sufficient availability of
oxygen conducted & status
c) Supervisor present at site & at least one person
outside the confined space for monitoring deputed
d) Availability of safe means of entry, exit and
ventilation (register for entry & exit maintained)
e) Fire extinguisher and first-aid facility ensured
f) Lighting provision made by using 24V Lamp
g) Proper usage of PPEs ensured
18. RADIOGRAPHY
a) Proper storage and handling of source as per
BARC/ AERB guidelines (authorized radiographer
available)
b) Work permit obtained

Page 730 of 827
Page 59 of 83

(Sheet 6 of 6)
Satisafc Non
Yes tory/No
c) Cordoning of the area done
d) Use of appropriate PPE's ensured
e) HSE training to workers/supervisors imparted
during the fortnight (indicate topic)
f) Minimum occupancy of workplace ensured
19. HEALTH CHECKS
a) All Workers medically examined and found be fit

for working at heights (slinging, rigging, painting
etc.)
in confined space
in excavation / trenching
in shot blasting
b) Availability of First Aid box with contents
c) Proper sanitation at site, office and labour camps
d) Arrangement of medical facilities.
e) Measures for dealing with illness at site & labour

camps.
f) Availability of Potable drinking water for workmen
& staff.
g) Provision of crèches for children.
h) Stand by vehicle / ambulance available for

evacuation of injured
20. ENVIRONMENT
a) Chemical and Other Effluents properly disposed
b) Cleaning liquid of pipes disposed off properly
c) Seawater used for hydro-testing disposed off as per

agreed procedure
d) Lubricant Waste/Engine oils properly disposed
e) Waste from Canteen, offices, sanitation etc disposed
properly
f) Disposal of surplus earth, stripping materials, Oily
rags and combustible materials done properly
g) Green belt protection

Page 731 of 827
Page 60 of 83
FORMAT NO. : HSE-2 REV 0 (Sheet 1 of 3)
ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REPORT
(To be submitted by Contractor after every Incident / Accident within 24 hours to EIL/ Owner)
Report No.: ____________________________ Date: ______________________
Project site: ____________________________ Name of work: _______________________
Contractor‟s name: ________________ Contractor‟s Job Engineer (name) ________
Non-disabling injury (Non- Hospitalized but resumed duty before end of 48 hrs
LTA)
Disabling injury (other LTA) Hospitalized & failed to resume duty within next 48 hrs
Fatal (LTA): Death / Expiry
First Aid case (non LTA) Resume duty after first aid
Name of the injured: _______________________ Father's name of victim: _________________

Sub Contractor‟s Name: ……………………………………………………………………………….
Gate Pass No.:……….. Age: _____Yrs. Victim‟s medical fitness exam. (Pre-empl.) date: - ______
Date & time of Accident / Incident: _______________________________________________

Names of Witnesses: (1________________ (2)___________________ (3) ________________
Profession of victim:
Bar bender Carpenter Meson
Fitter Helper Gas cutter
Grinder Welder Electrician
Driver Rigger M/c.operator
Engineer Manager Other/specify
Qualification
No formal education Non-Matriculate Matriculate
Graduate Post- grad Other/specify
Job Experience
NIL Less than 2 yrs 2-5 yrs
5-10 yrs 11-15 yrs 15 years and above
Location where the incident happened: ___________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

Page 732 of 827
Page 61 of 83

Activity / Works that was continuing during incident / accident: -
Excavation Demolition Concrete carrying
Concrete pouring Transportation of materials Transportation of
(manually) materials (mechanically)
Work on or adjacent to water Work at height (+2.0 mts) Scaffold preparation
Scaffold dismantling Piling works Welding
Grinding Gas-cutting Pipe fit-ups & fabrication
Structural fabrications Machine works Hydro-testing works
Electrical works Erection activities Other/specify
What exactly the victim was doing just before the incident / accident? ....................................
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Nature of injury:
Bruise or Contusion Abrasion (superficial wound) Sprains or strains
Cut or Laceration Puncture or Open wound Burn
Inhalation of toxic or Absorption Amputation
Poisonous fumes or gases
Fracture Other/specify
Parts of body involved in incident / accident

Head Face Eyes
Throat Arm (above wrist) Hand (including wrist)
Fingers Truck (Abdomen / Back / Throat
Chest / Shoulder)
Leg (above ankle) Foot (incl. ankle) Toes
Multiple Other/specify
Accident type:
Struck against Struck by Fall from Elevation
Fall on same level caught in caught under
caught in between Rubbed or abraded Contact with (Electricity)
Contact with (Temp./ Contact with chemicals or Vehicle accident

extremes) oils
Other/specify

Page 733 of 827
Page 62 of 83
Medical Aid provided: - (indicate specific aids / treatment etc.)-

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Actions taken to prevent recurrence of similar incident / accident: ………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
_____________________________________________________________________________
Intimation to local authorities (Dist Collector / Local Police Station / ESI authority): Yes / No / NA.
If yes, to whom ………………………………………………………………………………………..
Safety Officer Site Head / Resident Construction Manager

(Signature and Name) (Signature and Name)
Stamp of Contractor
To : Owner
: RCM/Site-in-charge EIL (3 copies)
Divisional Head (Constn) through RCM

Project Manager, EIL, through RCM

Page 734 of 827
Page 63 of 83
SUPPLEMENTARY INCIDENT / ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT

TICK THE APPROPRIATE ONE AS APPLICABLE (furnish within 72 hours)
Supplementary to Incident / Accident Report No: ______ (Copy enclosed)
Report No.: ____________________________ Date: ______________________
Project site: ____________________________ Name of work: _______________________
Contractor‟s name: ________________ Contractor‟s Job Engineer (name) ________
Non-disabling injury (Non- Hospitalized but resumed duty before end of 48 hrs
LTA)
Disabling injury (other LTA) Hospitalized & failed to resume duty within next 48 hrs
Fatal (LTA): Death / Expiry
First Aid case (non LTA) Resume duty after first aid
Name of the injured: _______________________ Father's name of victim: _________________

Sub Contractor‟s Name: ……………………………………………………………………………….
Gate Pass No.:……….. Age: _____Yrs. Victim‟s medical fitness exam. (Pre-empl.) date: - ______
Date & time of Accident / Incident: _______________________________________________

Names of Witnesses: (1________________ (2)___________________ (3) ________________
Profession of victim:
Bar bender Carpenter Meson
Fitter Helper Gas cutter
Grinder Welder Electrician
Driver Rigger M/c.operator
Engineer Manager Other/specify
Qualification
No formal education Non-Matriculate Matriculate
Graduate Post- grad Other/specify
Job Experience
NIL Less than 2 yrs 2-5 yrs
5-10 yrs 11-15 yrs 15 years and above
Location where the incident happened: ___________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

Page 735 of 827
Page 64 of 83
FORMAT NO. :HSE-3 REV 0 (Sheet 2 of 5)

Activity / Works that was continuing during incident / accident: -
Excavation Demolition Concrete carrying
Concrete pouring Transportation of materials Transportation of
(manually) materials (mechanically)
Work on or adjacent to water Work at height (+2.0 mts) Scaffold preparation
Scaffold dismantling Piling works Welding
Grinding Gas-cutting Pipe fit-ups & fabrication
Structural fabrications Machine works Hydro-testing works
Electrical works Erection activities Other/specify
What exactly the victim was doing just before the incident / accident? ....................................
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Particular of tools & tackles being used and condition of the same after incident/accident:
…………………………………………………………………………….........................................
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Description of Incident/Accident (How the incident was caused):
……………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Nature of injury:
Bruise or Contusion Abrasion (superficial wound) Sprains or strains
Cut or Laceration Puncture or Open wound Burn
Inhalation of toxic or Absorption Amputation
Poisonous fumes or gases
Fracture Other/specify
Parts of body involved in incident / accident

Head Face Eyes
Throat Arm (above wrist) Hand (including wrist)
Fingers Truck (Abdomen / Back / Throat
Chest / Shoulder)
Leg (above ankle) Foot (incl. ankle) Toes
Multiple Other/specify

Page 736 of 827
Page 65 of 83

Accident type:
Struck against Struck by Fall from Elevation
Fall on same level caught in caught under
caught in between Rubbed or abraded Contact with (Electricity)
Contact with (Temp./ Contact with chemicals or Vehicle accident

extremes) oils
Other/specify
Name & Designation of person who provided First-Aid to the victim: ---------------------------------------
Name & Telephone number of Hospital where the victim was treated_________________________
Mode of transport used for transporting victim – Ambulance / Private car / Tempo / Truck / Others
How much time taken to shift the injured person to Hospital________________________________
In case of FATAL incident, indicate clearly the BOCW Registration No. of the victim
/Company……………………………………………………………………………………………
Comments of Medical Practitioner, who treated / attended the victim/injured (attached / described
here)_____________________________________________________________________
What actions are taken for investigation of the incident, please indicate clearly – (Video film /
Photography / Measurements taken etc……………………………………………………………..)
Immediate cause (Please tick the right applicable) –

Hazardous methods or Poor housekeeping Inadequate or improper
procedures inadequately PPE
guarded
Environmental hazards improper Working on dangerous
(excess noise/ space illumination/Moving on oval equipment
constraint/ inadequate surface
ventilation

Page 737 of 827
Page 66 of 83
FORMAT NO.:HSE-3 REV 0 (Sheet 4 of 5)

Failure to secure Horse-play Failure to use PPE
Inattention to surroundings Improper use of hands & By-passing safety devices

body-parts
Unsafe mixing or placement Bypassing standard Failure in communication
of tools & tackles procedures
Operating without authority Improper use of equipment drug or alcoholic
or tools & tackles influence
excessive haste Others(specify)
Basic cause
Over confidence Impulsiveness over-exertion

Faulty judgement or poor Failing to keep attention Nervousness & Fear
understanding constantly
Fatigue Defective vision Ill health or sickness
Slow reaction Others(specify)
Root cause
Inadequate Engg Improper Design Inadequate Planning &

organization
Inadequate knowledge Inadequate skill Inadequate training
Inadequate supervision Improper work procedure Inadequate compliance
with standard
Substandard performance Inadequate maintenance Improper inspection
Others(specify)
Loss of man days and impact on site works, (if any) –
Remarks from Contractor’s Safety Officer / Engineer –
Was the victim performing relevant tasks for which he was engaged /employed? Yes / No
Was the Supervisor present on work-site during the incident? Yes / No
Have the causes of incident rightly identified? Yes / No
Cause of Accident was_____________________________________________________________

Page 738 of 827
Page 67 of 83
Remedial measures recommended by Safety Officer of Contractor for avoiding similar incident in
future
: ………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
Intimation to local authorities (Dist Collector / Local Police Station / ESI authority): Yes / No / NA.
If yes, to whom ………………………………………………………………………………………..
_____________________________________________________________________________
Safety Officer Site Head / Resident Construction Manager

Stamp of Contractor
To : Owner
: RCM// Site-in-charge of EIL (3 copies)
Project Manager EIL, through RCM

Page 739 of 827
Page 68 of 83
FORMAT NO. :HSE-4 REV 0

NEAR MISS INCIDENT/ DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE
SUGGESTED PROFORMA
(to be submitted within 24 hours)
 Near Miss : Human injury escaped & no damage to property, equipment
or interruption to work.
 Dangerous Occurrence: Damage to property, equipment or interruption of work, but not
resulting in personal injury/illness, e.g. Fire incident, collapse of structure, crane failure,
etc
Report No.: _________________
Name of Site: _________________________ Date: ______________________
Name of work: __________________________ Contractor: __________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Incident reported by :
Date & Time of Incident :
Location :
__________________________________________________________________________________
Brief description of incident
__________________________________________________________________________________
Probable cause of incident
__________________________________________________________________________________
Suggested corrective action
__________________________________________________________________________________
Steps taken to avoid recurrence Yes No
To : Owner
: RCM/Site-in-charge EIL (3 copies)

Project Manager EIL, through RCM

Page 740 of 827
Page 69 of 83

MONTHLY HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) REPORT
(To be submitted by each Contractor)
Actual work start Date: _______________ For the Month of: __________________
Project: ____________________________ Report No: ________________________
Name of the Contractor: ______________ Status as on : ______________________
Name of Work : _____________________ Job No : __________________________
(Contractor in consultation with EIL shall generate the reports through web based
package(www.eil.co.in/conthse) only.
UPTO
THIS
ITEM PREVIOUS CUMULATIVE
MONTH
MONTH
1) Average number of Staff & Workmen
(average daily headcount, not man days)
2) Man-hours worked
3) Number of Induction programmes conducted
4) Number of HSE meetings organized at site
5) Number of HSE awareness programmes conducted at site
6) Number of Tool Box Talks conducted
7) Number of Lost Time Accidents (LTA) Fatal
Other LTA
8) Number of Loss Time Injuries (LTI) Fatalities
Other LTI
9) Number of Non-Loss Time Accidents
10) Number of First Aid Cases
11) Number of Near Miss Incidents
12) No. of unsafe acts/ practices detected
13) No. of disciplinary actions taken against staff/ workmen
14) Man-days lost due to accidents

15) LTA Free man-hours i.e. LTA free man-hours counted from the
Last LTA (enter date: ……….)
16) Frequency Rate (No. of LTA per 2 lacs man-hours worked)
17) Severity Rate (No. of man days lost per 2 lacs man-hours
worked)
18) Loss Time Injury Frequency (No. of LTI per 2 lacs man-hours
worked)
19) No. of activities for which Job Safety Analysis (JSA) completed
20) No. of incentives/ awards given
21) No. of occasions on which penalty imposed by EIL/ Owner
22) No. of Audits conducted
23) No. of pending NCs in above Audits

24) Compensation cases raised with Insurance
25) Compensation cases resolved and paid to workmen
26) Whether workmen compensation policy taken Yes No
27) Whether workmen compensation policy is valid Yes No
28) Whether workmen registered under ESI Act, as applicable Yes No
Remarks, if any
Date:
Prepared by Safety Officer Approved by Site Head / Resident Construction Manager
To : - OWNER
- RCM EIL (2 copies)

Page 741 of 827
Page 70 of 83

PERMIT FOR WORKING AT HEIGHTS (ABOVE 2.0 METER)
(In duplicate to be issued daily for site and for office)
Permit No…………….. Name of Main Contractor……………………
Name of work executing agency / sub agency / vendor:…………………………………………………...
Date……………… Exact Location of work……………………………………
Nature of work ……………………………………..Duration of work (from) ………… (to) ……….......
Number of workers covered within this permit……………………………………………………………
(List may be enclosed with name & gate pass numbers.)
Status of
Sl.
Items / Subjects compliance
No.
(Yes / No)
1 Work areas / Equipments inspected
2 Work area cordoned off
3 Adequate lighting is provided
4 Precautions against public traffic taken
5 Concerned persons in & around have been alerted & cautioned
Hazards / risks involved in routine / non-routine task assessed and
6
control measures have been implemented at specific task
7 ELCB provided for electrical connection & found working
8 Ladder safely attached / fixed
9 Scaffoldings are checked and TAGs are found used correctly
10 Working platforms are provided and are found sound /safe for use
Safe access & egress arrangements (e.g. ladders, fall arresters, life-lines
11
etc.) are satisfactorily incorporated
12 Openings on platform / floors are effectively cordoned / covered
Use of following safety gadgets by people working at area under this
permit, is checked and found satisfactory -
Safety helmet
13 Safety harness (full body) with double lanyard
Safety Shoes
Safety gloves
Safety goggles
14 Housekeeping of work area found satisfactorily tidy / clean & clear
Adequate measures have been taken for works being continued at the
15 ground level, when simultaneous works are permitted overhead at that
very location.
16 Materials are not thrown from heights on to ground
17 Medical examination of workers are made & found satisfactory
Responsible job engineer / supervisor found physically present at work
18
spot for overall administration of work as well as safety of people.
Above items have been checked & compliance has been found in place. Hence work is
permitted to start / continue at the above-mentioned location. Work shall not start till identified
lapses are rectified.
Additional Precautions, if any …………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………..
Work Permit issued by Verification By

Contractor Engineer/RCM Contractor Safety Officer
AT THE END OF THE DAY/WORK:

All works at height are completed & workmen have returned safely from work location at
(time)………….. (date)……………
(Sig. Contractor Engineer)

Page 742 of 827
Page 71 of 83
FORMAT NO. :
HSE-7 REV 0
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
Project site ___________________________ Sr.No.
_________________________
Name of the work ______________________ Date
___________________________
Name of Contractor ____________________ Nature of work
___________________
Exact location of work _____________
Safety Requirements POSITIVE ISOLATION OF THE VESSEL IS MANDATORY
(A) Has the equipment been ?
Y NR Y NR Y NR
  Isolated from   water flushed &/or   radiation sources
power/steam/air steamed removed
  isolated from liquid or   Man ways open &   proper lighting
gases ventilated provided
  depressurized &/or   cont. inert gas flow  
drained arranged
  blanked/ blinded/   adequately cooled  
disconnected
(B) Expected Residual Hazards
  lack of O2   combustible gas/ liquid   H2S / toxic gases
  corrosive chemicals   pyrophoric iron / scales   electricity / static
  heat/ steam / frost   high humidity   ionizing radiation
     
(C) Protection Measures
  gloves   ear plug / muff   goggles / face shield
  protective clothing   dust / gas / air line mask   personal gas alarm
  grounded air duct/blower   attendant with SCBA/air   rescue
/AC mask equipment/team
  Fire fighting arrangements   safety harness & lifeline   communication
equipment
     
Authorization / Renewal (It is safe to enter the confined space)
D Signature Time Signature
No.a of Contractor's Contractor's From To Workman
persons
t Name of persons allowed Supervisor Safety Officer
allowed
e
Permit Closure :
(A) Entry  was closed  stopped  will continue on ...
(B)  Site left in a safe condition  Housekeeping done
(C) Multilock  removed  key transferred

 Ensured all men have come out  Man-ways barricaded
Remarks, if any:

Page 743 of 827
Page 72 of 83

RADIATION WORK PERMIT
Project : Sr.No. :
Name of the work : Date :
Name of site contractor : Job No. :
Location of work :
Source strength :
Cordoned distance (m) :
Name of Radiography agency : Approved by Owner/EIL
No. of workers engaged :
The following items have been checked &compliance shall be ensured during currency of the
permit:
S. No. Item description Done

Safety regulations as per BARC/AERB ensured while source in use/in transit & during
storage
Area cordoned off / safe working platform provided
Lighting arrangements for working during nights ensured
Warning signs/ flash lights installed
Cold work permit taken (if applicable)
PPEs like film badges, dosimeters used
Additional precautions, if any ______________________________________________________
(Radiography Agency‟s BARC/AERB authorized Supervisor)
Permission is granted.
Permit is valid from ___________ AM/PM ____________ Date to ___________ AM/PM _________
Date
(Signature of permit issuing authority of site contractor)
Name :Designation: Date:

Permit renewal:
Sign of issuing authority with
Permit extended up to Additional precautions required, if any
date (of site contractor)
Date Time
Work completed/ stopped/ area cleared at ________ Hrs of Date ______________

(Sign. of permit issuing authority)
Name & Signature of site contractor:

Page 744 of 827
Page 73 of 83

DEMOLISHING/DISMANTLING WORK PERMIT
Project : Sr.No. :
Name of contractor : Job No. :
Name of sub-contractor : No. of workers to be engaged:
Line No./ Equipment No./ Structure to be dismantled :

Location details of dismantling/ demolition with sketch : (clearly indicate the area)
The following items have been checked &compliance shall be ensured during currency of the
permit:
S. Item description Done Not

No Applicable
.
Services like power, gas supply, water, etc. disconnected
Dismantling/ Demolishing method reviewed & approved
Usage of appropriate PPEs ensured
Precautions taken for neighbouring structures
First-Aid arrangements made
Fire fighting arrangements ensured
Precautions taken for blasting
(Contractor‟s Supervisor) (Contractor‟s Safety Officer)
Permission is granted.
(Permit issuing authority)
Name :
Date :
Completion report :
Dismantling/ Demolishing is completed on _____________ Date at ____________ Hrs.
Materials/ debris transported to identified location Tagging completed (as applicable)
Services like power, gas supply, water, etc. restored
(Permit issuing authority)
CONTRACTOR‟s NAME

Page 745 of 827
Page 74 of 83

DAILY SAFETY CHECKLIST
(To make use of before start of day‟s work)
Project : Sr.No. :
Description of Job decided to perform : -
 Use of PPE / Safety Gadgets
Sl. Compliance (Yes

Compliance Sl.
N PPEs PPEs / No)
(Yes / No) No
o
1 Safety Helmets 6 Face Shield
2 Safety Shoes 7 Full body harness
3 Hand Gloves 8 Fall Arrest System
4 Dust Musk 9 Safety net
Horizontal life-line made
5 Safety Goggles 10 of steel wire, (dia not
less than 8.0 mm.)
(Serial No. 1 & 2 are compulsory for everyone. Specify & ensure use of other safety gadgets as required for the job)
 Identify following important unsafe conditions: -
Sl. No Conditions Yes / No

1 Access to work site / emergency escape clear
2 Soil / Loose earth kept away from excavated pit / slope / ladder provided
Electrical wire / welding lead lying entangled on ground / welding m/c. booth
3
accessible
4 Elevated work platform / open ends are protected
Ground area cordoned off before lifting works or erection at height / ground
5
area checked & cordoned-off before start of height works
Structural members / erected pipes / wooden boards/pieces etc. are safely
6 anchored at heights and are not likely to fall down on people when working
beneath
Rope ladders tied-up on tall steel structures, long before are removed to get
7
rid of their use
8 Any Other
 Indicate actions taken, if status of any of the above items is found “No”
………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
 Specific Safety guidelines / precautions, if any (communicated thro‟ TBT)

……………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
 Above conditions and PPE compliances are checked by undersigned and correct status are indicated after
verification
Inspected by Verification By
Contractor Engineer Contractor Safety Officer

Page 746 of 827
Page 75 of 83

HOUSEKEEPING ASSESSMENT & COMPLIANCE
Project : Sr.No. :
Name of contractor : Fortnightly
Sl Satisafctory/ Non
No. Subjects of Review Remarks Action
Yes satisfactory/No
1. Cleanliness at the Main entry / access of site
2. Ground condition / floor areas free from water-
logging / oil spillage
3. Ground & elevated floors free from rubbish /
wastes / accumulated debris / scraps.
4. Manholes / openings are covered / fenced
5. Trenches are barricaded / walkways are in place
6. Drains are cleaned / not choked / not occupied
by dumped materials
7. Sufficient CAUTION boards / instructions
displayed
8. Construction machinery are maintained &
parked in orderly manner.
9. Movement of site people are not obstructed
because of dumping / storing of construction
materials
10. Access / egress to Electrical Distribution Boards
/ Panels clear from wires / cables / earth-strips
etc.
11. Electrical panel rooms / sheds / MCC / Control
rooms / Substations etc. are clean & tidy and not
used for storing dress / clothes, tiffin-box or
bicycles.
12. Passage behind Elec. panels are free for access
13. Fire extinguishers / fire-buckets are accessible
without any difficulty.
14. Stair-steps, platforms & landings are clear & tidy
15. Sheds / rooms & work areas have got sufficient
illumination as well as ventilation
16. Cables / Wires / welding leads are routed /
hanged appropriately & are not creating unsafe
condition.
17. Stacking / storing of insulation materials or their
packing.
18. Removal or cleanliness of left-over sand,
concrete, brick-bats, insulation-materials, excess
earth, wastes etc.
19. Storing / stacking of sand, metal chips, re-bars,
steel pipes, valves, fittings etc.
20. One escape route at ground & minimum two
escape routes at elevation available,

Page 747 of 827
Page 76 of 83

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Sl Satisafctory/ Non
No. Subjects of Review Remarks Action
Yes satisfactory/No
21. Captions / Posters / Slogans on various safety
instructions are displayed legibly in local
language
22. Cable trenches are water-free or regular
arrangement for taking out accumulated water
exists.
23. Windows of rooms / offices are regularly
cleaned
24. Facilities for cycle sheds, drinking water,
washing, rest-rooms etc. are maintained in tidy
manner.
25. Toilet, Urinals, Canteen / kitchen / pantry etc.
are maintained & free from obnoxious smell.
26. Construction tools / tackles are stored
systematically - the items are tagged / tested /
certified by competent third party.
27. Sufficient numbers of Dust-bins / Waste-bins
found at site and are regularly emptied.
Additional remarks, if any -

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………

Page 748 of 827
Page 77 of 83

INSPECTION OF TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL BOOTH /
INSTALLATION
Project : Sr.No. :
Sub Station No:/Booth No Location:
SL
SUBJECTS OBSERVATION (YES /NO) ACTION TAKEN
NO
Switchboards installed properly are in order and
1
protected from rain & water-logging.
Adequate illumination provided for switchboard
2 operation during night hours & the lamps are protected
from direct human contact.
Voltage ratings, DANGER signs, Shock-Treatment-
3
Chart displayed in the installation / booth
Fire extinguisher (DCP or CO2) & Sand Bucket kept in
4
close vicinity of Switchboards
Valid License & Competent Electrician / Wireman
5 available & name/ license no. displayed at booth /
installation.
General housekeeping in & around booth / installation
6
found in order.
7 Cable-route-markers for U/G cables provided.
Monthly inspection report of Electrical hand tools
8
available in booth / installation.
9 Insulated Mat provided in front of Elec. Panels.
10 Rubber hand gloves available/ used by Electricians
Availability of CAUTION boards for shutdown & / or
11
repairing works.
All incoming & outgoing feeders have proper MCCB /
12
HRC fuses / Switches.
Switchboards “earthed” at two distinctly isolated
13
locations.
Switchboards have adequate operating space at the front
14
face & at the rear face too.
15 All connections provided through 30mA ELCB.
16 Testing records of all ELCBs available at site
17 Only industrial type plugs & sockets are used.
Temporary connections are 3-core double insulated &
18 free from cuts & joints and 3rd core is earthed at both
ends
Socket boards are properly mounted on stand &
19
protected from water ingress.
Electrical equipments operating above 250V have two
20
earthing / double earthing.
All incoming / outgoing cables are properly glanded &
21
terminated with “lugs”.
22 Switch-boards are of industrial variety / type.
Sketch for installation / connection (SLD) made &
23
pasted & other safety labels/display boards
24 Labeling of incoming / outgoing feeders made.
25 All hand lamps are protected from direct contact.
26 All electrical cable / joints are in safe condition

Page 749 of 827
Page 78 of 83

INSPECTION FOR SCAFFOLDING (Sheet 1 of 2)
Project : Sr.No. :
Sl. Actions
Description Yes No N.A
No taken
1 Whether work permit is obtained to take up work at height above 1.5 Mts?
Whether atmospheric condition is “stormy” or “raining” and works at
2
heights have been permitted?
3 Whether steel pipes scaffoldings are used for units /off-site areas?
Whether scaffolding has been erected on rigid/firm/leveled surfaces /
4 ground? Whether “foot-seals” or “base-plates” are used beneath the up-
rights (vertical steel pipes)
Whether scaffold construction is as per IS specification with toe-board and
5
hand-rails (top-rail as well as mid-rail)?
Whether distance between two successive up-rights are less than 2.5 Mts
6 (height of scaffold & load carrying capacity governs the distance between
two uprights)
Whether all uprights are extended at least 900 mm above the top most
7
working platform (to enable fitting of handrails)?
Whether vertical distance of two successive ledgers is satisfactory?
8
(varying between 1.3 Mts. To 2.1 Mts)
Whether the peripheral areas of working at height are cordoned-off? (for
9
avoiding accident to people arising out of dropped / deflected materials)
10 Whether platform is provided? Is it safely approachable?
Whether end of scaffold platform / board are extended beyond transoms?
11
(125mm to 150 mm)
Whether CE / IS approved quality and worthy conditioned full-body safety
12 harness (with double lanyard & karabiners) are used while working at
heights?
Whether life-line of safety harness is anchored to an independent secured
13
support capable of withstanding load of a falling person?
Whether the area around the scaffold is cordoned off to prohibit the entry of
14
unauthorized person / vehicle?
Whether clamps used are of good condition, of adequate strength and free
15
from defects?
16 Whether ladder is placed at secured and leveled surface?
17 Whether water-pass and oil-spills are avoided around the scaffold structure?
18 Whether ladder is extended 1.5mts. above the landing point at height?
19 Whether more than one access/egress provided to the scaffold?
Whether ladder used are of adequate length and overlapping of short
20
ladders avoided?
Whether metallic ladders are placed much away from near-by electrical
21
transmission line?
22 Whether rungs of ladder are inspected and found in good order?
23 Whether fall-arresters provided on both the access/egress routes?
Whether diagonal (cross) bracings are provided at regular interval on the
24
scaffold?
Whether working platform on the scaffold has been made free from “jolt”
25
or “gap”?
Whether tools or materials are removed after completion of the day‟s job at
26
heights?
Whether a valid Permit for Work (PFW) is obtained before taking up work
27
over asbestos or fragile roof?
28 Whether sufficient precaution is taken while working on fragile roof?

Page 750 of 827
Page 79 of 83
Sl. Actions
Description Yes No N. A
No taken
Whether provision is made to arrange duck ladder, crawling board for
29
working on fragile roof?
Whether scaffold has been inspected by qualified civil engineers prior to
30
their use?
Whether the scaffolding has been designed for the load to be borne by the
31
same?
Whether the erection and dismantling of the scaffolding is being done by
32
trained persons and under adequate supervision?
Whether safety net with proper working arrangement and life-line has
33
been provided?
Whether TAGS (Green for acceptable and Red for incomplete/unsafe
34
scaffolds) are used on scaffolds?
Whether sufficient illumination is provided in and around the scaffold
35
and access?
Whether emergency rescue / response arrangements are made in place
36

Page 751 of 827
Page 80 of 83
FORMAT NO. : HSE-14 REV 0 (sheet 1 of 2)

PERMIT FOR ERECTION / MODIFICATION & DISMANTLING OF
SCAFFOLDING
Project : Sr.No. :
Nature of activities : Duration: From………To…………
SL. NOT
SUBJECTS / ITEMS DONE
No. DONE REMARKS
Specific task of Erection / Modification / Dismantling of scaffolds,
1 identified & TAGGED accordingly (before as well as after
carrying-out jobs).
People engaged in doing the job are identified & are certified by Names to
2
Job Engineer of Main Contractor as experienced / trained. be noted
Concerned persons are alerted by the Job Engineer of Main
3 Contractor in connection with possible hazards & what the
workmen MUST do / MUST not do.
Verification by Job Engineer of Main Contractor made for
confirming that all persons permitted to carry-out the jobs are
4
making use of Helmet, Safety Shoes, Goggles, Gloves & Double
lanyard safety harness and other relevant PPEs.
5 Area of work is effectively cordoned-off / barricaded / illuminated.
For taking-up / lowering down Scaffolding members / clamps /
couplings etc. appropriate ropes / pulleys/ chains etc. have been
6
arranged for use (not to throw any item) & the same have been
verified as “fit for purpose”.
Items / members of scaffold, being lowered are removed from the
7
area & stacked correctly.
Ropes, chains, pulley blocks etc. being used for lifting or lowering
scaffold items, are inspected by the Job Engineer & their
8
certifications as well as physical conditions have been found O.K,
before signing this PERMIT.
Safety Net / Life-line / Fall Arresters etc. are arranged in position
9 and Job Engineer has found working conditions favourable for
activities to start.
Scaffold erection or dismantling tasks are being supervised by
10
Experienced Engineer / Competent person.
Only competent & experienced people have been selected /
11
engaged in Scaffolding erection, modification or dismantling tasks.
Adequate & effective actions for traffic and movement of people
12
around the cordoned-off area taken to avoid inadvertent incident
13 Working platforms are protected with handrails & toe-boards.
14 Access & Exit (for reach & escape) are safe for use by people.
Tools, tackles to be used for above jobs are verified by job
15 Engineers of Main contractor as genuinely good and tied-up at
height (to prevent their fall).
16 Site important Telephone Nos. are made known to everyone
SOP (Safe Operating Procedure) for the specific task is made &
17
followed too.
18 Emergency vehicle has been arranged at work locations.
 This permit for work shall be available at specific work location all the time.
 After completion of work, permit shall be returned to safety cell of main contractor, without fail.
 This Permit shall be issued maximum upto (Monday to Sunday).
 Additional Precautions, if any
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
 ACCORD OF PERMISSION (to be ticked) - YES ( ) / NO ( )

Page 752 of 827
Page 81 of 83
FORMAT NO. : HSE-14 REV 0 (sheet 2of 2)
Everyday Site working conditions & performance of workmen shall be assessed / checked by Contractor
Site Engr. and Safety Officer shall verify the same .
MOND TUESD WEDNES THURSD FRID SATURD SUND

Name / Sign.
AY AY DAY AY AY AY AY
Site
Engr.
Safety
Off.

Page 753 of 827
Page 82 of 83

PERMIT FOR HEAVY LIFT/CRITCAL ERECTION
Project : Sr.No. :
Nature of activities : Duration: From………To…………
Location of work : Name /Type of crane :
Equipment/Structure to be erected: Wt. of equipment/ structure to be erected :
SL. COMPLIANCE STATUS Remarks
Description of Item
NO. Yes No Not
applicable
1) Is the crane type suitable for lift or as per erection
procedure?
2) Is the crane have the correct number of counterweights
fitted?
3) Availability of Load Certification of crane from
authorized agency.
4) Is the load chart of crane available in carne cabin/or with
Crane operator?
5) Is the device to check the Wind speed in crane is working?
Is the safety features in crane are working?
6) Availability of Load certification of slings and other
accessories from authorized agency
7) Availability of Licensee/certificate for crane operator from
authorized agency.
8) Availability of approved JSA for the subject activities.
9) Availability of approved erection/rigging procedures.
10) Availability of temporary gratings/ platforms for critical
lifting(as applicable)
11) Tool Box conducted before erection?
12) Has the area been cordoned off?
13) Are the authorized persons during erection are identified?
14) Does each person identified for erection understand their
roles and responsibilities?
15) Is the ground on which crane will rest or outrigger support
are correct?
16) Is hard stand requirement (if any) complied?
17) Is the communication system (viz walkie talkies,etc are
working properly?
18) If more than one crane is lifting the load, is an
Intermediate rigger will supervise the lift?
19) If there is other obstruction within the operating radius of
the crane, have correct precautions been taken to prevent
collision?
20)
All the persons are wearing the requisite PPE?
Inspected & Issued by Verification By

Contractor Engineer/RCM Contractor Safety Officer

Page 754 of 827
Page 83 of 83

PERMIT FOR ENERGY ISOLATION & DE-ISOLATION
Project : Sr.No. :
ENERGY ISOLATION PERMIT
 Clearance required from:…..Hrs ………Date To …. ..Hrs ….Date
 Name of equipment/ energy source etc ………………………………………………………………….
 Nature of job to be done: ……………………………………………………………………………….
 Area………………………….Location:…………………………………………………………………..
PERMIT VALIDATION PERFORMING AUTHORITY

I hereby authorize the …………..personnel(performer) The work and precautions will be carried out under my
to isolate the above equipment/energy source from all overall responsibility.(Testing/execution engineer)
sources of power and handover the equipment/energy
source for maintenance/repair.
Signature: Date:
Issuing authority Name:
Area –Incharge/RCM
Signature: Date:
Name:
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR CLEARANCE NORMALISING AFTER CLEARANCE

1. Notify workers of intent to de- energize 1. Notify workers of intent to re- energize
2. Obtain lock,tag or locking/tagging devices 2. Conduct visual inspection to confirm that the
3. Shut down ,de energize, dissipate any danger zone is clear of workers
residual energies. 3. Conduct visual inspection to confirm that tools
4. Apply lock ,tag and locking and/or tagging ,equipments danger zone is clear of workers
devices 4. Reposition the safety devices(interlocks,
5. *Any other job specific precautions valves, guards, covers ,sensors, as applicable, etc)
6. Verify effectiveness of lockout by 5. *Any other job specific normalizing details
attempting to restart. 6. Remove lock, tag and locking and/or tagging
7. Proper PPE is ensured devices.
7. Re energize.
I certify that the energy source mentioned above is 8. Confirm system is operating properly& safely
isolated from all sources and is safe to start the work. 9. I certify that the energy source mentioned above is
isolated from all sources and is safe to start the work.
Tag No:…… Lock No:………….
Tag No:…… Lock No:………….
Issuing authority Issuing authority
Area –Incharge/RCM Area –Incharge/RCM
Signature: Date: Signature: Date:
Name: Name:
(*to be included by contractor in consultation with (*to be included by contractor in consultation with
EIL/owner) EIL/owner)
ENERGY DE-ISOLATION PERMIT
PERMIT VALIDATION PERFORMING AUTHORITY
I hereby authorize the …………..personnel(performer) I herby certify that the equipment/energy source
to de- isolate the above equipment/energy source from mentioned above has been de-isolated and is ready for
all sources of power and handover the equipment/energy normal operation.(Testing/execution engineer)
source for normal operation..
Issuing authority Signature: Date:

Area –Incharge/RCM Name:
Signature: Date:
Name: Countersigned by Issuing authority

Page 755 of 827
ATTACHMENT – IV
Page 756 of 827

EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR
(EDG) PACKAGE OF INTEGRATED Format No: A307-00-0IY-
REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT, 19-41-0006-F1 Rev 0
KOCHI
OBSERVATION ON QUALITY ASPECTS
Job No: Name of Work: No:

FOI/LOA No:
Issued To : M/s Date of Issue:
Location Of Work:
Item Of Work:
Details Of Observation( Deficiency) Recommended Course Of Action
Time Allowed For Correction
Issued By: Received by:

Name : Name:
Designation: Signature:
Signature: Date and Time:
Corrective Action Report By Contractor/Vendor:
Name
Date: Signature:
Distribution Before Resolution:

RCM/ Area Coordinator /QA Mgr:
Verification Of Resolution By Issuer/Area Coordinator/RCM(EIL):
Name:
Date: Signature:
Distribution After Resolution:
RCM/ Area Coordinator /QA Mgr:
Format No. EIL -1641-1924 Rev1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved
Page 757 of 827

ATTACHMENT – V
Page 758 of 827

EMERGENCY DIESEL
GENERATOR (EDG) PACKAGE A307-00-0IY-19-41-0002
Rev-0
OF INTEGRATED REFINERY
EXPANSION PROJECT, KOCHI Page 1 of 3
TABLE -1
Requirement for control of monitoring and measuring devices.
Sl.
Description Calibration requirements Frequency Remarks
No.
Civil-Survey
1. Theodolite To check for permanent once in a year or Record to be

adjustments by traversing and project duration maintained
observing the closing error whichever is earlier (See note below)
2. Levels To check by Backsight/ Every use Record to

Foresight readings, the be maintained
temporary adjustments of level (See note below)
3. Steel measurement a. "Freemans" make ---- ---
tapes or BIS approved
make shall be used
b. Mutilated, or
broken tapes shall
not be used
c. Legible markings
4. Cross staff Same as 3b&3c above --- ---
5. Distomat Actual Physical Before using Records to be

Verification at Site first time at site maintained
6. Total Station To check for permanent once in a year or Record to be
adjustments by traversing and project duration maintained
observing the closing error,etc. whichever is earlier (See note below)
Civil Laboratory
7. All balances- Check for zero error Whenever used ---

Mechanical
8. Weigh Calibration of scales Once in three Records to be
Batcher/Batching months maintained
Plant
9. Cube testing Calibration certificate from As per Records to be
machine manufacturers or from reputed manufacturer maintained
calibrating agency. specification or
once a year
whichever is earlier
10 Moisture Meter Calibration of scales 6 months Records to be
maintained
Note: If Error is found, it has to be sent to manufacturers or their agents for

rectification and certification & reputed laboratory shall be NABL accredited
for relevant testing.

Page 759 of 827
EMERGENCY DIESEL
Rev-0
Sl.
No.
Mechanical/
Electrical/
Welding
10 Pressure Gauges Calibration certificate from Once in 6 months Records to be
reputed laboratories or maintained
calibrate by dead weight
testers with standard weights
or with master Gauge
11 Dial gauges Check for Zero Error Whenever used ---
12 Dead Weight Calibration from As per Records
Tester manufacturer or reputed manufacturer's (Calibration
calibrating agency and recommendation or certificate) to
calibration certificate shall not once in a six month be maintained
be older than one month from whichever is earlier.
the date of mobilization.
13 Vernier caliper/ Check for Zero error Whenever used ---
screw gauge
14 Holiday tester Calibration from Once in 6 months Records to
manufacturer or reputed be maintained
calibrating agency or by
calibrating by zeep meter.
15 Elcometer Check with standard test films Before use Records to

supplied by the manufactures be maintained
15 Universal Testing Calibration Certificate As per manufacturer's Records to
Machine from any reputed third party recommendation or be maintained
inspection agency. viz, CEIL, once a year whichever
LRS, BV, ABS, DNV or IRS. is earlier
16 Charpy V-notch Calibration Certificate As per manufacturer's Records to be
Impact testing from any reputed third party recommendation or maintained
machine inspection once in a year
agency. viz, CEIL, LRS, BV, whichever is earlier
ABS, DNV or IRS.
17 Hardness Testing Check with the standard test Before use Records to be
Machine block supplied with the maintained
machine as per manufacturer's
Recommendation
18. Chemical Check with the Before use Records to be
Analysis ,ex :PMI standard samples maintained
etc.
19. Various Digital Calibration Certificate from Once in Six Records to be
and Analog reputed laboratories or the Months or as per maintained
meters manufacturer manufacturer’s
recommendation
whichever is earlier.
__________________________________________________________________________________
Page 760 of 827

EMERGENCY DIESEL
Rev-0
Sl.
No.
20. Variable current, Calibration Certificate from Once in Six Records to be
voltage and reputed months maintained
resistance generators laboratories
21. Temperature/ Calibration from Once in Six Records to be

Pressure Recorders manufacturer or any months maintained
reputed calibrating
agency
22. Temperature gauges Calibration Certificate Once in Six months To be discarded
from reputed in case of damage
laboratories or malfunctioning
23. Thermocouples Manufacturer’s Certificate or --- ---
Chemical Check
24. Vibration probes Calibration from Once in a year To be discarded
reputed laboratory in case of
damage or
malfunctioning
25. Decibel-meter Calibration from Once in a Year - do -
reputed laboratory

__________________________________________________________________________________
Page 761 of 827

ATTACHMENT – VI
Page 762 of 827

EMERGENCY DIESEL Format No: A307-00-0IY-
GENERATOR (EDG) PACKAGE 19-41-0006-F2 Rev 0
EXPANSION PROJECT, KOCHI
OBSERVATION ON SAFETY ASPECTS
Job No: Name of Work: No:

FOI/LOA No:
Issued To : M/s Date of issue:
Location Of Work:
Item Of Work:
Details Of Lapses/Shortfalls/Hazards Identified Recommended Course Of Action
Suspension of work required till resolution.

(Yes/No)
Time Allowed For Correction:
Issued By: Received by:

Name : Name:
Designation: Signature:
Signature: Date and Time:
Corrective Action Report By Contractor/Vendor:
Date: Name And Signature:
Distribution Before Resolution:

RCM/ Area Coordinator/QA Mgr :
Verification Of Resolution By Issuer/Area Coordinator/RCM (EIL):
Name:
Date: Signature:
Distribution After Resolution:
: RCM/ Area Coordinator /QA Mgr:
Format No. EIL -1641-1924 Rev1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved
Page 763 of 827

ATTACHMENT – VII
Page 764 of 827

Page 765 of 827
Page 766 of 827
Page 767 of 827
Page 768 of 827
Page 769 of 827
Page 770 of 827
Page 771 of 827
Page 772 of 827
Page 773 of 827
Page 774 of 827
Page 775 of 827
Page 776 of 827
Page 777 of 827
Page 778 of 827
Page 779 of 827
Page 780 of 827
Page 781 of 827
Page 782 of 827
Page 783 of 827
Page 784 of 827
Page 785 of 827
Page 786 of 827
ATTACHMENT – VIII
Page 787 of 827

Document No.
PROCEDURE FOR SAFE
OPERATION WITH HYDRA A307-5-1940-9500 Rev. No.0
( IREP BPCL KOCHI ) Page 1 of 10

PROCEDURE
FOR SAFE OPERATION
WITH
HYDRA CRANE
IREP BPCL KOCHI
0 12.09.2012 ISSUED AS JOB PROCEDURE SM SM RKD

Reviewed Approved
Rev. No Date Purpose Prepared by
by by

Page 788 of 827

Document No.
PROCEDURE FOR SAFE

Abbreviations: -
BPCL : Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited

Constn : Construction
EIL : Engineers India Limited
HSE : Health, Safety & Environment
IREP : Integrated Refinery Expansion project
ITP : Inspection & Test Plan
Owner : Client / Custodian / Project authority
RCM : Resident Construction Manager
SIC : Site In Charge
SWL : Safe Working Load
WH : Ware House

Page 789 of 827

Document No.
PROCEDURE FOR SAFE

CONTENTS
1. PURPOSE
2. SCOPE
3. REFERENCE
4. DEFINITIONS
5. METHODOLOGY & CONTROL
6. IMPLEMENTATION & MONITORING OF SAFE WORK PRACTICES
7. DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS

Page 790 of 827

Document No.
PROCEDURE FOR SAFE

1.0 Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to provide a methodology during construction phase of IREP
project of M/s BPCL Kochi
- Integrating Health, Safety & Environment protection measures during execution of

construction activities while making use of Hydra crane.
- Creating an awareness of Safety aspects at every level and promote participation of all
personnel working at construction sites in ensuring safe handling & operation of Hydra
crane.
- Providing guidelines & recommendations for implementing HSE management system

during handling & operation of Hydra crane
- Review and approval of Contractor’s system for handling & operating Hydra crane
- Surveillance & audit of Contractor’s (including sub contractors) systems & procedures for
handling Hydra crane
2.0 Scope
This procedure shall be applicable to all the construction contracts/PO’s (involving site works) of
IREP Kochi project at Construction Sites & Warehouses .
3.0 Reference
- General Conditions of Contract (GCC)

- Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)
- EIL Standard Specification for HSE Management at Construction sites (6-82-0001)
- Building & Other Construction Workers Act, 1996
- Manufacturer’s operation manual & Recommendation
- Owner’s HSE Rules and regulations
4.0 Definitions
Banks-man - A skilled person who provides direction of movement of crane from the point
where loads are attached or detached.

Page 791 of 827

Document No.
PROCEDURE FOR SAFE

Boom - A long pole or fabricated framework, extending upward at an angle from the
base structure of a crane or from mast of a derrick to support or guide objects
being lifted or suspended.
Competency - Adequate knowledge, skill and ability (physical) for successful operation of a
machine (i.e. Hydra crane) and possessing valid (license) for driving Heavy
Motor Vehicle (HMV) in the country with at least one years experience as a
hydra operator. Competent Hydra operator should have competency
certificate from the manufacturer of Hydra machine that he drives.
Critical lifting - A lift by a crane that exceeds 90% of its rated capacity while it is lifting the
load at a load radius of more than 50% of its maximum permitted load radius,
taking into account its position & configuration during the lift. The dimension /
geometrical asymmetry of the item handled need to be taken into
consideration while designating a critical lifting.
Hydraulic crane – The crane whose boom is controlled by hydraulic pistons that have a much
lighter, more delicate touch to the controls and are comparatively better in
“lifting” operations where precision movement is required.
It is different than Friction crane whose booms are stiffer & boom controls are
gear / clutch driven. Normally the load lifting capacity of such cranes ranges
from 1T to 18T.
Hydra Operator - A person who has the competency (As explained above) to operate a Hydra
crane (including steering the machine) to safely lift and position loads (e.g.
machinery, equipment, product, solid or bulk materials etc.) using hoisting
attachments, such as hook, sling, clip & other lifting tackles.
Lifting hook - A lifting hook is usually equipped with a safety latch to prevent the
disengagement of the lifting wire rope sling, chain or rope to which the load is
attached.
Materials - Materials means items such as steel rods / bars, boxes / cartoons, cement
bags, equipment, machinery, machine parts, pipes, pipe fittings, flanges,
fabricated structures, electrical equipments, instruments & accessories etc. in
isolation or in bunch / lot
Plant - Plant means the whole of the off-sites, plant & non-plant buildings, process
units of CUSTOMER or Owner.

Page 792 of 827

Document No.
PROCEDURE FOR SAFE

Site - Site means the place (s) so designed by the OWNER for construction of the
PLANT including such place (s) adjacent thereto which are for storage and
assembly of equipments & materials.
Tandem lifting – Lifting of load with the help of simultaneous use of more than one crane,
hoists or other pieces of powered lifting equipment
Ware House - A place for storing goods, materials with adequate protection facility.
Wheel stoppers - Device (pre-cast concrete or wooden) for stopping wheels during parking of
mobile vehicular machinery / equipments.
5. 0 Methodology and Control
Following actions shall be taken at each project site:
5.1 Contractor shall mobilize Hydra machines of latest make and having Valid registration
certificate and in any case date of manufacture should not be older than 10 years.
5.2 Contractor shall engage Hydra crane with sound condition & having requisite balance of
the machine during its operation.
5.3 Contractor shall deploy Hydra crane at project site for lifting, lowering, handling, shifting &
placement of loads. No Hydra crane shall be permitted to be used by any Contractor for
pulling loads anywhere or for transporting loads or materials of any nature over project /
plant roads or warehouse.
5.4 Contractor shall not engage Hydra crane which do not have operator’s cabin, effective
brake system, reverse warning alarms (coupled with gear), front & rear lamps / blinking
lights, limit switches (for long & short travel), rear mirror, load indicator, hook latch (dog-
clamp).
5.5 Contractor shall not engage any person other than competent operator as explained in
4.0 above to drive / operate Hydra crane.
5.6 Contractor shall ensure that the Hydra Operator possesses HMV (heavy Motor Vehicle)
license (original) from statutory authority and also valid document (original) certifying his
training / competency from manufacturer of Hydra crane (in original).
5.7 Contractor shall arrange valid test & fitness certificates for Hydra crane from the
applicable authority & shall allow them to be reviewed / verified by EIL / Owner before

Page 793 of 827

Document No.
PROCEDURE FOR SAFE

Hydra crane is used. The Contractor shall allow EIL / Owner to witness test / examination
of Hydra by competent authority, whenever required.
5.8 Contractor shall arrange periodical test & examination of all lifting tools, tackles,
equipment, accessories including Hydra crane by statutory / competent authority for their
operational condition & load carrying capacity.
5.9 Contractor shall arrange physical availability of original documents in support of test &
examination of Hydra crane being carried-out by statutory / competent authority.
5.10 Contractor shall arrange clear display of validity date of certification of SWL (approved by
statutory / competent authority) on the chassis of the Hydra crane.
5.11 Contractor shall take all necessary action to prevent the Hydra crane operator to smoke
or remain under the influence of intoxicating / narcotic drinks or drugs or psychotropic
substance while handling the machine.
5.12 Contractor shall arrange medical fitness (with test reports) of Hydra crane operator from
registered medical practitioner every half-year.
5.13 Contractor shall arrange test & examination of Hydra crane by statutory / competent
authority every time after incorporating any alteration / change / modification of Hydra at
site (being a statutory requirement)
5.14 Contractor shall arrange banks-man / signal man with the Hydra crane for safe working
with the machine.
5.15 Contractor to ensure barricading-off the area, where handling of material / load is to be
carried out.
5.16 Contractor shall follow correct ‘slinging” practices & correct slinging devices during lifting
or lowering of load. Wherever necessary, adequate “packing” shall be provided by
Contractor at the time of wrapping / attaching sling around load to avoid slippage or
damage to the load.
5.17 Contractor shall ensure effectively using “outriggers” for Hydra crane for safe operation
and adequate/necessary compaction of grade level underneath.
5.18 Contractor shall not allow Hydra operator to use mobile phone or any audio/video gadget
during the course of operation of machine.

Page 794 of 827

Document No.
PROCEDURE FOR SAFE

5.19 Contractor shall not allow / encourage Hydra crane operator to drive the machine at
speed higher than 20 kmph within project or plant premises.
5.20 Contractor shall not allow tandem lifting using Hydra crane.
5.21 Contractor shall follow PERMIT for WORK regulations for carrying out lifting / erection
works involving pipe, structure, equipment, machine parts, tools, tackle, etc. wherever
required.
5.22 Contractor shall arrange clear marking for max permissible load on lifting hook position on
the boom of Hydra crane.
5.23 Contractor shall not engage Hydra crane for pulling-out any load (horizontally, vertically or
obliquely).
5.24 Contractor shall not allow other people to remain inside the cabin during the course of its
travel or during other operation (e.g. travel, lifting, lowering of load etc.)
5.25 Contractor shall not make use of the flat deck (between front & back pair of wheels) for
any purpose other than carrying slings, tools/tackles, lifting accessories (never to carry
people or gas cylinders).
5.26 Contractor shall always insist Hydra crane operator to balance the “load” during lifting or
lowering operation.
5.27 Contractor shall ensure that “Tag-line” or “Drag-line” is compulsorily used for controlling
unnecessary swing of load during lifting / lowering / shifting.
5.28 Contractor shall ensure that during the operation of Hydra crane on slope (gradient) the
operator ensures dynamics of load to prevent toppling of machine.
5.29 Contractor shall ensure regular maintenance of Hydra crane and all relevant records shall
be maintained in a LOG BOOK.
5.30 Any rigging operation planned by engaging hydra should be with prior permission and
under strict supervision of experienced riggers only.
6. 0 Implementation & monitoring of Safe work practices
Following actions shall be taken care of by each Contractor at site:
6.1 Conduct Safety Induction to crane operator, banks-man/signal-man and maintain records.

Page 795 of 827

Document No.
PROCEDURE FOR SAFE

6.2 Arrange necessary tools & tackles for safe operation of the Hydra crane
6.3 Implement regular inspection of Hydra crane and maintain record as per format no: A307-
5-1940-9500 F1
6.4 Arrange periodical motivational program to encourage safe operation of Hydra crane
6.5 Arrange training of operator through specialist / manufacturer of Hydra crane at site
6.6 Include safe performance of Hydra crane during site safety audit.
7. 0 Documentation and Records
Following records shall be maintained at site by Contractors:
7.1 Record of Safety Induction to Hydra operator
7.2 Record of inspection of Hydra crane
7.3 Record of Training & Motivational Program conducted at site
7.4 Record of Training program at site for Hydra crane operator
7.5 Record of Safety Audit & its compliance

Page 796 of 827

INSPECTION FORMAT FOR
HYDRA CRANE Document No.

Regn. No. of Hydra crane : Make / Model of Hydra crane :

Date of engagement of Hydra crane at site :
Contractor with whom presently working : Supplier of Hydra crane:
Date of Inspection: Location:
Status
Sl. No Subjects Remarks
(Yes / No)
Identification number of Hydra crane boldly scribed in front and rear
1
end of machine
Hydra Operator has got adequate document in support of his
2
competency (i.e. HMV driving license, knowledge & training)
3 Marking of SWL on hook position is clearly visible
Test & examination of Hydra crane by statutory / competent authority
4
is carried out & document is valid
Documents involving competency of operator and valid 3rd party
5
certification of Hydra available on demand
Hydra Operator is medically examined every six months period and
6
records available
7 Brakes & parking brakes are in good working order
(Over) Hoist Limit switch & (Over-load) Boom Limit switch available &
8
in good working order
9 Crane hooks have got smooth surface and no dent
10 Hook-latch / Dog-clamp in hook is effective
Front & back lights, turn indicators, parking lights, fog-lamps in
11
position and are in working order
12 Front & reverse horns are in good working order
13 Front & reverse gears are in good working order
Condition of wheel tyres (all) are in good condition & pressure on all
14
the tyres are satisfactory
16 Over-load indicator available & is in working order
17 Electrical connections in Hydra for lights, horns are in order
18 Wire ropes / slings are in good working condition
19 Rope drum / sheaves are in good working condition
20 Hydra cabin body and frame of machine is in good order
21 Mirrors / Reflectors on both sides are present
Front glass pane of the Hydra operator’s cabin is clean & clear (i.e.
22
not cracked / damaged / broken)
Wind-shield & wiper is mounted on hydra cabin and are in good
23
working order
24 Hydraulic system in the machine is in good working order
There is no oil leakage in the machine (during its stationary & working
25
condition)
26 Steering mechanism of the crane is in good working order
27 Wheel chokes are present and are used whenever required
Foot-steps and hand-holds are in good working condition for exit /
28
enter in to cabin
Signature –
Name / Designation -
Format no: A307-5-1940-9500 F1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Page 797 of 827

ATTACHMENT – IX
Page 798 of 827

QUALIFICATION & EXPERIENCE Document No.
REQUIREMENT OF KEY CONSTRUCTION 9-1940-0001
PERSONNEL AND PENALTY FOR THEIR Rev. No.1
NON-MOBILIZATION Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY QUALIFICATION & EXPERIENCE REQUIRED
Degree or Diploma in Engineering with minimum following relevant
Resident Project experience in construction:
Manager/ Construction
Contract value (Rs) < 5 Cr. works 5-20 Cr. works > 20 Cr. works
Manager/ Resident
Engineer/Site-In-Charge/ Degree holders 8 yrs 10 yrs 15 yrs
Spread In-charge
Diploma holders 13 yrs 15 yrs 20 yrs
Degree or Diploma in relevant Engineering discipline with following minimum

experience in Construction:
Lead Discipline Engineer
(Mechanical, Civil, Contract value (Rs) < 20 Cr. works > 20 Cr. works
Electrical,
Instrumentation) Degree holders 5 yrs 10 yrs
Diploma holders 8 yrs 13 yrs

Degree or Diploma in Mechanical Engineering/ Metallurgy with the following
experience in Welding & NDT (Non Destructive Testing) plus Level-II in RT
(Radiographic Testing) (refer Note 1 also):
Lead Welding/
Contract value (Rs) < 20 Cr. Works > 20 Cr. Works
NDT Engineer
Degree holders 5 yrs 10 yrs
Diploma holders 8 yrs 13 yrs
Degree in Engineering with following experience (refer Note 2 also):
Contract value (Rs) < 20 Cr. Works > 20 Cr. Works
Lead QA/QC Engineer 5 yrs of construction 10 yrs of construction
experience of which 2 experience of which 3
Experience
years should be as QA years should be as QA
Manager Manager
Degree in Engineering with following experience in Planning & Scheduling:
Lead Planning Engineer Contract value (Rs) < 20 Cr. works > 20 Cr. works
Experience 5 yrs. 10 yrs.
As per clause 3.1.4 of EIL standard specification for HSE Management at

Safety Officer
construction sites (No. xxxx-/6-82-0001) enclosed elsewhere in the bid
Diploma in Engineering or Diploma in Materials Management or Graduate in

any stream with min. following experience in Warehousing/ Stores
Warehouse- In- Charge/ Management:
Materials Manager Contract value (Rs) < 20 Cr. works > 20 Cr. works
Experience 5 yrs. 10 yrs.

Degree or Diploma in Engineering with minimum following experience in
quantity estimation, field measurement, rate analysis, bill preparation etc. in
Construction field:
Quantity Surveyor Contract value (Rs) < 20 Cr. works > 20 Cr. works
Degree holders 2 yrs. 5 yrs.
Diploma holders 5 yrs. 10 yrs.

Degree in relevant Engineering Discipline with minimum 2 years of
Discipline Engineer experience in construction or Diploma in relevant Engineering Discipline with
minimum 4 years of experience in Construction.

Page 799 of 827
QUALIFICATION & EXPERIENCE Document No.
REQUIREMENT OF KEY CONSTRUCTION 9-1940-0001
PERSONNEL AND PENALTY FOR THEIR Rev. No.1
NON-MOBILIZATION Page 2 of 2
Notes: (for Table on previous page)
1. For Mechanical, Composite, EPC or EPCC Contracts of value more than Rupees 20
crores, the Lead Welding/NDT Engineers shall also possess Certified Welding Inspector
qualification from American Welding Society or CSWIP3.1 Welding Inspector
qualification from The Welding Institute, UK.
2. For Mechanical, Composite, EPC or EPCC Contracts of value more than Rupees 20
crores, the Lead QA/QC Engineer shall also be a qualified internal auditor for ISO 9001.
3. CVs of key construction personnel proposed to be deployed shall be submitted to
Owner/Engineer-in-Charge prior to their mobilization at site. The mobilization of key
personnel shall be done at site subject to prior approval of their CVs by Owner/Engineer-
in-Charge.
PENALTY FOR NON - MOBILIZATION OF KEY CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL
I) Penalty for non-mobilization per day per person after the contractual mobilization
period unless agreed otherwise by the Engineer-in-Charge:
- Rs. 5000/- for Resident Project Manager / Construction Manager/ Resident Engineer/
Site-in-Charge/ Spread In-charge;
- Rs. 3000/- for Lead QA/QC Engineer, Lead Planning Engineer, Lead Safety Officer and
Warehouse In-charge
II) Penalty for non-mobilization per day per person after completion of the mobilization
period agreed during the Kick off Meeting:
- Rs. 3000/- for Lead Discipline Engineer, Lead Welding/ NDT Engineer and the Quantity
Surveyor
Notes: (for Penalty clauses)

a) All intervening off days (Sundays etc.) and holidays will be counted for levy of penalty
b) Mobilized personnel shall not be demobilized till contractual completion or based on
consent of Engineer-in-Charge else penalties as above shall be applied.
c) Total of above penalties shall not exceed 3% of the contract value.
d) The above penalties are over & above all other contractual provisions for late
mobilization of resources.

Page 800 of 827
ATTACHMENT – X
Page 801 of 827

TECHNICAL COMPLIANCE FORMAT
CONSTRUCTION DIVISION A307-00-0IY-19-41-TC06
EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR Rev 0
(EDG) PACKAGE OF INTEGRATED
REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT, Page 1 of 3
KOCHI

(Construction)
MR FOR EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR

(EDG) PACKAGE
(ITEM No. A307-DG-001 & A307-DG-002)
PROJECT : INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT
OWNER : BPCL
JOB NO. : A307
0 10.02.2014 ISSUED FOR BIDS PKR RK MD

Date Purpose
No by by by
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 802 of 827

KOCHI
Bidder must furnish answers/clarifications/confirmations of all the following queries and submit
along with offer.
SL. BIDDER'S
COMMENT/QUERY
NO. CONFIRMATION/ANSWER
1. Bidder to confirm that arrangement for Construction
Power at erection / assembly site shall be arranged by
the bidder at his own cost beyond the Power to be
supplied by the Owner, if any.
2. Bidder to confirm that requirement of Health, Safety and
Environment (HSE) as per specification A307-00-6-82-
0001 are taken into consideration.
3. Bidder to confirm that requirement of Procedure for Safe
Operation with Hydra Crane (Refer Document No. A307-
5-1940-9500, Rev.0) are taken into consideration.
4. Bidder to confirm that Construction Management of this

job shall be done by him and shall not be sub-contracted
to any other agency. Further, bidder to confirm that the
list of jobs, which are to be sub-contracted by the bidder,
are identified and details of the same is provided in the
bid document.
5. As per clause no. 1.12 of Document No. A307-00-0IY-19-

41-0006, Bidder to confirm that statutory clearances and
enforcement of statutory rules/ regulations and Labour
Laws shall be done by them.
6. Bidder to confirm that required construction equipments
(category, number and duration of deployment) to meet
the contract schedule shall be mobilized by him without
any time & cost implications.
7. Bidder to confirm that qualification and experience of Key
Persons proposed to be deployed at site shall be in
conformity to the requirements indicated in the bid (refer
Doc. No 9-1940-0001 in this regard). Further, Bidder
shall provide suitable replacement of his persons within a
week’s time, in case any body is found incompetent to
perform his function at site.
8. Bidder to confirm that the qualification and experience of

Key personnel deployment at site shall be done subject
to prior approval of their CVs by Engineer-In-charge.
Further, Bidder shall provide suitable replacement of his
persons within a week’s time, in case any body is found
incompetent to perform his function at site.
Bidder’s Signature and Stamp

Page 803 of 827
KOCHI
Bidder must furnish answers/clarifications/confirmations of all the following queries and submit
along with offer.
SL. BIDDER'S
COMMENT/QUERY
NO. CONFIRMATION/ANSWER
9. Bidder to confirm that arrangement for
construction water shall be done by the bidder
as per SCC Clause.
10. Bidder to note that storage space as well
fabrication yard shall not be provided inside
Refinery area. Bidder to confirm that all plates
shall be rolled outside refinery site and
transported to site on release of erection fronts.
Bidder’s Signature and Stamp

Page 804 of 827
SAFETY MEASURES FOR STANDARD No.
alf-ar_Jek ENGINEERS
kVieg INDIA LIMITED ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 7-51-0332 Rev. 2
r222.. ofnok: Unde, tnkir70)
DURING CONSTRUCTION Page 1 of 2
ELECTRICAL POWER IS THE MAINSTAY OF ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. AT THE SAME TIME IT REQUIRES
UTMOST CARE IN IT'S UTILISATION TO AVOID ACCIDENTS DUE TO ELECTRICAL SHOCK, FIRE INCIDENTS OR
ELECTRIC SHORT CIRCUITS. EXPOSURE OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION TO ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTAL
CONDITIONS INCREASE THE RISK OF SUCH ACCIDENTS. HENCE IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE EXTRA
PRECAUTIONS FOR SUCH INSTALLATIONS TO ENSURE SAFETY OF PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT. THIS
STANDARD ADDRESSES THE SAFETY MEASURES REQUIRED TO BE ADOPTED FOR THE ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATIONS BY ALL CONTRACTORS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE.
ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS/WORK FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE CARRIED OUT AS PER
PROVISIONS OF THE LATEST REVISION OF THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS IN ADDITION TO THE
REQUIREMENTS OF STATUTORY AUTHORITIES AND IE RULES:
OISD—STD-173 : FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS.
SP-30 (BIS) : NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
THE INSTALLATION SHALL HAVE APPROVAL FROM CONCERNED STATUTORY AUTHORITIES.
ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DONE BY AN ELECTRICIAN WITH VALID LICENCE AND TO THE
SATISFACTION OF ENGINEER—IN—CHARGE.
ONE COMPETENT LICENCED ELECTRICIAN SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE BY CONTRACTOR AT SITE ROUND
THE CLOCK TO ATTEND TO THE NORMAL/EMERGENCY JOBS.
ALL SWITCH BOARDS/WELDING MACHINES SHALL BE KEPT IN WELL VENTILATED & COVERED SHED.
THE SHED SHALL BE ELEVATED TO AVOID WATER LOGGING. NO FLAMMABLE MATERIALS SHALL BE
USED FOR CONSTRUCTING THE SHED. ALSO FLAMMABLE MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE STORED IN AND
AROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT/SWITCHBOARD. ADEQUATE CLEARANCES AND OPERATIONAL SPACE
SHALL BE PROVIDED AROUND THE EQUIPMENT.
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND INSULATING MATS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTERS.
TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE EMPLOYED IN HAZARDOUS AREAS WITHOUT OBTAINING
SAFETY PERMIT.
PROPER HOUSE KEEPING SHALL BE DONE AROUND THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS.
ALL TEMPORARY INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE TESTED BEFORE ENERGISING, TO ENSURE PROPER

EARTHING, BONDING, SUITABILITY OF PROTECTION SYSTEM, ADEQUACY OF FEEDERS/CABLES ETC.
ALL WELDERS SHALL USE HAND GLOVES IRRESPECTIVE OF HOLDER VOLTAGE.

MULTILINGUAL (ENGLISH, HINDI AND LOCAL LANGUAGE) CAUTION BOARDS, SHOCK TREATMENT CHARTS
AND INSTRUCTION PLATE CONTAINING LOCATION OF ISOLATION POINT FOR INCOMING SUPPLY, NAME
& TELEPHONE NO. OF CONTACT PERSON IN EMERGENCY SHALL BE PROVIDED IN SUBSTATIONS AND
NEAR ALL DISTRIBUTION BOARDS/LOCAL PANELS.
OPERATION OF EARTH LEAKAGE DEVICE SHALL BE CHECKED REGULARLY BY TEMPORARILY CONNECTING

SERIES TEST LAMP (2 BULBS OF EQUAL RATING CONNECTED IN SERIES) BETWEEN PHASE AND EARTH.
12. THE FOLLOWING DESIGN FEATURES SHALL BE ENSURED FOR ALL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS DURING
CONSTRUCTION PHASE.
12.1 EACH INSTALLATION SHALL HAVE A MAIN SWITCH WITH A PROTECTIVE DEVICE, INSTALLED IN AN
ENCLOSURE ADJACENT TO THE METERING POINT. THE OPERATING HEIGHT OF THE MAIN SWITCH
SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.5 M. THE MAIN SWITCH SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE POINT OF SUPPLY
BY MEANS OF ARMOURED CABLE.
12.2 THE OUTGOING FEEDERS SHALL BE DOUBLE OR TRIPLE POLE SWITCHES WITH FUSES/MCBs. LOADS
IN A THREE PHASE CIRCUIT SHALL BE BALANCED AS FAR AS POSSIBLE AND LOAD ON NEUTRAL
SHOULD NOT EXCEED 20% OF LOAD IN THE PHASE.
2 02.03.12 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED );t46#14C UAP/JMS DM

1 26.09.06 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARAD BP RKS/UAP JMS VC
Rev. Prepared Checked Stds. Committee Stds. Bureau
No. by by
Approved by
Page 805 of 827
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.O Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
SAFETY MEASURES FOR STANDARD No.
Of=a-ael ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 7-51-0332 Rev. 2
015leg, n di o Undertoking;
DURING CONSTRUCTION Page 2 of 2
12.3 THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE ADEQUATELY PROTECTED AGAINST OVERLOAD, SHORT CIRCUIT AND EARTH
LEAKAGE BY THE USE OF SUITABLE PROTECTIVE DEVICES. FUSES WHEREVER USED SHALL BE HRC TYPE.
USE OF REWIRABLE FUSES SHALL BE STRICTLY PROHIBITED. THE EARTH LEAKAGE DEVICE SHALL HAVE
AN OPERATING CURRENT NOT EXCEEDING 30 mA.
12.4 ALL CONNECTIONS TO THE HANDTOOLS/WELDING RECEPTACLES SHALL BE TAKEN THROUGH PROPER
SWITCHES, SOCKETS AND PLUGS.
12.5 ALL SINGLE PHASE SOCKETS SHALL BE MINIMUM 3 PIN TYPE ONLY. ALL UNUSED SOCKETS SHALL BE
PROVIDED WITH SOCKET CAPS.
12.6 ONLY 3 CORE (P+N+E) OVERALL SHEATHED FLEXIBLE CABLES WITH MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE OF
2
1.5 MM COPPER SHALL BE USED FOR ALL HAND TOOLS.
12.7 ONLY METALLIC DISTRIBUTION BOXES WITH DOUBLE EARTHING SHALL BE USED AT SITE. NO WOODEN
BOXES SHALL BE USED.
12.8 ALL POWER CABLES SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH COMPRESSION TYPE CABLE GLANDS.
LUGS SHALL BE USED FOR MULTISTRAND WIRES/CABLES.
12.9 CABLES SHALL BE FREE FROM ANY INSULATION DAMAGE.
12.10 CABLES SHALL BE LAID IN UNDERGROUND AT A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 750 MM, FOR LV & CONTROLS
AND 900MM FOR HV CABLES COVERED WITH SAND, BRICK AND SOIL FOR ENSURING MECHANICAL
PROTECTION. CABLES SHALL NOT BE LAID IN WATER LOGGED AREA AS FAR AS PRACTICABLE
CABLE ROUTE MARKERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EVERY 25 M OF BURIED TRENCH ROUTE. WHEN
LAID ABOVE GROUND, CABLES SHALL BE PROPERLY CLEATED OR SUPPORTED ON RIGID POLES OF
ATLEAST 2.1 M HIGH. MINIMUM HEAD CLEARANCE OF 6 METERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ROAD CROSSING.
12.11 UNDER GROUND CABLES SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO CROSS THE ROADS WITHOUT PIPE SLEEVE
12.12 ALL CABLE JOINTS SHALL BE DONE WITH PROPER JOINTING KIT. NO TAPED/TEMPORARY JOINTS SHALL
BE USED.
12.13 AN INDEPENDENT EARTHING FACILITY SHOULD PREFERABLY BE ESTABLISHED WITHIN THE TEMPORARY
INSTALLATION PREMISES. ALL APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ADEQUATELY EARTHED. IN CASE
ARMOURED CABLES ARE USED, THE ARMOUR SHALL BE BONDED TO THE EARTHING SYSTEM.
12.14 ALL CABLES AND WIRE ROPE USED FOR EARTH CONNECTIONS SHALL BE TERMINATED THROUGH TINNED
COPPER LUGS.
12.15 IN CASE OF LOCAL EARTHING, EARTH ELECTRODES SHALL BE BURIED NEAR THE SUPPLY POINT AND
EARTH CONTINUITY WIRE SHALL BE CONNECTED TO LOCAL EARTH PLATE FOR FURTHER DISTRIBUTION
TO VARIOUS APPLIANCES. ALL INSULATED WIRES FOR EARTH CONNECTION SHALL HAVE INSULATION OF
GREEN COLOUR.
12.16 SEPARATE CORE SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR NEUTRAL. EARTH/STRUCTURES SHALL NOT BE USED AS A
NEUTRAL IN ANY CASE.
12.17 ON/OFF POSITION OF ALL SWITCHES SHALL BE CLEARLY DESIGNATED/PAINTED FOR EASY ISOLATION
IN EMERGENCY.
13. ALL INSULATIONS SHALL BE INSPECTED BY ENGINEER—IN—CHARGE ATLEAST ONCE IN A MONTH.
X--S('S/ 9Th .1
2 02.03.12 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED BP *- •-• C UAP/J MS DM
1 26.09.06 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD BP RKS/UAP J MS VC
Rev. Prepared Checked Stds. Committee Stds. Bureau
No. by by
Page 806 of 827 Approved by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.0 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
Page 807 of 827
Page 808 of 827
Page 809 of 827
Page 810 of 827
Page 811 of 827
Page 812 of 827
Page 813 of 827
Page 814 of 827
Page 815 of 827
Page 816 of 827
Page 817 of 827
Page 818 of 827
Page 819 of 827
Page 820 of 827
Page 821 of 827
Page 822 of 827
Page 823 of 827
Page 824 of 827
Page 825 of 827
Page 826 of 827
Page 827 of 827

A307 5880 1253 Enq Rev0

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A307 5880 1253 Enq Rev0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Click on the Document Title to go to that section of the document

Client : BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPN. LIMITED

A Pre-bid conference will be held on 11-APR-2014 at 1030 hrs

9. Bidders to refer attached E-TENDERING METHODOLOGY (ANNEXURE-I) for detailed instructions

* Please specify RFQ. No. SM/A307-IY-MD-MR-5880/1253 in all Correspondence.

Enclosure: As per List Attached

The Asst.General Manager (C&P)

Attn. : Mr. S.MONDAL

We ………………………………………..hereby authorise following representative(s) to attend the

1. Name & Designation …………………………. Signature ……………………….

2. Name & Designation …………………………. Signature ……………………….

Rate in Rate in Words

TOTAL CIF VALUE

*UNIT TO BE SPECIFIED BY BIDDER

07.01 For A307-DG-001 (3.4 MW Emergency Diesel Generator Package)

1) PWMC Charges for 1ST Year

3) PWMC Charges for 3RD Year

4) PWMC Charges for 4TH Year

5) PWMC Charges for 5TH Year

08.02 For A307-DG-002 (1250 KVA Emergency Diesel Generator Package)

1) PWMC Charges for 1ST Year

3) PWMC Charges for 3RD Year

4) PWMC Charges for 4TH Year

5) PWMC Charges for 5TH Year

03.00 Supply of Mandatory Spares as per the Doc. No. A307-0IY-16-50-SL-5880

*UNIT TO BE SPECIFIED BY BIDDER

ITEM : DIESEL GENERATOR SET

NAME OF BIDDER: M/S __________________________

3) PWMC Charges for 3RD Year

4) PWMC Charges for 4TH Year

5) PWMC Charges for 5TH Year

08.02 For A307-DG-002 (1250 KVA Emergency Diesel Generator

3) PWMC Charges for 3RD Year

4) PWMC Charges for 4TH Year

5) PWMC Charges for 5TH Year

BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD

RFQ No.: __________________________________________________________________

Supplier’s Offer Ref No. & Date: ______________________________________________________

Tel. No. ___________________Mob. No. ______________________ Fax No. ________________

Contact Person: ___________________________ E-mail _________________________________

1. ALL CORRESPONDENCE MUST BE IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE ONLY.

3. ALL COMMERCIAL TERMS ARE GIVEN/CONFIRMED IN THE QUESTIONNAIRE ITSELF

4. FAILURE ON PART OF THE SUPPLIER IN SUBMITTING THIS DULY FILLED-IN

5. YOUR OFFER SHALL BE IN TOTAL COMPLIANCE WITH RFQ DOCUMENTS

a) For Supply Only

SUPPLIER’S SIGNATURE WITH STAMP/SEAL

b) For Site Work

a. Specify Excise Tariff Sub-Heading No. _________________

f. If Excise Duty & Edu. Cess is not applicable on transportation Confirmed

g. Non Cenvatable Excise Duty, if any is included in quoted Confirmed

h. Only Statutory Variations, if any, in the present rate of Excise Confirmed

d. Confirm CST/ Kerala VAT will not be applicable on Confirmed

e. If CST / Kerala VAT is not applicable on transportation Confirmed

SUPPLIER’S SIGNATURE WITH STAMP/SEAL

h. Only Statutory Variations, if any, in the present rate of CST / Confirmed

SUPPLIER’S SIGNATURE WITH STAMP/SEAL

e. Confirm that Entry Tax / Octroi applicable on Construction

b. Percentage of Service Tax & Edu. Cess as applicable extra ----------------%

c. Per-diem rate for supervision has been quoted in accordance Confirmed

d. Where erection/ testing/ commissioning supervision, Noted & Confirmed

9. Confirm documentation charges as per MR are included in Confirmed

10. Price Reduction for delay in delivery/ completion:

a) Confirm acceptance of price reduction schedule for delay in Confirmed

Tel. No. _Mob. No. Fax No.

Contact Person: _ E-mail _______

Tel. No. _Mob. No. Fax No.

Contact Person: _ E-mail _______